As filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission on August 28, 2024
Registration No. 333-270958
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
________________
Amendment No. 5 to
FORM F-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
________________
HUHUTECH International Group Inc.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
_______________
Not Applicable
(Translation of Registrant’s Name into English)
________________
|
Cayman Islands |
3366 |
Not Applicable |
||
|
(State or other jurisdiction of |
(Primary Standard Industrial |
(I.R.S. Employer |
3-1208 Tiananzhihui Compound
228 Linghu Road
Xinwu District, Wuxi City, Jiangsu Province
People’s Republic of China 214135
0510-88681689 — telephone
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of principal executive offices)
________________
Cogency Global Inc.
122 East 42nd Street, 18th Floor
New York, NY 10168
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)
________________
Copies to:
|
William S. Rosenstadt, Esq. |
Ying Li, Esq. Guillaume de Sampigny, Esq. New York, NY 10022 |
________________
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.
If any securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act, check the following box. ☒
If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is an emerging growth company as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act of 1933.
Emerging growth company ☒
If an emerging growth company that prepares its financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards† provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act. ☐
____________
† The term “new or revised financial accounting standard” refers to any update issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board to its Accounting Standards Codification after April 5, 2012.
The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to such Section 8(a), may determine.
The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We will not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.
|
PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS |
SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED AUGUST 28, 2024 |
HUHUTECH International Group Inc.

1,250,000 Ordinary Shares
This is an initial public offering of Ordinary Shares of HUHUTECH International Group Inc., a Cayman Islands exempted company. We are offering on a firm commitment basis 1,250,000 Ordinary Shares, par value $0.0000025 per share. Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our Ordinary Shares. We expect the initial public offering price will be between $4.00 and $6.00 per ordinary share. This offering is contingent upon us listing our Ordinary Shares on Nasdaq or another national exchange. There is no guarantee or assurance that our Ordinary Shares will be approved for listing on the Nasdaq Capital Market or another national exchange. We have applied to list our Ordinary Shares on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “HUHU”. We cannot assure you that our application will be approved; however, if it is not approved, we will not complete this offering.
HUHUTECH International Group Inc. was incorporated in the Cayman Islands. As a holding company with no material operations of our own, we conduct our operations in China through Jiangsu Huhu Electromechanical Technology Co., Ltd., or HUHU China, our wholly owned subsidiary. Investors will not and may never directly hold equity interests in HUHU China. HUHUTECH controls and receives the economic benefits of HUHU China’s business operations, if any, through equity ownership. Any references to “HUHUTECH” are to HUHUTECH International Group Inc., the ultimate holding company and any references to “we”, “us”, “our Company,” “the Company,” or “our” are to HUHUTECH and its subsidiaries. Any references to the “holding company” is to HUHUTECH, in which investors are purchasing an interest. HUHU China conducts business operations, and is the operating subsidiary. Any references to HUHU HK are to HUHUTECH (HK) Limited. Any references to WFOE are to Wuxi Xinwu District Jianmeng Electromechanical Technology Co., LTD. Any references to HUHU Japan are to HUHU Technology Co., Ltd. For more details regarding the risks regarding the Company’s holding company structure, please refer to “Prospectus Summary — Holding Company Structure” and “Risk Factor — Risks Related to Doing Business in the PRC — HUHUTECH is a holding company and will rely on dividends paid by our subsidiaries for its cash needs. Any limitation on the ability of our subsidiaries to make dividend payments to us, or any tax implications of making dividend payments to us, could limit our ability to pay our parent company expenses or pay dividends to holders of our Ordinary Shares” on page 24 of the prospectus.
Unless otherwise indicated, all share amounts and per share amounts in this prospectus have been presented giving effect to a forward split of our Ordinary Shares at a ratio of 1-for-4, approved by our shareholders on July 15, 2024.
Investors are cautioned that you are not buying shares of a China-based operating company but instead are buying shares of a Cayman Islands holding company with operations mainly conducted by our subsidiaries based in China and Japan. For more details, see “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Doing Business in the PRC — HUHUTECH is a holding company, and will rely on dividends paid by our subsidiaries for our cash needs. Any limitation on the ability of our subsidiaries to make dividend payments to us, or any tax implications of making dividend payments to us, could limit our ability to pay our parent company expenses or pay dividends to holders of our Ordinary Shares” and “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Doing Business in Japan.”
The holding company may rely on dividends and other distributions on equity paid by our PRC subsidiaries for our cash and financing requirements. As of the date of this prospectus, neither HUHUTECH nor any of its subsidiaries have paid dividends or made distributions to their shareholders. We do not expect to pay dividends in the foreseeable future.
If our PRC subsidiaries incur debt on their own behalf in the future, the instruments governing such debt may restrict their ability to pay dividends to us. However, none of our subsidiaries has made any dividends or other distributions to our holding company or any U.S. investors as of the date of this prospectus. In the future, cash proceeds raised from overseas financing activities, including this offering, may be transferred by us to our PRC subsidiaries via capital contribution or shareholder loans, as applicable.
To make loans to HUHU HK, WFOE or HUHU China, according to Matters relating to the Macro-prudential Management of Comprehensive Cross-border Financing, or PBOC Circular 9 promulgated by the People’s Bank of China, the total cross-border financing of a company shall be calculated using a risk-weighted approach and shall not exceed the statutory foreign debt upper limit. The statutory foreign debt upper limit shall be calculated as capital or assets (for enterprises, net assets shall apply) multiplied by a cross-border financing leverage ratio and multiplied by a macro-prudential regulation parameter. The macro-prudential regulation parameter is currently 1.5, which may be adjusted by the People’s Bank of China and the State Administration of Foreign Exchange in the future, and the cross-border financing leverage ratio is 2 for companies. Therefore, the statutory foreign debt upper limit of the loans that a PRC company can borrow from foreign companies shall be calculated at 2 times the borrower’s net assets. When WFOE and HUHU China jointly apply for borrowing foreign debt, the upper limit of borrowing shall be 2 times of the net assets in the consolidated financial statements. As of the date of this prospectus, no cash transfer or transfer of other assets has occurred between HUHUTECH and any of its subsidiaries.
Under existing PRC foreign exchange regulations, payment of current account items, such as profit distributions and trade and service-related foreign exchange transactions, can be made in foreign currencies without prior approval from the State Administration of Foreign Exchange, or the SAFE, by complying with certain procedural requirements. Therefore, our PRC
subsidiaries are able to pay dividends in foreign currencies to us without prior approval from SAFE, subject to the condition that the remittance of such dividends outside of the PRC complies with certain procedures under PRC foreign exchange regulations, such as the overseas investment registrations by our shareholders or the ultimate shareholders of our corporate shareholders who are PRC residents. Approval from, or registration with, appropriate government authorities is, however, required where the RMB is to be converted into foreign currency and remitted out of China to pay capital expenses such as the repayment of loans denominated in foreign currencies. The PRC government may also at its discretion restrict access in the future to foreign currencies for current account transactions. Current PRC regulations permit our PRC subsidiaries to pay dividends to the Company only out of their accumulated profits, if any, determined in accordance with Chinese accounting standards and regulations. As of the date of this prospectus, there are no restrictions or limitations imposed by the Hong Kong government on the transfer of capital within, into and out of Hong Kong (including funds from Hong Kong to the PRC), except for transfer of funds involving money laundering and criminal activities. Cayman Islands law prescribes that a company may only pay dividends out of its profits or share premium, and that a company may only pay dividends if, immediately following the date on which the dividend is paid, the company remains able to pay its debts as they fall due in the ordinary course of business. Other than that, there is no restrictions on HUHU China’s ability to transfer cash to investors.
The PRC has currency and capital transfer regulations that require us to comply with certain requirements for the movement of capital. The Company is able to transfer cash (U.S. Dollars) to its PRC subsidiaries through an investment (by increasing the Company’s registered capital in a PRC subsidiary). The Company’s subsidiaries within China can transfer funds to each other when necessary through the way of current lending. The transfer of funds among companies are subject to the Provisions on Private Lending Cases, which was implemented on January 1, 2021 to regulate the financing activities between natural persons, legal persons and unincorporated organizations. As advised by our PRC counsel, Jiangsu Junjin Law Firm, the Provisions on Private Lending Cases does not prohibit using cash generated from one subsidiary to fund another subsidiary’s operations. We have not been notified of any other restriction which could limit our PRC subsidiaries’ ability to transfer cash between PRC subsidiaries. The Company’s subsidiaries in the PRC have not transferred any earnings or cash to the Company to date. As of the date of this prospectus, there has not been any assets or cash transfer between the holding company and its subsidiaries. As of the date of this prospectus, there has not been any dividends or distributions made to US investors. The Company’s business is primarily conducted through its subsidiaries. The Company is a holding company and its material assets consist solely of the ownership interests held in its PRC subsidiaries. The Company relies on dividends paid by its subsidiaries for its working capital and cash needs, including the funds necessary: (i) to pay dividends or cash distributions to its shareholders, (ii) to service any debt obligations and (iii) to pay operating expenses. As a result of PRC laws and regulations that require annual appropriations of 10% of after-tax income to be set aside in a general reserve fund prior to payment of dividends, the Company’s PRC subsidiaries are restricted in that respect, as well as in other respects noted below, in their ability to transfer a portion of their net assets to the Company as a dividend.
To date, we have not raised any capital, and thus, have not transferred funds to any of our subsidiaries. In the future, however, cash proceeds raised from overseas financing activities, including this offering, may be transferred by us to our subsidiary via capital contribution or shareholder loans. As of the date of this prospectus, there have not been any such dividends or other distributions from our PRC subsidiaries to our Hong Kong subsidiary. In addition, none of our subsidiaries have ever issued any dividends or distributions to us or their respective shareholders outside of China. We intend to keep any future earnings to re-invest in and finance the expansion of our business, and we do not anticipate that any cash dividends will be paid in the foreseeable future. For more details, see “Prospectus Summary — Transfers of Cash to and from our Subsidiaries” on page 4 of this prospectus.
The holding company has limited operation and operation expenses. Our PRC subsidiaries’ ability to distribute dividends is based upon their distributable earnings. Current PRC regulations permit our PRC subsidiaries to pay dividends to their respective shareholders only out of their accumulated profits, if any, as determined in accordance with PRC accounting standards and regulations. In addition, under PRC law, our PRC subsidiary is required to set aside at least 10% of their respective after-tax profits each year, if any, to fund certain statutory reserve funds until such reserve funds reach 50% of its registered capital. These reserves are not distributable as cash dividends. If any of our Chinese subsidiaries incurs debt on its own behalf in the future, the instruments governing such debt may restrict its ability to pay dividends to its shareholders and, ultimately, to HUHUTECH. To date, there have not been any such dividends or other distributions from our Chinese subsidiaries to our subsidiaries located outside of China. In addition, as of the date of this prospectus, none of our subsidiaries have issued any dividends or distributions to HUHUTECH or its shareholders. Furthermore, as of the date of this prospectus, neither HUHUTECH nor any of its subsidiaries have paid dividends or made distributions to their shareholders. HUHUTECH is permitted under PRC laws and regulations as an offshore holding company to provide funding to its PRC subsidiaries in China through shareholder loans or capital contributions, subject to satisfaction of applicable government registration, approval and filing requirements. According to the relevant PRC regulations on foreign-invested enterprises in China, there are no quantity limits on HUHUTECH’s ability to make capital contributions to its PRC subsidiaries. However, our PRC subsidiaries may not procure loans which exceed the statutory foreign debt upper limit and must register with the State Administration of Foreign Exchange (“SAFE”) or its local counterparts, and must submit a foreign exchange loan registration with the National Development and Reform Commission (“NDRC”) if required. In the future, cash proceeds raised from overseas financing activities, including this offering, may continue to be transferred by HUHUTECH to the PRC subsidiaries via capital contribution or shareholder loans, as the case may be. We intend to retain most, if not all, of our available funds and any future earnings after this offering to the development and growth of our business in China. We do not expect to pay dividends in the foreseeable future. Our management monitors the cash position of each entity within our organization regularly and prepare monthly budgets to ensure each entity has the necessary funds to fulfill its obligation for the foreseeable future and to ensure adequate liquidity. In the event that there is any current or potential liquidity issue, it will be reported to our Chief Financial Officer and subject to approval by our board of directors, we will enter into an intercompany loan for the applicable subsidiary. See “Prospectus Summary — Transfers of Cash to and from Our Subsidiaries” beginning on page 4 and “Corporate History and Structure — Transfers of Cash to and from Our Subsidiaries” beginning on page 59.
We are subject to certain legal and operational risks associated with having substantially all business operations in China. Such risks may include changes in the legal, political, and economic policies of the Chinese government, the relations between China and the United States, and Chinese or United States regulations that may materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and the market price of the Ordinary Shares. Any such changes could significantly limit or completely hinder our ability to offer or continue to offer securities to investor and could cause the value of offered securities to significantly decline or become worthless. PRC laws and regulations governing our current business operations are sometimes vague and uncertain. Recently, the PRC government initiated a series of regulatory actions and made statements to regulate business operations in China with little advance notice, including cracking down on illegal activities in the securities market, adopting new measures to extend the scope of cybersecurity reviews, and expanding the efforts in anti-monopoly enforcement. Since these statements and regulatory actions are new, it is highly uncertain how soon legislative or administrative regulation making bodies will respond and what existing or new laws or regulations or detailed implementations and interpretations will be modified or promulgated, if any, and the potential impact such modified or new laws and regulations will have on the daily business operation of HUHU China and its subsidiaries and HUHUTECH’s ability to accept foreign investments and list on an U.S. or other foreign exchange. These risks may cause significant depreciation of the value of our Ordinary Shares, or a complete hinderance of our ability to offer or continue to offer our securities to investors. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Doing Business in the PRC” beginning on page 21.
On February 17, 2023, the China Securities Regulatory Commission, or the CSRC, announced the Circular on the Administrative Arrangements for Filing of Securities Offering and Listing by Domestic Companies, or the Circular, and released a set of new regulations which consists of the Trial Administrative Measures of Overseas Securities Offering and Listing by Domestic Companies, or the Trial Measures, and five supporting guidelines. On the same date, the CSRC also released the Notice on the Arrangements for the Filing Management of Overseas Listing of Domestic Companies, or the Notice. The Trial Measures came into effect on March 31, 2023. The Trial Measures refine the regulatory system by subjecting both direct and indirect overseas offering and listing activities to the CSRC filing-based administration. Requirements for filing entities, time points and procedures are specified. A PRC domestic company that seeks to offer and list securities in overseas markets shall fulfill the filing procedure with the CSRC per the requirements of the Trial Measures. Where a PRC domestic company seeks to indirectly offer and list securities in overseas markets, the issuer shall designate a major domestic operating entity, which shall, as the domestic responsible entity, file with the CSRC. The Trial Measures also lay out requirements for the reporting of material events. Breaches of the Trial Measures, such as offering and listing securities overseas without fulfilling the filing procedures, shall bear legal liabilities, including a fine between RMB 1.0 million (approximately $150,000) and RMB 10.0 million (approximately $1.5 million), and the Trial Measures heighten the cost for offenders by enforcing accountability with administrative penalties and incorporating the compliance status of relevant market participants into the Securities Market Integrity Archives.
According to the Circular, since the date of effectiveness of the Trial Measures on March 31, 2023, PRC domestic enterprises falling within the scope of filing that have been listed overseas or met the following circumstances are “existing enterprises”: before the effectiveness of the Trial Measures on March 31, 2023, the application for indirect overseas issuance and listing has been approved by the overseas regulators or overseas stock exchanges (such as the registration statement has become effective on the U.S. market), it is not required to perform issuance and listing supervision procedures of the overseas regulators or overseas stock exchanges, and the overseas issuance and listing will be completed by September 30, 2023. Existing enterprises are not required to file with the CSRC immediately, and filings with the CSRC should be made as required if they involve refinancings and other filing matters. PRC domestic enterprises that have submitted valid applications for overseas issuance and listing but have not been approved by overseas regulatory authorities or overseas stock exchanges at the date of effectiveness of the Trial Measures on March 31, 2023 can reasonably arrange the timing of filing applications with the CSRC and shall complete the filing with the CSRC before the overseas issuance and listing.
According to the Circular, we can reasonably arrange the timing for submitting the filing application with the CSRC, and shall complete the filing with the CSRC in accordance with the Trial Measures before this offering. In sum, we are subject to the filing requirements of the CSRC for this offering under the Trial Measures. On April 22, 2024, we received approval from the CSRC regarding our completion of the required filing procedures for this offering. We have not received any formal inquiry, notice, warning, sanction, or objection from the CSRC with respect to this offering. Any failure or perceived failure of us to fully comply with such new regulatory requirements could significantly limit or completely hinder our ability to offer or continue to offer securities to investors, cause significant disruption to our business operations, and severely damage our reputation, which could materially and adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations and could cause the value of our securities to significantly decline or be worthless. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Doing Business in China.”
Our Ordinary Shares may be prohibited from trading on a national exchange under the Holding Foreign Companies Accountable Act (the “HFCAA”) if the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (the “PCAOB”) is unable to inspect our auditors for three consecutive years beginning in 2021. On June 22, 2021, the U.S. Senate passed the Accelerating Holding Foreign Companies Accountable Act, which AHFCAA, and on December 29, 2022, legislation entitled “Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2023” (the “Consolidated Appropriations Act”) was signed into law by President Biden, which contained, among other things, an identical provision to the AHFCAA and amended the HFCAA by requiring the SEC to prohibit an issuer’s securities from trading on any U.S. stock exchanges if its auditor is not subject to PCAOB inspections for two consecutive years instead of three, and that as a result an exchange may determine to delist its securities.
On August 26, 2022, the PCAOB announced that it had signed a Statement of Protocol (the “SOP”) with the China Securities Regulatory Commission and the Ministry of Finance of China. The SOP, together with two protocol agreements governing inspections and investigations (together, the “SOP Agreement”), establishes a specific, accountable framework to make possible complete inspections and investigations by the PCAOB of audit firms based in mainland China and Hong Kong, as required under U.S. law. The SOP Agreement remains unpublished and is subject to further explanation and implementation. Pursuant to the fact sheet with respect to the SOP Agreement disclosed by the SEC, the PCAOB shall have sole discretion to select any audit firms for inspection or investigation and the PCAOB inspectors and investigators shall have a right to see all audit documentation without redaction. Under the PCAOB’s rules, a reassessment of a determination under the HFCAA may result in the PCAOB reaffirming, modifying or vacating the determination.
On December 2, 2021, the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) adopted final amendments to its rules implementing the HFCAA. The rules apply to registrants the SEC identifies as having filed an annual report with an audit report issued by a registered public accounting firm that is located in a foreign jurisdiction and that the PCAOB is unable to inspect or investigate (Commission-Identified Issuers) and require Commission-Identified Issuers identified by the SEC to submit documentation and make disclosures required under the HFCAA. In addition, the final amendments also establish procedures the SEC will follow in (i) determining whether a registrant is a “Commission-Identified Issuer” and (ii) prohibiting the trading on U.S. securities exchanges and in the over-the-counter market of securities of a “Commission-Identified Issuer” under the HFCAA. The final amendments are effective on January 10, 2022. The SEC has begun to identify and list Commission-Identified Issuers on its website shortly after registrants begin filing their annual reports for 2021. Pursuant to the HFCAA, the PCAOB issued a Determination Report on December 16, 2021, which found that the PCAOB is unable to inspect or investigate completely registered public accounting firms headquartered in mainland China or Hong Kong, a Special Administrative Region of the PRC, because of a position taken by one or more authorities in the PRC or Hong Kong. In addition, the PCAOB’s report identified the specific registered public accounting firms which are subject to these determinations. On August 26, 2022, the PCAOB announced that it had signed a Statement of Protocol (the “Statement of Protocol”) with the China Securities Regulatory Commission and the Ministry of Finance of China. The terms of the Statement of Protocol would grant the PCAOB complete access to audit work papers and other information so that it may inspect and investigate PCAOB-registered accounting firms headquartered in China and Hong Kong.
On December 15, 2022, the PCAOB announced that it was able to secure complete access to inspect and investigate PCAOB-registered public accounting firms headquartered in mainland China and Hong Kong completely in 2022. The PCAOB Board vacated its previous 2021 determinations that the PCAOB was unable to inspect or investigate completely registered public accounting firms headquartered in mainland China and Hong Kong. However, whether the PCAOB will continue to be able to satisfactorily conduct inspections of PCAOB-registered public accounting firms headquartered in mainland China and Hong Kong is subject to uncertainties and depends on a number of factors out of our and our auditor’s control. The PCAOB continues to demand complete access in mainland China and Hong Kong and has made plans to resume regular inspections since early 2023, as well as to continue pursuing ongoing investigations and initiate new investigations as needed. The PCAOB has also indicated that it will act immediately to consider the need to issue new determinations with the HFCAA if needed.
Our auditor, Wei, Wei & Co., LLP has been inspected by the PCAOB on a regular basis, with the last inspection completed in December 2023, and it is not subject to the determinations announced by the PCAOB on December 16, 2021. If trading in our Ordinary Shares is prohibited under the HFCAA in the future because the PCAOB determines that it cannot inspect or fully investigate our auditor at such future time, Nasdaq may determine to delist our Ordinary Shares. If our Ordinary Shares are unable to be listed on another securities exchange by then, such a delisting would substantially impair your ability to sell or purchase our Ordinary Shares when you wish to do so, and the risk and uncertainty associated with a potential delisting would have a negative impact on the price of our Ordinary Shares. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Doing Business in the PRC — Our Ordinary Shares may be prohibited from being traded on a national exchange under the Holding Foreign Companies Accountable Act (the “HFCA Act”), if the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (the “PCAOB”) is unable to inspect our auditors for three consecutive years beginning in 2021. The delisting of our Ordinary Shares, or the threat of their being delisted, may materially and adversely affect the value of your investment” on page 33 of this prospectus.
Our holding company is an “emerging growth company” under the federal securities laws and will be subject to reduced public company reporting requirements. See “Prospectus Summary — Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company” for additional information.
Upon completion of this offering, our CEO, Yujun Xiao, will beneficially own approximately 86.23% of the aggregate voting power of our issued and outstanding Ordinary Shares, assuming no exercise of the over-allotment option, or 85.34%, assuming full exercise of the over-allotment option. As a result, we will be deemed a “controlled company” for the purpose of the Nasdaq Stock Market Rules. As a controlled company, we are permitted to elect to rely on certain exemptions from the obligations to comply with certain corporate governance requirements, including the requirements that:
• a majority of our board of directors consist of independent directors;
• our director nominees be selected or recommended solely by independent directors; and
• we have a nominating and corporate governance committee and a compensation committee that are composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the purposes and responsibilities of the committees.
Although we do not intend to rely on the “controlled company” exemption under the Nasdaq listing rules, we could elect to rely on this exemption after we complete this offering. If we elected to rely on the “controlled company” exemption, a majority of the members of our board of directors might not be independent directors and our nominating and corporate governance and compensation committees might not consist entirely of independent directors after we complete this offering.
Additionally, pursuant to Nasdaq’s phase-in rules for newly listed companies, we have one year from the date on which we are first listed on Nasdaq to comply fully with the Nasdaq listing standards. We do not plan to rely on the phase-in rules for newly listed companies and will comply fully with the Nasdaq listing standards at the time of listing.
As a foreign private issuer, however, Nasdaq corporate governance rules allow us to follow corporate governance practice in our home country, the Cayman Islands, with respect to appointments to our board of directors and committees in lieu of Nasdaq corporate governance rules. We intend to follow home country practice as permitted by Nasdaq rather than rely on the “controlled company” exception to the corporate governance rules. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to this Offering — We are a foreign private issuer within the meaning of the rules under the Exchange Act, and as such we are exempt from certain provisions applicable to U.S. domestic public companies.” Accordingly, you would not have the same protections afforded to shareholders of companies that are subject to all of the corporate governance requirements of Nasdaq.
Neither the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
Investing in the Ordinary Shares involves risks. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 21.
|
Per Share |
Total(4) |
|||||
|
Initial public offering price(1) |
$ |
5.00 |
$ |
6,250,000 |
||
|
Underwriting discount (7.5%)(2) |
$ |
0.375 |
$ |
468,750 |
||
|
Proceeds, before expenses, to us(3) |
$ |
4.625 |
$ |
5,781,250 |
||
____________
(1) The initial public offering price per share is assumed to be US$5.00, the midpoint of the range on the cover page of this prospectus.
(2) We have agreed to pay Craft Capital Management LLC (the “Underwriter”) a discount equal to seven and a half percent (7.5%) of the gross proceeds of this offering. We have also agreed to issue the Underwriter Warrants to purchase a number of Ordinary Shares equal to an aggregate of five percent (5%) of the Ordinary Shares sold in the offering, including any shares issued upon exercise of the Underwriter’s over-allotment option. The Underwriter Warrants will be exercisable at any time and from time to time, in whole or in part, during the four and half year period commencing six months from the commencement date of sales in the offering. The exercise price of the Underwriter Warrants will equal 125% of the public offering price per share of the Ordinary Shares sold in this offering. For a description of other terms of the compensation to be received by the Underwriter, see “Underwriting” beginning on page 129.
(3) The total estimated expenses related to this offering are set forth in the section entitled “Expenses Relating to This Offering.”
(4) Assumes that the Underwriter does not exercise any portion of its over-allotment option.
This offering is being conducted on a firm commitment basis. The Underwriter has agreed to purchase and pay for all the Ordinary Shares offered by this prospectus if it purchases any Ordinary Shares. We have agreed to grant the Underwriter a 45-day option to purchase up to fifteen percent (15%) of the Ordinary Shares sold in this offering at the offering price, less underwriting discounts, to cover over-allotments, if any. If the Underwriter exercises the option in full, the total underwriting discounts payable will be $539,063, and the total proceeds to us, before expenses, will be $6,648,438.
The Underwriter expects to deliver the Ordinary Shares against payment in U.S. dollars to purchasers on or about , 2024.

CRAFT CAPITAL MANAGEMENT LLC
The date of this prospectus is ____________, 2024.
|
Page |
||
|
1 |
||
|
21 |
||
|
52 |
||
|
53 |
||
|
54 |
||
|
55 |
||
|
56 |
||
|
57 |
||
|
58 |
||
|
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations |
62 |
|
|
74 |
||
|
88 |
||
|
100 |
||
|
104 |
||
|
107 |
||
|
108 |
||
|
121 |
||
|
123 |
||
|
129 |
||
|
134 |
||
|
135 |
||
|
135 |
||
|
135 |
||
|
F-1 |
You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus or in any related free-writing prospectus. Neither we nor any of the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide you with information different from that contained in this prospectus or in any related free-writing prospectus. We are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, the Ordinary Shares offered hereby, but only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted and lawful to do so. The information contained in this prospectus is current only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or of any sale of the Ordinary Shares.
Neither we nor any of the underwriters have taken any action that would permit a public offering of the Ordinary Shares outside the United States or permit the possession or distribution of this prospectus or any related free-writing prospectus outside the United States. Persons outside the United States who come into possession of this prospectus or any related free-writing prospectus must inform themselves about and observe any restrictions relating to the offering of the Ordinary Shares and the distribution of the prospectus outside the United States.
We are incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands as an exempted company limited by shares and a majority of our outstanding securities are owned by non-U.S. residents. Under the rules of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, we currently qualify for treatment as a “foreign private issuer.” As a foreign private issuer, we will not be required to file periodic reports and financial statements with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, as frequently or as promptly as domestic registrants whose securities are registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act.
Until and including , 2024 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that buy, sell or trade our Ordinary Shares, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the obligation of dealers to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.
i
This summary highlights information contained in greater detail elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary is not complete and does not contain all of the information you should consider in making your investment decision. You should read the entire prospectus carefully before making an investment in our Ordinary Shares. You should carefully consider, among other things, our consolidated financial statements and the related notes and the sections entitled “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included elsewhere in this prospectus.
Unless otherwise indicated, all share amounts and per share amounts in this prospectus have been presented giving effect to a forward split of our Ordinary Shares at a ratio of 1-for-4, approved by our shareholders on July 15, 2024.
Prospectus Conventions
Unless otherwise indicated or the context requires otherwise, references in this prospectus to:
• “Articles”, “articles of association” or “memorandum and articles of association” are to the amended and restated memorandum and articles of the Company adopted pursuant to a special resolution of the shareholders dated July 15, 2024, as amended and/or amended and restated from time to time;
• “China” or the “PRC” are to the People’s Republic of China, excluding Taiwan and the special administrative regions of Hong Kong and Macau for the purposes of this prospectus only;
• “HUHUTECH” are to HUHUTECH International Group Inc., a Cayman Islands exempted company limited by shares;
• “HUHU China” are to Jiangsu Huhu Electromechanical Technology Co., Ltd.., a PRC incorporated limited liability company. HUHU China is a wholly owned subsidiary of WFOE;
• “HUHU HK” are to HUHUTECH (HK) Limited, a Hong Kong company, limited by shares, which is a wholly-owned subsidiary of HUHUTECH;
• “HUHU Japan” are to “HUHU Technology Co., Ltd., a Japanese limited company and a wholly owned subsidiary of HUHUTECH;
• “Ordinary Shares” are to the ordinary shares of the Company, par value US$0.0000025 per share;
• “WFOE” are to Wuxi Xinwu District Jianmeng Electromechanical Technology Co., Limited, a wholly foreign-owned enterprise in the PRC and a wholly owned subsidiary of HUHU HK;
• “we,” “us,” “our,” “our company,” or “the Company” are to HUHUTECH and its subsidiaries, and to HUHU China in the context of describing our operations and consolidated financial information.
This prospectus contains translations of certain RMB and JPY amounts into U.S. dollar amounts at specified rates solely for the convenience of the US reporting. The relevant exchange rates are listed below:
|
For the Year |
For the Year |
|||
|
Period Ended RMB: USD exchange rate |
7.0999 |
6.8972 |
||
|
Period Average RMB: USD exchange rate |
7.0809 |
6.7290 |
||
|
Period Ended JPY: USD exchange rate |
140.80 |
131.81 |
||
|
Period Average JPY: USD exchange rate |
140.82 |
131.46 |
For the sake of clarity, this prospectus follows the English naming convention of first name followed by last name, regardless of whether an individual’s name is Chinese or English. For example, the name of our Chief Executive Officer will be presented as “Yujun Xiao,” even though, in Chinese, Mr. Xiao’s name is presented as “Xiao Yujun.”
1
We have relied on statistics provided by a variety of publicly available sources regarding China’s expectations of growth. We did not, directly or indirectly, sponsor or participate in the publication of such materials, and these materials are not incorporated in this prospectus other than to the extent specifically cited in this prospectus. We have sought to provide current information in this prospectus and believe that the statistics provided in this prospectus remain up-to-date and reliable, and these materials are not incorporated in this prospectus other than to the extent specifically cited in this prospectus. Except where otherwise stated, all ordinary share accounts provided herein are on a pre-share-increase basis.
Overview
Our holding company is incorporated in the Cayman Islands. As a holding company with no material operations of our own, we conduct our operations through our subsidiaries established in the People’s Republic of China, or “PRC” or “China” and Japan. HUHU China, our indirectly-owned PRC subsidiary, was incorporated in Wuxi City, Jiangsu Province, PRC on August 20, 2015 under the laws of the PRC.
We, through our subsidiaries, specialize in providing factory facility management and monitoring systems, including high-purity process system (“HPS”) and factory management and control systems (“FMCS”) for our industrial clients, who are mainly semi-conductor manufacturers and electronics manufacturers in China. We believe our products and services are widely used by semi-conductor manufacturers, LED and micro-electronics factories, as well as some pharmaceutical, food and beverage manufacturers.
Within the HPS, we provide two types of solutions: (1) High-purity gas conveyor system. The high-purity gas conveyor consists of a specialized gas cabinet, the valve manifold box (“VMB”), the gas monitoring software and gas valve parts. This system is connected to our clients’ own factory equipment, which will receive gas through the system we install. The gas conveyor ensures that the high-purity gas will not be contaminated by being exposed to air, liquid or small particles during the delivery. (2) High-purity chemicals conveyor system. The high-purity chemicals conveyor system conveys multiple chemicals used in the cleaning, corrosion and grinding process. This system consolidates multiple sub-systems including high-purity chemical pipes, valve, chemical sensor, and the chemical monitoring software. With the high-purity chemical conveyor system, we deliver chemicals from the storage container to the client’s manufacture equipment through the distribution valve. Both high-purity gas conveyor system and high-purity chemicals conveyor system are capable of delivering special high purity gas and chemicals in a highly controlled environment that ensures the gas and chemicals meet the purity requirement of our clients’ production process, as well as monitors potential safety issues in the production.
Our FMCS solution provides instant and effective monitoring over our clients’ manufacturing process through the control center located in the clients’ factory. The FMCS service monitors the facility production atmosphere, and consolidates sub-systems, including gas monitoring system (GMS), chemical monitoring system (CMS), high and low voltage power distribution, air pressure system, air conditioning system, water system, access control system, elevator system, sewage treatment system, waste gas emission system, pure water system and other systems. Our software is capable of consolidating all the sub-systems by creating a facility-wide software monitoring platform, where one can monitor and control every aspect of the factory condition. Additionally, we also develop individual sub-systems for our clients, such as gas monitoring system and chemical monitoring system.
Some of our clients are seasoned manufacturers in their industries in China. Our clients include Li Yi System Engineering (Shanghai) Limited, Hefei Lanke Investment Co., Ltd., Shiyuan Technology Engineering Co., Ltd., and AUO Corporation.
We are a nationally recognized brand: we have received ISO9001 standard quality management system certification in June 2021, from Beijing Zhong Jian Xie Certification Centre Co., Ltd., and received both ISO14001 Standard Environmental Management System Certification and ISO45001 Occupational Health and Safety Management System Certification in April 2021, both from TQCS International (Group) Pty, Ltd. We have been recognized as a Technology Driven Medium-Small Enterprise by the Science and Technology Bureau in Jiangsu Province in April 2020. We have been rewarded as First-class Qualification for Professional Contracting of Construction Mechanical and Electrical Installation Engineering by Jiangsu Provincial Department of Housing and Construction in September 2021.
2
We obtain raw materials mainly from suppliers in mainland China. Our most common raw materials include programmable logic controllers (“PLC”) modules, network switches, power modules, signal lines, control lines, cables, bridges, and heating materials. For the year ended December 31, 2023, three suppliers accounted for approximately 14.5% 14.0% and 11.5% of total purchases, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2022, one supplier accounted for approximately 13.8% of total purchases. As of December 31, 2023, two suppliers accounted for approximately 33.0% and 10.8% of total accounts payable, respectively. As of December 31, 2022, four suppliers accounted for approximately 14.0%, 12.8%, 11.4% and 10.9% of total accounts payable, respectively.
Corporate history and structure
HUHUTECH is a holding company with no operations of its own. We conduct our operations in China and Japan through our subsidiaries in the PRC and Japan. The Ordinary Shares offered in this prospectus are those of HUHUTECH.
The following diagram shows our corporate structure as of the date of this prospectus, including our main subsidiaries and consolidated affiliated entities:

HUHUTECH International Group Inc., a Cayman Islands exempted company limited by shares, was incorporated on July 8, 2021. It is a holding company and is not actively engaged in any business as of the date of this prospectus. HUHUTECH was authorized to issue 5,000,000,000 ordinary shares, par value $0.00001 per ordinary share. On July 15, 2024, the Company effected a 1-for-4 forward split of our ordinary shares. As a result, the authorized share capital of the Company is US$50,000 divided into 20,000,000,000 ordinary shares, par value $0.0000025 per ordinary share. As of the date of this prospectus, there are currently 20,000,000 issued and outstanding ordinary shares of HUHUTECH. HUHUTECH’s registered office is located at Harneys Fiduciary (Cayman) Limited, 4th Floor, Harbour Place, 103 South Church Street, P.O. Box 10240, Grand Cayman, KY1-1002, Cayman Islands.
HUHU HK was incorporated on July 28, 2021 under the laws of Hong Kong. HUHU HK is a Hong Kong limited company and a wholly owned subsidiary of HUHUTECH. HUHU HK is a holding company and does not have any operations.
HUHU Japan was incorporated on April 25, 2022 under the laws of Japan as a limited company and a wholly owned subsidiary of HUHUTECH.
Wuxi Xinwu District Jianmeng Electromechanical Technology Co., LTD (“WFOE”) was incorporated on December 10, 2021 under the laws of the People’s Republic of China. WFOE is a limited liability company, and a wholly-owned subsidiary of HUHU HK. WFOE is a holding company and does not have any operations.
Jiangsu Huhu Electromechanical Technology Co., Ltd. (“HUHU China”) was incorporated on August 20, 2015 under the laws of the People’s Republic of China. HUHU China is a limited liability company.
3
Holding Company Structure
HUHUTECH is a holding company with no material operations of its own. We currently conduct our operations primarily through HUHU China and HUHU Japan. Investors will not and may never directly hold equity interests in HUHU China and HUHU Japan. We control and receive the economic benefits of HUHU China’s and HUHU Japan’s business operations, if any, through equity ownership.
Transfers of cash to and from our subsidiaries
Our management monitors the cash position of each entity within our organization regularly and prepares budgets on a monthly basis to ensure each entity has the necessary funds to fulfill its obligation for the foreseeable future and to provide adequate liquidity. In the event that there is a need for cash or a potential liquidity issue, it will be reported to our Chief Financial Officer and subject to approval by our board of directors, we will enter into an intercompany loan for the applicable subsidiary.
HUHUTECH is permitted under the laws of the Cayman Islands to provide funding to HUHU HK through loans or capital contributions without restrictions on the amount of the funds. HUHU HK is permitted under the respective laws of Hong Kong to provide funding to WFOE through loans or capital contributions without restrictions on the amount of the funds. There are no restrictions on dividend transfers from Hong Kong to the Cayman Islands.
To transfer cash from HUHU HK to WFOE, HUHU HK can increase its registered capital in WFOE, which requires a report with the local commerce department, the registration with the local administration for market regulation and registration with a local bank authorized by the SAFE, or through a shareholder loan, which requires a registration with the SAFE or its local bureau. Aside from the aforesaid declaration to the relevant authorities, there is no restriction or limitations on such cash transfer.
To make loans to HUHU HK, WFOE or HUHU China, according to Matters relating to the Macro-prudential Management of Comprehensive Cross-border Financing, or PBOC Circular 9 promulgated by the People’s Bank of China, the total cross-border financing of a company shall be calculated using a risk-weighted approach and shall not exceed the statutory foreign debt upper limit. The statutory foreign debt upper limit shall be calculated as capital or assets (for enterprises, net assets shall apply) multiplied by a cross-border financing leverage ratio and multiplied by a macro-prudential regulation parameter. The macro-prudential regulation parameter is currently 1.5, which may be adjusted by the People’s Bank of China and the SAFE in the future, and the cross-border financing leverage ratio is 2 for enterprises. Therefore, the statutory foreign debt upper limit of the loans that a PRC company can borrow from foreign companies shall be calculated at 2 times the borrower’s net assets. When WFOE and HUHU China jointly apply for borrowing foreign debt, the upper limit of borrowing shall be 2 times of the net assets in the consolidated financial statement. As of the date of this prospectus, no cash transfer or transfer of other assets has occurred between HUHUTECH and any of its subsidiaries.
Under existing PRC foreign exchange regulations, payment of current account items, such as profit distributions and trade and service-related foreign exchange transactions, can be made in foreign currencies without prior approval from the SAFE, by complying with certain procedural requirements. Therefore, our PRC subsidiaries are able to pay dividends in foreign currencies to us without prior approval from SAFE, subject to the condition that the remittance of such dividends outside of the PRC complies with certain procedures under PRC foreign exchange regulations, such as the overseas investment registrations by our shareholders or the ultimate shareholders of our corporate shareholders who are PRC residents. Approval from, or registration with, appropriate government authorities is, however, required where the RMB is to be converted into foreign currency and remitted out of China to pay capital expenses such as the repayment of loans denominated in foreign currencies. The PRC government may also at its discretion restrict access in the future to foreign currencies for current account transactions. Current PRC regulations permit our PRC subsidiaries to pay dividends to the Company only out of their accumulated profits, if any, determined in accordance with Chinese accounting standards and regulations. As of the date of this prospectus, there are no restrictions or limitations imposed by the Hong Kong government on the transfer of capital within, into and out of Hong Kong (including funds from Hong Kong to the PRC), except for transfer of funds involving money laundering and criminal activities. Cayman Islands law prescribes that a company may only pay dividends out of its profits or share premium, and that a company may only pay dividends if, immediately following the date on which the dividend is paid, the company remains able to pay its debts as they fall due in the ordinary course of business. Other than that, there is no restrictions on HUHU China’s ability to transfer cash to investors. As of the date of this prospectus, neither HUHUTECH nor any of its subsidiaries have paid dividends or made distributions to their shareholders. We do not expect to pay dividends in the foreseeable future.
4
The PRC has currency and capital transfer regulations that require us to comply with certain requirements for the movement of capital. The Company is able to transfer cash (U.S. Dollars) to its PRC subsidiaries through an investment (by increasing the Company’s registered capital in a PRC subsidiary). The Company’s subsidiaries within China can transfer funds to each other when necessary through the way of current lending. The transfer of funds among companies are subject to the Provisions on Private Lending Cases, which was implemented on January 1, 2021 to regulate the financing activities between natural persons, legal persons and unincorporated organizations. As advised by our PRC counsel, Jiangsu Junjin Law Firm, the Provisions on Private Lending Cases does not prohibit using cash generated from one subsidiary to fund another subsidiary’s operations. We have not been notified of any other restriction which could limit our PRC subsidiaries’ ability to transfer cash between PRC subsidiaries. The Company’s subsidiaries in the PRC have not transferred any earnings or cash to the Company to date. As of the date of this prospectus, there has not been any assets or cash transfer between the holding company and its subsidiaries. As of the date of this prospectus, there has not been any dividends or distributions made to US investors. The Company’s business is primarily conducted through its subsidiaries. The Company is a holding company and its material assets consist of the ownership interests held in its PRC and Japan subsidiaries. The Company relies on dividends paid by its subsidiaries for its working capital and cash needs, including the funds necessary: (i) to pay dividends or cash distributions to its shareholders, (ii) to service any debt obligations and (iii) to pay operating expenses. As a result of PRC laws and regulations (noted below) that require annual appropriations of 10% of after-tax income to be set aside in a general reserve fund prior to payment of dividends, the Company’s PRC subsidiaries are restricted in that respect, as well as in other respects noted below, in their ability to transfer a portion of their net assets to the Company as a dividend.
HUHUTECH may rely on dividends paid by its subsidiaries for its working capital and cash needs, including the funds necessary to pay dividends to its shareholders. If HUHUTECH’s subsidiaries incur debt on their own behalf in the future, the instruments governing their debt may restrict their ability to pay dividends to HUHUTECH. As of the date of this prospectus, HUHUTECH’s subsidiaries have loans from several banks, but the loans do not restrict their ability to pay dividends to HUHUTECH. As of the date of this prospectus, none of our subsidiaries have made any dividends or distributions and we have not made any dividends or distributions to our shareholders. We currently intend to retain all available funds and future earnings, if any, for the operation and expansion of our business and do not anticipate declaring or paying any dividends in the foreseeable future.
As a result of PRC laws and regulations (noted below) that require annual appropriations of 10% of after-tax income to be set aside in a general reserve fund prior to payment of dividends, WFOE is restricted in that respect, as well as in other respects noted below, in their ability to transfer a portion of their net assets to HUHU HK as a dividend. We note the following:
1. PRC regulations currently permit the payment of dividends only out of accumulated profits, as determined in accordance with accounting standards and PRC regulations;
2. WFOE is required to set aside, at a minimum, 10% of its net income after taxes, based on PRC accounting standards, each year as statutory general reserves until the cumulative amount of such reserves reaches 50% of their registered capital;
3. Such reserves may not be distributed as cash dividends;
4. WFOE may, upon a decision made by the shareholder, draw a discretionary common reserve from the after-tax profits;
5. The incurrence of debt, specifically the instruments governing such debt, may restrict a subsidiary’s ability to pay stockholder dividends or make other cash distributions; and
6. A withholding tax rate of up to 10% will be applicable to dividends payable by Chinese companies to non-PRC-resident enterprises unless otherwise exempted or reduced according to treaties or arrangements between the PRC central government and governments of other countries or regions where the non-PRC resident enterprises are incorporated.
To transfer cash from HUHU Japan to WFOE, it is subject to restrictions under the Japanese Corporate Law.
(1) A company may pay dividends of surplus to its shareholders (Article 453 of the Companies Act).
5
(2) In order for a company to pay dividends from surplus, it must meet the following requirements:
(1) The company’s net assets must be at least 3 million yen (Article 458 of the Companies Act).
(2) To distribute surplus within the limit of the amount available for distribution (Article 461 of the Companies Act).
The distributable amount is calculated in accordance with Article 461, Paragraph 2 of the Companies Act and Articles 156 and 158 of the Corporate Calculation Regulations. The amount is the “amount of other capital surplus plus other retained earnings” as of the end of the fiscal year.
(3) To record reserves as required by the Law and the Ministry of Justice Ordinance (Article 445, Paragraph 4 of the Companies Act and Article 22 of the Corporate Calculation Regulations).
When a company pays dividends from its surplus, it must record an amount equal to “the amount of surplus to be reduced × 1/10” as additional paid-in capital or legal reserve. Such reserves may be recorded until the amount of reserves reaches “amount of capital × 1/4” (Article 445, Paragraph 4 of the Companies Act, Article 22 of the Corporate Accounting Regulations).
(3) Whenever a company intends to distribute surplus, it shall, by an ordinary resolution of the general meeting of shareholders, determine the type of dividend property and the total book value, matters concerning the allocation of dividend property to shareholders, and the effective date of the distribution of surplus (Article 454(1) of the Companies Act).
The articles of incorporation may stipulate that the board of directors determine the distribution of surplus if:
A, the company is a company with accounting auditors
B, the term of office of directors does not exceed one year
C, the company has a board of corporate auditors, audit committee, or nominating committee (Article 459, Paragraph 1, Item 4 of the Companies Act).
(4) If a distribution of surplus is made in violation of the regulations on the amount available for distribution, the person who received the money, etc. must pay to the company money equivalent to the book value of the money that he or she received. (Article 462, Paragraph 1 of the Companies Act).
As of the date of this prospectus, HUHUTECH and its subsidiaries do not have any plans to distribute earnings or settle amounts in the foreseeable future. During the fiscal years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, there was no cash transfer between the holding company and its subsidiaries.
See “Corporate History and Structure — Transfers of Cash to and from Our Subsidiaries.”
Dividend Policy
We anticipate that we will retain any earnings to support operations and to finance the growth and development of our business after the Company’s initial public offering. Therefore, we do not expect to pay cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Any future determination relating to our dividend policy will be made at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on a number of factors, including future earnings, capital requirements, financial conditions and future prospects and other factors the board of directors may deem relevant. As of the date of this prospectus, we have not paid any dividends or distributions to our shareholders.
Our Solutions
We, through HUHU China, design and provide customized high-purity gas and chemical production system and equipment. Our products mainly include HPS and FMCS. Our products are customized according to the needs of our clients.
6
High-purity Process System
The high-purity process system revolves around applying effective control of impurities in the production process. It is mainly used in the core processes of integrated circuit manufacturing in the pan-semiconductor industry, including the processes of doping, photolithography, etching and chemical vapor deposition (“CVD”) film formation processes. The system consists of high-purity process system equipment, high-purity process system piping, valve boxes, valve components and monitoring systems. We offer the overall solution design, installation and value-added services such as ancillary engineering, testing, plant hosting, calibration and maintenance. The technology used in this industry involves a variety of basic sciences such as physics, semiconductor physics, physical chemistry and electrochemistry and various engineering disciplines such as chemical, mechanical, materials and surface treatment. The new production lines of domestic fabrication plants (“fabs”) will bring development opportunities for us for the following reason: our high-purity process system covers 16-65nm equipment, and our high-purity process system possesses the essential technology to support equipment that is used to produce 5nm sized wafers; we believe such capacity gives us a comparative advantage in the industry, due to the technical difficulty in supporting equipment producing wafers of that size; such comparative advantage will help us gain more market shares in the industry, which will bring us development opportunities.
We provide high-purity process systems which we design and install for the clients, utilizing the equipment we procure from our suppliers, which is special equipment used in high-purity process systems and transport distribution pipelines. Within high purity process systems, there are two main types: high-purity gas conveyor systems and high-purity chemical conveyor systems.
High-purity Gas Conveyor System
The high purity gas conveyor system consists of components including special gas cabinets, valve manifold box, gas monitoring software systems (safety and security systems), gas pipes and valve fittings etc. The front end of the system is connected to the high-purity gas plant and the rear end of the system is connected to the client’s own production equipment. This system currently generates most of the Company’s revenue.
High-purity Chemical Conveyor System
The high- purity chemical delivery system is used during the manufacturing process in the pan-semiconductor industry. It supplies a wide range of chemicals for cleaning, etching, grinding and other industrial processes at production facilities in the pan-semiconductor industry. The chemical conveyor system delivers chemicals from tanks and tankers to the various machine demand points via VMB distribution valves. In addition to the associated piping, equipment and valves, a reliable chemical software monitoring system is also required for the system to work properly.
We also offer our customers value-added services related to the conveyor systems, such as ancillary engineering, testing, plant hosting, calibration and maintenance, if applicable.
Factory Management and Control System (FMCS)
Our FMCS provides instant and effective monitoring of our clients’ manufacturing process through the control center of the clients’ factories. We offer a consolidated factory monitoring system that combines multiple factory monitoring systems on one platform and individual factory monitoring systems that specialize in certain aspects of factory environment, including gas monitoring system and chemical monitoring system. All our systems are equipped with a control room where multiple monitoring screens show live status of the facility condition.
Consolidated FMCS
Consolidated FMCS integrates the monitoring information of the various systems of the plant facilities into the central monitoring server, using Ethernet, controllers and communication equipment to form a factory-wide monitoring web, so as to interoperate the information of the whole factory, improve the overall management performance of the factory, simplify the operation and maintenance process, and reduce the management costs. This system integrates the entire factory sub-systems. Through integration, it manages the operational status of each sub-system, serving as the monitoring and management center and coordinating and managing the operation of the entire facility.
We prioritize the software development of the FMCS, among other aspects of the FMCS solution. The system monitors our clients’ entire plant, including the plant’s gas monitoring, process cooling water monitoring, water supply and drainage monitoring, pure water station monitoring, waste water treatment monitoring, plant environment
7
monitoring, air conditioning monitoring, hot and cold source monitoring, ventilation and exhaust system monitoring, compressed air/vacuum and bulk gas system monitoring, variable power distribution system monitoring, and comprehensive automation monitoring.
Gas Monitoring System (GMS)
We also design and install individual gas monitoring systems. As hazardous gas is routinely used in the manufacturing process in the semi-conductor facilities, the monitoring system of poisonous gas plays a crucial role in the facility. The design of our gas monitoring system takes into account the types of particular gas and the pipeline used to distribute the particular gas, as well as the arrangement of the processing machines. The monitoring system collects data, transmits signals through the gas monitoring equipment and turns off the gas valve timely when warning signs appear. The GMS system has great stability, and is supported by a network of multiple internet devices that work independently without being interfered by any breakdown that could occur to one of the devices. The system is also equipped with backup monitors in the monitoring room in case any individual monitor stops working. The above designs ensures that our monitoring system provides around-the-clock control of the gas transportation process and sends a signal that can turn off the gas valve timely. The picture below illustrates our GMS design:

The GMS is connected to the alarm system and is capable of detecting any leakage of hazardous gas and sending timely signals to people in the facilities. The design is fairly flexible and easy to adapt and improve through our software control. It works with any number of equipment without the need of being adapted or rewritten.
Chemical Monitoring System (CMS)
In the factories in the pan-semiconductor industry, various chemical ingredients are used for cleaning, etching, grinding and other processes, and are distributed through chemical containers and distribution valves. The CMS monitors the safety of the distribution process. The display unit in the control room shows the facility status, including the valve status, pressure number, error signs, electricity input and output, and then sends warnings to the technicians onsite who can timely check the equipment status.
8
Production Procedure
For a typical production project, we obtain clients’ needs and formulate an initial proposal of our design, which we will submit for bidding to the client. The client will assess our qualifications before admitting us into the bidding process. If we win the bid, we enter into an agreement with the clients. Our team will then start production. We have adopted an integrated business model to meet our clients’ needs in the production stage: our engineering team sets up the schedule and production steps; the quality control team confirms the qualification of equipment, material sample quality and staff qualification. We charge our clients based on the quantity of equipment that is connected to our system. 10% – 20% of payment will be made upon entry of the agreement, with the remainder of the payment made throughout the production stage. Typically, 95% to 97% of the total purchase price will have been paid upon project delivery. The remaining payment will be made one to two years after the delivery, when the customer is satisfied with our production.
The following chart illustrates our production process:

Our Suppliers
For the year ended December 31, 2023, three suppliers accounted for approximately 14.5% 14.0% and 11.5% of total purchases, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2022, one supplier accounted for approximately 13.8% of total purchases. As of December 31, 2023, two suppliers accounted for approximately 33.0% and 10.8% of total accounts payable, respectively. As of December 31, 2022, four suppliers accounted for approximately 14.0%, 12.8%, 11.4% and 10.9% of total accounts payable, respectively.
Our Customers
We service major players in the pan-semiconductor industry by supplying reliable high-purity gas and chemical systems and equipment and FMCS. We are a business partner and supplier of many renowned companies in Asia, including Shiyuan Technology Engineering Co., Ltd., Suzhou Ruize System Engineering Co., Ltd., Hesheng Enterprise Co., Ltd., China Electronic System Engineering Fourth Construction Co., Ltd., Li Yi System Engineering (Shanghai) Co., Ltd.
For the year ended December 31, 2023, one customer accounted for 22.6% of total revenues. For the year ended December 31, 2022, four customers accounted for 24.4%, 12.7%, 11.5% and 10.0% of total revenues, respectively. As of December 31, 2023, three customers accounted for 16.0%, 13.6% and 11.2% of total accounts receivable, respectively. As of December 31, 2022, five customers accounted for 18.4%, 16.7%, 12.2%, 11.2% and 10.6% of total accounts receivable, respectively.
9
Our Growth Strategy
Our growth strategies include the following:
• Client Development and Management — Our team consists of members with years of experience in the industry. We have built an excellent relationship with our suppliers and customers.
• Research & Development — We will keep investing substantially in research and development, including research and development of semiconductor process line cleaning control systems, semiconductor ultrapure water system control software, semiconductor process gas detection systems, semiconductor process pipeline temperature automatic control system, FMCS related technology and new equipment. We will keep improving our existing technology and explore the development of FMCS and related new equipment.
• Expand Product and Service Range — We aim to expand our product range to areas including water supply systems, electricity supply systems, air conditioning and ventilation systems. In the services section, we plan to offer annual maintenance and servicing program, software maintenance and valve and PLC module replacement for the FMCS product. We believe such plans will improve our profitability.
Competitive Advantages
We are committed to providing our customers with high quality service. We believe we have several competitive advantages that will enable us to maintain and further improve our market position in the industry. Our competitive advantages include:
• Technological Capacity. We own software copyright over various programs in fields including facility gas supply, chemical and water processing. Our products, such as the FMCS software, effectively increase operation efficiency by using standardized module software.
• Experienced and Diverse Management Team. Our management team members have more than ten years of experience in their respective fields. Our founder Yujun Xiao is an experienced entrepreneur with extensive experience in business management and operations. Since the founding of the Company, we have established a reliable, professional team with many management and strategy talents. Mr. Xiao and members of this team entered the semiconductor industry relatively early, and have experienced the early development stage of the monitoring service industry for semiconductor businesses in China. He built this team from years of experience as an industry veteran.
• Software Solution Modularity. The PLC module in the system adopts mature algorithm. After the one-time arrangement is completed, the subsequent increase of detector gas cabinet, valve manifold box equipment does not require redownloading of the PLC program. This reduces the errors caused by frequent updates of the program (such as mistakenly shutting down the gas delivery equipment) that could cause customer downtime and lead to significant economic losses. Utilizing software simulation, we test and improve our software without interfering with the operation of the equipment. Our software solution is user-friendly and our clients can add monitoring applications from their end.
Sales and Marketing
We believe that our solutions have a strong competitive edge in China’s domestic market. Our CEO and CTO play essential roles in bringing in new clients, due to their multiple years of experience in the industry. Additionally, we have established a good reputation among our clients through our consistent high-quality products, which ensures we have plenty of long-term clients that we maintain carefully on a periodical basis. Our sales and marketing department work diligently in maintaining existing client relationships by visiting clients regularly. Our sales personnel also attend industry events and exhibitions to expand our connections and promote our products. Due to our renowned reputation in China, we also receive consultation requests and offers from prospective clients, who discover our product and service by word of mouth and industry exhibitions such as SEMII CHINA and China (Shanghai) International Semiconductor Exhibition.
10
Risk Factors Summary
An investment in our Ordinary Shares is subject to a number of risks, including risks related to our business, risks related to doing business in China and risks related to our Ordinary Shares and this offering. You should carefully consider all of the information in this prospectus before making an investment in our Ordinary Shares. The following list summarizes some, but not all, of these risks. Please read the information in the section entitled “Risk Factors” for a more thorough description of these and other risks.
Risks Related to Doing Business in the PRC
• PRC regulations relating to investments in offshore companies by PRC residents may subject our PRC-resident beneficial owners or our PRC subsidiaries to liability or penalties, limit our ability to inject capital into our PRC subsidiaries or limit our PRC subsidiaries’ ability to increase their registered capital or distribute profits. See page 21.
• The Chinese government exerts substantial influence over the manner in which we must conduct our business activities. We are required to obtain approval from Chinese Securities Regulatory Commission (“CSRC”) to list on U.S exchanges. See page 23.
• Uncertainties with respect to the PRC legal system, including uncertainties regarding the enforcement of laws, and sudden or unexpected changes in laws and regulations in China could adversely affect us and limit the legal protections available to you and us. See page 25.
• We may become subject to a variety of laws and regulations in the PRC regarding privacy, data security, cybersecurity, and data protection. We may be liable for improper use or appropriation of personal information. See page 26.
• You may experience difficulties in effecting service of legal process, enforcing foreign judgments or bringing actions in China against us, the majority of our directors or our management named in the prospectus based on foreign laws. See page 28.
• Our Ordinary Shares may be prohibited from being traded on a national exchange under the Holding Foreign Companies Accountable Act (the “HFCAA”), if the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (the “PCAOB”) is unable to inspect our auditors for three consecutive years beginning in 2021. The delisting of our Ordinary Shares, or the threat of their being delisted, may materially and adversely affect the value of your investment. See page 33.
Risks Related to Doing Business in Japan
• We are subject to various laws and regulations related to the construction industry in Japan, which may adversely affect our business. See page 36.
• We may be unsuccessful in expanding and operating our business in Japan, which could adversely affect our results of operations. See page 37.
• Fluctuation of the value of the Japanese yen against certain foreign currencies may have a material adverse effect on the results of our operations. See page 37.
Risks Related to Our Business
• We may fail to anticipate or adapt to technology innovations in a timely manner, so our software design may fail to gain recognition from the customers and the software design industry. See page 38.
• The average selling prices of our products may decrease from time to time due to technological advancement, and we may not be able to pass onto our suppliers such decreases, which may in turn adversely affect our profitability. See page 38.
• If we fail to maintain an effective quality control system, our business could be materially and adversely affected. See page 38.
11
• Our limited operating history and our volatile historical results of operations could make it difficult for us to forecast our business and assess the seasonality and volatility in our business. See page 39.
• The coronavirus COVID-19 pandemic had caused significant disruptions in our business, which might materially and adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition in the future. See page 39.
• Our management team lacks experience in managing a U.S.-listed public company and complying with laws applicable to such company, the failure of which may adversely affect our business, financial conditions and results of operations. See page 40.
• We will incur increased costs as a result of being a public company. See page 40.
• Increases in labor costs in the PRC and Japan may adversely affect our business and our profitability. See page 40.
• We may be unable to make the substantial research and development investments required to remain competitive in our business. See page 41.
• We may encounter difficulties in recruiting and retaining key personnel. See page 41.
• We may face difficulties in protecting our intellectual property rights. See page 42.
• Because our business is primarily conducted in RMB and Japanese Yen (“JPY”) and the price of our Ordinary Shares is quoted in U.S. dollars, changes in currency conversion rates may affect the value of your investments. Any significant revaluation of the RMB and JPY may materially and adversely affect our cash flows, revenue and financial condition. Changes in the conversion rate between the United States dollar and the RMB and JPY will affect the amount of proceeds we will have available for our business. See page 43.
Risks Related to this Offering
• There has been no public market for our shares or Ordinary Shares prior to this offering, and you may not be able to resell our Ordinary Shares at or above the price you paid, or at all. See page 44.
• The trading price of the Ordinary Shares is likely to be volatile, which could result in substantial losses to investors. See page 44.
• We may experience extreme stock price volatility unrelated to our actual or expected operating performance, financial condition or prospects, making it difficult for prospective investors to assess the rapidly changing value of our Ordinary Shares. See page 45.
• If securities or industry analysts cease to publish research or reports about our business, or if they adversely change their recommendations regarding the Ordinary Shares, the market price for the Ordinary Shares and trading volume could decline. See page 46.
• We currently do not expect to pay dividends in the foreseeable future after this offering and you must rely on the price appreciation of our Ordinary Shares for return on your investment. See page 46.
• If we fail to establish and maintain proper internal financial reporting controls, our ability to produce accurate financial statements or comply with applicable regulations could be impaired. See page 50.
• Because our initial public offering price is substantially higher than our net tangible book value per share, you will experience immediate and substantial dilution. See page 47.
• You may face difficulties in protecting your interests, and your ability to protect your rights through U.S. courts may be limited because we are incorporated under Cayman Islands law. See page 48.
• We are an emerging growth company within the meaning of the Securities Act and may take advantage of certain reduced reporting requirements. See page 48.
12
• There can be no assurance that we will not be a passive foreign investment company, or PFIC, for U.S. federal income tax purposes for any taxable year, which could result in adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences to U.S. holders of the Ordinary Shares. See page 49.
• We will incur increased costs as a result of being a public company, particularly after we cease to qualify as an “emerging growth company. See page 49.
• Nasdaq may apply additional and more stringent criteria for our initial and continued listing because we plan to have a small public offering and insiders will hold a large portion of the company’s listed securities. See page 51.
Holding Foreign Companies Accountable Act (the “HFCAA”)
Our Ordinary Shares may be prohibited from trading on a national exchange under the HFCAA if the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (the “PCAOB”) is unable to inspect our auditors for three consecutive years. On June 22, 2021, the U.S. Senate passed the Accelerating Holding Foreign Companies Accountable Act, which AHFCAA, and on December 29, 2022, legislation entitled “Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2023” (the “Consolidated Appropriations Act”) was signed into law by President Biden, which contained, among other things, an identical provision to the AHFCAA and amended the HFCAA by requiring the SEC to prohibit an issuer’s securities from trading on any U.S. stock exchanges if its auditor is not subject to PCAOB inspections for two consecutive years instead of three, and that as a result an exchange may determine to delist its securities. On December 2, 2021, the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) adopted final amendments to its rules implementing the HFCAA. The rules apply to registrants the SEC identifies as having filed an annual report with an audit report issued by a registered public accounting firm that is located in a foreign jurisdiction and that the PCAOB is unable to inspect or investigate (Commission-Identified Issuers) and require Commission-Identified Issuers identified by the SEC to submit documentation and make disclosures required under the HFCAA. In addition, the final amendments also establish procedures the SEC will follow in (i) determining whether a registrant is a “Commission-Identified Issuer” and (ii) prohibiting the trading on U.S. securities exchanges and in the over-the-counter market of securities of a “Commission-Identified Issuer” under the HFCAA. The final amendments were effective on January 10, 2022. The SEC began to identify and list Commission-Identified Issuers on its website shortly after registrants began filing their annual reports for 2021. Pursuant to the HFCAA, the PCAOB issued a Determination Report on December 16, 2021, which found that the PCAOB is unable to inspect or investigate completely registered public accounting firms headquartered in mainland China or Hong Kong, a Special Administrative Region of the PRC, because of a position taken by one or more authorities in the PRC or Hong Kong. In addition, the PCAOB’s report identified the specific registered public accounting firms which are subject to these determinations. Our auditor, Wei, Wei & Co., LLP, has been inspected by the PCAOB on a regular basis, with the last inspection completed in December 2023, and it is not subject to the determinations announced by the PCAOB on December 16, 2021. On August 26, 2022, the PCAOB announced that it had signed a Statement of Protocol (the “Statement of Protocol”) with the China Securities Regulatory Commission and the Ministry of Finance of China. The terms of the Statement of Protocol would grant the PCAOB complete access to audit work papers and other information so that it may inspect and investigate PCAOB-registered accounting firms headquartered in China and Hong Kong. Under the PCAOB’s rules, a reassessment of a determination under the HFCA Act may result in the PCAOB reaffirming, modifying or vacating the determination.
On December 15, 2022, the PCAOB announced that it was able to secure complete access to inspect and investigate PCAOB-registered public accounting firms headquartered in mainland China and Hong Kong completely in 2022. The PCAOB Board vacated its previous 2021 determinations that the PCAOB was unable to inspect or investigate completely registered public accounting firms headquartered in mainland China and Hong Kong. However, whether the PCAOB will continue to be able to satisfactorily conduct inspections of PCAOB-registered public accounting firms headquartered in mainland China and Hong Kong is subject to uncertainties and depends on a number of factors out of our and our auditor’s control. The PCAOB continues to demand complete access in mainland China and Hong Kong and has made plans to resume regular inspections since early 2023, as well as to continue pursuing ongoing investigations and initiate new investigations as needed. The PCAOB has also indicated that it will act immediately to consider the need to issue new determinations with the HFCAA if needed.
13
If trading in our Ordinary Shares is prohibited under the HFCAA in the future because the PCAOB determines that it cannot inspect or fully investigate our auditor at such future time, Nasdaq may determine to delist our Ordinary Shares. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Doing Business in the PRC — Our Ordinary Shares may be prohibited from being traded on a national exchange under the Holding Foreign Companies Accountable Act (the “HFCA Act”), if the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (the “PCAOB”) is unable to inspect our auditors for three consecutive years beginning in 2021. The delisting of our Ordinary Shares, or the threat of their being delisted, may materially and adversely affect the value of your investment.” on page 33 of this prospectus.
PRC Regulations on Overseas Listing
On February 17, 2023, the China Securities Regulatory Commission, or the CSRC, released the Trial Administrative Measures of Overseas Securities Offering and Listing by Domestic Companies, or the Trial Measures, and five supporting guidelines, along with the Notice on the Arrangements for the Filing Management of Overseas Listing of Domestic Companies, or the Notice. The Trial Measures came into effect on March 31, 2023. The Trial Measures refine the regulatory system by subjecting both direct and indirect overseas offering and listing activities to the CSRC filing-based administration. Requirements for filing entities, time points and procedures are specified. A PRC domestic company that seeks to offer and list securities in overseas markets shall fulfill the filing procedure with the CSRC per the requirements of the Trial Measures. Where a PRC domestic company seeks to indirectly offer and list securities in overseas markets, the issuer shall designate a major domestic operating entity, which shall, as the domestic responsible entity, file with the CSRC. The Trial Measures also lay out requirements for the reporting of material events. Breaches of the Trial Measures, such as offering and listing securities overseas without fulfilling the filing procedures, shall bear legal liabilities, including a fine between RMB 1.0 million (approximately $150,000) and RMB 10.0 million (approximately $1.5 million), and the Trial Measures heighten the cost for offenders by enforcing accountability with administrative penalties and incorporating the compliance status of relevant market participants into the Securities Market Integrity Archives.
According to the Circular, since the date of effectiveness of the Trial Measures on March 31, 2023, PRC domestic enterprises falling within the scope of filing that have been listed overseas or met the following circumstances are “existing enterprises”: before the effectiveness of the Trial Measures on March 31, 2023, the application for indirect overseas issuance and listing has been approved by the overseas regulators or overseas stock exchanges (such as the registration statement has become effective on the U.S. market), it is not required to perform issuance and listing supervision procedures of the overseas regulators or overseas stock exchanges, and the overseas issuance and listing will be completed by September 30, 2023. Existing enterprises are not required to file with the CSRC immediately, and filings with the CSRC should be made as required if they involve refinancings and other filing matters. PRC domestic enterprises that have submitted valid applications for overseas issuance and listing but have not been approved by overseas regulatory authorities or overseas stock exchanges at the date of effectiveness of the Trial Measures on March 31, 2023 can reasonably arrange the timing of filing applications with the CSRC and shall complete the filing with the CSRC before the overseas issuance and listing.
According to the Circular, we can reasonably arrange the timing for submitting the filing application with the CSRC, and shall complete the filing with the CSRC in accordance with the Trial Measures before this offering. In sum, we are subject to the filing requirements of the CSRC for this offering under the Trial Measures. On April 22, 2024, we received approval from the CSRC regarding our completion of the required filing procedures for this offering. We have not received any formal inquiry, notice, warning, sanction, or objection from the CSRC with respect to this offering. Any failure or perceived failure of us to fully comply with such new regulatory requirements could significantly limit or completely hinder our ability to offer or continue to offer securities to investors, cause significant disruption to our business operations, and severely damage our reputation, which could materially and adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations and could cause the value of our securities to significantly decline or be worthless. For more details, see “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Doing Business in China”.
If the CSRC or other regulatory agencies later promulgate new rules or explanations requiring that we obtain their approvals for this offering and any follow-on offering, we may be unable to obtain such approvals and we may face sanctions by the CSRC or other PRC regulatory agencies for failure to seek such approvals which could significantly limit or completely hinder our ability to offer or continue to offer securities to our investors and the securities currently being offered may substantially decline in value and be worthless.
14
For more detailed information, see “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Doing Business in the PRC — The approval of the China Securities Regulatory Commission may be required in connection with this offering.” on page 23 of this prospectus.
Recent Cybersecurity Regulatory Development in PRC
The PRC regulatory requirements regarding cybersecurity are evolving. For instance, various regulatory bodies in the PRC, including the CAC, the Ministry of Public Security, the State Administration for Market Regulation, or the SAMR, have enforced data privacy and protection laws and regulations with varying and evolving standards and interpretations. The Cybersecurity Law, which was adopted by the SCNPC on November 7, 2016, and the Cybersecurity Review Measures, which were promulgated on April 13, 2020, provide that personal information and important data collected and generated by an operator of critical information infrastructure in the course of its operations in China must be stored in China, and if an operator of critical information infrastructure purchases internet products and services that affect or may affect national security, it will be subject to cybersecurity review by the CAC. On June 10, 2021, the SCNPC promulgated the Data Security Law stipulates that data shall not be collected by theft or other illegal means, and also provides for a data classification and hierarchical protection system, which took effect on September 1, 2021. The data classification and hierarchical protection system puts data into different groups according to its importance in economic and social development, and the damages it may cause to national security, public interests, or the legitimate rights and interests of individuals and organizations in case the data is falsified, damaged, disclosed, illegally obtained or illegally used. If any of our data processing activities conducted after the Data Security Law became effective were found to be not in compliance with this law, we could be ordered to make corrections, and under certain serious circumstances, such as severe data divulgence, we could be subject to penalties, including the revocation of our business licenses or other permits. Furthermore, the Opinions on Strictly Cracking Down Illegal Securities Activities in Accordance with the Law published on July 6, 2021 require (i) speeding up the revision of the provisions on strengthening the confidentiality and archives management relating to overseas issuance and listing of securities and (ii) improving the laws and regulations relating to data security, cross-border data flow, and management of confidential information.
In January 2022, the CAC amended Measures of Cybersecurity Review, or the Revised CAC Measures, which came into effect on February 15, 2022. Pursuant to the Revised CAC Measures, critical information infrastructure operators procuring network products and services, and online platform operators (as opposed to “data processors” in the Draft Management Regulation) carrying out data processing activities which affect or may affect national security, shall conduct a cybersecurity review pursuant to the provisions therein. In addition, online platform operators possessing personal information of more than one million users seeking to be listed in foreign country must apply for a cybersecurity review.
Our PRC legal counsel, Jiangsu Junjin Law Firm, has advised us based on their understanding of the current PRC law, rules, and regulations that we are not expected to be subject to the cybersecurity review by the CAC for this offering, given that: (i) using our products and services does not require users to provide any personal information; (ii) we do not possess any personal information of users in our business operations; and (iii) data processed in our business does not have a bearing on national security and thus may not be classified as core or important data by the authorities. However, if the draft Regulations on Network Data Security is adopted into law and we become listed on Nasdaq, our PRC subsidiaries likely will be required to perform annual data security assessment either by itself or retaining a third-party data security service provider and submit such data security assessment report to the local agency every year. Neither the CAC nor any other PRC regulatory agency or administration has contacted the Company in connection with our PRC subsidiaries’ operations.
As there remain uncertainties regarding the further interpretation and implementation of those laws and regulations, we cannot assure you that we will be compliant such new regulations in all respects, and we may be ordered to rectify and terminate any actions that are deemed illegal by the regulatory authorities and become subject to fines and other sanctions. PRC regulatory agencies, including the CAC, may adopt new laws, regulations, rules, or detailed implementation and interpretation. If any such new laws, regulations, rules, or implementation and interpretation come into effect, we expect to take all reasonable measures and actions to comply therewith. In the event of a failure to comply, we may be required to suspend our relevant businesses and become subject to fines and other penalties. If the CAC or other PRC regulatory agencies later promulgate new rules or explanations
15
requiring that we obtain their approvals for this offering and any follow-on offering, we may be unable to obtain such approvals, which could significantly limit or completely hinder our ability to offer or continue to offer securities to our investors.
As confirmed by our PRC counsel, Jiangsu Junjin Law Firm, we will not be subject to cybersecurity review with the CAC pursuant to the Cybersecurity Review Measures.
If we do not receive or maintain the approval, or permission, or inadvertently conclude that such approval or permission is not required, or applicable laws, regulations, or interpretations change such that we are required to obtain approval or permission in the future, we may be subject to an investigation by competent regulators, fines or penalties, or an order prohibiting us from conducting an offering, and these risks could result in a material adverse change in our operations and the value of our Shares, significantly limit or completely hinder our ability to offer or continue to offer securities to investors, or cause such securities to significantly decline in value or become worthless. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Doing Business in the PRC — We may become subject to a variety of laws and regulations in the PRC regarding privacy, data security, cybersecurity, and data protection. We may be liable for improper use or appropriation of personal information” on page 26 of this prospectus.
Permission Required from the PRC Authorities
As of the date of this prospectus, HUHU China, the WFOE and HUHU HK have obtained all material permissions and approvals to operate their respective business, including business license.
The business license is a permit issued by Market Supervision and Administration that allows the company to conduct specific business within the government’s geographical jurisdiction. Each of our PRC Subsidiaries received its business license. HUHU China obtained the Construction enterprise qualification certificate for the First-Class Professional Contracting of Mechanical and Electrical Installation Engineering Projects issued by Jiangsu Provincial Department of Housing and Urban-Rural Development, Special Equipment Production License issued by Jiangsu Provincial Administration for Market Regulation, Safety Production License issued by Jiangsu Provincial Department of Housing and Urban-Rural Development.
As of the date of this prospectus, we have received all material requisite permissions or approvals to operate our business. However, applicable laws and regulations may be tightened, and new laws or regulations may be introduced to impose additional government approval, license, and permit requirements. If we or our subsidiaries fail to obtain and maintain such approvals, licenses, or permits required for our business, inadvertently conclude that such approval is not required, or respond to changes in the regulatory environment, we or our subsidiaries could be subject to liabilities, penalties, and operational disruption, which may materially and adversely affect our business, operating results, financial condition and the value of our ordinary shares, significantly limit or completely hinder our ability to offer or continue to offer securities to investors, or cause such securities to significantly decline in value or become worthless.
We are required to obtain approval from Chinese Securities Regulatory Commission (“CSRC”) to list on U.S exchanges. On April 22, 2024, we received approval from the CSRC regarding our completion of the required filing procedures for this offering. As of the date of this prospectus, we and our PRC subsidiaries have not received any inquiry, notice, warning, or sanctions regarding our planned overseas listing from the CSRC or any other PRC governmental authorities. Since these statements and regulatory actions are newly published, however, official guidance and related implementation rules have not been issued. It is highly uncertain what the potential impact such modified or new laws and regulations will have on the daily business operations of our subsidiaries, our ability to accept foreign investments, and our listing on an U.S. exchange. The Standing Committee of the National People’s Congress, or the SCNPC, or other PRC regulatory authorities may in the future promulgate laws, regulations, or implementing rules that require us, our subsidiaries to obtain regulatory approval from Chinese authorities before listing in the U.S.
16
Selected Condensed Consolidating Financial Data
The tables below are condensed consolidating financial data summarizing separately the financial position and cash flows of HUHUTECH (“Parent” in the tables below), HUHU HK, WFOE, and HUHU China (“Subsidiaries” in the tables below).
SELECTED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENTS OF INCOME AND
COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
|
For the Year Ended December 31, 2023 |
|||||||||||||
|
Parent |
Subsidiaries |
Eliminations |
Consolidated |
||||||||||
|
Revenues |
$ |
— |
$ |
16,732,688 |
$ |
— |
|
$ |
16,732,688 |
||||
|
Equity of subsidiaries |
$ |
2,333,687 |
$ |
— |
$ |
(2,333,687 |
) |
$ |
— |
||||
|
Net income |
$ |
2,333,587 |
$ |
2,333,687 |
$ |
(2,333,687 |
) |
$ |
2,333,587 |
||||
|
Comprehensive income |
$ |
2,228,558 |
$ |
2,228,658 |
$ |
(2,228,658 |
) |
$ |
2,228,558 |
||||
|
For the Year Ended December 31, 2022 |
|||||||||||||
|
Parent |
Subsidiaries |
Eliminations |
Consolidated |
||||||||||
|
Revenues |
$ |
— |
$ |
11,374,257 |
$ |
— |
|
$ |
11,374,257 |
||||
|
Equity of subsidiaries |
$ |
980,320 |
$ |
— |
$ |
(980,320 |
) |
$ |
— |
||||
|
Net income |
$ |
930,009 |
$ |
980,320 |
$ |
(980,320 |
) |
$ |
930,009 |
||||
|
Comprehensive income |
$ |
691,382 |
$ |
741,693 |
$ |
(741,693 |
) |
$ |
691,382 |
||||
SELECTED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING BALANCE SHEETS
|
As of December 31, 2023 |
|||||||||||||
|
Parent |
Subsidiaries |
Eliminations |
Consolidated |
||||||||||
|
Cash and restricted cash |
$ |
— |
$ |
2,846,659 |
$ |
— |
|
$ |
2,846,659 |
||||
|
Total current assets |
$ |
— |
$ |
12,330,903 |
$ |
— |
|
$ |
12,330,903 |
||||
|
Investments in subsidiaries |
$ |
3,697,532 |
$ |
— |
$ |
(3,697,532 |
) |
$ |
— |
||||
|
Total non-current assets |
$ |
3,697,532 |
$ |
2,772,054 |
$ |
(3,697,532 |
) |
$ |
2,772,054 |
||||
|
Total assets |
$ |
3,697,532 |
$ |
15,102,957 |
$ |
(3,697,532 |
) |
$ |
15,102,957 |
||||
|
Total liabilities |
$ |
50,412 |
$ |
9,271,748 |
$ |
— |
|
$ |
9,322,160 |
||||
|
Total shareholders’ equity |
$ |
3,647,120 |
$ |
5,831,209 |
$ |
(3,697,532 |
) |
$ |
5,780,797 |
||||
|
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity |
$ |
3,697,532 |
$ |
15,102,957 |
$ |
(3,697,532 |
) |
$ |
15,102,957 |
||||
|
As of December 31, 2022 |
|||||||||||||
|
Parent |
Subsidiaries |
Eliminations |
Consolidated |
||||||||||
|
Cash and restricted cash |
$ |
189 |
$ |
1,688,427 |
$ |
— |
|
$ |
1,688,616 |
||||
|
Total current assets |
$ |
189 |
$ |
9,506,156 |
$ |
— |
|
$ |
9,506,345 |
||||
|
Investments in subsidiaries |
$ |
1,468,874 |
$ |
— |
$ |
(1,468,874 |
) |
$ |
— |
||||
|
Total non-current assets |
$ |
1,468,874 |
$ |
1,365,805 |
$ |
(1,468,874 |
) |
$ |
1,365,805 |
||||
|
Total assets |
$ |
1,469,063 |
$ |
10,871,961 |
$ |
(1,468,874 |
) |
$ |
10,872,150 |
||||
|
Total liabilities |
$ |
50,500 |
$ |
7,269,411 |
$ |
— |
|
$ |
7,319,911 |
||||
|
Total shareholders’ equity |
$ |
1,418,563 |
$ |
3,602,550 |
$ |
(1,468,874 |
) |
$ |
3,552,239 |
||||
|
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity |
$ |
1,469,063 |
$ |
10,871,961 |
$ |
(1,468,874 |
) |
$ |
10,872,150 |
||||
17
SELECTED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
|
For the Year Ended December 31, 2023 |
|||||||||||||||
|
Parent |
Subsidiaries |
Eliminations |
Consolidated |
||||||||||||
|
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities |
$ |
(100 |
) |
$ |
3,049,029 |
|
$ |
— |
$ |
3,048,929 |
|
||||
|
Net cash (used in) investing activities |
$ |
— |
|
$ |
(1,208,253 |
) |
$ |
— |
$ |
(1,208,253 |
) |
||||
|
Net cash (used in) financing activities |
$ |
(89 |
) |
$ |
(594,487 |
) |
$ |
— |
$ |
(594,576 |
) |
||||
|
For the Year Ended December 31, 2022 |
|||||||||||||||
|
Parent |
Subsidiaries |
Eliminations |
Consolidated |
||||||||||||
|
Net cash (used in) operating activities |
$ |
(50,311 |
) |
$ |
(89,228 |
) |
$ |
— |
$ |
(139,539 |
) |
||||
|
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities |
$ |
50,500 |
|
$ |
(145,948 |
) |
$ |
— |
$ |
(95,448 |
) |
||||
|
Net cash provided by financing activities |
$ |
— |
|
$ |
1,317,284 |
|
$ |
— |
$ |
1,317,284 |
|
||||
Corporate Information
Our principal executive office is located at 3-1208 Tiananzhihui Compound 228 Linghu Road Xinwu District, Wuxi City, Jiangsu Province People’s Republic of China 214135. The telephone number of our principal executive offices is +0510 88681689. Our registered office is located at Harneys Fiduciary (Cayman) Limited, 4th Floor, Harbour Place, 103 South Church Street, P.O. Box 10240, Grand Cayman KY1-1002, Cayman Islands. Our agent for service for process in the United States is Cogency Global Inc., located at 122 E 42nd St 18th Fl, New York, NY 10168.
Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company
We qualify as an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act. An emerging growth company may take advantage of specified reduced reporting and other burdens that are otherwise applicable generally to public companies. These provisions include:
• the ability to include only two years of audited financial statements and only two years of related management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations disclosure; and
• an exemption from the auditor attestation requirement in the assessment of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
We may take advantage of these provisions for up to five years or such earlier time that we are no longer an emerging growth company. We will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest of (a) the last day of the fiscal year during which we have total annual gross revenue of at least US$1.235 billion; (b) the last day of our fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering; (c) the date on which we have, during the preceding three-year period, issued more than US$1.0 billion in non-convertible debt; or (d) the date on which we are deemed to be a “large accelerated filer” under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, which would occur if the market value of the Ordinary Shares that are held by non-affiliates exceeds US$700 million as of the last business day of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter. Once we cease to be an emerging growth company, we will not be entitled to the exemptions provided in the JOBS Act discussed above.
Implication of Being a Foreign Private Issuer
We are a foreign private issuer within the meaning of the rules under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). As such, we are exempt from certain provisions applicable to United States domestic public companies. For example:
• we are not required to provide as many Exchange Act reports or provide periodic and current reports as frequently, as a domestic public company;
• for interim reporting, we are permitted to comply solely with our home country requirements, which are less rigorous than the rules that apply to domestic public companies;
18
• we are not required to provide the same level of disclosure on certain issues, such as executive compensation;
• we are exempt from provisions of Regulation FD aimed at preventing issuers from making selective disclosures of material information;
• we are not required to comply with the sections of the Exchange Act regulating the solicitation of proxies, consents or authorizations in respect of a security registered under the Exchange Act; and
• we are not required to comply with Section 16 of the Exchange Act requiring insiders to file public reports of their share ownership and trading activities and establishing insider liability for profits realized from any “short-swing” trading transaction.
Implications of Being a Controlled Company
Upon completion of this offering, our Director, Yujun Xiao, will beneficially own approximately 86.23% of the aggregate voting power of our issued and outstanding Ordinary Shares, assuming no exercise of the over-allotment option, or 85.34%, assuming full exercise of the over-allotment option. As a result, we will be deemed a “controlled company” for the purpose of the Nasdaq Stock Market Rules. As a controlled company, we are permitted to elect to rely on certain exemptions from the obligations to comply with certain corporate governance requirements, including the requirements that:
• a majority of our board of directors consist of independent directors;
• our director nominees be selected or recommended solely by independent directors; and
• we have a nominating and corporate governance committee and a compensation committee that are composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the purposes and responsibilities of the committees.
Although we do not intend to rely on the “controlled company” exemption under the Nasdaq listing rules, we could elect to rely on this exemption after we complete this offering. If we elected to rely on the “controlled company” exemption, a majority of the members of our board of directors might not be independent directors and our nominating and corporate governance and compensation committees might not consist entirely of independent directors after we complete this offering.
Additionally, pursuant to Nasdaq’s phase-in rules for newly listed companies, we have one year from the date on which we are first listed on Nasdaq to comply fully with the Nasdaq listing standards. We do not plan to rely on the phase-in rules for newly listed companies and will comply fully with the Nasdaq listing standards at the time of listing.
As a foreign private issuer, however, Nasdaq corporate governance rules allow us to follow corporate governance practice in our home country, the Cayman Islands, with respect to appointments to our board of directors and committees in lieu of Nasdaq corporate governance rules. We intend to follow home country practice as permitted by Nasdaq rather than rely on the “controlled company” exception to the corporate governance rules. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to this Offering — We are a foreign private issuer within the meaning of the rules under the Exchange Act, and as such we are exempt from certain provisions applicable to U.S. domestic public companies.” Accordingly, you would not have the same protections afforded to shareholders of companies that are subject to all of the corporate governance requirements of Nasdaq.
19
The Offering
|
Shares Offered by Us: |
1,250,000 Ordinary Shares |
|
|
Shares Outstanding Prior to Completion of this Offering: |
|
|
|
Ordinary Shares Outstanding Immediately after this Offering: |
|
|
|
Assumed Initial Public Offering Price per Share: |
|
|
|
Gross Proceeds to Us Before Expenses: |
$6,250,000, assuming the offering price is $5.00 per ordinary share, the midpoint of the range in offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and no exercise of the underwriter’s over-allotment option. |
|
|
Underwriter Warrants: |
We will issue to the Underwriter warrants entitling the Underwriter to purchase 5% of the aggregate number of Ordinary Shares issued in this offering, at an exercise price per share equal to 125% of the initial public offering price per share (the “Underwriter Warrants”). The Underwriter Warrants will be exercisable at any time and from time to time, in whole or in part, during the four and half year period commencing six months from the commencement date of sales in the offering. |
|
|
Lock-up: |
Our directors, officers, and 5% or greater shareholders of the Company have agreed with the Underwriter, subject to certain exceptions, not to sell, transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any of our Ordinary Shares or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our Ordinary Shares for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus. See “Underwriting” for more information. |
|
|
Listing: |
We have applied to list our Ordinary Shares on the Nasdaq Capital Market. |
|
|
Nasdaq Capital Market Symbol: |
“HUHU” |
|
|
Transfer Agent: |
Transhare Corporation |
|
|
Risk Factors: |
Investing in these securities involves a high degree of risk. As an investor, you should be able to bear a complete loss of your investment. You should carefully consider the information set forth in the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus before deciding to invest in our Ordinary Shares. |
|
|
Use of Proceeds: |
We intend to use the proceeds from this offering for research and development, advertising and marketing, and general working capital. See “Use of Proceeds” for more information. |
20
An investment in our Ordinary Shares involves a high degree of risk. Before deciding whether to invest in our Ordinary Shares, you should consider carefully the risks described below, together with all of the other information set forth in this prospectus, including the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes. If any of these risks actually occurs, our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flow could be materially and adversely affected, which could cause the trading price of our Ordinary Shares to decline, resulting in a loss of all or part of your investment. The risks described below are not the only ones that we face. Additional risks not presently known to us or that we currently deem immaterial may also affect our business. You should only consider investing in our Ordinary Shares if you can bear the risk of loss of your entire investment.
Risks Related to Doing Business in the PRC
PRC regulations relating to investments in offshore companies by PRC residents may subject our PRC-resident beneficial owners or our PRC subsidiaries to liability or penalties, limit our ability to inject capital into our PRC subsidiaries or limit our PRC subsidiaries’ ability to increase their registered capital or distribute profits.
As an offshore holding company of our PRC subsidiaries, HUHUTECH may make loans or make additional capital contributions to our subsidiaries, subject to satisfaction of applicable governmental registration and approval requirements.
Any loans we extend to our PRC subsidiaries, which are treated as foreign-invested enterprises under PRC law, cannot exceed the statutory foreign debt upper limit and must be registered with the local counterpart of the SAFE, and a foreign exchange loan registration with the NDRC if required.
In July 2014, SAFE promulgated the Circular on Relevant Issues Concerning Foreign Exchange Control on Domestic Residents’ Offshore Investment and Financing and Roundtrip Investment through Special Purpose Vehicles, or SAFE Circular 37, which replaces the previous SAFE Circular 75. SAFE Circular 37 requires PRC residents, including PRC individuals and PRC corporate entities, to register with SAFE or its local branches in connection with their direct or indirect offshore investment activities. SAFE Circular 37 is applicable to our shareholders who are PRC residents and may be applicable to any offshore acquisitions that we may make in the future.
Under SAFE Circular 37, PRC residents who make, or have prior to the implementation of SAFE Circular 37 made, direct or indirect investments in offshore special purpose vehicles, or SPVs, are required to register such investments with SAFE or its local branches. In addition, any PRC resident who is a direct shareholder of an SPV, is required to update its registration with the local branch of SAFE with respect to that SPV, to reflect any material change. Moreover, any subsidiary of such SPV in China is required to urge the PRC resident shareholders to update their registration with the local branch of SAFE to reflect any material change. If any PRC resident shareholder of such SPV fails to make the required registration or to update the registration, the subsidiary of such SPV in China may be prohibited from distributing its profits or the proceeds from any capital reduction, share transfer or liquidation to the SPV, and the SPV may also be prohibited from making additional capital contributions into its subsidiaries in China. In February 2015, SAFE promulgated a Notice on Further Simplifying and Improving Foreign Exchange Administration Policy on Direct Investment, or SAFE Notice 13. Under SAFE Notice 13, applications for foreign exchange registration of inbound foreign direct investments and outbound direct investments, including those required under SAFE Circular 37, must be filed with qualified banks instead of SAFE. Qualified banks should examine the applications and accept registrations under the supervision of SAFE. We have used our best efforts to notify PRC residents or entities directly or indirectly hold shares in our Cayman Islands holding company and who are known to us as PRC residents to complete the foreign exchange registrations. However, we may not be informed of the identities of all the PRC residents or entities holding direct or indirect interest in our company, nor can we compel our beneficial owners to comply with SAFE registration requirements. Currently, all of our shareholders have completed Circular 37 Registration and are in compliance. All our shareholders who are PRC residents have completed Circular 37 Registration, but we cannot assure that all such shareholders will in the future make, obtain or update any applicable registrations or approvals required by, SAFE regulations. Failure by such shareholders or beneficial owners to comply with SAFE regulations, or failure by us to amend the foreign exchange registrations of our PRC subsidiaries, could subject us to fines or legal sanctions, restrict our overseas or cross-border investment activities, and limit our PRC subsidiaries’ ability to make distributions or pay dividends to us or affect our ownership structure, which could adversely affect our business and prospects.
21
Furthermore, as these foreign exchange and outbound investment-related regulations are relatively new and their interpretation and implementation has been constantly evolving, it is unclear how these regulations, and any future regulation concerning offshore or cross-border investments and transactions, will be interpreted, amended and implemented by the relevant government authorities. For example, we may be subject to a more stringent review and approval process with respect to our foreign exchange activities, such as remittance of dividends and foreign-currency-denominated borrowings, which may adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations. We cannot assure you that we have complied or will be able to comply with all applicable foreign exchange and outbound investment-related regulations. In addition, if we decide to acquire a PRC domestic company, we cannot assure you that we or the owners of such company, as the case may be, will be able to obtain the necessary approvals or complete the necessary filings and registrations required by the foreign exchange regulations. This may restrict our ability to implement our acquisition strategy and could adversely affect our business and prospects.
In light of the various requirements imposed by PRC regulations on loans to, and direct investment in, PRC entities by offshore holding companies, we cannot assure you that we will be able to complete the necessary government registrations or obtain the necessary government approvals on a timely basis, if at all, with respect to future loans to the PRC subsidiaries or future capital contributions by us to our PRC subsidiary. If we fail to complete such registrations or obtain such approvals, our ability to use the proceeds we expect to receive from this offering and to fund our PRC operations may be negatively affected, which could materially and adversely affect our liquidity and our ability to fund and expand our business.
Substantial uncertainties exist with respect to the interpretation and implementation of the PRC Foreign Investment Law and how it may impact the viability of our current corporate structure, corporate governance and business operations.
On March 15, 2019, the National People’s Congress approved the PRC Foreign Investment Law, which took effect on January 1, 2020 and replaced three existing laws on foreign investments in China, namely, the PRC Equity Joint Venture Law, the PRC Cooperative Joint Venture Law and the Wholly Foreign-owned Enterprise Law, together with their implementation rules and ancillary regulations. The PRC Foreign Investment Law embodies an expected PRC regulatory trend to rationalize its foreign investment regulatory regime in line with prevailing international practice and the legislative efforts to unify the corporate legal requirements for both foreign and domestic invested enterprises in China. The PRC Foreign Investment Law establishes the basic framework for the access to, and the promotion, protection and administration of foreign investments in view of investment protection and fair competition.
According to the PRC Foreign Investment Law, “foreign investment” refers to investment activities directly or indirectly conducted by one or more natural persons, business entities, or otherwise organizations of a foreign country (collectively referred to as “foreign investor”) within China, and the investment activities include the following situations: (i) a foreign investor, individually or collectively with other investors, establishes a foreign-invested enterprise within China; (ii) a foreign investor acquires stock shares, equity shares, shares in assets, or other like rights and interests of an enterprise within China; (iii) a foreign investor, individually or collectively with other investors, invests in a new project within China; and (iv) investments in other means as provided by laws, administrative regulations, or the State Council.
According to the PRC Foreign Investment Law, the State Council will publish or approve to publish the “negative list” for special administrative measures concerning foreign investment. The PRC Foreign Investment Law grants national treatment to foreign-invested entities, or FIEs, except for those FIEs that operate in industries deemed to be either “restricted” or “prohibited” in the “negative list. The PRC Foreign Investment Law provides that FIEs operating in foreign restricted or prohibited industries will require market entry clearance and other approvals from relevant PRC governmental authorities. If a foreign investor is found to invest in any prohibited industry in the “negative list”, such foreign investor may be required to, among other aspects, cease its investment activities, dispose of its equity interests or assets within a prescribed time limit and have its income confiscated. If the investment activity of a foreign investor is in breach of any special administrative measure for restrictive access provided for in the “negative list”, the relevant competent department shall order the foreign investor to make corrections and take necessary measures to meet the requirements of the special administrative measure for restrictive access.
22
Pursuant to the PRC Foreign Investment Law, the Implementing Rules of the PRC Foreign Investment Law, and the Information Reporting Measures for Foreign Investment jointly promulgated by the MOFCOM and the SAMR, which took effect on January 1, 2020, the PRC government shall establish a foreign investment information reporting system, according to which foreign investors or foreign-invested enterprises shall submit investment information to the competent department for commerce concerned through the enterprise registration system and the enterprise credit information publicity system, and a security review system under which the security review shall be conducted for foreign investment affecting or likely affecting the state security.
Furthermore, the PRC Foreign Investment Law provides that foreign invested enterprises established according to the existing laws regulating foreign investment may maintain their structure and corporate governance within five years after the implementing of the PRC Foreign Investment Law.
In addition, the PRC Foreign Investment Law also provides several protective rules and principles for foreign investors and their investments in the PRC, including, among others, that a foreign investor may freely transfer into or out of China, in Renminbi or a foreign currency, its contributions, profits, capital gains, income from disposition of assets, royalties of intellectual property rights, indemnity or compensation lawfully acquired, and income from liquidation, among others, within China; local governments shall abide by their commitments to the foreign investors; governments at all levels and their departments shall enact local normative documents concerning foreign investment in compliance with laws and regulations and shall not impair legitimate rights and interests, impose additional obligations onto FIEs, set market access restrictions and exit conditions, or intervene with the normal production and operation activities of FIEs; except for special circumstances, in which case statutory procedures shall be followed and fair and reasonable compensation shall be made in a timely manner, expropriation or requisition of the investment of foreign investors is prohibited; and mandatory technology transfer is prohibited.
Failure to obtain prior approval from the MOFCOM for or in connection with the Company’s reorganization may have an adverse effect on our operations.
Article 11 of the Provisions on Mergers and Acquisitions of Domestic Enterprises by Foreign Investors (“M&A Provisions”) provides that mergers and acquisitions of domestic companies with which they are affiliated by domestic companies, enterprises or natural persons in the name of companies legally established or controlled by them outside of China shall be reported to the Ministry of Commerce for approval. Article 11 of the M&A Provisions further provides that the parties thereto shall not evade the above provision by the domestic investment of a foreign investment enterprise or by any other means.
As of the date of this prospectus, we have not applied for approval from the Ministry of Commerce related to the reorganization. As advised by our PRC legal counsel, the Company’s reorganization, pursuant to the M&A Provisions, may be subject to prior approval from the MOFCOM. Not obtaining such prior approval may adversely affect our business operations. Pursuant to Article 38 of the PRC Foreign Investment Law, the violations of laws and regulations committed by foreign investors and foreign-funded enterprises shall be investigated by the relevant departments according to the law and included in the credit information system according to the relevant provisions issued by the state. As such, we may face regulatory actions or penalties imposed by MOFCOM, foreign exchange control authorities or other competent PRC regulators for failing to obtain MOFCOM’s approval prior to our reorganization. Although there remain uncertainties as to the actions that may be taken, any such action may adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
The Chinese government exerts substantial influence over the manner in which we must conduct our business activities. We are required to obtain approval from Chinese Securities Regulatory Commission (“CSRC”) to list on U.S exchanges.
The Chinese government has exercised and continues to exercise substantial control over virtually every sector of the Chinese economy through regulation and state ownership. Our ability to operate in China may be harmed by changes in its laws and regulations, including those relating to taxation, environmental regulations, land use rights, property and other matters. The central or local governments of these jurisdictions may impose new, stricter regulations or interpretations of existing regulations that would require additional expenditures and efforts on our part to ensure our compliance with such regulations or interpretations.
23
For example, the Chinese cybersecurity regulator announced on July 2, 2021 that it had begun an investigation of Didi Global Inc. (NYSE: DIDI) and two days later ordered that the Company’s app be removed from smartphone app stores.
As such, the Company’s business may be subject to various government and regulatory interference in the provinces in which they operate. The Company could be subject to regulation by various political and regulatory entities, including various local and municipal agencies and government sub-divisions. The Company may incur increased costs necessary to comply with existing and newly adopted laws and regulations or penalties for any failure to comply. The Chinese government may intervene or influence our operations at any time with little advance notice, which could result in a material change in our operations and in the value of our Ordinary Shares. Any actions by the Chinese government to exert more oversight and control over offerings that are conducted overseas and/or foreign investment in China-based issuers could significantly limit or completely hinder our ability to offer or continue to offer securities to investors and cause the value of such securities to significantly decline or be worthless.
Furthermore, we are required to obtain approval from Chinese Securities Regulatory Commission (“CSRC”) to list on U.S exchanges. On April 22, 2024, we received approval from the CSRC regarding our completion of the required filing procedures for this offering. We have not received any denial to list on the U.S. exchange, our operations could be adversely affected, directly or indirectly, by existing or future laws and regulations relating to its business or industry. As a result, our Ordinary Shares may decline in value dramatically or even become worthless should we become subject to new requirement to obtain permission from the PRC government to list on U.S. exchange in the future.
The General Office of the Central Committee of the Communist Party of China and the General Office of the State Council jointly issued the Opinions on Severe and Lawful Crackdown on Illegal Securities Activities, which was available to the public on July 6, 2021. These opinions emphasized the need to strengthen the administration over illegal securities activities and the supervision on overseas listings by China-based companies. These opinions proposed to take effective measures, such as promoting the construction of relevant regulatory systems, to deal with the risks and incidents facing China-based overseas-listed companies and the demand for cybersecurity and data privacy protection. Moreover, On December 28, 2021, thirteen PRC regulatory agencies, namely, the CAC, the NDRC, the Ministry of Industry and Information Technology, the Ministry of Public Security, the Ministry of State Security, the Ministry of Finance, MOFCOM, SAMR, CSRC, the People’s Bank of China, the National Radio and Television Administration, National Administration of State Secrets Protection and the National Cryptography Administration, jointly adopted and published the Measures for Cybersecurity Review (2021), which became effective on February 15, 2022. The Measures for Cybersecurity Review (2021) required that, among others, in addition to “operator of critical information infrastructure” any “operator of network platform” holding personal information of more than one million users which seeks to list in a foreign stock exchange should also be subject to cybersecurity review. The aforementioned policies and any related implementation rules to be enacted may subject us to additional compliance requirement in the future. As these opinions were recently issued, official guidance and interpretation of the opinions remain unclear in several respects at this time. Therefore, we cannot assure you that we will remain fully compliant with all new regulatory requirements of these opinions or any future implementation rules on a timely basis, or at all. See “— We may become subject to a variety of laws and regulations in the PRC regarding privacy, data security, cybersecurity, and data protection. We may be liable for improper use or appropriation of personal information” and “The approval of the China Securities Regulatory Commission may be required in connection with this offering, and, if required, we cannot predict whether we will be able to obtain such approval.”
HUHUTECH is a holding company and will rely on dividends paid by our subsidiaries for our cash needs. Any limitation on the ability of our subsidiaries to make dividend payments to us, or any tax implications of making dividend payments to us, could limit our ability to pay our parent company expenses or pay dividends to holders of our Ordinary Shares.
HUHUTECH is a holding company and conduct substantially all of our business through our PRC and Japanese subsidiaries. We may rely on dividends to be paid by our subsidiaries to fund our cash and financing requirements, including the funds necessary to pay dividends and other cash distributions to our shareholders, to service any debt we may incur and to pay our operating expenses. If our PRC subsidiary incurs debt on its own behalf in the future, the instruments governing the debt may restrict its ability to pay dividends or make other distributions to us.
24
Under PRC laws and regulations, the WFOE and HUHU China may pay dividends only out of its accumulated profits as determined in accordance with PRC accounting standards and regulations. In addition, the WFOE is required to set aside at least 10% of its accumulated after-tax profits each year, if any, to fund a certain statutory reserve fund, until the aggregate amount of such fund reaches 50% of its registered capital.
Our PRC subsidiaries generate primarily all of their revenue in Renminbi, which is not freely convertible into other currencies. As a result, any restriction on currency exchange may limit the ability of our PRC subsidiaries to use its Renminbi revenues to pay dividends to us. The PRC government may continue to strengthen its capital controls, and more restrictions and substantial vetting process may be put forward by SAFE for cross-border transactions falling under both the current account and the capital account. Any limitation on the ability of our PRC subsidiaries to pay dividends or make other kinds of payments to us could materially and adversely limit our ability to grow, make investments or acquisitions that could be beneficial to our business, pay dividends, or otherwise fund and conduct our business. As of the date of this prospectus, neither HUHUTECH nor any of its subsidiaries have paid dividends or made distributions to their shareholders. We do not expect to pay dividends in the foreseeable future.
In addition, the Enterprise Income Tax Law, or EIT, and its implementation rules provide that a withholding tax rate of up to 10% will be applicable to dividends payable by Chinese companies to non-PRC-resident enterprises unless otherwise exempted or reduced according to treaties or arrangements between the PRC central government and governments of other countries or regions where the non-PRC resident enterprises are incorporated. Any limitation on the ability of our PRC subsidiaries to pay dividends or make other distributions to us could materially and adversely limit our ability to grow, make investments or acquisitions that could be beneficial to our business, pay dividends, or otherwise fund and conduct our business.
Uncertainties with respect to the PRC legal system, including uncertainties regarding the enforcement of laws, and sudden or unexpected changes in laws and regulations in China could adversely affect us and limit the legal protections available to you and us.
The PRC subsidiary was formed under and are governed by the laws of the PRC. The PRC legal system is based on written statutes. Prior court decisions may be cited for reference, but have limited precedential value. In 1979, the PRC government began to promulgate a comprehensive system of laws and regulations governing economic matters in general, such as foreign investment, corporate organization and governance, commerce, taxation and trade. As a significant part of our business is conducted in China, our operations are principally governed by PRC laws and regulations. However, since the PRC legal system continues to evolve rapidly, the interpretations of many laws, regulations and rules are not always uniform and enforcement of these laws, regulations and rules involves uncertainties, which may limit legal protections available to us. Uncertainties due to evolving laws and regulations could also impede the ability of a China-based company, such as our company, to obtain or maintain permits or licenses required to conduct business in China. In the absence of required permits or licenses, governmental authorities could impose material sanctions or penalties on us. In addition, some regulatory requirements issued by certain PRC government authorities may not be consistently applied by other PRC government authorities (including local government authorities), thus making strict compliance with all regulatory requirements impractical, or in some circumstances impossible. For example, we may have to resort to administrative and court proceedings to enforce the legal protection that we enjoy either by law or contract. However, since PRC administrative and court authorities have discretion in interpreting and implementing statutory and contractual terms, it may be more difficult to predict the outcome of administrative and court proceedings and the level of legal protection we enjoy than in more developed legal systems. Furthermore, the PRC legal system is based in part on government policies and internal rules, some of which are not published on a timely basis or at all and may have retroactive effect. As a result, we may not be aware of our violation of these policies and rules until sometime after the violation. Such uncertainties, including uncertainty over the scope and effect of our contractual, property (including intellectual property) and procedural rights, could materially and adversely affect our business and impede our ability to continue our operations.
Furthermore, if China adopts more stringent standards with respect to environmental protection or corporate social responsibilities, we may incur increased compliance costs or become subject to additional restrictions in our operations. Intellectual property rights and confidentiality protections in China may also not be as effective as in the United States or other countries. In addition, we cannot predict the effects of future developments in the PRC
25
legal system on our business operations, including the promulgation of new laws, or changes to existing laws or the interpretation or enforcement thereof. These uncertainties could limit the legal protections available to us and our investors, including you. Moreover, any litigation in China may be protracted and result in substantial costs and diversion of our resources and management attention.
The PRC government has significant oversight and discretion over the conduct of our business and may intervene or influence our operations as the government deems appropriate to further regulatory, political and societal goals. The PRC government has recently published new policies that significantly affected certain industries such as the education and internet industries, and we cannot rule out the possibility that it will in the future release regulations or policies regarding our industry that could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. Furthermore, the PRC government has recently indicated an intent to exert more oversight and control over securities offerings and other capital markets activities that are conducted overseas and foreign investment in China-based companies like us. Any such action, once taken by the PRC government, could significantly limit or completely hinder our ability to offer or continue to offer securities to investors and cause the value of such securities to significantly decline or in extreme cases, become worthless.
We may become subject to a variety of laws and regulations in the PRC regarding privacy, data security, cybersecurity, and data protection. We may be liable for improper use or appropriation of personal information.
We may become subject to a variety of laws and regulations in the PRC regarding privacy, data security, cybersecurity, and data protection. These laws and regulations are continuously evolving and developing. The scope and interpretation of the laws that are or may be applicable to us are often uncertain and may be conflicting, particularly with respect to foreign laws. In particular, there are numerous laws and regulations regarding privacy and the collection, sharing, use, processing, disclosure, and protection of personal information and other user data. Such laws and regulations often vary in scope, may be subject to differing interpretations, and may be inconsistent among different jurisdictions.
We expect to obtain information about various aspects of our operations as well as regarding our employees and third parties. We also maintain information about various aspects of our operations as well as regarding our employees. The integrity and protection of our customer, employee and company data is critical to our business. We do not collect personal information from our customers. Our employees expect that we will adequately protect their personal information. We are required by applicable laws to keep strictly confidential the personal information that we collect, and to take adequate security measures to safeguard such information.
The PRC Criminal Law, with its latest amendment (Amendment 12) effective on March 1, 2024, prohibits institutions, companies and their employees from selling or otherwise illegally disclosing a citizen’s personal information obtained during the course of performing duties or providing services or obtaining such information through theft or other illegal ways. On November 7, 2016, the Standing Committee of the PRC National People’s Congress issued the Cybersecurity Law of the PRC, or Cybersecurity Law, which became effective on June 1, 2017.
Pursuant to the Cybersecurity Law, network operators must not, without users’ consent, collect their personal information, and may only collect users’ personal information necessary to provide their services. Providers are also obliged to provide security maintenance for their products and services and shall comply with provisions regarding the protection of personal information as stipulated under the relevant laws and regulations.
The Civil Code of the PRC (issued by the PRC National People’s Congress on May 28, 2020 and effective on January 1, 2021) provides main legal basis for privacy and personal information infringement claims under the Chinese civil laws. PRC regulators, including the Cyberspace Administration of China, Ministry of Industry and Information Technology, and the Ministry of Public Security have been increasingly focused on regulation in the areas of data security and data protection.
The PRC regulatory requirements regarding cybersecurity are constantly evolving. For instance, various regulatory bodies in China, including the Cyberspace Administration of China, the Ministry of Public Security and the SAMR, have enforced data privacy and protection laws and regulations with varying and evolving standards and interpretations.
In November 2016, the Standing Committee of China’s National People’s Congress passed China’s first Cybersecurity Law (“CSL”), which became effective in June 2017. The CSL is the first PRC law that systematically lays out the regulatory requirements on cybersecurity and data protection, subjecting many previously
26
under-regulated or unregulated activities in cyberspace to government scrutiny. The legal consequences of violation of the CSL include penalties of warning, confiscation of illegal income, suspension of related business, winding up for rectification, shutting down the websites, and revocation of business license or relevant permits.
On June 10, 2021, the Standing Committee of the NPC promulgated the PRC Data Security Law, which took effect on September 1, 2021. The Data Security Law sets forth the data security protection obligations for entities and individuals handling personal data, including that no entity or individual may acquire such data by stealing or other illegal means, and the collection and use of such data should not exceed the necessary limits The costs of compliance with, and other burdens imposed by, CSL and any other cybersecurity and related laws may limit the use and adoption of our products and services and could have an adverse impact on our business.
On July 10, 2021, the Cyberspace Administration of China (“CAC”) issued a revised draft of the Measures for Cybersecurity Review for public comments. Further, on December 28, 2021, thirteen PRC regulatory agencies, namely, the CAC, the NDRC, the Ministry of Industry and Information Technology, the Ministry of Public Security, the Ministry of State Security, the Ministry of Finance, MOFCOM, SAMR, CSRC, the People’s Bank of China, the National Radio and Television Administration, National Administration of State Secrets Protection and the National Cryptography Administration, jointly adopted and published the Measures for Cybersecurity Review (2021), which became effective on February 15, 2022. The Measures for Cybersecurity Review (2021) authorized the relevant government authorities to conduct cybersecurity review on a range of activities that affect or may affect national security, and required that, among others, in addition to “operator of critical information infrastructure” any “operator of network platform” holding personal information of more than one million users which seeks to list in a foreign stock exchange should also be subject to cybersecurity review. The Measures for Cybersecurity Review (2021) further elaborated the factors to be considered when assessing the national security risks of the relevant activities, including, among others, (i) the risk of core data, important data or a large amount of personal information being stolen, leaked, destroyed, and illegally used or exited the country; (ii) the risk of critical information infrastructure, core data, important data or a large amount of personal information being affected, controlled, or maliciously used by foreign governments if going public; and (iii) the risks of network information security. The cybersecurity review will also look into the potential national security risks from overseas IPOs.
On November 14, 2021, the CAC published the Regulations on Network Data Security (draft for public comments), or the draft Regulations on Network Data Security, which reiterates that data processors that process the personal information of more than one million users intends to list overseas should apply for a cybersecurity review. In addition, data processors that process important data or are listed overseas shall carry out an annual data security assessment on their own or by engaging a data security services institution, and the data security assessment report for the prior year should be submitted to the local cyberspace affairs administration department before January 31 of each year. Currently, the draft Regulations on Network Data Security has been released for public comment only, and its implementation provisions and anticipated adoption or effective date remains substantially uncertain and may be subject to change. We do not know what regulations will be adopted or how such regulations will affect us and our listing on Nasdaq. In the event that the CAC determines that we are subject to these regulations, we may be required to delist from Nasdaq and we may be subject to fines and penalties.
We do not expect to be subject to the cybersecurity review by the CAC for this offering, given that: (i) using our products and services does not require users to provide any personal information; (ii) we do not possess any personal information from users in our business operations; and (iii) data processed in our business does not have a bearing on national security and thus may not be classified as core or important data by the authorities. However, if the draft Regulations on Network Data Security is adopted into law and we become listed on Nasdaq, our PRC subsidiaries likely will be required to perform annual data security assessment either by itself or retaining a third-party data security service provider and submit such data security assessment report to the local agency every year. Neither the CAC nor any other PRC regulatory agency or administration has contacted the Company in connection with the PRC subsidiaries. Neither the Company nor the PRC subsidiaries are currently required to obtain regulatory approval from the CAC nor any other PRC authorities. However, there remains uncertainty as to how the Measures for Cybersecurity Review (2021) will be interpreted or implemented and whether the PRC regulatory agencies, including the CAC, may adopt new laws, regulations, rules, or detailed implementation and interpretation related to the Measures for Cybersecurity Review (2021). We cannot assure you that PRC regulatory agencies, including the CAC, would take the same view as we do, and there is no assurance that we can fully or timely comply with such laws. Our PRC subsidiaries currently have obtained all material permissions and approvals required for our operations in compliance with the relevant PRC laws and regulations in the PRC, including the
27
business license. In the event that the applicable laws, regulations or interpretations change such that we are subject to any mandatory cybersecurity review and other specific actions required by the CAC, we cannot guarantee whether we can complete the registration process in a timely manner, or at all. If we inadvertently conclude that such approval is not required, fail to obtain and maintain such approvals, licenses or permits required for our business or respond to changes in the regulatory environment, we could be subject to liabilities, penalties and operational disruption, which may materially and adversely affect our business, operating, significantly limit or completely hinder our ability to offer or continue to offer securities to investors, or cause such securities to significantly decline in value or become worthless.
You may experience difficulties in effecting service of legal process, enforcing foreign judgments or bringing actions in China against us, the majority of our directors or our management named in the prospectus based on foreign laws.
We are an exempted company incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands, however, we conduct substantially all of our operations in China and substantially all of our assets are located in China. In addition, all our senior executive officers and the majority of our directors reside within China for a significant portion of the time and all of them are PRC nationals. As a result, it may be difficult for our shareholders to effect service of process upon us or our management residing in China. In addition, China does not have treaties providing for reciprocal recognition and enforcement of judgments of courts with the Cayman Islands and some other countries and regions. Therefore, recognition and enforcement in China of judgments of a court in any of these non-PRC jurisdictions in relation to any matter not subject to a binding arbitration provision may be difficult or impossible.
It may be difficult for overseas regulators to conduct investigation or collect evidence within China.
Shareholder claims or regulatory investigation that are common in the United States generally are difficult to pursue as a matter of law or practicality in China. For example, in China, there are significant legal and other obstacles to providing information needed for regulatory investigations or litigation initiated outside China. Although the authorities in China may establish a regulatory cooperation mechanism with the securities regulatory authorities of another country or region to implement cross-border supervision and administration, such cooperation with the securities regulatory authorities in the Unities States may not be efficient in the absence of mutual and practical cooperation mechanism. Furthermore, according to Article 177 of the PRC Securities Law, or Article 177, which became effective in March 2020, no overseas securities regulator is allowed to directly conduct investigation or evidence collection activities within the territory of the PRC. While detailed interpretation of or implementation rules under Article 177 have yet to be promulgated, the inability for an overseas securities regulator to directly conduct investigation or evidence collection activities within China may further increase difficulties faced by you in protecting your interests. See also “— Risks Related to Our Ordinary Shares and this Offering — You may face difficulties in protecting your interests, and your ability to protect your rights through U.S. courts may be limited, because we are incorporated under Cayman Islands law” for risks associated with investing in us as a Cayman Islands company.
If we are classified as a PRC resident enterprise for PRC income tax purposes, such classification could result in unfavorable tax consequences to us and our non-PRC shareholders and ordinary shareholders.
Under the PRC Enterprise Income Tax Law and its implementation rules, an enterprise established outside of the PRC with “de facto management body” within China is considered a “resident enterprise” and will be subject to the enterprise income tax on its global income at the rate of 25%. The implementation rules define the term “de facto management body” as the body that exercises full and substantial control and overall management over the business, productions, personnel, accounts and properties of an enterprise. In 2009, the State Administration of Taxation, or SAT, issued the Circular of the State Administration of Taxation on Issues Relating to Identification of PRC-Controlled Overseas Registered Enterprises as Resident Enterprises in Accordance with the De Facto Standards of Organizational Management, or SAT Circular 82, which provides certain specific criteria for determining whether the “de facto management body” of a PRC-controlled enterprise that is incorporated offshore is located in China. Although this circular only applies to offshore enterprises controlled by PRC enterprises or PRC enterprise groups, not those controlled by PRC individuals or foreigners, the criteria set forth in the circular
28
may reflect SAT’s general position on how the “de facto management body” should be applied in determining the tax resident status of all offshore enterprises. According to SAT Circular 82, an offshore incorporated enterprise controlled by a PRC enterprise or a PRC enterprise group will be regarded as a PRC tax resident by virtue of having its “de facto management body” in China and will be subject to PRC enterprise income tax on its global income only if all of the following conditions are met: (i) the primary location of the day-to-day operational management is in China; (ii) decisions relating to the enterprise’s financial and human resource matters are made or are subject to approval by organizations or personnel in China; (iii) the enterprise’s primary assets, accounting books and records, company seals, and board and shareholder resolutions, are located or maintained in China; and (iv) at least 50% of voting board members or senior executives habitually reside in China.
We believe none of our entities outside of China is a PRC resident enterprise for PRC tax purposes. The tax resident status of an enterprise is subject to determination by the PRC tax authorities and uncertainties remain with respect to the interpretation of the term “de facto management body.” If the PRC tax authorities determine that HUHUTECH is a PRC resident enterprise for enterprise income tax purposes, we could be subject to PRC tax at a rate of 25% on our worldwide income, which could materially reduce our net income, and we may be required to withhold a 10% withholding tax from dividends we pay to our shareholders that are non-resident enterprises, including the holders of our Ordinary Shares. In addition, non-resident enterprise shareholders (including our ordinary shareholders) may be subject to PRC tax at a rate of 10% on gains realized on the sale or other disposition of Ordinary Shares, if such income is treated as sourced from within China. Furthermore, if we are deemed a PRC resident enterprise, dividends payable to our non-PRC individual shareholders (including our ordinary shareholders) and any gain realized on the transfer of Ordinary Shares by such shareholders may be subject to PRC tax at a rate of 20% (and such PRC tax may be withheld at source in the case of dividends). Any PRC income tax liability may be reduced under applicable tax treaties. However, it is unclear whether in practice non-PRC shareholders of HUHUTECH would be able to obtain the benefits of any tax treaties between their country of tax residence and the PRC in the event that we are treated as a PRC resident enterprise. Any such tax may reduce the returns on your investment in the Ordinary Shares.
We face uncertainties with respect to indirect transfers of equity interests in PRC resident enterprises by their non-PRC holding companies.
We face uncertainties regarding the reporting on and consequences of previous private equity financing transactions involving the transfer and exchange of shares in our company by non-resident investors. In February 2015, the SAT issued the Bulletin on Issues of Enterprise Income Tax on Indirect Transfers of Assets by Non PRC Resident Enterprises, or Bulletin 7. Pursuant to Bulletin 7, an “indirect transfer” of PRC assets, including a transfer of equity interests in an unlisted non-PRC holding company of a PRC resident enterprise, by non-PRC resident enterprises may be re-characterized and treated as a direct transfer of the underlying PRC assets, if such arrangement does not have a reasonable commercial purpose and was established for the purpose of avoiding payment of PRC enterprise income tax. As a result, gains derived from such indirect transfer may be subject to PRC enterprise income tax, and the transferee or other person who is obligated to pay for the transfer is obligated to withhold the applicable taxes, currently at a rate of 10% for the transfer of equity interests in a PRC resident enterprise. Bulletin 7 also introduced safe harbors for internal group restructurings and the purchase and sale of equity securities through a public securities market. On October 17, 2017, the SAT issued the Announcement of the State Administration of Taxation on Issues Concerning the Withholding of Non-resident Enterprise Income Tax at Source, or Bulletin 37, which came into effect on December 1, 2017. The Bulletin 37 further clarifies the practice and procedure of the withholding of nonresident enterprise income tax.
We face uncertainties on the reporting and consequences of future private equity financing transactions, share exchanges or other transactions involving the transfer of shares in our company by investors that are non-PRC resident enterprises. The PRC tax authorities may pursue such non-resident enterprises with respect to a filing or the transferees with respect to withholding obligation, and request our PRC subsidiaries to assist in the filing. As a result, we and non-resident enterprises in such transactions may become at risk of being subject to filing obligations or being taxed under Bulletin 7 and Bulletin 37, and may be required to expend valuable resources to comply with them or to establish that we and our non-resident enterprises should not be taxed under these regulations, which may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
29
If our preferential tax treatments and government subsidies are revoked or become unavailable or if the calculation of our tax liability is successfully challenged by the PRC tax authorities, we may be required to pay tax, interest and penalties in excess of our tax provisions.
The Chinese government has provided tax incentives to our HUHU China, including reduced enterprise income tax rates. For example, under the Enterprise Income Tax Law and its implementation rules, the statutory enterprise income tax rate is 25%. However, the income tax of an enterprise that has been determined to be a high and new technology enterprise can be reduced to a preferential rate of 15%. Any increase in the enterprise income tax rate applicable to HUHU China, or any discontinuation, retroactive or future reduction or refund of any of the preferential tax treatments and local government subsidies currently enjoyed by HUHU China, could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Further, in the ordinary course of our business, we are subject to complex income tax and other tax regulations, and significant judgment is required in the determination of a provision for income taxes. Although we believe our tax provisions are reasonable, if the PRC tax authorities successfully challenge our position and we are required to pay tax, interest and penalties in excess of our tax provisions, our financial condition and results of operations would be materially and adversely affected.
Failure to comply with PRC laws and regulations on leased property may expose us to potential fines and negatively affect our ability to use the properties we lease.
Our leasehold interests in leased properties have not been registered with the relevant PRC government authorities as required by PRC law, which may expose us to potential fines if we fail to remediate after receiving any notice from the relevant PRC government authorities. Failure to complete the lease registration will not affect the legal effectiveness of the lease agreements according to PRC law, but the real estate administrative authorities may require the parties to the lease agreements to complete lease registration within a prescribed period of time, and the failure to do so may subject the parties to fines from RMB1,000 to RMB10,000 for each of such lease agreements.
Certain lessors of our leased properties have not provided us with valid property ownership certificates or any other documentation proving their right to lease those properties to us. If our lessors are not the owners of the properties or they have not obtained consents from the owners or their lessors or permits from the relevant government authorities, our leases could be invalidated.
As of the date of this prospectus, we are not aware of any actions, claims or investigations threatened against us or our lessors with respect to the defects in our leasehold interests. However, if any of our leases is terminated as a result of challenges by third parties or governmental authorities for lack of title certificates or proof of authorization to lease, we do not expect to be subject to any fines or penalties, but we may be forced to relocate the affected offices and incur additional expenses relating to such relocation.
PRC regulations relating to offshore investment activities by PRC residents may limit our PRC subsidiaries’ ability to change their registered capital or distribute profits to us or otherwise expose us or our PRC resident beneficial owners to liability and penalties under PRC laws.
In July 2014, SAFE promulgated the Circular on Relevant Issues Concerning Foreign Exchange Control on Domestic Residents’ Offshore Investment and Financing and Roundtrip Investment Through Special Purpose Vehicles, or SAFE Circular 37. SAFE Circular 37 requires PRC residents (including PRC individuals and PRC corporate entities as well as foreign individuals that are deemed as PRC residents for foreign exchange administration purpose) to register with SAFE or its local branches in connection with their direct or indirect offshore investment activities. SAFE Circular 37 further requires amendment to the SAFE registrations in the event of any changes with respect to the basic information of the offshore special purpose vehicle, such as change of a PRC individual shareholder, name and operation term, or any significant changes with respect to the offshore special purpose vehicle, such as increase or decrease of capital contribution, share transfer or exchange, or mergers or divisions. SAFE Circular 37 is applicable to our shareholders who are PRC residents and may be applicable to any offshore acquisitions that we make in the future.
30
If our shareholders who are PRC residents or entities do not complete their registration with the local SAFE branches, our PRC subsidiaries may be prohibited from distributing its profits and proceeds from any reduction in capital, share transfer or liquidation to us, and we may be restricted in our ability to contribute additional capital to our PRC subsidiaries. In February 2015, SAFE promulgated a Circular on Further Simplifying and Improving Foreign Exchange Administration Policy on Direct Investment, or SAFE Circular 13, effective in June 2015. Under SAFE Circular 13, applications for foreign exchange registration of inbound foreign direct investments and outbound overseas direct investments, including those required under SAFE Circular 37, will be filed with qualified banks instead of SAFE The qualified banks will directly examine the applications and accept registrations under the supervision of SAFE.
The failure or inability of such shareholders or beneficial owners to comply with SAFE Circular 37 or other SAFE regulations, or failure by us to amend the foreign exchange registrations of our PRC subsidiaries, could subject us to fines or legal sanctions, restrict our overseas or cross-border investment activities, limit our PRC subsidiaries’ ability to make distributions or pay dividends to us or affect our ownership structure. Moreover, failure to comply with the various foreign exchange registration requirements described above could result in liability under PRC law for circumventing applicable foreign exchange restrictions. As a result, our business operations and our ability to distribute profits to you could be materially and adversely affected.
Furthermore, as these foreign exchange regulations are still relatively new and their interpretation and implementation has been constantly evolving, it is unclear how these regulations, and any future regulation concerning offshore or cross-border transactions, will be interpreted, amended and implemented by the relevant government authorities. For example, we may be subject to a more stringent review and approval process with respect to our foreign exchange activities, such as remittance of dividends and foreign currency-denominated borrowings, which may adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations. In addition, if we decide to acquire a PRC domestic company, we cannot assure you that we or the owners of such company, as the case may be, will be able to obtain the necessary approvals or complete the necessary filings and registrations required by the foreign exchange regulations. This may restrict our ability to implement our acquisition strategy and could adversely affect our business and prospects.
PRC regulation of loans to and direct investment in PRC entities by offshore holding companies may delay us from using the proceeds of this offering to make loans or additional capital contributions to our PRC subsidiaries, which could materially and adversely affect our liquidity and our ability to fund and expand our business.
Any funds we transfer to the PRC subsidiaries, either as a shareholder loan or as an increase in registered capital, are subject to approval by or registration with relevant governmental authorities in China. According to the relevant PRC regulations on foreign invested enterprises in China, capital contributions to our PRC subsidiaries are subject to a report with the local commerce department, the registration with the State Administration for Market Regulation or its local counterpart and registration with a local bank authorized by SAFE. In addition, (i) any foreign loan procured by our PRC subsidiaries is required to be registered with the SAFE or its local branches and (ii) any of our PRC subsidiaries may not procure loans which exceed the difference between its total investment amount and registered capital or, as an alternative, only procure loans subject to the calculation approach and limitation as provided by the People’s Bank of China. Additionally, any medium or long-term loans to be provided by us to the PRC subsidiaries must be registered with the National Development and Reform Commission and SAFE or its local branches. We may not be able to obtain these government approvals or complete such registrations in a timely manner, or at all, with respect to future capital contributions or loans by us to our PRC subsidiaries. If we fail to receive such approvals or complete such registration or filing, our ability to use the proceeds of this offering to capitalize our PRC operations may be negatively affected, which could adversely affect our liquidity and our ability to fund and expand our business.
Governmental control of currency conversion may limit our ability to utilize our revenues effectively and affect the value of your investment.
The PRC government imposes controls on the convertibility of the Renminbi into foreign currencies and, in certain cases, the remittance of currency out of China. We receive substantially all of our revenues in Renminbi. Under our current corporate structure, our Cayman Islands holding company may rely on dividend payments from the PRC subsidiaries to fund any cash and financing requirements we may have. Under existing PRC foreign exchange regulations, payments of current account items, including profit distributions, interest payments and trade
31
and service-related foreign exchange transactions, can be made in foreign currencies without prior approval of SAFE, by complying with certain procedural requirements. Specifically, under the existing exchange restrictions, without prior approval of SAFE, cash generated from the operations of PRC subsidiaries may be used to pay dividends to our Company. However, approval from or registration with appropriate government authorities is required where Renminbi is to be converted into foreign currency and remitted out of China to pay capital expenses such as the repayment of loans denominated in foreign currencies. As a result, we need to obtain SAFE approval to use cash generated from the operations of the PRC subsidiaries to pay off their respective debt in a currency other than Renminbi owed to entities outside China, or to make other capital expenditure payments outside China in a currency other than Renminbi.
In light of the flood of capital outflows of China in 2016 due to the weakening Renminbi, the PRC government has imposed more restrictive foreign exchange policies and stepped up scrutiny of major outbound capital movement including overseas direct investment. More restrictions and substantial vetting process are put in place by SAFE to regulate cross-border transactions falling under the capital account. If any of our shareholders regulated by such policies fails to satisfy the applicable overseas direct investment filing or approval requirement timely or at all, it may be subject to penalties from the relevant PRC authorities. The PRC government may at its discretion further restrict access in the future to foreign currencies for current account transactions. If the foreign exchange control system prevents us from obtaining sufficient foreign currencies to satisfy our foreign currency demands, we may not be able to pay dividends in foreign currencies to our shareholders, including holders of the Ordinary Shares.
Our failure to fully comply with PRC labor-related laws may expose us to potential penalties.
We are required under PRC laws and regulations to participate in various government sponsored employee benefit plans, including certain social insurance, housing funds and other welfare-oriented payment obligations, and contribute to the plans in amounts equal to certain percentages of salaries, including bonuses and allowances, of our employees up to a maximum amount specified by the local government from time to time at locations where we operate our businesses. We have not fully complied with the relevant PRC laws and regulations such as failing to make adequate employee benefit payments to the social security insurance and housing provident fund to the competent local governmental authorities. As such, we may be required to make up the contributions for these plans as well as to pay late fees and fines. Any such actions may adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.
All of our shareholders are in compliance with the PRC’s regulations relating to offshore investment activities by PRC residents. However, we are unable to assure that our shareholders who are subject to these rules continue to comply, and in the case of non-compliance, the shareholder may be subject to penalties.
In July 2014, the State Administration of Foreign Exchange promulgated the Circular on Issues Concerning Foreign Exchange Administration over the Overseas Investment and Financing and Roundtrip Investment by Domestic Residents via Special Purpose Vehicles, or “Circular 37”. According to Circular 37, prior registration with the local SAFE branch is required for Chinese residents to contribute domestic assets or interests to offshore companies, known as SPVs. Circular 37 further requires amendment to a PRC resident’s registration in the event of any significant changes with respect to the SPV, such as an increase or decrease in the capital contributed by PRC individuals, share transfer or exchange, merger, division, or other material event. Further, foreign investment enterprises established by way of round-tripping shall complete the relevant foreign exchange registration formalities pursuant to the prevailing foreign exchange control provisions for direct investments by foreign investors, and disclose the relevant information such as actual controlling party of the shareholders truthfully.
Currently, all of our shareholders who are Chinese residents have completed Circular 37 Registration and are in compliance. We have asked our shareholders who are Chinese residents to make the necessary applications and filings as required by Circular 37. We attempt to comply, and attempt to ensure that our shareholders who are subject to these rules continue to comply, with the relevant requirements. We cannot, however, provide any assurances that all of our and future shareholders who are Chinese residents will comply with our request to make or obtain any applicable registration or comply with other requirements required by Circular 37 or other related rules. The Chinese resident shareholders’ failure to comply with Circular 37 registration may result in restrictions being imposed on part of foreign exchange activities of the offshore special purpose vehicles, including restrictions on its ability to receive registered capital as well as additional capital from Chinese resident shareholders who fail to complete Circular 37
32
registration; and repatriation of profits and dividends derived from special purpose vehicles to China, by the Chinese resident shareholders who fail to complete Circular 37 registration, are also illegal. In addition, the failure of the Chinese resident shareholders to complete Circular 37 registration may subject each of the shareholders to fines less than RMB50,000. We cannot assure you that each of our Chinese resident shareholders will in the future complete the registration process as required by Circular 37.
Our Ordinary Shares may be prohibited from being traded on a national exchange under the Holding Foreign Companies Accountable Act (the “HFCA Act”), if the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (the “PCAOB”) is unable to inspect our auditors for three consecutive years beginning in 2021. The delisting of our Ordinary Shares, or the threat of their being delisted, may materially and adversely affect the value of your investment.
On April 21, 2020, SEC Chairman Jay Clayton and PCAOB Chairman William D. Duhnke III, along with other senior SEC staff, released a joint statement highlighting the risks associated with investing in companies based in or have substantial operations in emerging markets including China. The joint statement emphasized the risks associated with lack of access for the PCAOB to inspect auditors and audit work papers in China and higher risks of fraud in emerging markets.
On May 18, 2020, Nasdaq filed three proposals with the SEC to (i) apply minimum offering size requirement for companies primarily operating in “Restrictive Market”, (ii) adopt a new requirement relating to the qualification of management or board of director for Restrictive Market companies, and (iii) apply additional and more stringent criteria to an applicant or listed company based on the qualifications of the company’s auditors.
On May 20, 2020, the U.S. Senate passed the Holding Foreign Companies Accountable Act requiring a foreign company to certify it is not owned or controlled by a foreign government if the PCAOB is unable to audit specified reports because the company uses a foreign auditor not subject to PCAOB inspection. If the PCAOB is unable to inspect the company’s auditors for three consecutive years, the issuer’s securities are prohibited to trade on a national securities exchange or in the over the counter trading market in the U.S. On December 2, 2020, the U.S. House of Representatives approved the Holding Foreign Companies Accountable Act. On December 18, 2020, the Holding Foreign Companies Accountable Act was signed into law.
On March 24, 2021, the SEC announced that it had adopted interim final amendments to implement congressionally mandated submission and disclosure requirements of the HFCA Act. The interim final amendments will apply to registrants that the SEC identifies as having filed an annual report on Forms 10-K, 20-F, 40-F or N-CSR with an audit report issued by a registered public accounting firm that is located in a foreign jurisdiction and that the PCAOB has determined it is unable to inspect or investigate completely because of a position taken by an authority in that jurisdiction. The SEC will implement a process for identifying such a registrant and any such identified registrant will be required to submit documentation to the SEC establishing that it is not owned or controlled by a governmental entity in that foreign jurisdiction, and will also require disclosure in the registrant’s annual report regarding the audit arrangements of, and governmental influence on, such a registrant.
On June 22, 2021, the U.S. Senate passed the Accelerating Holding Foreign Companies Accountable Act, which AHFCAA, and on December 29, 2022, legislation entitled “Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2023” (the “Consolidated Appropriations Act”) was signed into law by President Biden, which contained, among other things, an identical provision to the AHFCAA and amended the HFCAA by requiring the SEC to prohibit an issuer’s securities from trading on any U.S. stock exchanges if its auditor is not subject to PCAOB inspections for two consecutive years instead of three, and that as a result an exchange may determine to delist its securities.
On December 2, 2021, the SEC issued amendments to finalize rules implementing the submission and disclosure requirements in the Holding Foreign Companies Accountable Act. The rules apply to registrants that the SEC identifies as having filed an annual report with an audit report issued by a registered public accounting firm that is located in a foreign jurisdiction and that PCAOB is unable to inspect or investigate completely because of a position taken by an authority in foreign jurisdictions. The final amendments were effective on January 10, 2022. The SEC began to identify and list Commission-Identified Issuers on its website shortly after registrants began filing their annual reports for 2021.
33
On December 16, 2021, PCAOB announced the PCAOB Holding Foreign Companies Accountable Act determinations (the “PCAOB determinations”) relating to the PCAOB’s inability to inspect or investigate completely registered public accounting firms headquartered in mainland China of the PRC or Hong Kong, a Special Administrative Region and dependency of the PRC, because of a position taken by one or more authorities in the PRC or Hong Kong.
On August 26, 2022, the PCAOB announced that it had signed a Statement of Protocol (the “Statement of Protocol”) with the China Securities Regulatory Commission and the Ministry of Finance of China. The terms of the Statement of Protocol would grant the PCAOB complete access to audit work papers and other information so that it may inspect and investigate PCAOB-registered accounting firms headquartered in China and Hong Kong.
On December 15, 2022, the PCAOB announced that it was able to secure complete access to inspect and investigate PCAOB-registered public accounting firms headquartered in mainland China and Hong Kong completely in 2022. The PCAOB Board vacated its previous 2021 determinations that the PCAOB was unable to inspect or investigate completely registered public accounting firms headquartered in mainland China and Hong Kong. However, whether the PCAOB will continue to be able to satisfactorily conduct inspections of PCAOB-registered public accounting firms headquartered in mainland China and Hong Kong is subject to uncertainties and depends on a number of factors out of our and our auditor’s control. The PCAOB continues to demand complete access in mainland China and Hong Kong and has made plans to resume regular inspections since early 2023, as well as to continue pursuing ongoing investigations and initiate new investigations as needed. The PCAOB has also indicated that it will act immediately to consider the need to issue new determinations with the HFCAA if needed.
The lack of access to the PCAOB inspection in China prevents the PCAOB from fully evaluating audits and quality control procedures of the auditors based in China. As a result, the investors may be deprived of the benefits of such PCAOB inspections. The inability of the PCAOB to conduct inspections of auditors in China makes it more difficult to evaluate the effectiveness of these accounting firms’ audit procedures or quality control procedures as compared to auditors outside of China that are subject to the PCAOB inspections, which could cause existing and potential investors in our stock to lose confidence in our audit procedures and reported financial information and the quality of our financial statements.
Our auditor, Wei, Wei & Co., LLP, the independent registered public accounting firm that issues the audit report included elsewhere in this prospectus, as an auditor of companies that are traded publicly in the United States and a firm registered with the PCAOB, is subject to laws in the United States pursuant to which the PCAOB conducts regular inspections to assess our auditor’s compliance with the applicable professional standards. Our auditor is headquartered in New York, New York, and is subject to inspection by the PCAOB on a regular basis with the last inspection completed in December 2023. Therefore, we believe that, as of the date of this prospectus, our auditors are not subject to the PCAOB determinations. Wei, Wei & Co., LLP has an office in Beijing, China, in which it has a total of 20 staff. Among them, there is one director, three managers, four seniors and twelve auditors. Regarding the audit of our Company, Wei, Wei & Co., LLP sent a team of eight staff from the Beijing Office, including one manager, two seniors and five auditors to conduct fieldwork under supervision of the U.S. office. Engagement quality control review was performed by the U.S. office.
However, the recent developments would add uncertainties to our offering and we cannot assure you whether the SEC, the PCAOB, Nasdaq, or other regulatory authorities would apply additional and more stringent criteria to us after considering the effectiveness of our auditor’s audit procedures and quality control procedures, adequacy of personnel and training, or sufficiency of resources, geographic reach or experience as it relates to the audit of our financial statements. It remains unclear what further actions the SEC, the PCAOB or Nasdaq will take to address these issues and what impact those actions will have on U.S. companies that have significant operations in the PRC and have securities listed on a U.S. stock exchange (including a national securities exchange or over-the-counter stock market). In addition, any additional actions, proceedings, or new rules resulting from these efforts to increase U.S. regulatory access to audit information could create some uncertainty for investors, the market price of our Ordinary Shares could be adversely affected, and we could be delisted if we and our auditor are unable to meet the PCAOB inspection requirement or being required to engage a new audit firm, which would require significant expense and management time. If trading in our Ordinary Shares is prohibited under the HFCAA in the future because the PCAOB determines that it cannot inspect or fully investigate our auditor at such future time, Nasdaq may determine to delist our Ordinary Shares. If our Ordinary Shares are unable to be listed on another
34
securities exchange by then, such a delisting would substantially impair your ability to sell or purchase our Ordinary Shares when you wish to do so, and the risk and uncertainty associated with a potential delisting would have a negative impact on the price of our Ordinary Shares.
The current tension in international trade, particularly with regard to U.S. and China trade policies, may adversely impact our business, financial condition, and results of operations.
Although cross-border business may not be an area of our focus, if we plan to expand our business internationally in the future, any unfavorable government policies on international trade, such as capital controls or tariffs, may affect the demand for our services, impact our competitive position, or prevent us from being able to conduct business in certain countries. If any new tariffs, legislation, or regulations are implemented, or if existing trade agreements are renegotiated, such changes could adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations. Recently, there have been heightened tensions in international economic relations, such as the one between the United States and China. The U.S. government has recently imposed, and has recently proposed to impose additional, new, or higher tariffs on certain products imported from China to penalize China for what it characterizes as unfair trade practices. China has responded by imposing, and proposing to impose additional, new, or higher tariffs on certain products imported from the United States. Following mutual retaliatory actions for months, on January 15, 2020, the United States and China entered into the Economic and Trade Agreement Between the United States of America and the People’s Republic of China as a phase one trade deal, effective on February 14, 2020.
Although the direct impact of the current international trade tension, and any escalation of such tension, on the industries in which we operate is uncertain, the negative impact on general, economic, political and social conditions may adversely impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.
The Hong Kong legal system embodies uncertainties which could limit the legal protections available to the Company.
Hong Kong is a Special Administrative Region of the PRC and enjoys a high degree of autonomy under the “one country, two systems” principle. The Hong Kong Special Administrative Region’s constitutional document, the Basic Law, ensures that the current political situation will remain in effect for 50 years. Hong Kong has enjoyed the freedom to function in a high degree of autonomy for its affairs, including currencies, immigration and custom, independent judiciary system and parliamentary system. However, we are not in any position to guarantee the implementation of the “one country, two systems” principle and the level of autonomy as currently in place at the moment. Any changes in the state of political environment in Hong Kong may materially and adversely affect our business and operation. Additionally, intellectual property rights and confidentiality protections in Hong Kong may not be as effective as in the United States or other countries. These uncertainties could limit the legal protections available to us, including our ability to enforce our agreements with our clients.
Hong Kong regulatory requirement of prior approval for transfer of shares in excess of certain threshold may restrict future takeovers and other transactions.
Section 132 of SFO requires prior approval from the SFC for any company or individual to become a substantial shareholder of a SFC licensed company in Hong Kong. Under the SFO, a person will be a “substantial shareholder” of a licensed company if he, either alone or with associates, has an interest in or is entitled to control the exercise of the voting power of more than 10% of the total number of issued shares of the licensed company, or exercises control of 35% or more of the voting power of a company that controls more than 10% of the voting power of the licensed company. This regulatory requirement may discourage, delay or prevent a change in control of the Company, which could deprive our shareholders the opportunity to receive a premium for their shares as part of a future sale and may reduce the price of our shares upon the consummation of a future proposed business combination.
Failure to make adequate contributions to various employee benefit plans and withhold individual income tax on employees’ salaries as required by PRC regulations may subject us to penalties.
Companies operating in China are required to participate in various government-mandated employee benefit contribution plans, including certain social insurance, housing funds and other welfare-oriented payment obligations, and contribute to the plans in amounts equal to certain percentages of salaries, including bonuses and allowances,
35
of our employees up to a maximum amount specified by the local government from time to time at locations where we operate our businesses. The requirement of employee benefit contribution plans has not been implemented consistently by the local governments in China given the different levels of economic development in different locations. Companies operating in China are also required to withhold individual income tax on employees’ salaries based on the actual salary of each employee upon payment. We may be subject to late fees and fines in relation to the underpaid employee benefits and under-withheld individual income tax, our financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected.
Failure to obtain prior approval from the MOFCOM for or in connection with the Company’s reorganization may have an adverse effect on our operations.
On August 8, 2006, six PRC regulatory agencies, including the MOFCOM, the State-Owned Assets Supervision and Administration Commission, or the SASAC, the State Administration of Taxation, or the SAT, the SAIC, the CSRC, and the State Administration of Foreign Exchange, or the SAFE (collectively the “M&A Agencies”) jointly adopted the Regulations on Mergers and Acquisitions of Domestic Enterprises by Foreign Investors, or the M&A Rules, which came into effect on September 8, 2006 and were amended on June 22, 2009. The M&A Rules provides that mergers and acquisitions of domestic companies with which they are affiliated by domestic companies, enterprises or natural persons in the name of companies legally established or controlled by them outside of China shall be reported to the Ministry of Commerce for approval. Article 11 of the M&A Rules further provides that the parties thereto shall not evade the above provision by the domestic investment of a foreign investment enterprise or by any other means.
As of the date of this prospectus, we have not applied for approval from the Ministry of Commerce related to the reorganization that was completed on January 14, 2022. As advised by our PRC legal counsel, Jiangsu Junjin Law Firm, the Company’s reorganization, pursuant to the M&A Provisions, may be subject to prior approval from the MOFCOM. Not obtaining such prior approval may adversely affect our reorganization. Pursuant to Article 38 of the PRC Foreign Investment Law, the violations of laws and regulations committed by foreign investors and foreign-funded enterprises could be subject to sanctions by any of the relevant departments according to the law and included in the credit information system according to the relevant provisions issued by the state. As such, we may face regulatory actions or penalties imposed by MOFCOM, foreign exchange control authorities or any other competent PRC regulators for failing to obtain MOFCOM’s approval prior to our reorganization. Although there remain uncertainties as to the actions that may be taken, including fines and penalties on our operations in the PRC or limitations on our operating privileges in the PRC, any such action may adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, reputation and prospects, as well as the trading price of our ordinary shares.
Risks Related to Doing Business in Japan
We are subject to various laws and regulations related to the construction industry in Japan, which may adversely affect our business.
HUHU Japan is primarily engaged in the construction of factories, which is subject to various laws and regulations in Japan.
We are subject to the Building Standard Law, which regulates minimum standards for the general structure of houses, fire prevention and evacuation-related matters, and road access obligations and which requires a confirmation from building official and a certificate of confirmation before commencing construction when a building owner intends to construct (new construction, expansion, renovation, or relocation) a building of a size, structure, or use that exceeds a certain scope, or to carry out large-scale repairs or major redecoration. In addition, certain buildings must be periodically inspected for age-related deterioration and other conditions by a first-class architect or other qualified person, and the results must be reported to the specified administrative agency.
Violations of the Standard Law could result in our licenses being revoked or our business being suspended, which could materially impact our ability to continue our operations in these businesses. In addition to the above, our construction of factories business is subject to several other national and local regulations concerning matters such as personal for construction management at the construction site, supervisor for subcontracted construction work, and we are required to obtain numerous governmental permits and approvals.
36
Changes to other laws and regulations with more general applicability to Japanese corporations, such as tax laws and accounting rules, could also have an impact on our financial condition and results of operations. Violations of laws and regulations could result in significant regulatory sanctions against us, including the suspension or revocation of our governmental permits and approvals, which could have a negative impact on our reputation and materially affect our results of operations.
Changes in applicable laws and regulations could also result in reduced flexibility in conducting our business and increased compliance costs or may have other adverse effects on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. For a description of these and certain further laws and regulations that are material to our businesses, see “Regulations.”
We may be unsuccessful in expanding and operating our business in Japan, which could adversely affect our results of operations.
We have established subsidiary in Japan and expanded our operations in this market. The entry and operation of our business in this market could cause us to be subject to unexpected, uncontrollable, and rapidly changing events and circumstances in Japan. As we grow our Japanese operations, we may need to recruit and hire new sales, marketing, and support personnel and establish new marketing and sales channels. Our ability to continue to expand into Japanese market involves various risks, including:
• varied, unfamiliar, unclear, and changing legal and regulatory restrictions, including different legal and regulatory standards applicable to the construction industry development;
• compliance with multiple and potentially conflicting regulations in China and Japan;
• difficulties in staffing and managing Japanese operations;
• differing intellectual property laws that may not provide sufficient protections for our intellectual property;
• proper compliance with local tax laws, which can be complex and may result in unintended adverse tax consequences;
• fluctuations in currency exchange rates and may adversely affect the profitability in JPY;
• changes in general economic, health, and political conditions in Japan;
• potential labor strike, lockouts, work slowdowns, and work stoppages; and
• different consumer preferences and requirements in Japanese markets.
Our current and any future expansion plans will require management attention and resources and may be unsuccessful. We may find it impossible or prohibitively expensive to continue expanding into Japanese market or we may be unsuccessful in our attempt to do so, and our results of operations could be adversely impacted.
Fluctuation of the value of the Japanese yen against certain foreign currencies may have a material adverse effect on the results of our operations.
Some of our operations’ functional currencies are not the Japanese yen. Since the currency in which sales are recorded may not be the same as the currency in which expenses are incurred, foreign exchange rate fluctuations may materially affect our results of operations. We expect that an increasing portion of our revenue and expenses in the future will be denominated in currencies in Japanese yen. Accordingly, our consolidated financial results and assets and liabilities may be materially affected by changes in the exchange rates of foreign currencies in which we conduct our business.
37
Risks Related to Our Business
We may fail to anticipate or adapt to technology innovations in a timely manner, so our software design may fail to gain recognition from the customers and the software design industry.
The software design industry is experiencing rapid technological changes. Failure to anticipate technology innovations or adapt to such innovations in a timely manner, or at all, may result in our products becoming obsolete at sudden and unpredictable intervals. As a result, our software design may fail to gain recognition from the customers and the industry, which could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations or financial condition. To maintain the relevancy of our products, we have actively invested in product planning and research and development. The process of developing and marketing new products is inherently complex and involves significant uncertainties. We cannot assure you that our efforts will bring customers and industry recognition. There are various risks, including the following:
• our product planning efforts may fail to result in the development or commercialization of new technologies or ideas;
• our research and development efforts may fail to translate new product plans into commercially feasible products;
• our new technologies or new products may not be well received by consumers;
• we may not have adequate funding and resources necessary for continual investments in product planning and research and development;
• our products may become obsolete due to rapid advancements in technology and changes in consumer preferences; and
• our newly developed technologies may not be protected as proprietary intellectual property rights.
Any failure to anticipate the next-generation technology roadmap or changes in customer preferences or to timely develop new or enhanced products in response could result in decreased revenue and market share. In particular, we may experience difficulties with product design, product development, marketing or certification, which could result in excessive research and development expenses and capital expenditure, delays or prevent our introduction of new or enhanced products. Furthermore, our research and development efforts may not yield the expected results or may prove to be futile due to the lack of market demand.
The average selling prices of our products may decrease from time to time due to technological advancement, and we may not be able to pass onto our suppliers such decreases, which may in turn adversely affect our profitability.
The factory facility design industry is characterized by rapid launches of new products, continuous technological advancements, and changing market trends and customer preferences, all of which translate to a shorter life cycle and a gradual decrease in the average selling prices of products over time. Because we compete in the environment of rapidly-evolving technology advancement and market trends and developments of the facility design industry, we may need to lower the price of our products to gain stronger market competitiveness and we cannot assure you that we will be able to pass on any decrease in average selling prices of our products to our suppliers. If the average selling prices of our products unusually or significantly decrease and such decreases cannot be offset by a corresponding decrease in the prices of the principal components of our products, our gross profit margins may be materially and adversely affected, which in turn, may adversely affect our profitability.
If we fail to maintain an effective quality control system, our business could be materially and adversely affected.
We place great emphasis on product quality and adhere to stringent quality control measures. To meet our customers’ requirements and expectations for the quality and safety of our products, we have selected leading third-party assembling partners with quality control certifications such as ISO9001 and adopted a stringent quality control system to ensure that every step of the production process is strictly monitored and managed. Failure to maintain an effective
38
quality control system or to obtain or renew our quality standards certifications may result in a decrease in demand for our products or cancelation or loss of purchase orders from our customers. Moreover, our reputation could be impaired. As a result, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be materially and adversely affected.
If we are unable to maintain or enhance our brand recognition, our business, results of operations and financial condition may be materially and adversely affected.
Maintaining and enhancing the recognition, image and acceptance of our brand are important to our ability to differentiate our products from and to compete effectively with our peers. Our brand image, however, could be jeopardized if we fail to maintain high product quality, pioneer and keep pace with evolving technology trends, or timely fulfill the orders for our products. If we fail to promote our brand or to maintain or enhance our brand recognition and awareness among our customers, or if we are subject to events or negative allegations affecting our brand image or the publicly perceived position of our brand, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be adversely affected.
Our limited operating history and our volatile historical results of operations could make it difficult for us to forecast our business and assess the seasonality and volatility in our business.
We have a relatively short operating history since 2015. Our total revenue was $16,732,688 and $11,374,257 for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. As the facility design market is relatively nascent and still rapidly evolving, and due to our limited operating history and historical data, as well as the limited visibility into future demand trends for our products, we may not be able to accurately forecast our future total revenue and budget our operating expenses accordingly. As most of our expenses are fixed in the short-term or incurred in advance of anticipated total revenue, we may not be able to adjust our expenses in a timely manner in order to offset any shortfall in revenue.
Our business may be subject to the varying order patterns of the fabless facility design market. We may experience fluctuations in orders in the future. Our volatile historical results of operations could make it difficult to assess the impact of seasonal factors on our business. If we or any of our third-party manufacturing service providers are unable to increase production of new or existing products to meet any increases in demand due to seasonality or other factors, our total revenue would be adversely affected and our reputation with our customers may be damaged.
The coronavirus COVID-19 pandemic had caused significant disruptions in our business, which might materially and adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition in the future.
The outbreak of COVID-19 had spread throughout the world. On March 11, 2020, the World Health Organization (“WHO”) declared the outbreak a global pandemic. Many businesses and social activities in China and other countries and regions have been severely disrupted in the first quarter of 2020, including those of our suppliers, customers and employees. This global outbreak has also caused market panics, which materially and negatively affected the global financial markets, such as the plunge of global stocks on major stock exchanges in March 2020. Such disruption and the potential slowdown of the world’s economy in 2020 and beyond could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition. We and our customers experienced and may continue to experience significant business disruptions and suspension of operations due to quarantine measures to contain the spread of the pandemic, which may cause shortage in the supply of raw materials, reduce our production capacity, increase the likelihood of default from our customers and delay our product delivery. For example, in April 2022, we experienced temporary delay in product delivery due to shutdown caused by the pandemic that affected our logistics service providers. Our business operation was also disrupted, and may continue to be disrupted, if any of our employees are suspected of having contracted any contagious disease or condition, since it could require our employees to be quarantined or our offices and production to be closed down and disinfected. Moreover, regional outbreaks of COVID-19 may continue to emerge. All of these had, and may continue to have, a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition in the near term. COVID-19 and actions taken to reduce its spread continue to rapidly evolve. In late March and April 2022, certain regions in China were subject to lock-down and other constraints imposed by the local government authorities due to a new wave of COVID-19 outbreak in those regions. Employees who are located in those regions were required to work remotely and/or
39
suspended any business travels. The extent to which COVID-19 may reduce the productivity of our employees, disrupt our service supply chains, reduce our access to capital or limit our business development activities, will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted with confidence, such as the ultimate geographic spread of the disease, the duration of the outbreak, travel restrictions and social distancing in the Japan and other countries, business closures or business disruptions and the effectiveness of actions taken in the U.S. and other countries to contain and treat the disease. To the extent the COVID-19 pandemic adversely affects our business, financial condition and results of operations, it may also have the effect of heightening many of the other risks described in this “Risk Factors” section. Despite the foregoing, COVID-19 did not have significant adverse impact on our operation for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022. On December 7, 2022, China announced 10 new rules that constitute a relaxation of almost all of its stringent COVID-19 pandemic control measures. On May 5, 2023, WHO declared that COVID-19 is now an established and ongoing health issue which no longer constitutes a public health emergency of international concern. However, the extent of the impact of COVID-19 on the Company’s future financial results will be dependent on future developments such as the length and severity of COVID-19, the potential resurgence of COVID-19, future government actions in response to COVID-19 and the overall impact of COVID-19 on the global economy and capital markets, among many other factors, all of which remain highly uncertain and unpredictable. Given this uncertainty, the Company is currently unable to quantify the expected impact of COVID-19 on its future operations, financial condition, liquidity and results of operations if the current situation continues.
We are closely monitoring the development of the COVID-19 pandemic and continuously evaluating any further potential impact on our business, results of operations and financial condition, which we believe will depend on the duration and degree of the pandemic. If the outbreak persists or escalates, we may be subject to further negative impact on our business operations and financial condition.
Our management team lacks experience in managing a U.S.-listed public company and complying with laws applicable to such company, the failure of which may adversely affect our business, financial conditions and results of operations.
Our current management team lacks experience in managing a company publicly traded in the U.S., interacting with public company investors and complying with the increasingly complex laws pertaining to U.S.-listed public companies. Prior to the completion of this offering, we mainly operate our businesses as a private company in the PRC. As a result of this offering, our company will become subject to significant regulatory oversight and reporting obligations under the U.S. federal securities laws and the scrutiny of securities analysts and investors, and our management currently has no experience in complying with such laws, regulations and obligations. Our management team may not successfully or efficiently manage our transition to becoming a U.S.-listed public company. These new obligations and constituents will require significant attention from our senior management and could divert their attention away from the day-to-day management of our business, which could adversely affect our business, financial conditions and results of operations.
We will incur increased costs as a result of being a public company.
Once we become a public company, we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company prior to our initial public offering. In addition, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as well as new rules subsequently implemented by the SEC and Nasdaq, have required changes in corporate governance practices of public companies. We expect these new rules and regulations to increase our legal, accounting and financial compliance costs and to make certain corporate activities more time-consuming and costly. In addition, we incur ongoing additional costs associated with our public company reporting requirements. We are currently evaluating and monitoring developments with respect to these new rules, and we cannot predict or estimate the amount of additional costs we may incur or the timing of such costs.
Increases in labor costs in the PRC and Japan may adversely affect our business and our profitability.
Macro economy has experienced increases in labor costs in recent years. The overall economy and the average wage in China and Japan are expected to continue to grow. The average wage level for our employees has also increased in recent years. We expect that our labor costs, including wages and employee benefits, will continue to increase. Unless we are able to pass on these increased labor costs to our customers by increasing prices for our products or services, our profitability and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected.
40
In addition, we have been subject to stricter regulatory requirements in terms of entering into labor contracts with our employees and paying various statutory employee benefits, including pension insurance, housing provident fund, medical insurance, work-related injury insurance, unemployment insurance and childbearing insurance to designated government agencies for the benefit of our employees. Pursuant to the PRC Labor Contract Law, or the Labor Contract Law, that became effective in January 2008 and its implementing rules that became effective in September 2008 and its amendments that became effective in July 2013, employers are subject to stricter requirements in terms of signing labor contracts, minimum wages, paying remuneration, determining the term of employees’ probation and unilaterally terminating labor contracts. In the event that we decide to terminate some of our employees or otherwise change our employment or labor practices, the Labor Contract Law and its implementation rules may limit our ability to effect those changes in a desirable or cost-effective manner, which could adversely affect our business and results of operations.
There are various labor-related laws in Japan, including the Labor Standards Act (Act No. 49 of April 7, 1947, as amended), the Industrial Safety and Health Act (Act No. 57 of June 8, 1972, as amended), and the Labor Contracts Act (Act No. 128 of December 5, 2007). The Labor Standards Act regulates, among others, minimum standards for working conditions such as working hours, leave period, and leave days. The Industrial Safety and Health Act requires, among others, the implementation of measures to secure employee safety and protect the health of workers in the workplace. The Labor Contracts Act regulates, among others, the change of terms of employment contracts and working rules, and dismissal and disciplinary action. For details, please see “Regulations.”
As the interpretation and implementation of labor-related laws and regulations are still evolving, we cannot assure you that our employment practice does not and will not violate labor-related laws and regulations in China and Japan, which may subject us to labor disputes or government investigations. If we are deemed to have violated relevant labor laws and regulations, we could be required to provide additional compensation to our employees and our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.
We may be unable to make the substantial research and development investments required to remain competitive in our business.
Advances in technologies, such as artificial intelligence and cloud computing, have led to increased demand for software of higher performance and power efficiency for solving computational problems of increasing complexity. We intend to broaden our product offerings to design and develop solutions covering more application scenarios, including vision computing and privacy computing. We are committed to investing in new product development in order to stay competitive in our markets. Nevertheless, if we are unable to generate enough revenue or raise enough capital to make adequate research and development investments going forward, our product development and relevant research and development initiatives may be restricted or delayed, or we may not be able to keep pace with the latest market trends and satisfy our customers’ needs, which could materially and adversely affect our results of operations. Furthermore, our substantial research and development expenditures may not yield the expected results that enable us to roll out new products, which in turn will harm our prospects and results of operations.
We are currently working on providing more systematic products in the high-purity industry by combining equipment manufacturing and system installation. This combined business model will increase our competitiveness in the industry. If we fail to realize the prospect, our business may become less competitive compared to similar high-purity system providers.
We may encounter difficulties in recruiting and retaining key personnel.
Our future growth and success depend to a significant extent on the continuing service and contribution of our engineers and senior management personnel. Many of these key personnel are highly skilled and experienced and are difficult to recruit and retain, particularly as we seek to expand our business with respect to the high-purity conveyor system solutions and distributed computing and monitoring software solutions. Competition for recruiting qualified personnel is intense, and recruiting personnel with the combination of skills and attributes required to execute our business strategy may be difficult, time-consuming and expensive. As a result, the loss of any key personnel or failure to recruit, train or retain qualified personnel could have a significant negative impact on our operations.
41
We may face difficulties in protecting our intellectual property rights.
We rely on our intellectual property rights, and in particular, our patents and software copyrights. Even though we have successfully registered certain of our intellectual property rights in China, it may be possible for a third party to imitate or use our intellectual property rights without authorization. Additionally, we have developed and utilized some intellectual property that has not been registered. If a third party misuses or misappropriates our intellectual property, we may not be able to easily differentiate our products from the others in the market easily. As a result, we may be forced into an adverse price competition that reduces our profit margin. As we develop new technologies, we will need to continue to apply for intellectual property rights protections. There is no guarantee that we will be able to obtain valid and enforceable intellectual property rights in China or in other relevant jurisdictions as needed. Even when we are able to obtain such protections, there is no guarantee that we will be able to effectively enforce our rights effectively.
In this respect, we may incur expenses and efforts to monitor and enforce our intellectual property rights. Infringement of our intellectual property rights and the resulting diversion of resources to protect such rights through litigation or other means could also adversely affect our profitability.
We currently do not have insurance coverage covering all risks related to our business and operations.
We do not maintain insurance policies covering all of our business risks, such as risks relating to properties, receivables, goods in transit and public liability. We cannot assure you that the insurance coverage we currently have would be sufficient to cover our potential losses. See “Business — Insurance” for more information on the insurance policies maintained by us. In the event there is any damage to any assets or incidents for which we do not have sufficient insurance coverage if at all, we would have to pay for the difference ourselves where our cash flow and liquidity could be negatively affected.
Any global systemic economic and financial crisis could negatively affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Any prolonged slowdown in global economy may have a negative impact on our business, results of operations and financial condition. For example, the global financial markets have experienced significant disruptions since 2008 and the United States, Europe and other economies have experienced periods of recession. The recovery from the lows of 2008 and 2009 has been uneven and there are new challenges, including the escalation of the European sovereign debt crisis from 2011. The market panics over the global outbreak of coronavirus COVID-19 and the drop in oil price had materially and negatively affected the global financial markets in March 2020, which caused a potential slowdown of the world’s economy. Additionally, there is considerable uncertainty over the long-term effects of the expansionary monetary and fiscal policies adopted by the central banks and financial authorities of some of the world’s leading economies, including the United States and China. There have also been (1) concerns over the ongoing war in Ukraine, the Middle East and Africa, which have resulted in volatility in financial and other markets; (2) concerns over the United Kingdom leaving the European Union as well as the significant potential changes to United States trade policies, treaties and tariffs, including trade policies and tariffs regarding China; (3) concerns about the economic effect of the tensions in the relationship between countries; and (4) concerns over the rising level of inflation in major industrial countries including the United States and worries that efforts to curb inflation may result in recession. There were and could be in the future a number of domino effects from such turmoil on our business, including significant decreases in orders from our customers, insolvency of key suppliers resulting in product delays, rises in raw material prices leading up to increased level of cost of revenues that we may not be able to pass onto customers, inability of customers to obtain credit to finance purchases of our products and/or customer insolvencies, and counterparty failures negatively impacting our operations. Any systemic economic or financial crisis could cause revenues for the semiconductor industry as a whole to decline dramatically and could materially and adversely affect our results of operations. According to the National Bureau of Statistics of China, the year-over-year percent changes in the consumer price index for, 2022 and 2023 were increases of 2.0% and 0.2%, respectively. According to the National Bureau of Statistics of Japan, the year-over-year percent changes in the consumer price index for, 2022 and 2023 were increases of 2.5% and 3.2%, respectively. Since inflation in China and Japan has not materially impacted our business operations and results of operations, we have not taken or planned to take actions to mitigate inflationary pressures. Although we have not in the past been materially affected by inflation since our inception, we can provide no assurance that we will not be affected in the future by higher rates of inflation in China.
42
Because our business is primarily conducted in RMB and Japanese Yen (“JPY”) and the price of our Ordinary Shares is quoted in U.S. dollars, changes in currency conversion rates may affect the value of your investments. Any significant revaluation of the RMB and JPY may materially and adversely affect our cash flows, revenue and financial condition. Changes in the conversion rate between the United States dollar and the RMB and JPY will affect the amount of proceeds we will have available for our business.
Our business is conducted in the PRC and Japan, our books and records are maintained in RMB and JPY, and the financial statements that we file with the SEC and provide to our shareholders are presented in United States dollars. Changes in the exchange rate between the RMB and U.S. dollar, and the JPY and dollar affect the value of our assets and the results of our operations in United States dollars. The value of the RMB/JPY against the United States dollar and other currencies may fluctuate and is affected by, among other things, changes in the political and economic conditions and perceived changes in the economy of the PRC/Japan and the United States. Any significant revaluation of the RMB/JPY may materially and adversely affect our cash flows, revenue and financial condition. Further, our Ordinary Shares offered by this prospectus are offered in United States dollars, we will need to convert the net proceeds we receive into RMB/JPY in order to use the funds for our business. Changes in the conversion rate between the United States dollar and the RMB/JPY will affect that amount of proceeds we will have available for our business.
The value of the Renminbi against the U.S. dollar and other currencies may fluctuate and is affected by, among other things, changes in political and economic conditions in China and by China’s foreign exchange policies. On July 21, 2005, the PRC government changed its decade-old policy of pegging the value of the Renminbi to the U.S. dollar, and the Renminbi appreciated more than 20% against the U.S. dollar over the following three years. Between July 2008 and June 2010, this appreciation halted and the exchange rate between the Renminbi and the U.S. dollar remained within a narrow band. Since June 2010, the Renminbi has fluctuated against the U.S. dollar, at times significantly and unpredictably. On November 30, 2015, the Executive Board of the International Monetary Fund (IMF) completed the regular five-year review of the basket of currencies that make up the Special Drawing Right, or the SDR, and decided that with effect from October 1, 2016, Renminbi was determined to be a freely usable currency and was included in the SDR basket as a fifth currency, along with the U.S. dollar, the Euro, the Japanese yen and the British pound. In the fourth quarter of 2016, the Renminbi depreciated significantly in the backdrop of a surging U.S. dollar and persistent capital outflows of China.
This depreciation halted in 2017, and the RMB appreciated approximately 7% against the U.S. dollar during this one-year period. The Renminbi in 2018 depreciated approximately by 5% against the U.S. dollar. Starting from the beginning of 2019, the Renminbi has depreciated significantly against the U.S. dollar again. In early August 2019, the PBOC set the Renminbi’s daily reference rate at RMB7.0039 to US$1.00, the first time that the exchange rate of Renminbi to U.S. dollar exceeded 7.0 since 2008. With the development of the foreign exchange market and progress towards interest rate liberalization and Renminbi internationalization, the PRC government may in the future announce further changes to the exchange rate system, and we cannot assure you that the Renminbi will not appreciate or depreciate significantly in value against the U.S. dollar in the future. It is difficult to predict how market forces or PRC or U.S. government policy may impact the exchange rate between the Renminbi and the U.S. dollar in the future.
There remains significant international pressure on the Chinese government to adopt a flexible currency policy to allow the Renminbi to appreciate against the U.S. dollar. Significant revaluation of the Renminbi may have a material and adverse effect on your investment. Substantially all of our revenues and costs are denominated in Renminbi. Any significant revaluation of Renminbi may materially and adversely affect our revenues, earnings and financial position, and the value of, and any dividends payable on, our Ordinary Shares in U.S. dollars.
To the extent that we need to convert U.S. dollars we receive from this offering into Renminbi for capital expenditures and working capital and other business purposes, appreciation of the Renminbi against the U.S. dollar would have an adverse effect on the Renminbi amount we would receive from the conversion. Conversely, a significant depreciation of the Renminbi against the U.S. dollar may significantly reduce the U.S. dollar equivalent of our earnings, which in turn could adversely affect the price of our Ordinary Shares, and if we decide to convert Renminbi into U.S. dollars for the purpose of making dividend payments on our Ordinary Shares, strategic acquisitions or investments or other business purposes, appreciation of the U.S. dollar against the Renminbi would have a negative effect on the U.S. dollar amount available to us.
43
To date, we have not entered into any hedging transactions in an effort to reduce our exposure to foreign currency exchange risk. While we may decide to enter into hedging transactions in the future, the availability and effectiveness of these hedges may be limited and we may not be able to adequately hedge our exposure or at all. In addition, our currency exchange may be affected by PRC exchange management regulations on converting Renminbi into foreign currency. As a result, fluctuations in exchange rates may have a material adverse effect on your investment.
Risks Related to this Offering
There has been no public market for our shares or Ordinary Shares prior to this offering, and you may not be able to resell our Ordinary Shares at or above the price you paid, or at all.
Prior to this initial public offering, there has been no public market for our shares or Ordinary Shares. We will apply to list our Ordinary Shares on the Nasdaq Capital Market. Our shares will not be listed on any exchange or quoted for trading on any over-the-counter trading system. If an active trading market for our Ordinary Shares does not develop after this offering, the market price and liquidity of our Ordinary Shares will be materially and adversely affected.
Negotiations with the Underwriter will determine the initial public offering price for our Ordinary Shares which may bear no relationship to their market price after the initial public offering. We cannot assure you that an active trading market for our Ordinary Shares will develop or that the market price of our Ordinary Shares will not decline below the initial public offering price.
The trading price of the Ordinary Shares is likely to be volatile, which could result in substantial losses to investors.
The trading price of the Ordinary Shares is likely to be volatile and could fluctuate widely due to factors beyond our control. This may happen because of broad market and industry factors, including the performance and fluctuation of the market prices of other companies with business operations located mainly in China that have listed their securities in the United States. In addition to market and industry factors, the price and trading volume for the Ordinary Shares may be highly volatile for factors specific to our own operations, including the following:
• variations in our revenues, earnings, cash flow;
• fluctuations in operating metrics;
• announcements of new investments, acquisitions, strategic partnerships or joint ventures by us or our competitors;
• announcements of new solutions and services and expansions by us or our competitors;
• termination or non-renewal of contracts or any other material adverse change in our relationship with our key customers or strategic investors;
• changes in financial estimates by securities analysts;
• detrimental negative publicity about us, our competitors or our industry;
• additions or departures of key personnel;
• release of lockup or other transfer restrictions on our outstanding equity securities or sales of additional equity securities;
• regulatory developments affecting us or our industry; and
• potential litigation or regulatory investigations.
Any of these factors may result in large and sudden changes in the volume and price at which the Ordinary Shares will trade. Furthermore, the stock market in general experiences price and volume fluctuations that are often unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of companies like us. These broad market and industry fluctuations may adversely affect the market price of our Ordinary Shares. Volatility or a lack of positive performance in our ordinary share price may also adversely affect our ability to retain key employees, most of whom have been granted share incentives.
44
In the past, shareholders of public companies have often brought securities class action suits against companies following periods of instability in the market price of their securities. If we were involved in a class action suit, it could divert a significant amount of our management’s attention and other resources from our business and operations and require us to incur significant expenses to defend the suit, which could harm our results of operations. Any such class action suit, whether or not successful, could harm our reputation and restrict our ability to raise capital in the future. In addition, if a claim is successfully made against us, we may be required to pay significant damages, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
We may experience extreme stock price volatility unrelated to our actual or expected operating performance, financial condition or prospects, making it difficult for prospective investors to assess the rapidly changing value of our Ordinary Shares.
Recently, there have been instances of extreme stock price run-ups followed by rapid price declines and strong stock price volatility with a number of recent initial public offerings, especially among companies with relatively smaller public floats. As a relatively small-capitalization company with relatively small public float, we may experience greater stock price volatility, extreme price run-ups, lower trading volume and less liquidity than large-capitalization companies. In particular, our Ordinary Shares may be subject to rapid and substantial price volatility, low volumes of trades and large spreads in bid and ask prices. Such volatility, including any stock-run up, may be unrelated to our actual or expected operating performance, financial condition or prospects, making it difficult for prospective investors to assess the rapidly changing value of our Ordinary Shares.
In addition, if the trading volumes of our Ordinary Shares are low, persons buying or selling in relatively small quantities may easily influence prices of our Ordinary Shares. This low volume of trades could also cause the price of our Ordinary Shares to fluctuate greatly, with large percentage changes in price occurring in any trading day session. Holders of our Ordinary Shares may also not be able to readily liquidate their investment or may be forced to sell at depressed prices due to low volume trading. Broad market fluctuations and general economic and political conditions may also adversely affect the market price of our Ordinary Shares. As a result of this volatility, investors may experience losses on their investment in our Ordinary Shares. A decline in the market price of our Ordinary Shares also could adversely affect our ability to issue additional Ordinary Shares or other securities and our ability to obtain additional financing in the future. No assurance can be given that an active market in our Ordinary Shares will develop or be sustained. If an active market does not develop, holders of our Ordinary Shares may be unable to readily sell the Ordinary Shares they hold or may not be able to sell their Ordinary Shares at all.
Furthermore, the stock market in general, and the market prices for companies with operations in China in particular, have experienced volatility that often has been unrelated to the operating performance of such companies. The securities of some China-based companies that have listed their securities in the United States have experienced significant volatility since their initial public offerings in recent years, including, in some cases, substantial declines in the trading prices of their securities. The trading performances of these companies’ securities after their offerings may affect the attitudes of investors towards China-based companies listed in the United States in general, which consequently may impact the trading performance of our Ordinary Shares, regardless of our actual operating performance. In addition, any negative news or perceptions about inadequate corporate governance practices or fraudulent accounting, corporate structure or other matters of other China-based companies may also negatively affect the attitudes of investors towards China-based companies in general, including us, regardless of whether we have engaged in any inappropriate activities.
In addition to the above factors, the price and trading volume of the Ordinary Shares may be highly volatile due to multiple factors, including the following:
• regulatory developments affecting us, our clients or our industry;
• conditions in the financing advisory industry in China;
• announcements of studies and reports relating to the quality of our service offerings or those of our competitors;
• investor perceptions about us, our business and in general companies with operations in China;
• changes in the economic performance or market valuations of other financing advisory companies;
45
• general economic and securities market conditions;
• actual or anticipated fluctuations in our quarterly results of operations and changes or revisions of our expected results;
• the financial projections we may provide to the public, any changes in these projections or our failure to meet these projections;
• the absence of cash dividends on our Ordinary Shares;
• changes in financial estimates by securities research analysts;
• announcements by us or our competitors of new product and service offerings, acquisitions, strategic relationships, joint ventures or capital commitments;
• additions to or departures of our senior management;
• detrimental negative publicity about us, our management or our industry;
• fluctuations of exchange rates between the Renminbi and the U.S. dollar;
• release or expiry of lock-up or other transfer restrictions on our outstanding Ordinary Shares;
• the development and sustainability of an active trading market for our Ordinary Shares;
• sales or perceived potential sales of additional Ordinary Shares; and
• The COVID-19 pandemic, the ensuing economic recessions and deterioration in the credit market in many countries.
Other than the aforementioned potential factors that may affect the price and trading volume of our Ordinary Shares, there are no known factors particular to our offering that may add to this risk.
If securities or industry analysts cease to publish research or reports about our business, or if they adversely change their recommendations regarding the Ordinary Shares, the market price for the Ordinary Shares and trading volume could decline.
The trading market for the Ordinary Shares will be influenced by research or reports that industry or securities analysts publish about our business. If one or more analysts who cover us downgrade the Ordinary Shares, the market price for the Ordinary Shares would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts cease to cover us or fail to regularly publish reports on us, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which, in turn, could cause the market price or trading volume for the Ordinary Shares to decline.
We currently do not expect to pay dividends in the foreseeable future after this offering and you must rely on the price appreciation of our Ordinary Shares for return on your investment.
We currently intend to retain most, if not all, of our available funds and any future earnings after this offering to fund the development and growth of our business. As a result, we do not expect to pay any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Therefore, you should not rely on an investment in our Ordinary Shares as a source for any future dividend income.
Our board of directors has complete discretion as to whether to distribute dividends, subject to certain requirements of Cayman Islands law. Under Cayman Islands law, a Cayman Islands exempted company may pay a dividend out of either profit or share premium account, provided that in no circumstances may a dividend be paid if this would result in the company being unable to pay its debts as they fall due in the ordinary course of business. Even if our board of directors decides to declare and pay dividends, the timing, amount and form of future dividends, if any, will depend on our future results of operations and cash flow, our capital requirements and surplus, the amount of distributions, if any, received by us from our subsidiaries, our financial condition, contractual restrictions and other factors deemed relevant by our board of directors. Accordingly, the return on your investment in our
46
Ordinary Shares will likely depend entirely upon any future price appreciation of our Ordinary Shares. There is no guarantee that our Ordinary Shares will appreciate in value after this offering or even maintain the price at which you purchased the Ordinary Shares. You may not realize a return on your investment in our Ordinary Shares and you may even lose your entire investment in our Ordinary Shares.
Because our initial public offering price is substantially higher than our net tangible book value per share, you will experience immediate and substantial dilution.
If you purchase Ordinary Shares in this offering, you will pay more for your Ordinary Shares than the amount paid by our existing shareholders for their Ordinary Shares on a per ordinary share basis. As a result, you will experience immediate and substantial dilution, representing the difference between the initial public offering price of per ordinary share, and our adjusted net tangible book value per ordinary share, after giving effect to our sale of the Ordinary Shares offered in this offering. In addition, you may experience further dilution to the extent that our Ordinary Shares are issued upon the exercise or vesting, as the case may be, of our share incentive awards. See “Dilution” for a more complete description of how the value of your investment in the Ordinary Shares will be diluted upon completion of this offering.
Substantial future sales or perceived potential sales of our Ordinary Shares in the public market could cause the price of our Ordinary Shares to decline.
Sales of our Ordinary Shares in the public market after this offering, or the perception that these sales could occur, could cause the market price of our Ordinary Shares to decline. All Ordinary Shares sold in this offering will be freely transferable without restriction or additional registration under the Securities Act. The remaining Ordinary Shares issued and outstanding after this offering will be available for sale, upon the expiration of the lock-up period in connection with this offering, subject to volume and other restrictions as applicable under Rules 144 and 701 under the Securities Act. Any or all of these shares may be released prior to the expiration of the lock-up period at the discretion of the Underwriter of this offering. To the extent shares are released before the expiration of the lock-up period and sold into the market, the market price of our Ordinary Shares could decline.
After completion of this offering, certain holders of our Ordinary Shares may cause us to register under the Securities Act the sale of their shares, subject to the lock-up period in connection with this offering. Registration of these shares under the Securities Act would result in Ordinary Shares representing these shares becoming freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon the effectiveness of the registration. Sales of these registered shares in the form of Ordinary Shares in the public market could cause the price of our Ordinary Shares to decline.
Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association contain anti-takeover provisions that could have a material adverse effect on the rights of holders of our Ordinary Shares and the Ordinary Shares.
Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association contain provisions to limit the ability of others to acquire control of our company or cause us to engage in change-of-control transactions. These provisions could have the effect of depriving our shareholders of an opportunity to sell their shares at a premium over prevailing market prices by discouraging third parties from seeking to obtain control of our company in a tender offer or similar transaction. Our board of directors has the authority, without further action by our shareholders, to issue preferred shares with such preferred, deferred or other special rights, restrictions or privileges whether in regard to voting, distributions, a return of capital or otherwise and in such classes and series, if any, as the directors may determine, any or all of which may be greater than the rights associated with our Ordinary Shares. Preferred shares could be issued quickly with terms calculated to delay or prevent a change in control of our company or make removal of management more difficult. If our board of directors decides to issue preferred shares, the price of the Ordinary Shares may fall and the voting and other rights of the holders of our Ordinary Shares and the Ordinary Shares may be materially and adversely affected.
You may experience dilution of your holdings due to inability to participate in rights offerings.
We may, from time to time, distribute rights to our shareholders, including rights to acquire securities. We may be unable to establish an exemption from registration under the Securities Act, and we are under no obligation to file a registration statement with respect to these rights or underlying securities or to endeavor to have a registration statement declared effective. Accordingly, holders of Ordinary Shares may be unable to participate in our rights offerings and may experience dilution of their holdings as a result.
47
You may face difficulties in protecting your interests, and your ability to protect your rights through U.S. courts may be limited, because we are incorporated under Cayman Islands law.
We are an exempted company incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands. Our corporate affairs are governed by our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, the Companies Act (as amended) of the Cayman Islands and the common law of the Cayman Islands. The rights of shareholders to take action against our directors, actions by our minority shareholders and the fiduciary duties of our directors owed to us under Cayman Islands law are to a large extent governed by the common law of the Cayman Islands. The common law of the Cayman Islands is derived in part from comparatively limited judicial precedent in the Cayman Islands as well as from the common law of England, the decisions of whose courts are of persuasive authority, but are not binding, on a court in the Cayman Islands. The rights of our shareholders and the fiduciary duties of our directors owed to us under Cayman Islands law are not as clearly established as they would be under statutes or judicial precedent in some jurisdictions in the United States. In particular, the Cayman Islands has a less developed body of securities laws than the United States. Some U.S. states, such as Delaware, have more fully developed and judicially interpreted bodies of corporate law than the Cayman Islands. In addition, Cayman Islands companies may not have the standing to initiate a shareholder derivative action in a federal court of the United States.
Shareholders of Cayman Islands exempted companies like us have no general rights under Cayman Islands law to inspect corporate records (other than the amended and restated memorandum and articles of association and any special resolutions passed by such companies, and the registers of mortgages and charges of such companies) or to obtain copies of lists of shareholders of these companies. Under Cayman Islands law, the names of our current directors can be obtained from a search conducted at the Registrar of Companies. Our directors have discretion under our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association to determine whether or not, and under what conditions, our corporate records may be inspected by our shareholders, but are not obliged to make them available to our shareholders. This may make it more difficult for you to obtain the information needed to establish any facts necessary for a shareholder motion or to solicit proxies from other shareholders in connection with a proxy contest.
As a result of all of the above, our public shareholders may have more difficulty in protecting their interests in the face of actions taken by management, members of our board of directors or controlling shareholders than they would as public shareholders of a company incorporated in the United States.
Certain judgments obtained against us by our shareholders may not be enforceable.
We are a Cayman Islands exempted company and substantially all of our assets are located outside of the United States. All of our current operations are conducted in China and Japan. In addition, substantially all of our current directors and officers are nationals and residents of countries other than the United States. As a result, it may be difficult or impossible for you to bring an action against us or against these individuals in the United States in the event that you believe that your rights have been infringed under the U.S. federal securities laws or otherwise. Even if you are successful in bringing an action of this kind, the laws of the Cayman Islands and of China or Japan may render you unable to enforce a judgment against our assets or the assets of our directors and officers. For more information regarding the relevant laws of the Cayman Islands, China, and Japan, see “Enforceability of Civil liabilities.”
We are an emerging growth company within the meaning of the Securities Act and may take advantage of certain reduced reporting requirements.
As a company with less than US$1.235 billion in revenues for our last fiscal year, we qualify as an “emerging growth company” pursuant to the JOBS Act. Therefore, we may take advantage of specified reduced reporting and other requirements that are otherwise applicable generally to public companies. These provisions include exemption from the auditor attestation requirement under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or Section 404, in the assessment of the emerging growth company’s internal control over financial reporting and permission to delay adopting new or revised accounting standards until such time as those standards apply to private companies. As a result, if we elect not to comply with such reporting and other requirements, in particular the auditor attestation requirements, our investors may not have access to certain information they may deem important.
48
The JOBS Act also provides that an emerging growth company does not need to comply with any new or revised financial accounting standards until such date that a private company is otherwise required to comply with such new or revised accounting standards. We do not plan to “opt out” of such exemptions afforded to an emerging growth company. As a result of this election, our financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with public company effective dates.
We are a foreign private issuer within the meaning of the rules under the Exchange Act, and as such we are exempt from certain provisions applicable to U.S. domestic public companies.
Because we qualify as a foreign private issuer under the Exchange Act, we are exempt from certain provisions of the securities rules and regulations in the United States that are applicable to U.S. domestic issuers, including:
• the rules under the Exchange Act requiring the filing with the SEC of quarterly reports on Form 10-Q or current reports on Form 8-K;
• the sections of the Exchange Act regulating the solicitation of proxies, consents, or authorizations in respect of a security registered under the Exchange Act;
• the sections of the Exchange Act requiring insiders to file public reports of their stock ownership and trading activities and liability for insiders who profit from trades made in a short period of time;
• the selective disclosure rules by issuers of material nonpublic information under Regulation FD; and
• certain audit committee independence requirements in Rule 10A-3 of the Exchange Act.
There can be no assurance that we will not be a passive foreign investment company, or PFIC, for U.S. federal income tax purposes for any taxable year, which could result in adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences to U.S. holders of the Ordinary Shares.
A non-U.S. corporation, such as our company, will be considered a passive foreign investment company, or “PFIC,” for any taxable year if either (i) at least 75% of its gross income is passive income or (ii) at least 50% of the value of its assets (generally determined on the basis of a quarterly average) is attributable to assets that produce or are held for the production of passive income.
Based upon our current and projected income and assets, including the expected proceeds from this offering, and projections as to the value of our assets (which are based on the expected market price of the Ordinary Shares immediately following this offering), we do not expect to be a PFIC for the current taxable year or the foreseeable future. However, no assurance can be given in this regard because the determination of whether we will be or become a PFIC is a factual determination made annually that will depend, in part, upon the composition of our income and assets. Fluctuations in the market price of the Ordinary Shares may cause us to be a PFIC for the current or future taxable years because the value of our assets for purposes of the asset test, including the value of our goodwill and unbooked intangibles, may be determined by reference to the market price of the Ordinary Shares from time to time (which may be volatile). If our market capitalization subsequently declines, we may be or become a PFIC for the current taxable year or future taxable years. Furthermore, the composition of our income and assets may also be affected by how, and how quickly, we use our liquid assets and the cash raised in this offering. Under circumstances where our revenue from activities that produce passive income significantly increases relative to our revenue from activities that produce non-passive income, or where we determine not to deploy significant amounts of cash for active purposes, our risk of being or becoming a PFIC may substantially increase. Because there are uncertainties in the application of the relevant rules, there can be no assurance that we will not be a PFIC for the current taxable year or any future taxable year.
If we were treated as a PFIC for any taxable year during which a U.S. investor held an ordinary share or an ordinary share, certain adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences could apply to the U.S. investor. See “Taxation — United States Federal Income Tax Considerations — Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules.”
We will incur increased costs as a result of being a public company, particularly after we cease to qualify as an “emerging growth company.”
Upon completion of this offering, we will become a public company and expect to incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as well as rules subsequently implemented by the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, impose various
49
requirements on the corporate governance practices of public companies. We expect these rules and regulations to increase our legal and financial compliance costs and to make some corporate activities more time-consuming and costly.
As a result of becoming a public company, we will need to increase the number of independent directors and adopt policies regarding internal controls and disclosure controls and procedures. We also expect that operating as a public company will make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. In addition, we will incur additional costs associated with our public company reporting requirements. It may also be more difficult for us to find qualified persons to serve on our board of directors or as executive officers. We are currently evaluating and monitoring developments with respect to these rules and regulations, and we cannot predict or estimate with any degree of certainty the number of additional costs we may incur or the timing of such costs.
In addition, as an emerging growth company, we will still incur expenses in relation to management assessment according to requirements of Section 404(a) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. After we are no longer an “emerging growth company,” we expect to incur additional significant expenses and devote substantial management effort toward ensuring compliance with the requirements of Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the other rules and regulations of the SEC.
If we fail to establish and maintain proper internal financial reporting controls, our ability to produce accurate financial statements or comply with applicable regulations could be impaired
Prior to this offering, we were a private company with limited accounting personnel and other resources with which to address our internal controls and procedures. We will be in a continuing process of developing, establishing, and maintaining internal controls and procedures that will allow our management to report on, and our independent registered public accounting firm to attest to, our internal controls over financial reporting if and when required to do so under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. Although our independent registered public accounting firm is not required to attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act until the date we are no longer an emerging growth company, our management will be required to report on our internal controls over financial reporting under Section 404.
As of December 31, 2023, our management assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. The material weaknesses relate to that the Company does not have in-house accounting personnel with sufficient knowledge of US GAAP and SEC reporting experiences. Management concluded that as of December 31, 2023, our internal control over financial reporting was ineffective.
In order to address and resolve the foregoing material weaknesses, we have implemented measures designed to improve our internal control over financial reporting to remediate the material weaknesses, including hiring consultants who have requisite training and experience in the preparation of financial statements in compliance with applicable SEC requirements. In addition to hiring an outside consultant, we also plan to take remedial measures including (i) hiring more qualified accounting personnel with relevant U.S. GAAP and SEC reporting experience and qualifications to strengthen the financial reporting function and to set up a financial and system control framework; (ii) implementing regular and continuous U.S. GAAP accounting and financial reporting training programs for our accounting and financial reporting personnel; (iii) setting up an internal audit function as well as engaging an external consulting firm to assist us with assessment of Sarbanes-Oxley compliance requirements and improvement of overall internal control; and (iv) appointing independent directors, establishing an audit committee, and strengthening corporate governance.
The implementation of these measures may not fully address the material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, and we cannot conclude that they have been fully remedied. Our failure to correct theses material weaknesses or our failure to discover and address any other material weaknesses could result in inaccuracies in our financial statements and could also impair our ability to comply with applicable financial reporting requirements and related regulatory filings on a timely basis. As a result, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects, as well as the trading price of our Ordinary Shares, may be materially and adversely affected. Moreover, ineffective internal control over financial reporting significantly hinders our ability
50
to prevent fraud. Upon completion of this offering, we will become a public company in the United States subject to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. Section 404 will require that we include a report from management on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting in our annual report on Form 20-F beginning with our second annual report on Form 20-F after becoming a public company. In addition, once we cease to be an “emerging growth company” as such term is defined in the JOBS Act, our independent registered public accounting firm must attest to and report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. Our management may conclude that our internal control over financial reporting is not effective. Moreover, even if our management concludes that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, our independent registered public accounting firm, after conducting its own independent testing, may issue a report that is qualified if it is not satisfied with our internal controls or the level at which our controls are documented, designed, operated or reviewed, or if it interprets the relevant requirements differently from us. In addition, after we become a public company, our reporting obligations may place a significant strain on our management, operational and financial resources and systems for the foreseeable future. We may be unable to timely complete our evaluation testing and any required remediation.
Nasdaq may apply additional and more stringent criteria for our initial and continued listing because we plan to have a small public offering and insiders will hold a large portion of the company’s listed securities. Our offering will not be completed in the absence of Nasdaq listing approval. If Nasdaq denies our application, we could face significant consequences.
Nasdaq Listing Rule 5101 provides Nasdaq with broad discretionary authority over the initial and continued listing of securities in Nasdaq and Nasdaq may use such discretion to deny initial listing, apply additional or more stringent criteria for the initial or continued listing of particular securities, or suspend or delist particular securities based on any event, condition, or circumstance that exists or occurs that makes initial or continued listing of the securities on Nasdaq inadvisable or unwarranted in the opinion of Nasdaq, even though the securities meet all enumerated criteria for initial or continued listing on Nasdaq. In addition, Nasdaq has used its discretion to deny initial or continued listing or to apply additional and more stringent criteria in the instances, including but not limited to: (i) where the company engaged an auditor that has not been subject to an inspection by the PCAOB, an auditor that PCAOB cannot inspect, or an auditor that has not demonstrated sufficient resources, geographic reach, or experience to adequately perform the company’s audit; (ii) where the company planned a small public offering, which would result in insiders holding a large portion of the company’s listed securities. Nasdaq was concerned that the offering size was insufficient to establish the company’s initial valuation, and there would not be sufficient liquidity to support a public market for the company; and (iii) where the company did not demonstrate sufficient nexus to the U.S. capital market, including having no U.S. shareholders, operations, or members of the Board of Directors or management. Our public offering will be relatively small and the insiders of our Company will hold a large portion of the company’s listed securities. Nasdaq might apply the additional and more stringent criteria for our initial and continued listing, which might cause delay or even denial of our listing application. The denial of our application could cause significant consequences including a limited availability for market quotations for our securities, reduced liquidity with respect to our securities, limited amount of news and analyst coverage; and a decreased ability to issue additional securities or obtain additional financing in the future.
We will seek to have our securities approved for listing on the Nasdaq Capital Market upon consummation of this offering. Our offering will not be completed in the absence of Nasdaq listing approval. We cannot assure you that we will be able to meet those initial listing requirements at that time. If the Nasdaq Capital Market does not list our securities, or subsequently delists our securities from trading, we could face significant consequences, including:
• a limited availability for market quotations for our securities;
• reduced liquidity with respect to our securities;
• limited amount of news and analyst coverage; and
• a decreased ability to issue additional securities or obtain additional financing in the future.
51
SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This prospectus contains forward-looking statements. All statements contained in this prospectus other than statements of historical fact, including statements regarding our future results of operations and financial position, our business strategy and plans, and our objectives for future operations, are forward-looking statements. The words “believe,” “may,” “will,” “estimate,” “continue,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “expect,” and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements. We have based these forward-looking statements largely on our current expectations and projections about future events and trends that we believe may affect our financial condition, results of operations, business strategy, short-term and long-term business operations and objectives, and financial needs. These forward-looking statements are subject to a number of risks, uncertainties and assumptions, including those described in the “Risk Factors” section. Moreover, we operate in a very competitive and rapidly changing environment. New risks emerge from time to time. It is not possible for our management to predict all risks, nor can we assess the impact of all factors on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements we may make. In light of these risks, uncertainties and assumptions, the future events and trends discussed in this prospectus may not occur and actual results could differ materially and adversely from those anticipated or implied in the forward-looking statements.
You should not rely upon forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. The events and circumstances reflected in the forward-looking statements may not be achieved or occur. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee future results, levels of activity, performance, or achievements. Except as required by applicable law, we undertake no duty to update any of these forward-looking statements after the date of this prospectus or to conform these statements to actual results or revised expectations.
52
We estimate that we will receive net proceeds from this offering of approximately $4.3 million (assuming no exercise of the Underwriter’s over-allotment), after deducting estimated underwriting discounts, non-accountable expense allowance and the estimated offering expenses payable by us, and based upon an assumed initial offering price of $5.0 per ordinary share, the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $1.1 million, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts, non-accountable expense allowance and estimated aggregate offering expenses payable by us and assuming no change to the number of ordinary shares offered by us as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.
We plan to use the net proceeds from this offering as follows:
• approximately 50% of the net proceeds from this offering for the construction of a 5,000 square meter R&D plant, for which we applied with the government in Xinwu District, and the expansion of the R&D team, the construction of additional facilities, and purchase of equipment for the production of equipment for gas supply system in our Wuxi plant;
• approximately 30% of the net proceeds from this offering for the expansion and development of the Company’s business located in the PRC.
• approximately 15% of the net proceeds from this offering for working capital, team building, operating expenses and other general corporate purposes; and
• approximately 5% of the net proceeds from this offering for paying taxes, provident fund, and social security.
This expected use of the net proceeds from this offering represents our intentions based upon our current plans and overall business conditions, which could change in the future as our plans and prevailing business conditions evolve. As a result, our management will retain broad discretion over the allocation of the net proceeds from this offering.
The net proceeds from this offering must be remitted to China before we will be able to use the funds to grow our business. The procedure to remit funds may take several months after the completion of this offering, and we will be unable to use the offering proceeds in China until the remittance is completed. See “Risk Factors” for further information.
53
We anticipate that we will retain any earnings to support operations and finance the growth and development of our business after the Company’s initial public offering. Therefore, we do not expect to pay cash dividends in the foreseeable future. As of the date of this prospectus, neither HUHUTECH nor any of its subsidiaries have paid dividends or made distributions to their shareholders.
Any future determination relating to our dividend policy will be made at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on a number of factors, including future earnings, capital requirements, financial conditions and future prospects and other factors the board of directors may deem relevant.
Under Cayman Islands law, a Cayman Islands company may pay a dividend on its shares out of either profit or share premium account, provided that in no circumstances may a dividend be paid if this would result in the company being unable to pay its debts due in the ordinary course of business.
If we determine to pay dividends on any of our Ordinary Shares in the future, as a holding company, we will be dependent receiving funds from our operating subsidiary. Current PRC regulations permit our WFOE to pay dividends to HUHU HK only out of its accumulated profits, if any, determined in accordance with Chinese accounting standards and regulations. In addition, each of our PRC subsidiaries is required to set aside at least 10% of its after-tax profits each year, if any, to fund a statutory reserve until such reserve reaches 50% of its registered capital. Each of such entity in China is also required to further set aside a portion of its after-tax profits to fund the discretionary common reserve, although the amount to be set aside, if any, is determined at the discretion of its shareholder. Although the statutory reserves can be used, among other ways, to increase the registered capital and eliminate future losses in excess of retained earnings of the respective companies, the reserve funds are not distributable as cash dividends except in the event of liquidation. Our subsidiaries in China are required to set aside statutory reserves and have done so.
The PRC government also regulates the conversion of RMB into foreign currencies and the remittance of currencies out of the PRC. Therefore, we may experience difficulties in completing the administrative procedures necessary to obtain and remit foreign currency for the payment of dividends from our profits, if any. Furthermore, if our subsidiaries and affiliates in the PRC incur debt on their own in the future, the instruments governing the debt may restrict their ability to pay dividends or make other payments.
Cash dividends, if any, on our Ordinary Shares will be paid in U.S. dollars. HUHU HK may be considered a non-resident enterprise for tax purposes, so that any dividends WFOE pays to HUHU HK may be deemed as China-sourced income and as a result may be subject to PRC withholding tax at a rate of up to 10%. See “Taxation — People’s Republic of China Enterprise Taxation.”
In order for us to pay dividends to our shareholders, we will rely on dividends from our subsidiaries. Dividend payments from HUHU China to our WFOE are subject to PRC taxes, including value-added tax, or VAT, urban maintenance and construction tax, educational surcharges. In addition, if our subsidiaries incur debt on their own behalf in the future, the instruments governing the debt may restrict its ability to pay dividends or make other distributions to us.
Pursuant to the Arrangement between mainland China and the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region for the Avoidance of Double Taxation and Tax Evasion on Income, or the Double Tax Avoidance Arrangement, the 10% withholding tax rate may be lowered to 5% if a Hong Kong resident enterprise owns no less than 25% of a PRC project. However, the 5% withholding tax rate does not automatically apply only when certain requirements are satisfied, including without limitation that (a) the Hong Kong project must be the beneficial owner of the relevant dividends; and (b) the Hong Kong project must directly hold no less than 25% share ownership in the PRC project during the 12 consecutive months preceding its receipt of the dividends.
54
The following table sets forth our capitalization as of December 31, 2023 on (i) an actual basis, and (ii) a pro forma as adjusted basis giving effect to the sale of 1,250,000 Ordinary Shares in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $5.00 per share and to reflect the application of the proceeds after deducting the underwriting discounts, non-accountable expense allowance and estimated offering expenses payable by us. You should read this table in conjunction with our financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus and “Use of Proceeds” and “Description of Share Capital.”
Ordinary Shares
U.S. Dollars
|
As of |
|||||||
|
Actual |
Pro forma(1) |
||||||
|
Shareholders’ Equity: |
|
|
|
||||
|
Ordinary shares, $0.0000025 par value, 20,000,000,000 shares authorized, 20,000,000 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2023(2) |
$ |
50 |
|
53 |
|
||
|
Additional paid-in capital |
|
1,738,179 |
|
5,256,926 |
|
||
|
Statutory reserves |
|
343,077 |
|
343,077 |
|
||
|
Retained earnings |
|
3,958,029 |
|
3,958,029 |
|
||
|
Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) |
|
(258,538 |
) |
(258,538 |
) |
||
|
Total shareholders’ equity |
$ |
5,780,797 |
|
9,299,547 |
|
||
|
Total capitalization |
|
|
|
||||
____________
(1) On a pro forma basis to give effect to the sale of 1,250,000 Ordinary Shares in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $5.0 per share and reflects the application of the net proceeds after deducting the underwriting discounts, expense allowance and other estimated offering expenses payable by us. We estimate that such net proceeds will be approximately $4.3 million, assuming no over-allotment option is exercised, and approximately $5.2 million, assuming the over-allotment option is exercised in full.
(2) Giving effect to the forward split at a ratio of 1-for-4, with effective date of July 15, 2024.
Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $5.0 per ordinary share would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted amount of total capitalization by $1.1 million, assuming that the number of Ordinary Shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting underwriting discounts, non-accountable expense allowance and estimated offering expenses payable by us. An increase (decrease) of one million in the number of Ordinary Shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted amount of total capitalization by $4.6 million, assuming no change in the assumed initial public offering price per ordinary share as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.
55
If you invest in the Ordinary Shares, your interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the public offering price per ordinary share and our net tangible book value per ordinary share after this offering. Dilution results from the fact that the public offering price per ordinary share is substantially in excess of the book value per ordinary share attributable to the existing shareholders for our presently outstanding Ordinary Shares.
As of December 31, 2023, our net tangible book value was $4.9 million, or $0.24 per ordinary share. Our net tangible book value per share represents total tangible assets less total liabilities, all divided by the number of Ordinary Shares outstanding on December 31, 2023.
After giving effect to the sale of Ordinary Shares in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price of $5.0 per ordinary share and after deducting the underwriting discounts, non-accountable expense allowance and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of December 31, 2023 would have been $9.2 million, or $0.43 per ordinary share. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value to existing investors and immediate dilution of $4.57 per ordinary share to new investors.
The following table illustrates the dilution on a per ordinary share basis at the assumed public offering price per ordinary share of US$5.0:
|
Offering |
|||
|
Assumed initial public offering price per ordinary share |
$ |
5.00 |
|
|
Net tangible book value per ordinary share as of December 31, 2023 |
$ |
0.24 |
|
|
Increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per ordinary share attributable to new investors purchasing Ordinary Shares in this offering |
$ |
0.19 |
|
|
Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per ordinary share after this offering |
$ |
0.43 |
|
|
Dilution per ordinary share to new investors in this offering |
$ |
4.57 |
|
Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $5.00 per ordinary share would increase (decrease) our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of December 31, 2023 after this offering by approximately $0.06 per ordinary share, and would increase (decrease) dilution to new investors by $0.94 per ordinary share, assuming that the number of Ordinary Shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting the underwriting discounts, non-accountable expense allowance and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
The following table summarizes, on a pro forma as adjusted basis as of December 31, 2023, the differences between existing shareholders and the new investors with respect to the number of Ordinary Shares purchased from us, the total consideration paid and the average price per ordinary share before deducting the underwriting discounts, non-accountable expense allowance and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
|
|
Total consideration |
Average |
||||||||||
|
Number |
Percent |
Amount |
Percent |
|||||||||
|
($ in thousands) |
||||||||||||
|
Existing shareholders |
20,000,000 |
94.1% |
$ |
1,738,229 |
21.8% |
$ |
0.09 |
|||||
|
New investors |
1,250,000 |
5.9% |
$ |
6,250,000 |
78.2% |
$ |
5.00 |
|||||
|
Total |
21,250,000 |
100% |
$ |
7,988,229 |
100% |
$ |
0.38 |
|||||
The pro forma as adjusted information as discussed above is illustrative only. Our net tangible book value following the completion of this offering is subject to adjustment based on the actual initial public offering price of our Ordinary Shares and other terms of this offering determined at the pricing.
56
ENFORCEABILITY OF CIVIL LIABILITIES
We are incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands as an exempted company limited by shares. We are incorporated in the Cayman Islands to take advantage of certain benefits associated with being a Cayman Islands exempted company, such as:
• political and economic stability;
• an effective judicial system;
• a favorable tax system;
• the absence of exchange control or currency restrictions; and
• the availability of professional and support services.
However, certain disadvantages accompany incorporation in the Cayman Islands. These disadvantages include, but are not limited to:
• the Cayman Islands has a less developed body of securities laws as compared to the United States and these securities laws provide significantly less protection to investors as compared to the United States; and
• Cayman Islands companies may not have standing to initiate a shareholder derivative action in the federal courts of the United States.
Our constituent documents do not contain provisions requiring that disputes, including those arising under the securities laws of the United States, between us, our officers, directors and shareholders, be arbitrated.
All of our operations are conducted in China, and substantially all of our assets are located in China and Japan. A majority of our directors and officers are nationals or residents of jurisdictions other than the United States and most of their assets are located outside the United States. Specifically, a majority of our directors and officers are located in China. As a result, it may be difficult for a shareholder to effect service of process within the United States upon these individuals, or to bring an action against us or these individuals in the United States, or to enforce against us or them judgments obtained in United States courts, including judgments predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the securities laws of the United States or any state in the United States.
We have appointed Cogency Global Inc., located at 122 E 42nd St 18th Fl, New York, NY 10168, as our agent upon whom process may be served in any action brought against us under the securities laws of the United States.
Mourant Ozannes (Cayman) LLP, our counsel as to Cayman Islands law, has advised us that there is uncertainty as to whether the courts of the Cayman Islands would (i) recognize or enforce judgments of U.S. courts obtained against us or our directors or officers that are predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the federal securities laws of the United States or the securities laws of any state in the United States, or (ii) entertain original actions brought in the Cayman Islands against us or our directors or officers that are predicated upon the federal securities laws of the United States or the securities laws of any state in the United States.
Mourant Ozannes (Cayman) LLP has informed us that although there is no statutory enforcement in the Cayman Islands of judgments obtained in the federal or state courts of the United States (and the Cayman Islands are not a party to any treaties for the reciprocal enforcement or recognition of such judgments), a judgment obtained in such jurisdiction will be recognized and enforced in the courts of the Cayman Islands at common law, without any re-examination of the merits of the underlying dispute, by an action commenced on the foreign judgment debt in the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands, provided such judgment (a) is given by a foreign court of competent jurisdiction, (b) imposes on the judgment debtor a liability to pay a liquidated sum for which the judgment has been given, (c) is final, (d) is not in respect of taxes, a fine or a penalty, and (e) was not obtained in a manner and is not of a kind the enforcement of which is contrary to natural justice or the public policy of the Cayman Islands. However, the Cayman Islands courts are unlikely to enforce a judgment obtained from the U.S. courts under civil liability provisions of the U.S. federal securities law if such judgment is determined by the courts of the Cayman Islands to give rise to obligations to make payments that are penal or punitive in nature. A Cayman Islands court may stay enforcement proceedings if concurrent proceedings are being brought elsewhere.
57
HUHU Japan is a joint-stock corporation with limited liability organized under Japanese law. All of its executive officers and directors reside in Japan and significantly all of its assets and the assets of such persons are located outside of the United States. As a result, it may be difficult for investors to effect service of process within the United States upon HUHU Japan or these persons, or to enforce against us or them judgments obtained in United States courts, including judgments predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the securities laws of the United States or any state in the United States.
Jiangsu Junjin Law Firm has further advised us that the recognition and enforcement of foreign judgments are provided for under the PRC Civil Procedures Law. PRC courts may recognize and enforce foreign judgments in accordance with the requirements of the PRC Civil Procedures Law based either on treaties between China and the country where the judgment is made or on principles of reciprocity between jurisdictions. China does not have any treaties or other form of reciprocity with the United States or the Cayman Islands that provide for the reciprocal recognition and enforcement of foreign judgments. In addition, according to the PRC Civil Procedures Law, courts in the PRC will not enforce a foreign judgment against us or our directors and officers if they decide that the judgment violates the basic principles of PRC law or national sovereignty, security, or public interest. As a result, it is uncertain whether, and on what basis, a PRC court would enforce a judgment rendered by a court in the United States or in the Cayman Islands. Under the PRC Civil Procedures Law, foreign shareholders may originate actions based on PRC law against a company in China for disputes if they can establish sufficient nexus to the PRC for a PRC court to have jurisdiction, and meet other procedural requirements, including, among others, the plaintiff must have a direct interest in the case, and there must be a concrete claim, a factual basis and a cause for the suit. It will be, however, difficult for U.S. shareholders to originate actions against us in the PRC in accordance with PRC laws because we are incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands and it will be difficult for U.S. shareholders, by virtue only of holding the Ordinary Shares, to establish a connection to the PRC for a PRC court to have jurisdiction as required under the PRC Civil Procedures Law.
Corporate history and structure
HUHUTECH is a holding company with no operations of its own. We conduct our operations in China and Japan primarily through our direct PRC and Japanese subsidiaries. The Ordinary Shares offered in this prospectus are those of HUHUTECH.
The following figure shows our corporate structure as of the date of this prospectus, including our main subsidiaries and consolidated affiliated entities:

58
HUHUTECH International Group Inc., a Cayman Islands exempted company limited by shares, was incorporated on July 8, 2021. It is a holding company and is not actively engaged in any business as of the date of this prospectus. HUHUTECH was authorized to issue 5,000,000,000 Ordinary Shares, par value $0.00001 per ordinary share. On July 15, 2024, the Company effected a 1-for-4 forward split of our Ordinary Shares. As a result, the authorized share capital of the Company is US$50,000 divided into 20,000,000,000 Ordinary Shares, par value $0.0000025 per ordinary share. There are currently 20,000,000 issued and outstanding Ordinary Shares of HUHUTECH. HUHUTECH’s registered office is located at Harneys Fiduciary (Cayman) Limited, 4th Floor, Harbour Place, 103 South Church Street, P.O. Box 10240, Grand Cayman, KY1-1002, Cayman Islands.
HUHU HK was incorporated on July 28, 2021 under the laws of Hong Kong. HUHU HK is a Hong Kong limited company and a wholly owned subsidiary of HUHUTECH. HUHU HK is a holding company and does not have any operations.
HUHU Japan was incorporated on April 25, 2022 under the laws of Japan. HUHU Japan is a Japanese limited liability company and a wholly owned subsidiary of HUHUTECH.
Wuxi Xinwu District Jianmeng Electromechanical Technology Co., LTD was incorporated on December 10, 2021 under the laws of the People’s Republic of China. WFOE is a limited liability company, and a wholly-owned subsidiary of HUHU HK. WFOE is a holding company and does not have any operations.
Jiangsu Huhu Electromechanical Technology Co., Ltd. was incorporated on August 20, 2015 under the laws of the People’s Republic of China. HUHU China is a limited liability company.
Holding Company Structure
HUHUTECH is a holding company with no material operations of its own. We currently conduct our operations primarily through the HUHU China and HUHU Japan. Investors will not and may never directly hold equity interests in HUHU China and HUHU Japan. We control and receive the economic benefits of HUHU China’s and HUHU Japan’s business operation, if any, through equity ownership.
Transfers of cash to and from our subsidiaries
Our management monitors the cash position of each entity within our organization regularly and prepares budgets on a monthly basis to ensure each entity has the necessary funds to fulfill its obligation for the foreseeable future and to provide adequate liquidity. In the event that there is a need for cash or a potential liquidity issue, it will be reported to our Chief Financial Officer and subject to approval by our board of directors, we will enter into an intercompany loan for the applicable subsidiary.
HUHUTECH is permitted under the laws of the Cayman Islands to provide funding to HUHU HK through loans or capital contributions without restrictions on the amount of the funds. HUHU HK is permitted under the respective laws of Hong Kong to provide funding to WFOE through loans or capital contributions without restrictions on the amount of the funds. There are no restrictions on dividend transfers from Hong Kong to the Cayman Islands.
To transfer cash from HUHU HK to WFOE, HUHU HK can increase its registered capital in WFOE, which requires a report with the local commerce department, the registration with the local administration for market regulation and registration with a local bank authorized by SAFE, or through a shareholder loan, which requires a registration with the SAFE or its local bureau. Aside from the aforesaid declaration to the relevant authorities, there is no restriction or limitations on such cash transfer.
To make loans to HUHU HK, WFOE or HUHU China, according to Matters relating to the Macro-prudential Management of Comprehensive Cross-border Financing, or PBOC Circular 9 promulgated by the People’s Bank of China, the total cross-border financing of a company shall be calculated using a risk-weighted approach and shall not exceed an upper limit. The upper limit shall be calculated as capital or assets (for enterprises, net assets shall apply) multiplied by a cross-border financing leverage ratio and multiplied by a macro-prudential regulation parameter. The macro-prudential regulation parameter is currently 1.5, which may be adjusted by the People’s Bank of China and the SAFE in the future, and the cross-border financing leverage ratio
59
is 2 for enterprises. Therefore, the upper limit of the loans that a PRC company can borrow from foreign companies shall be calculated at 2 times the borrower’s net assets. When WFOE and HUHU China jointly apply for borrowing foreign debt, the upper limit of borrowing shall be 2 times of the net assets in the consolidated financial statement.
HUHUTECH may rely on dividends paid by its subsidiaries for its working capital and cash needs, including the funds necessary to pay dividends to its shareholders. If HUHUTECH’s subsidiaries incur debt on their own behalf in the future, the instruments governing their debt may restrict their ability to pay dividends to HUHUTECH.
As a result of PRC laws and regulations (noted below) that require annual appropriations of 10% of after-tax income to be set aside in a general reserve fund prior to payment of dividends, WFOE is restricted in that respect, as well as in other respects noted below, in their ability to transfer a portion of their net assets to HUHU HK as a dividend. We note the following:
1. PRC regulations currently permit the payment of dividends only out of accumulated profits, as determined in accordance with accounting standards and PRC regulations;
2. WFOE is required to set aside, at a minimum, 10% of its net income after taxes, based on PRC accounting standards, each year as statutory general reserves until the cumulative amount of such reserves reaches 50% of their registered capital;
3. Such reserves may not be distributed as cash dividends;
4. WFOE may, upon a decision made by the shareholder, draw a discretionary common reserve from the after-tax profits; and
5. The incurrence of debt, specifically the instruments governing such debt, may restrict a subsidiary’s ability to pay stockholder dividends or make other cash distributions.
To transfer cash from HUHU Japan to WFOE, it is subject to restrictions under the Japanese Corporate Law.
(1) A company may pay dividends of surplus to its shareholders (Article 453 of the Companies Act).
(2) In order for a company to pay dividends from surplus, it must meet the following requirements:
(1) The company’s net assets must be at least 3 million yen (Article 458 of the Companies Act).
(2) To distribute surplus within the limit of the amount available for distribution (Article 461 of the Companies Act).
The distributable amount is calculated in accordance with Article 461, Paragraph 2 of the Companies Act and Articles 156 and 158 of the Corporate Calculation Regulations. The amount is the “amount of other capital surplus plus other retained earnings” as of the end of the fiscal year.
(3) To record reserves as required by the Law and the Ministry of Justice Ordinance (Article 445, Paragraph 4 of the Companies Act and Article 22 of the Corporate Calculation Regulations).
When a company pays dividends from its surplus, it must record an amount equal to “the amount of surplus to be reduced × 1/10” as additional paid-in capital or legal reserve. Such reserves may be recorded until the amount of reserves reaches “amount of capital × 1/4” (Article 445, Paragraph 4 of the Companies Act, Article 22 of the Corporate Accounting Regulations).
(3) Whenever a company intends to distribute surplus, it shall, by an ordinary resolution of the general meeting of shareholders, determine the type of dividend property and the total book value, matters concerning the allocation of dividend property to shareholders, and the effective date of the distribution of surplus (Article 454(1) of the Companies Act).
The articles of incorporation may stipulate that the board of directors determine the distribution of surplus if:
A, the company is a company with accounting auditors
B, the term of office of directors does not exceed one year
60
C, the company has a board of corporate auditors, audit committee, or nominating committee (Article 459, Paragraph 1, Item 4 of the Companies Act).
(4) If a distribution of surplus is made in violation of the regulations on the amount available for distribution, the person who received the money, etc. must pay to the company money equivalent to the book value of the money that he or she received. (Article 462, Paragraph 1 of the Companies Act).
As of the date of this prospectus, HUHUTECH and its subsidiaries do not have any plans to distribute earnings or settle amounts in the foreseeable future. During the fiscal years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, there was no cash transfers between the holding company and its subsidiaries.
See “Corporate History and Structure — Transfers of Cash to and from Our Subsidiaries”
61
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes that appear in this prospectus. In addition to historical consolidated financial information, the following discussion contains forward-looking statements that reflect our plans, estimates, and beliefs. Our actual results could differ materially from those discussed in the forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to these differences include those discussed below and elsewhere in this prospectus, particularly in “Risk Factors.” All amounts included herein with respect to the fiscal years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles, or U.S. GAAP.
Unless otherwise indicated, all share amounts and per share amounts in this prospectus have been presented giving effect to a forward split of our Ordinary Shares at a ratio of 1-for-4, approved by our shareholders on July 15, 2024.
Overview
We are a holding company incorporated as an exempted company on July 8, 2021 under the laws of the Cayman Islands. As a holding company with no material operations of our own, we conduct substantially all of our operations through HUHU China and HUHU Japan. HUHU China and HUHU Japan are professional system integration providers to design and implement integrated facility management systems and industrial automation monitoring systems mainly for the optoelectronic, semiconductor, telecom and logistic industries in the PRC and Japan.
The Company currently generates most of its revenues from system integration projects, which represented 97.2% and 99.7% of total revenue for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. We also generate revenue from product sales, which represented 1.6% and 0% of our revenue for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. Engineering consulting services represented 1.2% and 0.3% of total revenue for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, our total revenues were approximately $16.7 million and $11.4 million, respectively.
Coronavirus (“COVID-19”) updates
On March 11, 2020, the World Health Organization declared the COVID-19 outbreak a global pandemic. Many businesses and social activities in China and other countries and regions have been severely disrupted in the first quarter of 2020, including those of our suppliers, customers and employees. This global outbreak has also caused market panics, which materially and negatively affected the global financial markets, such as the plunge of global stocks on major stock exchanges in March 2020. Such disruption and the potential slowdown of the world’s economy in 2020 and beyond could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition. Due to the fact that the COVID-19 coronavirus outbreak appears to be gradually contained in China, our production and sales activities gradually returned to normal in fiscal year ended December 31, 2021. We and our customers have not experienced significant business disruptions and suspension of operations due to quarantine measures to contain the spread of the pandemic. We have experienced some occasional minor disruptions due to the quarantine measures taken by the local government. For example, in April 2022, we experienced temporary delays in product delivery due to shutdown caused by the pandemic that affected our logistics service providers. We believe delays of such nature have not created significant disruption of our business operations overall. The Company’s revenues increased approximately 12% as compared to the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021. On December 7, 2022, China announced 10 new rules that constitute a relaxation of almost all of its stringent COVID-19 pandemic control measures. Shortly after their announcement, additional mobility restrictions issued by local governments were also scrapped.
On May 5, 2023, the World Health Organization declared that COVID-19 is now an established and ongoing health issue which no longer constitutes a public health emergency of international concern. However, the extent of the impact of COVID-19 on the Company’s future financial results will be dependent on future developments such as the length and severity of COVID-19, the potential resurgence of COVID-19, future government actions in
62
response to the COVID-19 and the overall impact of COVID-19 on the global economy and capital markets, among many other factors, all of which remain highly uncertain and unpredictable. Given this uncertainty, the Company is currently unable to quantify the expected impact of COVID-19 on its future operations, financial condition, liquidity and results of operations.
Trends and Key Factors that Affect Operating Results
HUHU China currently derives a majority of its revenues from the system integration projects. Approximately 8% of the integration projects are long-term projects, which mainly include gas monitoring system, heat insulation system and facility monitoring and management system, and 92% are short-term contracts that are mainly supplemental contracts of long-term contracts. HUHU China intends to continually enhance the services and cross-sell new services to existing customers and acquire new customers by increasing market penetration with a deeper market coverage and broader geographical reach. HUHU China’s construction enterprise qualification is first-class and well recognized by clients. Maintaining and enhancing the recognition, image and acceptance of our brand are important to HUHU China’s ability to differentiate our products from and to compete effectively with our peers. Our brand image, however, could be jeopardized if we fail to maintain high product quality, pioneer and keep pace with evolving technology trends, or timely fulfill the orders for our products. If we fail to promote our brand or to maintain or enhance our brand recognition and awareness among our customers, or if we are subject to events or negative allegations affecting our brand image or the publicly perceived position of our brand, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be adversely affected.
HUHU China intends to expand the scope of services to the existing customers and acquire new customers by continually making significant investments in R&D. We plan to use 50% of our proceeds from this offering to construct a 5,000 square meter R&D plant in Xinwu District Wuxi City of Jiangsu Province, PRC and purchase of the related equipment for the production of equipment for gas supply systems. For the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022 we incurred R&D expense of $1,341,221 and $1,213,529, respectively. We will continue to improve upon and expand our production and products offerings through our research and development and technology innovations in order to deliver innovative products. We expect our research and development spending to stay above the amounts from the past years. Our business is closely related to the software and semiconductor industry, which is now experiencing rapid technological changes. Failure to anticipate technology innovations or adapt to such innovations in a timely manner, or at all, may result in our products becoming obsolete at sudden and unpredictable intervals. We monitor a number of financial and non-financial key business metric to evaluate on a regular basis business and growth trends, establish budgets, measure the effectiveness of our sales and marketing efforts, and assess operational efficiencies. We believe that some of the most important measures include gross margin, operating margin, net income (loss) as well as the non-financial key metrics discussed below which may differ from other similarly titled metrics used by other companies, securities analysts or investors. Number of contracts for our system integration projects
We monitor the number of contracts with customers for our system integration projects. The number of contracts will directly impact our results of operations, including revenues and gross margins for the foreseeable future. For the year ended December 31, 2023, we completed 135 system integration projects, which decrease from 138 projects for the year ended December 31, 2022.
Average contract price for our system integration projects
We monitor the average contract price for our system integration projects, which impacts our future revenues and gross margins. Our average contract price increased from $82,203 for the year ended December 31, 2022 to $120,407 for the year ended December 31, 2023. The average contract price is affected by number of new clients obtained, large contracts completed, and different clients customized needs. It varies across the presented financial periods.
Expansion of our geographic coverage
We believe there is a substantial opportunity to further grow our customer base by continuing to make significant investments in sales, marketing and brand awareness. Our ability to attract new customers will depend on a number of factors, including competitive dynamics in our targeted new geographical markets in Japan. We intend to expand our marketing and sales team with a focus on increasing sales in targeted geographies and customer segments. HUHU Japan started operation in July 2022. For the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, HUHU Japan provided services to 9 and 1 clients, and completed 32 and 1 projects, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, HUHU Japan contributed 33.9% and 0.01% of total revenue, respectively.
63
Results of Operations
For the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022
The following table summarizes the results of our operations for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, and provides information regarding the dollar and percentage increase or (decrease) during such periods.
|
For the Years Ended |
|||||||||||||||
|
2023 |
2022 |
Change |
% Change |
||||||||||||
|
REVENUES: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||
|
System integration projects |
$ |
16,254,922 |
|
$ |
11,344,086 |
|
$ |
4,910,836 |
|
43.3 |
% |
||||
|
Engineering consulting services |
|
204,712 |
|
|
30,171 |
|
|
174,541 |
|
578.5 |
% |
||||
|
Product sales |
|
273,054 |
|
|
— |
|
|
273,054 |
|
— |
% |
||||
|
Total revenues |
|
16,732,688 |
|
|
11,374,257 |
|
|
5,358,431 |
|
47.1 |
% |
||||
|
COST OF REVENUES: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||
|
System integration projects |
|
11,049,539 |
|
|
7,822,489 |
|
|
3,227,050 |
|
41.3 |
% |
||||
|
Engineering consulting services |
|
65,163 |
|
|
1,787 |
|
|
63,376 |
|
3546.5 |
% |
||||
|
Product sales |
|
206,094 |
|
|
— |
|
|
206,094 |
|
— |
% |
||||
|
Total cost of revenues |
|
11,320,796 |
|
|
7,824,276 |
|
|
3,496,520 |
|
44.7 |
% |
||||
|
GROSS PROFIT |
|
5,411,892 |
|
|
3,549,981 |
|
|
1,861,911 |
|
52.4 |
% |
||||
|
OPERATING EXPENSES: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||
|
Selling expenses |
|
871,797 |
|
|
391,013 |
|
|
480,784 |
|
123.0 |
% |
||||
|
General and administrative expenses |
|
1,036,922 |
|
|
1,033,079 |
|
|
3,843 |
|
0.4 |
% |
||||
|
Research and development expenses |
|
1,341,221 |
|
|
1,213,529 |
|
|
127,692 |
|
10.5 |
% |
||||
|
Total operating expenses |
|
3,249,940 |
|
|
2,637,621 |
|
|
612,319 |
|
23.7 |
% |
||||
|
Income from operations |
|
2,161,952 |
|
|
912,360 |
|
|
1,249,592 |
|
129.8 |
% |
||||
|
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSES): |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||
|
Interest income |
|
7,279 |
|
|
4,021 |
|
|
3,258 |
|
81.0 |
% |
||||
|
Interest expense |
|
(72,197 |
) |
|
(51,985 |
) |
|
(20,212 |
) |
39.1 |
% |
||||
|
Other income, net |
|
492,123 |
|
|
99,920 |
|
|
392,303 |
|
392.5 |
% |
||||
|
Total other income, net |
|
427,205 |
|
|
51,956 |
|
|
375,249 |
|
717.9 |
% |
||||
|
INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAXES |
|
2,589,157 |
|
|
964,316 |
|
|
1,624,841 |
|
160.1 |
% |
||||
|
Provision for income taxes |
|
255,570 |
|
|
34,307 |
|
|
221,263 |
|
645.0 |
% |
||||
|
NET INCOME |
$ |
2,333,587 |
|
$ |
930,009 |
|
$ |
1,403,578 |
|
143.2 |
% |
||||
Revenues
We derive revenues from three sources: (1) system integration projects, (2) engineering consulting services, and (3) product sales.
The Company is a professional system integration provider to design and implement integrated facility management systems and industrial automation monitoring systems mainly for optoelectronic, semiconductor, telecom and logistic industries. For the year ended December 31, 2023, our total revenue was approximately $16.7 million as compared to $11.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2022. The Company’s total revenue increased by approximately $5.3 million, or 47.1%. The overall increase in total revenue was primarily attributable to a $4.9 million increase in revenue from system integration projects.
Revenue from system integration projects
The Company’s revenues from system integration projects are normally under fixed-price contracts that may last from six months to three years. For the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, most of our system integration project contracts are short term contracts. Our system integration project contracts require the Company to perform customized services of project planning, system coding, installation of hardware and equipment, and
64
configuration based on customers’ specific needs which requires significant customization. Revenue is recognized over the contract time using an input method under which the percentage of revenue to be recognized for a given project is measured by the estimates of the extent of progress towards project completion.
For the year ended December 31, 2023, revenue from system integration projects was approximately $16.3 million as compared to $11.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2022, representing an increase of $5.0 million or 43.3%, which was due to the expansion of our business in the Japanese market for the year ended December 31, 2023. The number of contracts we completed were 135 and 138 for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. The average contract price increased from $82,203 for the year ended December 31, 2022 to $120,407 for the year ended December 31, 2023.
Revenue from engineering consulting services
Revenues generated from engineering consulting services are recognized upon the delivery of the engineering report as the Company’s performance obligations are satisfied. For the year ended December 31, 2023, revenues from engineering consulting services were approximately $205,000 as compared to $30,171 for the year ended December 31, 2022, representing an increase of $174,000 or 578.5%. The significant increase was a result of the system integration projects as the Company provided consulting services as auxiliary service to some system integration clients in need.
Revenue from product sales
Revenues from product sales is recognized when delivery has occurred and the customer accepts the equipment and the Company has no performance obligations after the acceptance.
For the year ended December 31, 2023, our product sales were approximately $273,000 as compared to $nil for the year ended December 31, 2022. The increase of product sales revenue was due to increase in product sales in HUHU Japan along with system integration projects in the year ended December 31, 2023.
Cost of Revenues
Our cost of revenues mainly consists of outsourcing costs, material costs and compensation expenses for our professionals. Our total cost of revenues increased by approximately $3.5 million or 44.7% from approximately $7.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2022 to approximately $11.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2023.
Cost of system integration projects increased by approximately $3.2 million or 41.3% from approximately $7.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2022 to approximately $11.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2023, which was in line with the revenue increase.
Cost of engineering consulting services increased by $63,376 from $1,787 for the year ended December 31, 2022 to $65,163 for the year ended December 31, 2023, which was in line with the revenue increase.
Cost of product sales increased by approximately $0.2 million from $nil for the year ended December 31, 2022 to approximately $0.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2023. The increase was consistent with the increase of the revenue from product sales.
Gross profit
|
For the Years Ended December 31, |
||||||||||||||||||
|
2023 |
2022 |
|||||||||||||||||
|
GROSS PROFIT |
Gross |
Gross |
Gross |
Gross |
Change |
% of |
||||||||||||
|
System integration projects |
$ |
5,205,383 |
32.0 |
% |
$ |
3,521,597 |
31.0 |
% |
$ |
1,683,786 |
47.8 |
% |
||||||
|
Engineering consulting services |
|
139,549 |
68.2 |
% |
|
28,384 |
94.1 |
% |
|
111,165 |
391.6 |
% |
||||||
|
Product sales |
|
66,960 |
24.5 |
% |
|
— |
— |
% |
|
66,960 |
— |
% |
||||||
|
Total gross profit |
$ |
5,411,892 |
32.3 |
% |
$ |
3,549,981 |
31.2 |
% |
$ |
1,861,911 |
52.4 |
% |
||||||
65
Our gross profit increased by approximately $1.9 million or 52.4% from approximately $3.5 million in fiscal 2022 to approximately $5.4 million in fiscal 2023. The increase of gross profit in fiscal 2023 was mainly due to the increase of our revenue from system integration projects. Gross margin as a percent of overall revenue for fiscal 2023 and 2022 was 32.3% and 31.2%, respectively. The Company’s gross profit margin is relatively stable.
Gross profit for system integration projects increased by approximately $1.7 million from approximately $3.5 million in fiscal 2022 to approximately $5.2 million in fiscal 2023. Gross profit margin for fiscal 2023 and 2022 was 32.0% and 31.0%, respectively. The increase of the gross profit margin was because we completed several large contracts with higher gross profit margin.
Gross profit for engineering consulting services increased by $111,165 from $28,384 in fiscal 2022 to $139,549 in fiscal 2023. Gross profit margin for fiscal 2023 and 2022 was 68.2% and 94.1%, respectively. The decrease of the gross profit margin in fiscal 2023 was mainly due to the use third-party outsourced services.
Gross profit for product sales increased from $nil in fiscal 2022 to $66,960 in fiscal 2023. Gross profit margin for fiscal 2023 was 24.5%.
Operating Expenses
|
For the Years Ended |
||||||||||||
|
2023 |
2022 |
Change |
% Change |
|||||||||
|
OPERATING EXPENSES: |
|
|
|
|
||||||||
|
Selling expenses |
$ |
871,797 |
$ |
391,013 |
$ |
480,784 |
123.0 |
% |
||||
|
General and administrative expenses |
|
1,036,922 |
|
1,033,079 |
|
3,843 |
0.4 |
% |
||||
|
Research and development expenses |
|
1,341,221 |
|
1,213,529 |
|
127,692 |
10.5 |
% |
||||
|
Total operating expenses |
$ |
3,249,940 |
$ |
2,637,621 |
$ |
612,319 |
23.7 |
% |
||||
Our operating expenses consist of selling, general and administrative and R&D expenses. Operating expenses increased by approximately $0.6 million, or 23.7%, from approximately $2.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2022 to approximately $3.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2023. The increase in our operating expenses was primarily due to the increases in R&D expenses of approximately $0.1 million and selling expenses of approximately $0.5 million.
Selling expenses primarily consisted of promotional fees, advertising expenses, travel, salary and compensation expenses relating to our sales personnel and other expenses relating to our sales activities. Selling expenses increased by approximately $0.5 million or 123.0% from approximately $0.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2022 to approximately $0.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2023 mainly due to the operation of HUHU Japan. Office expense increased by approximately $0.2 million. Salary and social welfare expenses increased by approximately $0.1 million as a result of an increased headcount of marketing personnel. Business reception expenses increased by approximately $0.1 million. Travel and other expenses increased by approximately $0.1 million.
General and administrative expenses primarily consisted of salary and compensation expenses relating to our accounting, human resources and executive office personnel, and included rental expenses, depreciation and amortization expenses, office overhead, impairment losses, professional service fees and travel and transportation costs. General and administrative expenses increased by approximately $4,000 or 0.4% from approximately $1,033,000 for the year ended December 31, 2022 to approximately $1,037,000 for the year ended December 31, 2023. due to the operation of HUHU Japan. Office expense increased by approximately $105,000, salary and social welfare expenses increased by approximately $62,000 as a result of an increased headcount of office personnel, offset by a decrease in consulting and audit fees by approximately $163,000.
R&D expenses primarily consisted of materials, compensation and benefit expenses relating to our R&D personnel as well as office overhead and other expenses relating to our R&D activities. Our R&D expenses increased from approximately $1.2 million in fiscal 2022 to approximately $1.3 million in fiscal 2023, representing 8.0% and 10.7% of our total revenues for fiscal 2023 and 2022, respectively. The increase was due to (1) an increase of approximately $70,000 in material costs; and (2) an increase of approximately $53,000 in technical consulting fees charged by a third party.
66
Other Income (Expense)
Other income (expense) primarily consists of interest income, interest expense and other income. Our net other income amounted to $427,205 in fiscal 2023, as compared to a net other income of $51,956 in fiscal 2022, mainly due to an increase of $367,216 in government grants.
Income tax provision
Income tax provision was $255,570 and $34,307 in fiscal 2023 and 2022, respectively. Under the EIT Law of PRC, domestic enterprises and Foreign Investment Enterprises (the “FIE”) are usually subject to a unified 25% enterprise income tax rate while preferential tax rates, tax holidays and even tax exemptions may be granted on a case-by-case basis. According to PRC tax regulations, 200% of current year R&D expense approved by the local tax authority may be deducted from taxable income since January 1, 2021 and HUHU China obtained the “high-tech enterprise” tax status in June 2023, which reduced its statutory income tax rate to 15%. The new certificate is valid for three years and expires in December 2025. In addition, we realized income before taxes in Japan of $1,186,251 which is taxed at a 20% rate. The impact of the tax treatment noted above lowered our effective income tax rate to 11.9% and 3.6% for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively.
Net Income
As a result of reasons and circumstances discussed above, our net income increased by approximately $1.4 million, or 143.2%, from approximately $0.9 million in fiscal 2022 to approximately $2.3 million in fiscal 2023. The increase in net income is contributed by an increase of approximately $1.9 million in gross profit and an increase of approximately $0.4 million in government grants, partially offset by an increase of approximately $0.6 million in operating expenses.
Other comprehensive income
Foreign currency translation adjustments amounted to $(105,029) and $(238,627) for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. The balance sheet amounts with the exception of equity as of December 31, 2023 were translated at RMB7.0999 to USD1.00 as compared to RMB6.8972 to USD1.00 as of December 31, 2022. The equity accounts were stated at their historical rate. The average translation rates applied to the income statements accounts for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022 were RMB7.0809 to USD1.00 and RMB6.7290 to USD1.00, respectively. The change in the value of the RMB relative to the U.S. dollar may affect our financial results reported in the U.S, dollar terms without giving effect to any underlying change in our business or results of operations. The balance sheet amounts with the exception of equity as of December 31, 2023 were translated at JPY140.80 to USD1.00 as compared to JPY131.81 to USD1.00 as of December 31, 2022. The equity accounts were stated at their historical rate. The average translation rates applied to the income statements accounts for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022 were JPY140.82 to USD1.00 and JPY131.46 to USD1.00, respectively. The change in the value of the JPY relative to the U.S. dollar may affect our financial results reported in the U.S, dollar terms without giving effect to any underlying change in our business or results of operations.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Substantially all of our operations are conducted in China and Japan. Majority of our revenue, expenses, and cash are denominated in RMB. RMB is subject to the exchange managements regulation in China, and, as a result, we may have difficulty distributing any dividends outside of China due to PRC exchange management regulations on converting RMB into U.S. dollars. As of December 31, 2023 and 2022, the aggregate amount of cash in banks of $1,572,577 and $1,326,217, respectively, was held at major financial institutions in the PRC. As of December 31, 2023 and 2022, the aggregate amount of cash in banks of $1,157,820 and $165,264, respectively, was held at major financial institutions in the Japan.
We have historically funded our working capital needs primarily from operations, bank loans, advance payments from customers and capital contributions from shareholders. As of December 31, 2023 and 2022. We had working capital of approximately $3.1 million and $2.2 million, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, we generated net income of approximately $2.3 million and $0.9 million, respectively. The Company generated cash flows from operations of approximately $3.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2023. Cash
67
flows used in operations was approximately $0.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2022, The working capital requirements are affected by the efficiency of operations, the numerical volume and dollar value of revenue contracts, the progress or execution on customer contracts, and the timing of accounts receivable collections.
In assessing our liquidity, we monitor and analyze our cash on hand, our ability to generate sufficient revenue sources in the future and our operating and capital expenditure commitments. As of December 31, 2023 and 2022, we had unrestricted cash of approximately $2.7 million and $1.4 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2023 and 2022, our short term bank loan balance was approximately $1.7 million and $2.0 million, respectively.
We also had restricted cash of $107,129 and $326,888 as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. Restricted cash consists of cash and cash equivalents which is used as collateral to secure notes payable and used as guarantee deposit to secure the performance guarantee bank acceptance. A note payable is a draft issued by a bank for payments in future, which defers the payment until the due date for redeeming the note. According to the notes payable agreement with the bank, 50%-100% of the amount is required to be deposited at the bank as security for the notes payable. Guarantee deposit is the deposit in bank to secure the performance guarantee bank acceptance issued by the bank. The performance guarantee bank acceptance is required by the Company’s customer for certain project as a guarantee to fulfill the contract. The security deposit for notes payable and performance guarantee bank acceptances amounted to $96,125 and $11,004, respectively, as of December 31, 2023. The security deposit for notes payable and performance guarantee bank acceptances amounted to $254,221 and $72,667, respectively, as of December 31, 2022. The Company earns interest at a variable rate per month on this restricted cash balance.
The Cayman holding company is a holding company with no material operations of its own. We conduct our operations primarily through HUHU China and HUHU Japan. As a result, the Company’s ability to pay dividends depends upon dividends paid by our subsidiaries. HUHU China is permitted to pay dividends to us only out of their retained earnings, if any, as determined in accordance with PRC accounting standards and regulations. Under PRC law, our subsidiaries are required to set aside at least 10% of their after-tax profits each year based on PRC accounting standards, if any, to fund certain statutory reserve funds until such reserve funds reach 50% of its registered capital. The statutory reserve funds are not distributable as cash dividends. Remittance of dividends by our subsidiaries out of China is subject to examination by the banks designated by SAFE. Our subsidiaries have not paid dividends and will not be able to pay dividends until they generate accumulated profits and meet the requirements for statutory reserve funds. In addition, we would need to accrue and pay withholding taxes if we were to distribute funds from HUHU China to us. We do not intend to repatriate such funds in the foreseeable future, as we plan to use existing cash balance in PRC for general corporate purposes. When HUHU Japan pays dividends to its parent company in Cayman, it is subject to restrictions under the Japanese Corporate Law.
(1) A company may pay dividends of surplus to its shareholders (Article 453 of the Companies Act).
(2) In order for a company to pay dividends from surplus, it must meet the following requirements:
(1) The company’s net assets must be at least 3 million yen (Article 458 of the Companies Act).
(2) To distribute surplus within the limit of the amount available for distribution (Article 461 of the Companies Act).
The distributable amount is calculated in accordance with Article 461, Paragraph 2 of the Companies Act and Articles 156 and 158 of the Corporate Calculation Regulations. The amount is the “amount of other capital surplus plus other retained earnings” as of the end of the fiscal year.
(3) To record reserves as required by the Law and the Ministry of Justice Ordinance (Article 445, Paragraph 4 of the Companies Act and Article 22 of the Corporate Calculation Regulations).
When a company pays dividends from its surplus, it must record an amount equal to “the amount of surplus to be reduced × 1/10” as additional paid-in capital or legal reserve. Such reserves may be recorded until the amount of reserves reaches “amount of capital × 1/4” (Article 445, Paragraph 4 of the Companies Act, Article 22 of the Corporate Accounting Regulations).
68
(3) Whenever a company intends to distribute surplus, it shall, by an ordinary resolution of the general meeting of shareholders, determine the type of dividend property and the total book value, matters concerning the allocation of dividend property to shareholders, and the effective date of the distribution of surplus (Article 454(1) of the Companies Act).
The articles of incorporation may stipulate that the board of directors determine the distribution of surplus if:
A, the company is a company with accounting auditors.
B, the term of office of directors does not exceed one year.
C, the company has a board of corporate auditors, audit committee, or nominating committee (Article 459, Paragraph 1, Item 4 of the Companies Act).
(4) If a distribution of surplus is made in violation of the regulations on the amount available for distribution, the person who received the money, etc. must pay to the company money equivalent to the book value of the money that he or she received. (Article 462, Paragraph 1 of the Companies Act).
A business executive who has made a distribution of surplus in violation of the regulations on the distributable amount or a director proposing a proposal for a general meeting shall be required to pay money equivalent to the book value of the surplus, etc. distributed in violation of the regulations on the distributable amount. must pay jointly and severally to the company.
Criminal penalties may be imposed on directors, accounting counselors, auditors, executive officers, etc. (Article 963, Paragraph 5, Item 2 of the Companies Act).
The Company believes that its cash on hand and operating cash flows will be sufficient to fund its operations over at least the next 12 months from the date of this prospectus. However, the Company may need additional cash resources in the future if the Company experiences changed business conditions or other developments, and/or access to short term bank loans, and may also need additional cash resources in the future if the Company wishes to pursue opportunities for investment, acquisition, strategic cooperation or other similar actions. If it is determined that the cash requirements exceed the Company’s amounts of cash on hand, the Company may seek to issue debt or equity securities or obtain a credit facility.
For the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022
The following summarizes the key components of our cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022:
|
For the Years Ended |
||||||||
|
2023 |
2022 |
|||||||
|
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities |
$ |
3,048,929 |
|
$ |
(139,539 |
) |
||
|
Net cash (used in) investing activities |
|
(1,208,253 |
) |
|
(95,448 |
) |
||
|
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities |
|
(594,576 |
) |
|
1,317,284 |
|
||
|
Effect of exchange rate change on cash |
|
(88,057 |
) |
|
(5,196 |
) |
||
|
Net increase in cash |
$ |
1,158,043 |
|
$ |
1,077,101 |
|
||
Operating Activities
Net cash provided by operating activities was approximately $3.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2023, which mainly consisted of approximately $2.3 million of net income, adjustment of $0.3 million non-cash items, and changes in working capital, which primarily comprised of: an increase in accounts payable of approximately $1.6 million due to increase of purchase volume, an increase in accounts receivable of approximately $2.8 million due to increase in revenue, an increase in advance from customers of approximately $0.4 million due to more projects, an increase in taxes payable of approximately $0.2 million and an decrease in inventories of approximately $0.9 million.
69
Net cash used in operating activities was approximately $0.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2022. Cash used by operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2022 mainly consisted of approximately $0.9 million of net income, adjustment of $0.1 million non-cash items, an increase in accounts receivable of approximately $1.4 million due to the increase in revenue, an increase in inventory of approximately $1.0 million due to the Company had more contracts on going and in preparation, an increase in prepayments and other assets of approximately $0.2 million due to a bidding security deposit, an increase in advance from customers of approximately $0.5 million due to more projects and an increase in accounts payable of approximately $0.7 million due to an increase of purchase volume.
Investing Activities
Net cash used in investing activities was approximately $1.2 million for fiscal 2023, mainly consisting of purchases of land, property and equipment.
Net cash used in investing activities was approximately $0.1 million for fiscal 2022, mainly consisting of purchases of property and equipment.
Financing Activities
Net cash used in financing activities was approximately $0.6 million for fiscal 2023, which consisted of proceeds from short-term bank loans of approximately $2.4 million and proceeds from related parties $0.3 million, offset by repayment of short-term bank loans of approximately $2.7 million, repayment of notes payable of approximately $0.4 million, and payment of offering costs of approximately $0.2 million.
Net cash provided by financing activities was approximately $1.3 million for fiscal 2022, which consisted of proceeds from short-term bank loans of approximately $5.1 million and proceeds from notes payable of approximately $0.4 million, offset by repayment of short-term bank loans of approximately $4.0 million and payment of offering costs of approximately $0.2 million.
Capital Expenditures
The Company made capital expenditures of approximately $1.2 million and $0.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. In these periods, our capital expenditures were mainly used for purchases of property, intangible assets and equipment in connection with our expansion in Japan. The Company will continue to make capital expenditures to meet the expected growth of its business.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
There were no off-balance sheet arrangements for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022 that have or that in the opinion of management are likely to have, a current or future material effect on our financial condition or results of operations.
Research and development, patents and licenses, etc.
See “Business — Research and Development” and “Our Business — Intellectual Property”.
Trend Information
Other than as described elsewhere in this prospectus, we are not aware of any trends, uncertainties, demands, commitments or events that are reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on our revenue, income from continuing operations, profitability, liquidity or capital resources, or that would cause our reported financial information not necessarily to be indicative of future operating results or financial condition.
70
Critical Accounting Estimates
We prepare our financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP. The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates, judgments, and assumptions that can have a meaningful effect on the reporting of consolidated financial statements. We continually evaluate these estimates and assumptions based on the most recently available information, our own historical experience and various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Since the use of estimates is an integral component of the financial reporting process, actual results could differ from our expectations as a result of changes in our estimates.
Critical accounting estimates are defined as those reflective of significant judgments, estimates and uncertainties, which may result in materially different results under different assumptions and conditions. The following descriptions of critical accounting estimates should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes and other disclosures included in this prospectus.
When reading our consolidated financial statements, you should consider our selection of critical accounting policies, the judgment and other uncertainties affecting the application of such policies and the sensitivity of reported results to changes in conditions and assumptions. Our critical accounting policies and practices include allowance for doubtful accounts, allowance for inventories obsolescence, revenue recognition and the realization of deferred tax assets. We believe the following accounting estimates involve the most significant judgments used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements.
Accounts receivable, net
In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-13, “Financial Instruments — Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments,” which requires the Company to measure and recognize expected credit losses for financial assets held and not accounted for at fair value through net income. The Company adopted this guidance effective January 1, 2023. ASC 326 introduces an approach based on expected losses to estimate the allowance for credit losses, which replaces the previous incurred loss impairment model. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. Accounts receivable are recognized and carried at original invoiced amount less an estimated allowance for credit losses. The Company estimates the allowance for credit losses based on an analysis of the aging of accounts receivable, assessment of collectability, including any known or anticipated economic conditions, customer-specific circumstances, recent payment history and other relevant factors.
Inventories
Inventories are materials stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value. Costs include purchase price and related shipping costs. The cost of inventories is calculated using the weighted average method. Any excess of the cost over the net realizable value of each item of inventories is recognized as an inventory valuation allowance. Net realizable value is estimated using selling price in the normal course of business less any costs to complete and sell products. No inventory reserve was recorded as of December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022.
Property, plant and equipment, net
Land is recorded at cost. Property, plant and equipment are recorded at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is provided in the amounts sufficient to depreciate the cost of the related assets over their useful lives using the straight-line method, as follows:
|
Useful life |
||
|
Office equipment |
3 – 5 years |
|
|
Transportation equipment |
4 years |
|
|
Building |
20 years |
Expenditures for maintenance and repairs, which do not materially extend the useful lives of the assets, are charged to expense as incurred. Expenditures for major renewals and betterments which substantially extend the useful life of assets are capitalized. The cost and related accumulated depreciation of assets retired or sold are removed from the respective accounts, and any gain or loss is recognized in the consolidated statements of income and other comprehensive income in other income or expenses.
71
Revenue recognition
The Company adopted ASC Topic 606 Revenue from Contracts with Customers (“ASC 606”) on January 1, 2019 using the modified retrospective approach. Revenues were presented under ASC 606 and all subsequent ASUs that modified ASC 606 for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022. The core principle of the guidance is that an entity should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. To achieve that core principle, the Company applies the following steps:
Step 1: Identify the contract (s) with a customer
Step 2: Identify the performance obligations in the contract
Step 3: Determine the transaction price
Step 4: Allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract
Step 5: Recognize revenue when (or as) the entity satisfies a performance obligation
The Company derives its revenues primarily from three sources: (1) system integration projects; (2) product sales; (3) engineering consulting services. All of the Company’s contracts with customer do not contain cancellable and refund-type provisions.
Revenue from system integration projects
The Company’s revenues from system integration projects are normally under fixed-price contracts that may last from six months to three years. These contracts require the Company to perform customized services of project planning, system coding, installation of hardware and equipment, and configuration based on the customers’ specific needs which requires significant customization. Upon delivery of the services and equipment, customer acceptance is generally required. In the same contract, the Company is required to provide a warranty period for one to two years (“warranty period”) after the customized project is delivered with a 3% – 10% holdback of the total contract price (“contract holdback”) which is to be paid after the end of warranty period. The Company determined the warranty clause included in the contractual term is directly related to the quality of the Company’s integration projects and there are no specific tasks to be performed during the warranty period, and therefore, consider it an assurance-type warranty. The warranty is not considered a separate performance obligation and no revenue is associated with these services under ASC 606. Because of the nature of the projects, and the contract owners perform inspection during the project and prior to acceptance, the Company has not experienced material warranty costs and, therefore, does not believe an accrual for these costs is necessary.
Revenue is recognized over the contract term using an input method under which the percentage of revenue to be recognized for a given project is measured by the estimates of the extent of progress towards project completion. Such contracts provide that the customer accept completion of progress to date and compensate the Company for services rendered, which may be measured in terms of costs incurred, units installed, or some other measure of progress. Application of the input method requires the use of estimates of costs to be incurred for the performance of the contract. Contract costs include all direct material costs, direct labor costs and those indirect costs related to contract performance, such as indirect labor, supplies, tools, and all costs associated with operation of equipment. The contract holdback is recognized as revenue after the warranty period has expired.
The cost estimation process is based upon the professional knowledge and experience of the Company’s engineers, project managers and financial professionals. Management conducts monthly reviews to assess the contract’s schedule, performance, technical matters and estimated cost at completion. When changes in estimated contract costs are identified, such revisions may result in current period adjustments to operations applicable to performance in prior periods.
72
Revenue from product sales
The Company generates revenue primarily through the sale and delivery of promised goods to customers and recognizes revenue when control is transferred to customers, which typically occurs upon customer acceptance, in an amount that reflects the consideration the Company expects to be entitled to in exchange for the goods or services and is recorded net of value-added tax (“VAT”). The Company’s contracts with customers are primarily on a fixed-price basis and do not contain cancellable and refund-type provisions.
The Company generally provides a one-year warranty against defects in materials related to the sale of products. The Company considerers the warranty as an assurance type warranty since the warranty provides the customer the assurance that the product complies with agreed-upon specifications. Estimated future warranty obligations are included in cost of product sales in the period in which the related revenue is recognized. The determination of the Company’s warranty accrual is based on actual historical experience with the product, estimates of repair and replacement costs and any product warranty problems that are identified after shipment. The Company estimates and adjusts these accruals at each balance sheet date in accordance with changes in these factors.
Revenue from engineering consulting services
Revenues generated from engineering consulting services are recognized upon the delivery of the engineering report as the Company’s performance obligations are satisfied. Expenses related to these types of services are recognized as incurred.
Recently issued accounting pronouncements
A list of recent relevant accounting pronouncements is included in Note 2 “Summary of Principal Accounting Policies” of our Consolidated Financial Statements.
73
Overview
We are a holding company incorporated in the Cayman Islands. As a holding company with no material operations of our own, we conduct our operations through our subsidiaries established in China and Japan. Our PRC subsidiary, HUHU China was incorporated in Wuxi City, Jiangsu Province, PRC on August 20, 2015 under the laws of the PRC. Our Japan subsidiary, HUHU Japan was incorporated on April 25, 2022 under the laws of Japan.
We, through our subsidiaries, specialize in providing factory facility management and monitoring systems, including high-purity process system (“HPS”) and factory management and control systems (“FMCS”) for our industrial clients, who are mainly semi-conductor manufacturers and electronics manufacturers in China. We believe our products and services are widely used by semi-conductor manufacturers, LED and micro-electronics factories, as well as some pharmaceutical, food and beverage manufacturers.
Within the HPS, we provide two types of solutions: (1) High-purity gas conveyor system. The high-purity gas conveyor consists of a specialized gas cabinet, the valve manifold box (“VMB”), the gas monitoring software and gas valve parts. This system is connected to our clients’ own factory equipment, which will receive gas through the system we install. The gas conveyor ensures that the high-purity gas will not be contaminated by being exposed to air, liquid or small particles during the delivery. (2) High-purity chemicals conveyor system. The high-purity chemicals conveyor system conveys multiple chemicals used in the cleaning, corrosion and grinding process. This system consolidates multiple sub-systems including high-purity chemical pipes, valve, chemical sensor, and the chemical monitoring software. With the high-purity chemical conveyor system, we deliver chemicals from the storage container to the client’s manufacture equipment through the distribution valve. Both high-purity gas conveyor system and high-purity chemicals conveyor system are capable of delivering special high purity gas and chemicals in a highly controlled environment that ensures the gas and chemicals meet the purity requirement of our clients’ production process, as well as monitors potential safety issues in the production.
Our FMCS solution provides instant and effective monitoring over our clients’ manufacturing process through the control center located in the clients’ factory. The FMCS service monitors the facility production atmosphere, and consolidates sub-systems, including gas monitoring system (GMS), chemical monitoring system (CMS), high and low voltage power distribution, air pressure system, air conditioning system, water system, access control system, elevator system, sewage treatment system, waste gas emission system, pure water system and other systems. Our software is capable of consolidating all the sub-systems by creating a facility-wide software monitoring platform, where one can monitor and control every aspect of the factory condition. Additionally, we also develop individual sub-systems for our clients, such as gas monitoring system and chemical monitoring system.
Some of our clients are seasoned manufacturers in their industries in China. Our clients include Li Yi System Engineering (Shanghai) Limited, Hefei Lanke Investment Co., Ltd., Shiyuan Technology Engineering Co., Ltd., and AUO Corporation.
We are a nationally recognized brand: we have received ISO9001 standard quality management system certification in June 2021, from Beijing Zhong Jian Xie Certification Centre Co., Ltd., and received both ISO14001 Standard Environmental Management System Certification and ISO45001 Occupational Health and Safety Management System Certification in April 2021, both from TQCS International (Group) Pty, Ltd. We have been recognized as a Technology Driven Medium-Small Enterprise by the Science and Technology Bureau in Jiangsu Province in April 2020. We have been rewarded as First-class Qualification for Professional Contracting of Construction Mechanical and Electrical Installation Engineering by Jiangsu Provincial Department of Housing and Construction in September 2021.
We obtain raw materials mainly from suppliers in mainland China. Our most common raw materials include programmable logic controllers (“PLC”) modules, network switches, power modules, signal lines, control lines, cables, bridges, and heating materials. For the year ended December 31, 2023, three suppliers accounted for approximately 14.5% 14.0% and 11.5% of total purchases, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2022, one supplier accounted for approximately 13.8% of total purchases. As of December 31, 2023, two suppliers accounted for approximately 33.0% and 10.8% of total accounts payable, respectively. As of December 31, 2022, four suppliers accounted for approximately 14.0%, 12.8%, 11.4% and 10.9% of total accounts payable, respectively.
74
Corporate History and Structure
HUHUTECH is a holding company with no operations of its own. We conduct our operations in China and Japan through our subsidiaries in the PRC and Japan. The Ordinary Shares offered in this prospectus are those of HUHUTECH.
The following diagram shows our corporate structure as of the date of this prospectus, including our main subsidiaries and consolidated affiliated entities:

HUHUTECH International Group Inc., a Cayman Islands exempted company limited by shares, was incorporated on July 8, 2021. It is a holding company and is not actively engaged in any business as of the date of this prospectus. HUHUTECH was authorized to issue 5,000,000,000 Ordinary Shares, par value $0.00001 per ordinary share. On July 15, 2024, the Company effected a 1-for-4 forward split of our Ordinary Shares. As a result, the authorized share capital of the Company is US$50,000 divided into 20,000,000,000 Ordinary Shares, par value $0.0000025 per ordinary share. There are currently 20,000,000 issued and outstanding Ordinary Shares of HUHUTECH. HUHUTECH’s registered office is located at Harneys Fiduciary (Cayman) Limited, 4th Floor, Harbour Place, 103 South Church Street, P.O. Box 10240, Grand Cayman, KY1-1002, Cayman Islands.
HUHU HK was incorporated on July 28, 2021 under the laws of Hong Kong. HUHU HK is a Hong Kong limited company and a wholly owned subsidiary of HUHUTECH. HUHU HK is a holding company and does not have any operations.
HUHU Japan was incorporated on April 25, 2022 under the laws of Japan as a limited company and a wholly owned subsidiary of HUHUTECH.
Wuxi Xinwu District Jianmeng Electromechanical Technology Co., LTD (“WFOE”) was incorporated on December 10, 2021 under the laws of the People’s Republic of China. WFOE is a limited liability company, and a wholly-owned subsidiary of HUHU HK. WFOE is a holding company and does not have any operations.
Jiangsu Huhu Electromechanical Technology Co., Ltd. (“HUHU China”) was incorporated on August 20, 2015 under the laws of the People’s Republic of China. HUHU China is a limited liability company.
Our Solutions
We, through HUHU China and HUHU Japan, design and provide customized high-purity gas and chemical production system and equipment. Our products mainly include HPS and FMCS. Our products are customized according to the needs of our clients.
75
High-purity Process System
The high-purity process system revolves around applying effective control of impurities in the production process. It is mainly used in the core processes of integrated circuit manufacturing in the pan-semiconductor industry, including the processes of doping, photolithography, etching and CVD film formation processes. The system consists of high-purity process system equipment, high-purity process system piping, valve boxes, valve components and monitoring systems. We offer the overall solution design, installation and value-added services such as ancillary engineering, testing, plant hosting, calibration and maintenance. The technology used in this industry involves a variety of basic sciences such as physics, semiconductor physics, physical chemistry and electrochemistry and various engineering disciplines such as chemical, mechanical, materials and surface treatment. The new production lines of domestic fabrication plants (“fabs”) will bring business opportunities for us for the following reason: our high-purity process system covers 16-65nm equipment, and our high-purity process system possesses the essential technology to support equipment that is used to produce 5nm sized wafers; we believe such capacity gives us a comparative advantage in the industry, due to the technical difficulty in supporting equipment producing wafers of that size; such comparative advantage will help us gain more market shares in the industry, which will bring us business opportunities and potential customers.
We provide high-purity process systems which we design and install for the clients, utilizing the equipment we procure from our suppliers, which is special equipment used in high-purity process systems and transport distribution pipelines. Within high purity process systems, there are two main types: high purity gas conveyor systems and high purity chemical conveyor systems.
High-purity Gas Conveyor System
The high purity gas conveyor system consists of components including special gas cabinets, valve manifold box, gas monitoring software systems (safety and security systems), gas pipes and valve fittings etc. The front end of the system is connected to the high-purity gas plant and the rear end of the system is connected to the client’s own production equipment. This system currently generates most of the Company’s revenue.
High-purity Chemical Conveyor System
The high- purity chemical delivery system is used during the manufacturing process in the pan-semiconductor industry. It supplies a wide range of chemicals for cleaning, etching, grinding and other industrial processes at production facilities in the pan-semiconductor industry. The chemical conveyor system delivers chemicals from tanks and tankers to the various machine demand points via VMB distribution valves. In addition to the associated piping, equipment and valves, a reliable chemical software monitoring system is also required for the system to work properly.
We also offer our customers value-added services related to the conveyor systems, such as ancillary engineering, testing, plant hosting, calibration and maintenance, if applicable.
Factory Management and Control System (FMCS)
Our FMCS provides instant and effective monitoring of our clients’ manufacturing process through the control center of the clients’ factories. We offer a consolidated factory monitoring system that combines multiple factory monitoring systems on one platform and individual factory monitoring systems that specialize in certain aspects of factory environment, including gas monitoring system and chemical monitoring system. All our systems are equipped with a control room where multiple monitoring screens show live status of the facility condition.
Consolidated FMCS
Consolidated FMCS integrates the monitoring information of the various systems of the plant facilities into the central monitoring server, using Ethernet, controllers and communication equipment to form a factory-wide monitoring web, so as to interoperate the information of the whole factory, improve the overall management performance of the factory, simplify the operation and maintenance process, and reduce the management costs. This system integrates the entire factory sub-systems. Through integration, it manages the operational status of each sub-system, serving as the monitoring and management center and coordinating and managing the operation of the entire facility.
76
We prioritize the software development of the FMCS, among other aspects of the FMCS solution. The system monitors our clients’ entire plant, including the plant’s gas monitoring, process cooling water monitoring, water supply and drainage monitoring, pure water station monitoring, waste water treatment monitoring, plant environment monitoring, air conditioning monitoring, hot and cold source monitoring, ventilation and exhaust system monitoring, compressed air/vacuum and bulk gas system monitoring, variable power distribution system monitoring, and comprehensive automation monitoring.
Gas Monitoring System (GMS)
We also design and install individual gas monitoring systems. As hazardous gas is routinely used in the manufacturing process in the semi-conductor facilities, the monitoring system of poisonous gas plays a crucial role in the facility. The design of our gas monitoring system takes into account the types of particular gas and the pipeline used to distribute the particular gas, as well as the arrangement of the processing machines. The monitoring system collects data, transmits signals through the gas monitoring equipment and turns off the gas valve timely when warning signs appear. The GMS system has great stability, and is supported by a network of multiple internet devices that work independently without being interfered by any breakdown that could occur to one of the devices. The system is also equipped with backup monitors in the monitoring room in case any individual monitor stops working. The above designs ensures that our monitoring system provides around-the-clock control of the gas transportation process and sends a signal that can turn off the gas valve timely. The picture below illustrates our GMS design:

The GMS is connected to the alarm system and is capable of detecting any leakage of hazardous gas and sending timely signals to people in the facilities. The design is fairly flexible and easy to adapt and improve through our software control. It works with any number of equipment without the need of being adapted or rewritten.
Chemical Monitoring System (CMS)
In the factories in the pan-semiconductor industry, various chemical ingredients are used for cleaning, etching, grinding and other processes, and are distributed through chemical containers and distribution valves. The CMS monitors the safety of the distribution process. The display unit in the control room shows the facility status, including the valve status, pressure number, error signs, electricity input and output, and then sends warnings to the technicians onsite who can timely check the equipment status.
77
Production Procedure
For a typical production project, we obtain clients’ needs and formulate an initial proposal of our design, which we will submit for bidding to the client. The client will assess our qualifications before admitting us into the bidding process. If we win the bid, we enter into an agreement with the clients. Our team will then start production. We have adopted an integrated business model to meet our clients’ needs in the production stage: our engineering team sets up the schedule and production steps; the quality control team confirms the qualification of equipment, material sample quality and staff qualification. We charge our clients based on the quantity of equipment that is connected to our system. 10% – 20% of payment will be made upon entry of the agreement, with the remainder of the payment made throughout the production stage. Typically, 95% to 97% of the total purchase price will have been paid upon project delivery. The remaining payment will be made one to two years after the delivery, when the customer is satisfied with our production.
The following chart illustrates our production process:

Our Industry
High purity process system refers to a series of process equipment and related services, including the process system of high purity gases, chemicals and liquids.
The development of modern manufacturing industries such as pan-semiconductor (integrated circuit, flat panel display, photovoltaic, and LED, for example), optical fiber, biomedicine and food and beverage has added complexities in the integrated circuit design, chip manufacturing, packaging and testing along the industry chain.
Such development calls for the specialized division of labor. The high-purity process system is one specialized division in the industry.
The industry of high-purity systems is fairly fragmented, especially among the small to medium sized companies, which compete in a low-concentration market. Meanwhile, the top tier market is divided by a few large companies that provide system installation, equipment production and accessory production to their clients. In 2022, the estimated consumption of high-purity systems equipment that is used in semi-conductor field is estimated to be between $133.28 billion and $152.32 billion. Source: page 6, Global and China High Purity System Solution Market Report, Beijing Zhongdao Taihe Information Consulting Company.
78
Expanding Capacity of Semi-conductor Production
Expanding Wafer Production
More than 98% of the Company’s business focuses on the semiconductor field. For instance, gas supplying method is essential to wafer production in the semiconductor industry, and serves an important role in single crystal wafer manufacturing, photolithography, etching and deposition. In the above manufacturing process, multiple high-purity chemicals are used. In the integrated circuit field, high-purity process systems mainly include high-purity special gas systems, bulk gas systems, high-purity chemical systems, grinding liquid supply and recovery systems, and precursor process media systems. Through the high purity system, supporting equipment connects to the process chamber of oxidation/diffusion, etching, ion implantation, deposition, grinding, cleaning and other processes as a working system.
On a global scale, there had been 19 newly launched wafer production factories by the end of 2021, and an additional 10 wafer production factories in 2022. In the next few years, the equipment-related expenditure for these new wafer production facilities is expected to be over $140 billion. It is estimated that by 2026, more than 200 wafer production factories would operate production lines for 12-inch wafers. Source: page 9, Global and China High Purity System Solution Market Report, Beijing Zhongdaotaihe.
The following chart illustrates the past and future of the semiconductor production in China and globally:

• The pillars show the production volume of semiconductor in China (unit: $0.1 billion); the red dots track the growth rate of the production.
Source: page 9, Global and China High Purity System Solution Market Report, Beijing Zhongdaotaihe.
79

• The pillars show the production volume of semiconductor in the world (unit: $0.1 billion); the red dots track the growth rate of the production.
Source: page 10, Global and China High Purity System Solution Market Report, Beijing Zhongdaotaihe.
Expanding Photovoltaic Production
The global photovoltaic power generation industry increased from 1% of the total power generation from 2013 to 3% in 2019. In China, the photovoltaic power machine installation in 2020 has grown more than 20 times since 2010. The following chart is a prediction of the development of photovoltaic machine installation in the next decade:

The pillars show the projected photovoltaic installed capacity in China (unit GW), and the red dots track the growth rate.
Source: page 19, Global and China High Purity System Solution Market Report, Beijing Zhongdaotaihe.
Our Suppliers
For the year ended December 31, 2023, three suppliers accounted for approximately 14.5% 14.0% and 11.5% of total purchases, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2022, one supplier accounted for approximately 13.8% of total purchases. As of December 31, 2023, two suppliers accounted for approximately 33.0% and 10.8% of total accounts payable, respectively. As of December 31, 2022, four suppliers accounted for approximately 14.0%, 12.8%, 11.4% and 10.9% of total accounts payable, respectively.
80
Our Customers
We service major players in the pan-semiconductor industry by supplying reliable high-purity gas and chemical systems and equipment and FMCS. We are a business partner and supplier of many renowned companies in Asia, including Shiyuan Technology Engineering Co., Ltd., Suzhou Ruize System Engineering Co., Ltd., Hesheng Enterprise Co., Ltd., China Electronic System Engineering Fourth Construction Co., Ltd., Li Yi System Engineering (Shanghai) Co., Ltd.
For the year ended December 31, 2023, one customer accounted for 22.6% of total revenues. For the year ended December 31, 2022, four customers accounted for 24.4%, 12.7%, 11.5% and 10.0% of total revenues, respectively. As of December 31, 2023, three customers accounted for 16.0%, 13.6% and 11.2% of total accounts receivable, respectively. As of December 31, 2022, five customers accounted for 18.4%, 16.7%, 12.2%, 11.2% and 10.6% of total accounts receivable, respectively.
Our Growth Strategy
Our growth strategies include the following:
• Client Development and Management — Our team consists of members with years of experience in the industry. We have built an excellent relationship with our suppliers and customers.
• Research & Development — We will keep investing substantially in research and development, including research and development of semiconductor process line cleaning control systems, semiconductor ultrapure water system control software, semiconductor process gas detection systems, semiconductor process pipeline temperature automatic control system, FMCS related technology and new equipment. We will keep improving our existing technology and explore the development of FMCS and related new equipment.
• Expand Product and Service Range — We aim to expand our product range to areas including water supply systems, electricity supply systems, air conditioning and ventilation systems. In the services section, we plan to offer annual maintenance and servicing program, the software maintenance and valve and PLC module replacement for the FMCS product. We believe such plans will improve our profitability.
Competitive Advantages
We are committed to providing our customers with high quality service. We believe we have several competitive advantages that will enable us to maintain and further improve our market position in the industry. Our competitive advantages include:
• Technological Capacity. We own software copyright over various programs in fields including facility gas supply, chemical and water processing. Our products, such as the FMCS software, effectively increase operation efficiency by using standardized module software.
• Experienced and Diverse Management Team. Our management team members have more than ten years of experience in their respective fields. Our founder Yujun Xiao is an experienced entrepreneur with extensive experience in business management and operations. Since the founding of the Company, we have established a reliable, professional team with many management and strategy talents. Mr. Xiao and members of this team entered the semiconductor industry relatively early, and have experienced the early development stage of the monitoring service industry for semiconductor businesses in China. He built this team from years of experience as an industry veteran.
• Software Solution Modularity. The PLC module in the system adopts mature algorithm. After the one-time arrangement is completed, the subsequent increase of detector gas cabinet, valve manifold box equipment does not require redownloading of the PLC program. This reduces the errors caused by frequent updates of the program (such as mistakenly shutting down the gas delivery equipment) that could cause customer downtime and lead to significant economic losses. Utilizing software simulation, we test and improve our software without interfering with the operation of the equipment. Our software solution is user-friendly and our clients can add monitoring applications from their end.
81
Sales and Marketing
We believe that our solutions have a strong competitive edge in China’s domestic market. Our CEO and CTO play essential roles in bringing in new clients, due to their multiple years of experience in the industry. Additionally, we have established a good reputation among our clients through our consistent high-quality products, which ensures we have plenty of long-term clients that we maintain carefully on a periodical basis. Our sales and marketing department work diligently in maintaining existing client relationships by visiting clients regularly. Our sales personnel also attend industry events and exhibitions to expand our connections and promote our products. Due to our renowned reputation in China, we also receive consultation requests and offers from prospective clients, who discover our product and service by word of mouth and industry exhibitions such as SEMII CHINA and China (Shanghai) International Semiconductor Exhibition.
Research and Development
Our R&D efforts are focused on improving and enhancing our existing products as well as developing new features of such products.
R&D expenses primarily consist of materials, and compensation and benefits expenses relating to our R&D personnel as well as office overhead and other expenses relating to our R&D activities. Our R&D expenses increased from approximately $1.2 million in fiscal 2022 to approximately $1.3 million in fiscal 2023, representing 8.0% and 10.7% of our total revenues for fiscal 2023 and 2022, respectively.
Seasonality
Historically, our operating results and operating cash flows have not been subject to seasonal variations.
Intellectual Property
We rely on trademarks, patent and know-how, as well as contractual restrictions on information disclosure to protect our intellectual property rights. We have signed relevant confidentiality agreements or clauses with our executives, certain customers and suppliers, and rely on such confidentiality agreements or clauses and other protections of our technical knowledge to maintain our technological advantages in products and designs.
Protecting our intellectual property is a strategic focus of our business. We do not rely on intellectual property rights authorized by third parties for our business operation.
As of the date of this prospectus, HUHU China has 8 registered trademarks, 1 registered domain name, 32 effective patents and 22 registered copyrights, all in China.
Trademarks
Through HUHU China, we have the following registered trademarks:
|
Trademark |
File Date |
Trademark Name |
Status |
Expiration Date |
Jurisdiction |
Owner |
||||||
|
47408547 |
2021/03/07 |
|
Granted |
2031.03.06 |
China |
HUHU China |
||||||
|
47406526 |
2021/05/14 |
|
Granted |
2031.05.13 |
China |
HUHU China |
||||||
|
30600821 |
2019/04/28 |
|
Granted |
2029.04.27 |
China |
HUHU China |
||||||
|
30582408 |
2019/04/28 |
|
Granted |
2029.04.27 |
China |
HUHU China |
||||||
|
30582406 |
2019/04/28 |
|
Granted |
2029.04.27 |
China |
HUHU China |
||||||
|
30542505 |
2019/02/14 |
|
Granted |
2029.02.13 |
China |
HUHU China |
||||||
|
57890054 |
2021/07/21 |
|
Granted |
2032.04.06 |
China |
HUHU China |
||||||
|
65590985 |
2022/06/28 |
|
Granted |
2033.02.27 |
China |
HUHU China |
82
Patents
Through HUHU China, we currently have 32 Chinese patents, as follows:
|
Patent Number |
File Date |
Issue Date |
Expiration Date |
Title |
Status |
|||||
|
ZL202020062419.0 |
2020.01.13 |
2020.12.25 |
2030.01.12 |
A kind of semiconductor process line cleaning device pipeline structure |
Effective |
|||||
|
ZL202020063477.5 |
2020.01.13 |
2020.12.25 |
2030.01.12 |
A kind of mobile semiconductor process pipeline device with liquid holding structure |
Effective |
|||||
|
ZL202020063452.5 |
2020.01.13 |
2020.12.25 |
2030.01.12 |
A kind of semiconductor process pipeline cleaning device |
Effective |
|||||
|
ZL201921409472.7 |
2019.08.28 |
2020.07.14 |
2029.08.27 |
A kind of support seat for electromechanical equipment installation |
Effective |
|||||
|
ZL201921409193.0 |
2019.08.28 |
2020.07.14 |
2029.08.27 |
A kind of special lifting equipment for electromechanical installation |
Effective |
|||||
|
ZL201921431038.9 |
2019.08.28 |
2020.07.14 |
2029.08.27 |
A new type of positioning clamps for the modular construction of electromechanical installation |
Effective |
|||||
|
ZL201921409218.7 |
2019.08.28 |
2020.07.14 |
2029.08.27 |
Anti-dislodging Zhicheng electromechanical connection device |
Effective |
|||||
|
ZL201921409423.3 |
2019.08.28 |
2020.07.14 |
2029.08.27 |
A kind of tensile installation base for electromechanical equipment |
Effective |
|||||
|
ZL201921409194.5 |
2019.08.28 |
2020.07.10 |
2029.08.27 |
Electrical piping slotting device for building electromechanical installation |
Effective |
|||||
|
ZL201921409483.5 |
2019.08.28 |
2020.07.10 |
2029.08.27 |
A kind of safety protection device for electromechanical installation |
Effective |
|||||
|
ZL201921409482.0 |
2019.08.28 |
2020.05.19 |
2029.08.27 |
A kind of height adjustable electromechanical equipment installation seat |
Effective |
|||||
|
ZL201921409421.4 |
2019.08.28 |
2020.05.19 |
2029.08.27 |
A kind of positioning instrument for electromechanical equipment installation |
Effective |
|||||
|
ZL201921409427.1 |
2019.08.28 |
2020.05.19 |
2029.08.27 |
A kind of tool holder for electromechanical equipment installation |
Effective |
|||||
|
ZL201921409185.6 |
2019.08.28 |
2020.05.19 |
2029.08.27 |
Auxiliary lifting tools for electrical equipment installation |
Effective |
|||||
|
ZL201921409217.2 |
2019.08.28 |
2020.05.19 |
2029.08.27 |
A kind of slide base for electromechanical installation |
Effective |
|||||
|
ZL202120099080.6 |
2021.01.14 |
2021.09.10 |
2031.01.13 |
A kind of automatic control module for pipeline insulation and heating |
Effective |
|||||
|
ZL202120097501.1 |
2021.01.14 |
2021.09.10 |
2031.01.13 |
An automatic control system for pipe insulation |
Effective |
|||||
|
ZL202120097085.5 |
2021.01.14 |
2021.09.10 |
2031.01.13 |
A kind of positioning sensing module for engineering installation |
Effective |
83
|
Patent Number |
File Date |
Issue Date |
Expiration Date |
Title |
Status |
|||||
|
ZL202120096838.0 |
2021.01.14 |
2021.10.01 |
2031.01.13 |
A gas mixing device for semiconductor process |
Effective |
|||||
|
ZL202120097382.X |
2021.01.14 |
2021.10.22 |
2031.01.13 |
An electrochemical sensor for semiconductor gas detection |
Effective |
|||||
|
ZL202010032952.7 |
2020.01.13 |
2022.2.22 |
2042.02.21 |
A control method of cleaning equipment for semiconductor manufacturing piping |
Effective |
|||||
|
ZL202322856290.7 |
— |
— |
— |
Wastewater treatment system |
Effective |
|||||
|
ZL202322289205.3 |
2023.08.25 |
2024.03.29 |
2033.08.25 |
High purity chemical weighing system |
Effective |
|||||
|
ZL202322762508.2 |
— |
— |
— |
High purity gas weighing system |
Effective |
|||||
|
ZL202222544195.9 |
2022.09.26 |
2023.07.11 |
2032.09.26 |
High-purity chemical supply system fully automatic centralized high-purity liquid supply cabinet |
Effective |
|||||
|
ZL202222594998.5 |
2022.09.28 |
2023.01.06 |
2032.09.28 |
A high-purity chemical system distribution box |
Effective |
|||||
|
ZL202222513806.3 |
2022.09.22 |
2023.02.24 |
2032.09.22 |
High-purity chemical supply system high-purity chemical mixing cabinet |
Effective |
|||||
|
ZL202221947498.9 |
2022.07.27 |
2022.12.13 |
2032.07.27 |
A high-purity gas supply system special gas cylinder rack |
Effective |
|||||
|
ZL202222187593.X |
2022.08.19 |
2022.12.06 |
2032.08.19 |
High purity gas supply system special gas supply diverter plate |
Effective |
|||||
|
ZL202222159890.3 |
2022.08.17 |
2022.12.06 |
2032.08.17 |
High purity gas supply system special gas supply distribution cabinet |
Effective |
|||||
|
ZL202221919159.X |
2022.07.25 |
2023.03.03 |
2032.07.25 |
High purity gas supply system special gas cylinder cabinet |
Effective |
|||||
|
ZL202221904215.2 |
2022.07.22 |
2022.12.06 |
2032.07.22 |
Large flow special gas supply system |
Effective |
Copyrights
The following table sets forth a brief description of the Company’s software copyrights:
|
Copyright Number |
Issue Date |
Category |
Copyright Name |
Jurisdiction |
Owner |
|||||
|
2020SR1142390 |
2020.09.22 |
Software |
Huhu Storage Control System |
China |
HUHU China |
|||||
|
2020SR1137453 |
2020.09.22 |
Software |
Huhu Storage Management System |
China |
HUHU China |
|||||
|
2019SR0983981 |
2019.09.23 |
Software |
Electrical Equipment Installation Automatic Control and Pipeline Design Management |
China |
HUHU China |
|||||
|
2019SR0983207 |
2019.09.23 |
Software |
Electrical Equipment Engineering Guideline Management System |
China |
HUHU China |
|||||
|
2019SR0983975 |
2019.09.23 |
Software |
Electrical Equipment Installation Engineering Pricing Management System |
China |
HUHU China |
|||||
|
2019SR0983888 |
2019.09.23 |
Software |
Electrical Equipment Engineering Safety Coordination Management System |
China |
HUHU China |
|||||
|
2019SR0983202 |
2019.09.23 |
Software |
Electrical Equipment Installation Engineering Management System |
China |
HUHU China |
84
|
Copyright Number |
Issue Date |
Category |
Copyright Name |
Jurisdiction |
Owner |
|||||
|
2018SR049719 |
2018.01.22 |
Software |
Gas Monitoring Software |
China |
HUHU China |
|||||
|
2021SR0146014 |
2021.01.27 |
Software |
Gas Monitoring System |
China |
HUHU China |
|||||
|
2021SR1802422 |
2021.11.19 |
Software |
Plant Service Gas Detector Data Acquisition System V1.0 |
China |
HUHU China |
|||||
|
2021SR2002783 |
2021.12.06 |
Software |
Plant Gas Management System Software V1.0 |
China |
HUHU China |
|||||
|
2022SR0476107 |
2022.04.15 |
Software |
Plant UPW system monitoring software V1.0 |
China |
HUHU China |
|||||
|
2022SR0476108 |
2022.04.15 |
Software |
Plant VOC system monitoring software V1.0 |
China |
HUHU China |
|||||
|
2021SR1395107 |
2021.09.17 |
Software |
Heating system monitoring software V1.0 |
China |
HUHU China |
|||||
|
2021SR1411095 |
2021.09.22 |
Software |
Air conditioning room system monitoring software V1.0 |
China |
HUHU China |
|||||
|
2022SR0999333 |
2022.08.03 |
Software |
HUHU Intelligent Monitoring System Heating V2.0 |
China |
HUHU China |
|||||
|
2022SR0999334 |
2022.08.03 |
Software |
Factory Management Control System V3.0 |
China |
HUHU China |
|||||
|
2024SR0369857 |
2024.03.08 |
Software |
GMS monitoring system important alarm automatic upload platform |
China |
HUHU China |
|||||
|
2024SR0369854 |
2024.03.08 |
Software |
GMS monitoring system real-time data automatic upload platform |
China |
HUHU China |
|||||
|
2024SR0369839 |
2024.03.08 |
Software |
GMS monitoring system operation and maintenance data analysis platform |
China |
HUHU China |
|||||
|
2023SR1553946 |
2023.12.04 |
Software |
High purity gas supply system GC control software |
China |
HUHU China |
|||||
|
2023SR1558025 |
2023.12.04 |
Software |
High purity gas supply system flow control software |
China |
HUHU China |
Domain
|
Number |
Issue Date |
Registration |
Domain Name |
Owner |
Expiration Date |
|||||
|
1 |
2016/09/06 |
HUHU China |
HUHUTECH.com.cn |
HUHU China |
2026/09/06 |
Our Properties and Facilities
As of December 31, 2023 and 2022, the total net worth of our equipment and facilities is approximately $1.53 million and $0.51 million, respectively.
We have one owned property located at A3-1208 Tianan Zhihui City, Xinwu District, Wuxi City, Jiangsu, China, which is the principal office of the Company.
We have one owned property located at 328-2 Nitta, Muro, Otsu-machi, Kikuchi-gun, Japan, which serves as the company housing.
We have one owned property located at 819-2 Shimogenba, Oaza Sugimizu, Ozu, Kikuchi District, Kumamoto, Japan, which is a warehouse and office under construction for the Company.
85
Information on our leased properties as of the date of this prospectus is summarized below:
|
No. |
Location |
Space |
Lease Term, |
Monthly |
||||
|
1 |
Room 804, Unit 2, Building 13, Zuoling New City 3rd Community, Gaoxin Avenue, Donghu High-tech Zone, Wuhan City, Hubei Province, China |
— |
6.20.2024 – 12.20.2024 |
$282 |
||||
|
2 |
Room 1302, Unit 1, Building 17, Yuquan Community, Zuoling, Donghu New District, Wuhan City, Hubei Province, China |
— |
12.22.2023 – 12.21.2024 |
$226 |
||||
|
3 |
Room 606, Building 27, Lianhuan Community, Shushan District, Hefei City, Anhui Province, China |
— |
2.15.2024 – 2.15.2025 |
$235 |
||||
|
4 |
Shop room (1-3 floors) at No. 117, Building 1F, Area F, Jingshang Trade City, Yaohai District, Hefei City, Anhui Province, China |
— |
4.8.2021 – 4.7.2025 |
$71 |
||||
|
5 |
No. 13, Jinding Road, Qiaolin Street, Pukou District, Nanjing City, Jiangsu Province, China |
6,458.35 |
10.1.2021 – 9.30.2025 |
$1,216 |
||||
|
6 |
Office Building 9, Tianan Smart City, Xin’an Street, Xinwu District, Wuxi City, Jiangsu Province, China |
15,410.69 |
12.25.2023 – 12.24.2026 |
$6,066 |
||||
|
7 |
Room 401, Building 29, Area 5, Xin’an Garden, Xin’an Street, Xinwu District, Wuxi City, Jiangsu Province, China |
1,044.10 |
10.6.2023 – 10.5.2024 |
$353 |
||||
|
8 |
2-13-7, Jigyo-ku, Chuo-ku, Fukuoka shi, Japan |
981.5 |
4.15.2023 – 4.14.2025 |
$1,527 |
||||
|
9 |
2-1, Kuwamizu 2-chome, Chuo-ku, Kumamoto-shi, Japan (Room #403) |
333.3 |
1.5.2023 – 1.4.2025 |
$298 |
||||
|
10 |
2-1, Kuwamizu 2-chome, Chuo-ku, Kumamoto-shi, Japan (Room #503) |
333.3 |
11.14.2022 – 11.13.2024 |
$305 |
||||
|
11 |
2-20, Kuwamizu 2-chome, Chuo-ku, Kumamoto-shi, Japan |
1,005.3 |
7.15.2022 – 12.31.2024 |
$703 |
Our Employees
As of December 31, 2023 and 2022, we had a total of 74 and 81 full-time employees in China and Japan, respectively. The breakdown of our employees is as the following:
|
Department |
December 31, |
December 31, |
||
|
Human Resources & Administration |
9 |
12 |
||
|
Finance |
6 |
5 |
||
|
Research & Development |
27 |
28 |
||
|
Engineering |
24 |
27 |
||
|
Sales & Marketing |
6 |
6 |
||
|
Product Procurement |
2 |
3 |
||
|
Total |
74 |
81 |
Our employees are not represented by a labor organization or covered by a collective bargaining agreement. We have not experienced any work stoppages.
We are required under PRC law to make contributions to employee benefit plans at specified percentages of our after-tax profit. In addition, we are required by PRC law to cover employees in China with various types of
86
social insurance and housing funds. To mitigate risks in connection with employment, HUHU Japan must comply with the relevant Japanese laws and regulations. Please refer to the Section entitled “Regulations on Employment” for more details of the relevant PRC and Japanese laws.
Legal Proceedings
From time to time, we are subject to legal proceedings, investigations and claims incidental to the conduct of our business. We record a liability when it is both probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. As of the date of this prospectus, we are not involved in any legal or administrative proceedings that may have a material adverse impact on our business, balance sheets or results of operations and cash flows other than as described herein.
87
This section sets forth a summary of the most significant rules and regulations that affect our business activities in China and Japan.
Regulations in PRC
Regulations on Foreign Investment in China
The establishment, operation and management of companies in China are governed by the PRC Company Law, as amended in 2005, 2013, 2018 and 2023. The Revised Company Law further stipulates the establishment and withdrawal of the company, the organizational structure and the capital system of the company, and strengthens the responsibilities of shareholders and management personnel and Corporate Social Responsibility. The PRC Company Law applies to both PRC domestic companies and foreign-invested companies. The direct or indirect investment activities of a foreign investor shall be governed by the PRC Foreign Investment Law and its implementation rules. The PRC Foreign Investment Law is promulgated by the National People’s Congress on March 15, 2019, and has taken effect since January 1, 2020, which replaced the PRC Sino-foreign Joint Venture Enterprise Law, the PRC Sino-foreign Cooperative Enterprise Law and the PRC Wholly Foreign-owned Enterprise Law. The Foreign Investment Law adopts the administrative system of pre-establishment national treatment along with a negative list for foreign investments, establishing the basic framework for the access to, and the promotion, protection and administration of foreign investments in view of investment protection and fair competition.
Pursuant to the Foreign Investment Law, “foreign investments” refers to any direct or indirect investment activities conducted by any foreign individual, enterprise, or organization (collectively referred to as “foreign investors”) in the PRC, which includes any of the following circumstances: (i) foreign investors establishing foreign-invested enterprises, or FIEs, in the PRC solely or jointly with other investors; (ii) foreign investors acquiring shares, equity interests, property portions or other similar rights and interests thereof within the PRC; (iii) foreign investors investing in new projects in the PRC solely or jointly with other investors; and (iv) other forms of investments as defined by laws, regulations, or as otherwise stipulated by the State Council. According to the Foreign Investment Law, the State Council shall promulgate or approve a list of special administrative measures for market access of foreign investments. The Foreign Investment Law grants national treatment to foreign-invested entities, except for those foreign-invested entities that operate in industries deemed to be either “restricted” or “prohibited” in the negative list. The Foreign Investment Law provides that foreign investors shall not invest in the “prohibited” industries, and shall meet certain requirements as stipulated under the negative list for investing in “restricted” industries.
In addition, the Foreign Investment Law also provides several protective rules and principles for foreign investors and their investments in the PRC, including, among others, (i) that local governments shall abide by their commitments to the foreign investors; (ii) FIEs are allowed to issue stocks and corporate bonds; except for special circumstances, in which case statutory procedures shall be followed and fair and reasonable compensation shall be made in a timely manner, expropriation or requisition of the investment of foreign investors is prohibited; (iii) mandatory technology transfer by any administrative body is prohibited; and (iv) the capital contributions, profits, capital gains, proceeds out of asset disposal, licensing fees of intellectual property rights, indemnity or compensation legally obtained, or proceeds received upon settlement by foreign investors within the PRC, may be freely remitted inward and outward in RMB or a foreign currency. Also, foreign investors or FIEs shall assume legal liabilities for failing to report investment information in accordance with the requirements. Furthermore, the Foreign Investment Law provides that FIEs established prior to the effectiveness of the Foreign Investment Law may maintain their legal form and structure of corporate governance within five years after January 1, 2020.
On December 26, 2019, the State Council further issued the Implementation Rules of Foreign Investment Law, which came into effect on January 1, 2020, and replaced the Regulations on Implementing the PRC Sino-foreign Joint Venture Enterprise Law, Provisional Regulations on the Duration of PRC Sino-foreign Joint Venture Enterprise Law, the Regulations on Implementing the PRC Sino-foreign Cooperative Enterprise Law, and the Regulations on Implementing the Wholly Foreign-owned Enterprise Law. The Regulations on Implementing the PRC Foreign Investment Law restates certain principles of the Foreign Investment Law and further provides that, among others, (i) if an FIE established prior to the effective date of the Foreign Investment Law fails to adjust its legal form or governance structure to comply with the provisions of the Companies Law of the PRC or the Partnership Enterprises Law of the PRC, as applicable, and complete amendment registration before January 1, 2025,
88
the enterprise registration authority will not process other registration matters of the FIE and may public such non-compliance thereafter; and (ii) the provisions regarding equity interest transfer and distribution of profits and remaining assets as stipulated in the contracts among the joint venture parties of an FIE established before the effective date of the Foreign Investment Law may, after adjustment of the legal form and governing structure of such FIE, remain binding upon the parties during the joint venture term of the enterprise.
On June 23, 2020, the National Development and Reform Commission, or the NDRC, and the Ministry of Commerce promulgated the Special Administrative Measures for Access of Foreign Investment (Negative List) (2020 Edition), or the 2020 Negative List, which came into effect on July 23, 2020. In addition, the NDRC and the Ministry of Commerce promulgated the Encouraged Industry Catalogue for Foreign Investment (2020 Edition), or the 2020 Encouraged Industry Catalogue, which was promulgated on December 27, 2020 and came into effect on January 27, 2021. Industries not listed in the 2020 Negative List are generally open for foreign investments unless specifically restricted by other PRC laws. The establishment of wholly foreign-owned enterprises is generally allowed in encouraged and permitted industries. Some restricted industries are limited to equity or contractual joint ventures, while in some cases Chinese partners are required to hold the majority equity interests in such joint ventures. In addition, foreign investment in projects in a restricted category is subject to government approvals. Foreign investors are not allowed to invest in industries in the prohibited category.
On December 27, 2021, the NDRC, and the Ministry of Commerce promulgated the Special Administrative Measures for Access of Foreign Investment (Negative List) (2021 Edition), or the 2021 Negative List, which came into effect on January 1, 2022. On March 12, 2022, the 2022 Negative List was released and took effect on the same day. In addition, the NDRC and the Ministry of Commerce promulgated the Encourage Industry Catalogue for Foreign Investment (2022 Edition). Industries not listed in the 2022 Negative List are generally open for foreign investments unless specifically restricted by other PRC laws. The establishment of wholly foreign-owned enterprises is generally allowed in encouraged and permitted industries. Some restricted industries are limited to equity or contractual joint ventures, while in some cases Chinese partners are required to hold the majority equity interests in such joint ventures. In addition, foreign investment in projects in a restricted category is subject to government approvals. Foreign investors are not allowed to invest in industries in the prohibited category. Our PRC Counsel, Jiangsu Junjin Law Firm, has advised us that our business is not in an industry on the 2022 Negative list, and it does not involve or operate in either a prohibited or restricted industry.
As the PRC Foreign Investment Law has taken effect, the SAMR, jointly approved the Foreign Investment Information Report Measures on December 30, 2019, which has been in effect since January 1, 2020. According to the Foreign Investment Information Report Measures, which repealed the Provisional Administrative Measures on Establishment and Modifications (Filing) for Foreign Invested Enterprises, foreign investors or FIEs shall report their investment-related information to the competent local counterparts of the Ministry of Commerce through Enterprise Registration System and National Enterprise Credit Information Notification System.
The General Office of the Central Committee of the Communist Party of China and the General Office of the State Council jointly issued the Opinions on Severe and Lawful Crackdown on Illegal Securities Activities or the Opinions, which was made available to the public on July 6, 2021. The Opinions emphasized the need to strengthen the administration over illegal securities activities, and the need to strengthen the supervision over overseas listings by Chinese companies. Effective measures, such as promoting the construction of relevant regulatory systems will be taken to deal with the risks and incidents of China-concept overseas listed companies, and cybersecurity and data privacy protection requirements and similar matters. The Opinions and any related implementing rules to be enacted may subject us to compliance requirement in the future.
As of the date of this prospectus, we have completed the filing with the China Securities Regulatory Commission on April 22, 2024. We have secured all material permits and approvals required for our operations. According to our PRC legal counsel, Jiangsu Junjin Law Firm, as of the date of this prospectus, neither the Company nor HUHU China has been subject to any investigation, or receive any notice, warning, or sanction from relevant government authorities related to non-compliance with the PRC Company Law or Foreign Investment Law.
89
Regulations on Intellectual Property Rights
Patent Law
Pursuant to the Patent Law of the PRC, or the Patent Law, promulgated by the SCNPC on March 12, 1984, as latest amended on October 17, 2020, and became effective on June 1, 2021 and the Implementation Rules of the Patent Law of the PRC, promulgated by the State Council on June 15, 2001 and latest amended on December 11, 2023 and became effective on January 20, 2024, there are three types of patents in the PRC: invention patent, utility model patent and design patent. The protection period is 20 years for invention patent and 10 years for utility model patent and 15 years for design patent, commencing from their respective application dates. Any individual or entity that utilizes a patent or conducts any other activity in infringement of a patent without prior authorization of the patentee shall pay compensation to the patentee and is subject to a fine imposed by relevant administrative authorities and, if constituting a crime, shall be held criminally liable in accordance with the law. In the event that a patent is owned by two or more co-owners without an agreement regarding the distribution of revenue generated from the exploitation of any co-owner of the patent, such revenue shall be distributed among all the co-owners.
Existing patents can become narrowed, invalid or unenforceable due to a variety of grounds, including lack of novelty, creativity, and deficiencies in patent application. In China, a patent must have novelty, creativity and practical applicability. Under the Patent Law, novelty means that before a patent application is filed, no identical invention or utility model has been publicly disclosed in any publication in China or overseas or has been publicly used or made known to the public by any other means, whether in or outside of China, nor has any other person filed with the patent authority an application that describes an identical invention or utility model and is recorded in patent application documents or patent documents published after the filing date. Creativity means that, compared with existing technology, an invention has prominent substantial features and represents notable progress, and a utility model has substantial features and represents any progress. Practical applicability means an invention or utility model can be manufactured or used and may produce positive results. Patents in China are filed with the State Intellectual Property Office, or SIPO. Normally, the SIPO publishes an application for an invention patent within 18 months after the filing date, which may be shortened at the request of applicant. The applicant must apply to the SIPO for a substantive examination within 3 years from the date of application.
Regulations on Copyright
The Copyright Law of the PRC, or the Copyright Law, which took effect on June 1, 1991 and was amended in 2001, 2010 and 2020 (the latest revision come into effect on June 1, 2021), provides that Chinese citizens, legal persons, or other organizations shall, whether published or not, own copyright in their copyrightable works, which include, among others, works of literature, art, natural science, social science, engineering technology and computer software. Copyright owners enjoy certain legal rights, including right of publication, right of authorship and right of reproduction. The amended Copyright Law extends copyright protection to internet activities, products disseminated over the Internet and software products. In addition, PRC laws and regulations provide for a voluntary registration system administered by the Copyright Protection Center of China, or the CPCC. According to the Copyright Law, an infringer of the copyrights shall be subject to various civil liabilities, which include ceasing infringement activities, apologizing to the copyright owners and compensating the loss of copyright owner. Infringers of copyright may also subject to fines and/or administrative or criminal liabilities in severe situations.
The NCA administers software copyright registration and the CPCC, is designated as the software registration authority. The CPCC shall grant registration certificates to the Computer Software Copyrights applicants which meet the requirements of both the Computer Software Copyright Registration Measures and the Computer Software Protection Regulations (Revised in 2013).
The Provisions of the Supreme People’s Court on Certain Issues Related to the Application of Law in the Trial of Civil Cases Involving Disputes on Infringement of the Information Network Dissemination Rights specifies that disseminating works, performances or audio-video products by the internet users or the internet service providers via the internet without the permission of the copyright owners shall be deemed to have infringed the right of dissemination of the copyright owner.
90
The Measures for Administrative Protection of Copyright Related to Internet, which was jointly promulgated by the NCA and the MII on April 29, 2005 and became effective on May 30, 2005, provides that upon receipt of an infringement notice from a legitimate copyright holder, an ICP operator must take remedial actions immediately by removing or disabling access to the infringing content. If an ICP operator knowingly transmits infringing content or fails to take remedial actions after receipt of a notice of infringement that harms public interest, the ICP operator could be subject to administrative penalties, including an order to cease infringing activities, confiscation by the authorities of all income derived from the infringement activities, or payment of fines.
On May 18, 2006, the State Council promulgated the Regulations on the Protection of the Right to Network Dissemination of Information (as amended in 2013). Under these regulations, an owner of the network dissemination rights with respect to written works, performance or audio or video recordings who believes that information storage, search or link services provided by an Internet service provider infringe his or her rights may require that the Internet service provider delete, or disconnect the links to, such works or recordings.
Trademark Law
Trademarks are protected under the PRC Trademark Law, which was adopted on August 23, 1982 and subsequently amended in 1993, 2001, 2013, and 2019, and the Implementation Regulations of the PRC Trademark Law adopted by the State Council in 2002 and most recently amended in 2014. The Trademark Office under the State Administration for Market Regulation (formally known as the State Administration for Industry and Commerce) handles trademark registrations. The Trademark Office grants a ten-year term to registered trademarks and the term may be renewed for another ten-year period upon request by the trademark owner. A trademark registrant may license its registered trademarks to another party by entering into trademark license agreements, which must be filed with the Trademark Office for the record. As with patents, the Trademark Law has adopted a first-to-file principle with respect to trademark registration. If a trademark applied for is identical or similar to another trademark which has already been registered or subject to a preliminary examination and approval for use on the same or similar kinds of products or services, such a trademark application may be rejected. Any person applying for the registration of a trademark may not injure existing trademark rights first obtained by others, nor may any person register in advance a trademark that has already been used by another party and has already gained a “sufficient degree of reputation” through such other party’s use.
Regulations on Domain Names
The MIIT promulgated the Measures on Administration of Internet Domain Names on August 24, 2017, which became effective on November 1, 2017 and replaced the Administrative Measures on China Internet Domain Names promulgated by the MIIT on November 5, 2004. Pursuant to these measures, the MIIT oversees the administration of PRC internet domain names. The domain name registration follows a first-to-file principle. Applicants for registration of domain names must provide the true, accurate, and complete information of their identities to domain name registration service institutions. The applicants will become the holder of such domain names upon completion of the registration procedure.
According to our PRC legal counsel, Jiangsu Junjin Law Firm, as of the date of this prospectus, HUHU China has 6 registered trademarks, 1 registered domain name, 21 effective patents and 23 registered copyrights, all in China.
Regulations on Foreign Exchange
General Administration of Foreign Exchange
According to the Foreign Exchange Administration Regulations of the PRC, which were promulgated by the State Council on January 29, 1996, came into effect on April 1, 1996, and were amended on January 14, 1997, and August 1, 2008 (which amendment came into effect on August 5, 2008), payments for transactions that take place within the PRC must be made in Renminbi. PRC companies or individuals may repatriate foreign exchange receipts received overseas or deposit overseas. Renminbi is freely convertible for current account items, including the distribution of dividends, interest payments, trade and service-related foreign exchange transactions, but not for capital account items, such as direct investments, loans, repatriation of investments and investments in securities outside of the PRC, unless prior approval is obtained from SAFE and prior registration with SAFE is made. Foreign exchange proceeds under the current accounts may be either retained or sold to a financial institution engaged in settlement and sale of foreign exchange. For foreign exchange proceeds under the capital accounts, approval from SAFE is generally required for the retention or sale of such proceeds to a financial institution engaged in settlement and sale of foreign exchange.
91
Foreign Investment
According to Provisions on the Foreign Exchange Administration of Domestic Direct Investments of Foreign Investors, which were promulgated on May 10, 2013, by SAFE, upon establishment of a foreign investment enterprise pursuant to the law, registration formalities shall be completed with SAFE. In the event of subsequent changes in the capital of the foreign investment enterprise such as increase in capital, capital reduction, and equity transfer, registration change formalities shall be completed with SAFE.
Pursuant to the Circular of SAFE on Further Improving and Adjusting Foreign Exchange Administration Policies for Direct Investment, or the “SAFE Circular No. 59,” promulgated by SAFE on November 19, 2012, and was further amended on May 4, 2015, approval is not required for opening a foreign exchange account and depositing foreign exchange into the account relating to the direct investments. SAFE Circular No. 59 also simplified foreign exchange-related registration required for the foreign investors to acquire the equity interests of Chinese companies and further improve the administration on foreign exchange settlement for foreign investment enterprises.
The Notice of the SAFE on Reforming the Mode of Management of Settlement of Foreign Exchange Capital of Foreign-Funded Enterprises, or the “SAFE Circular No.19,” which was promulgated by SAFE on March 30, 2015, and became effective on June 1, 2015, provides that a foreign investment enterprise may, according to its actual business needs, settle with a bank the portion of the foreign exchange capital in its capital account for which the relevant foreign exchange administration has confirmed monetary capital contribution rights and interests (or for which the bank has registered the injection of the monetary capital contribution into the account). Pursuant to the SAFE Circular No.19, for the time being, foreign investment enterprises are allowed to settle 100% of their foreign exchange capitals on a discretionary basis; a foreign-invested enterprise shall truthfully use its capital for its own operational purposes within the scope of business; where an ordinary foreign-invested enterprise makes domestic equity investment with the amount of foreign exchanges settled, the invested enterprise shall first go through domestic re-investment registration and open a corresponding account for foreign exchange settlement pending payment with the foreign exchange administration or the bank at the place where it is registered.
Overseas Investment and Financing and Round-Trip Investment
Under SAFE Circular 37 issued by SAFE and effective on July 4, 2014, PRC residents are required to register with the local SAFE branch prior to the establishment or control of an offshore SPV, which is defined as offshore enterprises directly established or indirectly controlled by PRC residents for offshore equity financing of the enterprise assets or interests they hold in the PRC. An amendment to registration or subsequent filing with the local SAFE branch by such PRC resident is also required if there is any change in basic information of the offshore company or any material change with respect to the capital of the offshore company. At the same time, SAFE has issued the Operation Guidance for the Issues Concerning Foreign Exchange Administration over Round-trip Investment regarding the procedures for SAFE registration under SAFE Circular 37, which became effective on July 4, 2014, as an attachment of SAFE Circular 37, and provided operational guidance in detail on how to complete the required registration under SAFE Circular 37. Pursuant to the Circular on Further Simplifying and Improving the Foreign Currency Management Policy on Direct Investment, which was promulgated by SAFE and effective from June 1, 2015, the administrative approvals of foreign exchange registration of direct domestic investment and direct overseas investment are canceled and the procedure of foreign exchange-related registration are simplified. The investors shall register with banks for direct domestic investment and direct overseas investment.
Currently, all of our shareholders have completed Circular 37 Registration and are in compliance. All our significant shareholders, directors and officers have completed Circular 37 Registration. We cannot guarantee that our shareholders will continue to comply with the requirement and timely update their application. However, we do not believe the shareholders’ failure to complete registrations will have a substantial impact on our business operations or cross-border investment activities.
Dividend Distribution
Under the Company Law, the Foreign Investment Law, and Implementation Regulations of Foreign Investment Law, wholly foreign-owned enterprises in the PRC may pay dividends only out of their accumulated after-tax profits, if any, determined in accordance with China accounting standards and regulations. According to the Foreign Investment Law and Implementation Regulations of Foreign Investment Law, foreign investors’ investment, profits,
92
capital gains, assets disposal income, intellectual property license fees, compensation or indemnification obtained according to law, and income from liquidation, among other things, may be freely remitted in or out of China in RMB or foreign currency. In addition, under the Company Law, wholly foreign-owned enterprises in the PRC are required to allocate at least 10% of their respective accumulated profits each year, if any, to fund certain reserve funds until these reserves have reached 50% of the registered capital of the enterprises. These reserves are not distributable as cash dividends. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Doing Business in the PRC — HUHUTECH is a holding company, and may rely on dividends and other distributions on equity paid by our subsidiaries for our cash needs. Any limitation on the ability of our subsidiaries to make payments to us could have a material and adverse effect on our ability to conduct our business.”
According to our PRC legal counsel, Jiangsu Junjin Law Firm, as of the date of this prospectus, neither the Company nor HUHU China has been subject to any investigation, or receive any notice, warning, or sanction from relevant government authorities related to non-compliance with the PRC foreign exchange laws.
Offshore Investment
Under the Circular on Relevant Issues Concerning Foreign Exchange Control on Domestic Residents’ Offshore Investment and Financing and Roundtrip Investment Through Special Purpose Vehicles, or SAFE Circular 37, effective on July 4, 2014, PRC residents are required to register with the local SAFE branch prior to the establishment or control of an offshore special purpose vehicle, which is defined as an offshore enterprise directly established or indirectly controlled by PRC residents for investment and financing purposes, with the enterprise assets or interests PRC residents hold in China or overseas. The term “control” means to obtain the operation rights, right to proceeds, or decision-making power of a special purpose vehicle through acquisition, trust, holding shares on behalf of others, voting rights, repurchase, convertible bonds, or other means. An amendment to registration or subsequent filing with the local SAFE branch by such PRC residents is also required if there is any change in the basic information of the offshore company or any material change with respect to the capital of the offshore company. At the same time, SAFE has issued the Operation Guidance for the Issues Concerning Foreign Exchange Administration over Round-Trip Investment regarding the procedures for SAFE registration under SAFE Circular 37, which became effective on July 4, 2014, as an attachment of SAFE Circular 37.
Under the relevant rules, failure to comply with the registration procedures set forth in SAFE Circular 37 may result in bans on the foreign exchange activities of the relevant onshore company, including the payment of dividends and other distributions to its offshore parent or affiliates, and may also subject relevant PRC residents to penalties under PRC foreign exchange administration regulations.
According to our PRC legal counsel, Jiangsu Junjin Law Firm, as of the date of this prospectus, neither the Company nor HUHU China has been subject to any investigation, or receive any notice, warning, or sanction from relevant government authorities related to non-compliance with the PRC offshore investment regulations.
Regulation Relating to Overseas Listings
On February 17, 2023, the CSRC released the Trial Administrative Measures of Overseas Securities Offering and Listing by Domestic Companies, or the Trial Measures, and five supporting guidelines, along with the Notice on the Arrangements for the Filing Management of Overseas Listing of Domestic Companies, or the Notice. The Trial Measures came into effect on March 31, 2023. The Trial Measures refine the regulatory system by subjecting both direct and indirect overseas offering and listing activities to the CSRC filing-based administration. Requirements for filing entities, time points and procedures are specified. A PRC domestic company that seeks to offer and list securities in overseas markets shall fulfill the filing procedure with the CSRC per the requirements of the Trial Measures. Where a PRC domestic company seeks to indirectly offer and list securities in overseas markets, the issuer shall designate a major domestic operating entity, which shall, as the domestic responsible entity, file with the CSRC. The Trial Measures also lay out requirements for the reporting of material events. Breaches of the Trial Measures, such as offering and listing securities overseas without fulfilling the filing procedures, shall bear legal liabilities, including a fine between RMB 1.0 million (approximately $150,000) and RMB 10.0 million (approximately $1.5 million), and the Trial Measures heighten the cost for offenders by enforcing accountability with administrative penalties and incorporating the compliance status of relevant market participants into the Securities Market Integrity Archives.
93
According to the Trial Measures and the Notice, PRC domestic enterprises that have submitted valid applications for overseas issuance and listing but have not been approved by overseas regulatory authorities or overseas stock exchanges at the date of effectiveness of the Trial Measures on March 31, 2023 can reasonably arrange the timing of filing applications with the CSRC and shall complete the filing with the CSRC before the overseas issuance and listing.
As such, we can reasonably arrange the timing for submitting the filing application with the CSRC, and shall complete the filing with the CSRC in accordance with the Trial Measures before this offering. In sum, we are subject to the filing requirements of the CSRC for this offering under the Trial Measures. On April 22, 2024, we received approval from the CSRC regarding our completion of the required filing procedures for this offering. We have not received any formal inquiry, notice, warning, sanction, or objection from the CSRC with respect to this offering. Any failure or perceived failure of us to fully comply with such new regulatory requirements could significantly limit or completely hinder our ability to offer or continue to offer securities to investors, cause significant disruption to our business operations, and severely damage our reputation, which could materially and adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations and could cause the value of our securities to significantly decline or be worthless.
If the CSRC or other regulatory agencies later promulgate new rules or explanations requiring that we obtain their approvals for this offering and any follow-on offering, we may be unable to obtain such approvals and we may face sanctions by the CSRC or other PRC regulatory agencies for failure to seek such approvals which could significantly limit or completely hinder our ability to offer or continue to offer securities to our investors and the securities currently being offered may substantially decline in value and be worthless.
Regulations on Dividend Distribution
The principal laws and regulations regulating the distribution of dividends by FIEs in China include the PRC Company Law and were subsequently amended from time to time, and the 2019 PRC Foreign Investment Law and its Implementation Rules. Under the current regulatory regime in China, FIEs in China may pay dividends only out of their retained earnings, if any, determined in accordance with PRC accounting standards and regulations. A PRC company is required to set aside as statutory reserve funds at least 10% of its after-tax profit, until the cumulative amount of such reserve funds reaches 50% of its registered capital, unless laws regarding foreign investment provide otherwise. A PRC company cannot distribute any profits until any losses from prior fiscal years have been offset.
According to our PRC legal counsel, Jiangsu Junjin Law Firm, as of the date of this prospectus, neither the Company nor HUHU China has been subject to any investigation, or receive any notice, warning, or sanction from relevant government authorities related to non-compliance with the PRC regulations on Dividend Distribution.
Regulations on Taxation
Enterprise Income Tax
On March 16, 2007, the National People’s Congress promulgated the PRC EIT Law, which was amended on February 24, 2017 and December 29, 2018. On December 6, 2007, the State Council enacted the Regulations for the Implementation of the Enterprise Income Tax Law, which became effective on January 1, 2008 and was amended on April 23, 2019. Under the Enterprise Income Tax Law and the relevant implementing regulations, both resident enterprises and non-resident enterprises are subject to tax in China. Resident enterprises are defined as enterprises that are established in China in accordance with PRC laws, or that are established in accordance with the laws of foreign countries but are actually or in effect controlled from within China. Non-resident enterprises are defined as enterprises that are organized under the laws of foreign countries and whose actual management is conducted outside China, but have established institutions or premises in China, or have no such established institutions or premises but have income generated from inside China. Under the Enterprise Income Tax Law and relevant implementing regulations, a uniform corporate income tax rate of 25% is applied. However, if non-resident enterprises have not formed permanent establishments or premises in China, or if they have formed permanent establishments or premises in China but there is no actual relationship between the relevant income derived in China and the established institutions or premises set up by them, withholding income tax is set at the rate of 10% with respect to their income sourced from inside the PRC.
94
Value-Added Tax
The PRC Provisional Regulations on Value-Added Tax were promulgated by the State Council on December 13, 1993, became effective on January 1, 1994, and were subsequently amended from time to time. The Detailed Rules for the Implementation of the PRC Provisional Regulations on Value-Added Tax (2011 Revision) were promulgated by the Ministry of Finance on December 25, 1993 and subsequently amended in 2008 and 2011. On November 19, 2017, the State Council promulgated the Decisions on Abolishing the PRC Provisional Regulations on Business Tax and Amending the PRC Provisional Regulations on VAT. Pursuant to these regulations, rules and decisions, all enterprises and individuals engaged in sale of goods, provision of processing, repair, and replacement services, sales of services, intangible assets, real property, and the importation of goods within the PRC are value-added tax, or VAT, taxpayers. On March 20, 2019, the Ministry of Finance, the SAT, and the General Administration of Customs jointly issued the Announcement on Relevant Policies on Deepening the Reform of Value-Added Tax. Pursuant to this announcement, the generally applicable VAT rates are simplified as 13%, 9%, which became effective on April 1, 2019, and the VAT rate applicable to the small-scale taxpayers is 3%. If a small-scale taxpayer’s total monthly sales amount does not exceed RMB100 thousand and its quarterly sales volume does not exceed RMB300 thousand, the VAT will be exempted.
Dividend Withholding Tax
The Enterprise Income Tax Law and its implementation rules provide that since January 1, 2008, an income tax rate of 10% will normally apply to dividends declared to non-PRC resident investors that do not have an establishment or place of business in China, or that have such establishment or place of business but the relevant income is not effectively connected with the establishment or place of business, to the extent such dividends are derived from sources within China.
Pursuant to the Arrangement Between the Mainland of China and the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region on the Avoidance of Double Taxation and the Prevention of Fiscal Evasion with Respect to Taxes on Income and Capital, and other applicable PRC laws, if a Hong Kong resident enterprise is determined by the competent PRC tax authority to have met the relevant conditions and requirements under this arrangement and other applicable laws, the 10% withholding tax on the dividends the Hong Kong resident enterprise receives from a PRC resident enterprise may be reduced to 5%. However, based on the Circular on Certain Issues with Respect to the Enforcement of Dividend Provisions in Tax Treaties issued on February 20, 2009, if the relevant PRC tax authorities determine, in their discretions, that a company benefits from such reduced income tax rate due to a structure or arrangement that is primarily tax-driven, such PRC tax authorities may adjust the preferential tax treatment. Pursuant to the Circular on Several Questions regarding the “Beneficial Owner” in Tax Treaties, which was issued on February 3, 2018 by SAT and became effective on April 1, 2018, when determining the applicant’s status as the “beneficial owner” regarding tax treatment in connection with dividends, interests, or royalties in the tax treaties, several factors, including, without limitation, whether the applicant is obligated to pay more than 50% of his or her income in twelve months to residents in a third country or region, whether the business operated by the applicant constitutes the actual business activities, and whether the counterparty country or region to the tax treaties does not levy any tax or grant any tax exemption on relevant incomes or levy tax at an extremely low rate, will be taken into account, and such factors will be analyzed according to the actual circumstances of the specific cases.
Tax on Indirect Transfer
On February 3, 2015, SAT issued the Bulletin on Issues of Enterprise Income Tax on Indirect Transfers of Assets by Non-PRC Resident Enterprises, or Bulletin 7. Pursuant to Bulletin 7, an “indirect transfer” of assets, including equity interests in a PRC resident enterprise, by non-PRC resident enterprises, may be recharacterized and treated as a direct transfer of PRC taxable assets, if such arrangement does not have a reasonable commercial purpose and was established for the purpose of avoiding payment of PRC enterprise income tax. As a result, gains derived from such indirect transfer may be subject to PRC enterprise income tax. When determining whether there is a “reasonable commercial purpose” in the transaction arrangement, features to be taken into consideration include, inter alia, whether the main value of the equity interest of the relevant offshore enterprise derives directly or indirectly from PRC taxable assets; whether the assets of the relevant offshore enterprise mainly consists of direct or indirect investment in China or if its income is mainly derived from China; and whether the offshore enterprise and its subsidiaries directly or indirectly holding PRC taxable assets have a real
95
commercial nature which is evidenced by their actual function and risk exposure. Pursuant to Bulletin 7, where the payer fails to withhold any or sufficient tax, the transferor shall declare and pay such tax to the tax authority by itself within the statutory time limit. Late payment of applicable tax will subject the transferor to default interest. Bulletin 7 does not apply to transactions of sale of shares by investors through a public stock exchange where such shares are acquired on a public stock exchange. On October 17, 2017, SAT issued the Announcement of the State Administration of Taxation on Issues Concerning the Withholding of Non- resident Enterprise Income Tax at Source, or Bulletin 37, which was amended by the Announcement of the State Administration of Taxation on Revising Certain Taxation Normative Documents issued on June 15, 2018 by SAT. Bulletin 37 further elaborates the relevant implemental rules regarding the calculation, reporting, and payment obligations of the withholding tax by the non-resident enterprises. Nonetheless, there remain uncertainties as to the interpretation and application of Bulletin 7. Bulletin 7 may be determined by the tax authorities to be applicable to our offshore transactions or sale of our shares or those of our offshore subsidiaries where non-resident enterprises, being the transferors, are involved.
According to our PRC legal counsel, Jiangsu Junjin Law Firm, as of the date of this prospectus, neither the Company nor HUHU China has been subject to any investigation, or receive any notice, warning, or sanction from relevant government authorities related to non-compliance with the PRC Taxation laws.
Regulations on Employment
Labor Contract Law
The PRC Labor Contract Law, which became effective on January 1, 2008 and amended in 2012, primarily aims at regulating rights and obligations of employment relationships, including the establishment, performance, and termination of labor contracts. Pursuant to the Labor Contract Law, labor contracts must be executed in writing if labor relationships are to be or have been established between employers and employees. Employers are prohibited from forcing employees to work above certain time limits and employers must pay employees for overtime work in accordance with national regulations. In addition, employees’ wages must not be lower than local standards on minimum wages and must be paid to employees in a timely manner.
Social Insurance
As required under the Regulation of Insurance for Labor Injury implemented on January 1, 2004 and amended in 2010, the Provisional Measures for Maternity Insurance of Employees of Corporations implemented on January 1, 1995, the Decisions on the Establishment of a Unified Program for Old-Aged Pension Insurance of the State Council issued on July 16, 1997, the Decisions on the Establishment of the Medical Insurance Program for Urban Workers of the State Council promulgated on December 14, 1998, the Unemployment Insurance Measures promulgated on January 22, 1999, and the PRC Social Insurance Law implemented on July 1, 2011 and amended on December 29, 2018, employers are required to provide their employees in China with welfare benefits covering pension insurance, unemployment insurance, maternity insurance, work-related injury insurance, and medical insurance. These payments are made to local administrative authorities. Any employer that fails to make social insurance contributions may be ordered to rectify the non-compliance and pay the required contributions within a prescribed time limit and be subject to a late fee. If the employer still fails to rectify the failure to make the relevant contributions within the prescribed time, it may be subject to a fine ranging from one to three times the amount overdue. On July 20, 2018, the General Office of the State Council issued the Plan for Reforming the State and Local Tax Collection and Administration Systems, which stipulated that SAT will become solely responsible for collecting social insurance premiums.
Housing Fund
In accordance with the Regulations on the Administration of Housing Funds, which was promulgated by the State Council in 1999 and amended in 2002 and 2019, employers must register at the designated administrative centers and open bank accounts for depositing employees’ housing funds. Employers and employees are also required to pay and deposit housing funds, with an amount no less than 5% of the monthly average salary of the employee in the preceding year in full and on time.
96
Regulations on Share Incentive Plans
Pursuant to the Notices on Issues Concerning the Foreign Exchange Administration for Domestic Individuals Participating in Stock Incentive Plan of Overseas Publicly Listed Company, which was issued by SAFE on February 15, 2012, employees, directors, supervisors, and other senior management who participate in any stock incentive plan of a publicly listed overseas company and who are PRC citizens or non-PRC citizens residing in China for a continuous period of no less than one year, subject to a few exceptions, are required to register with SAFE through a qualified domestic agent, which may be a PRC subsidiary of such overseas listed company, and complete certain other procedures.
In addition, SAT has issued certain circulars concerning employee stock options and restricted shares. Under these circulars, employees working in China who exercise stock options or are granted restricted shares will be subject to PRC individual income tax. The PRC subsidiaries of an overseas listed company are required to file documents related to employee stock options and restricted shares with relevant tax authorities and to withhold individual income taxes of employees who exercise their stock options or purchase restricted shares. If the employees fail to pay or the PRC subsidiaries fail to withhold income tax in accordance with relevant laws and regulations, the PRC subsidiaries may be subject to sanctions imposed by the tax authorities or other PRC governmental authorities.
According to our PRC legal counsel, Jiangsu Junjin Law Firm, as of the date of this prospectus, neither the Company nor HUHU China has been subject to any investigation, or receive any notice, warning, or sanction from relevant government authorities related to non-compliance with the PRC labor laws.
Regulations in Japan
Companies Act
The Formation, organization, operation and management of companies in Japan are governed by the JP Companies Act (Act No.86 of 2005). The JP Companies Act applies to both JP domestic companies and foreign-invested companies. And the registration authority for Japanese companies is the Legal Affairs Bureau. According to the document issued by the Kumamoto District Legal Affairs Bureau, Huhu Japan was established on April 25, 2022, a company which is established under the JP Companies Act.
Regulations Relating to the Construction Industry
Construction Business Act
In Japan, some industries need to apply for “license” to the government. For example, there are various construction-related laws in Japan, including Construction Business Act (Act No. 100 of 1949), Act on Construction, etc. of Government and Other Public Office Facilities (Act No. 181 of 1951). A company which seeks to operate a construction business, must obtain a license from the Minster of Land, Infrastructure, transport and Tourism when the company establishes business offices (head office, branch offices or an equivalent office specified by Cabinet Order; the same applies hereinafter) in the areas of two or more prefectures, or from the prefectural governor having jurisdiction over the location of the office when the company establishes a business office in the areas of only one prefecture. HUHU Japan’s business operations are mainly governed by the Construction Business Act. According to the Notification issued by the Prefecture governor of Kumamoto, HUHU Japan has obtained the “Specific Construction Business License” on September 16, 2022. The validity period of this license is from September 30, 2022 to September 29, 2027.
The purpose of the Construction Business Act is to ensure the proper execution of construction work (Article 1 of the Act), but a person who intends to operate a construction business (a business whose business is to undertake the completion of construction work) must Construction business license must be obtained (Article 3, Paragraph 1 of the same law).
When construction companies (licensed construction companies) carry out contracted construction work, they must have a chief engineer in charge of construction management at the construction site (Article 26, Paragraph 1 of the Act). If construction work is directly undertaken by the client, and if more than 45 million yen (or 70 million yen in the case of complete construction work) is subcontracted, a supervising engineer must be appointed in place of the chief engineer (Article 2 of Construction Industry Law Enforcement Order).
97
Building Standard Law
The Building Standard Law establishes minimum standards for the general structure of houses, fire prevention and evacuation-related matters, and road access obligations. When a building owner intends to construct (new construction, expansion, renovation, or relocation) a building of a size, structure, or use that exceeds a certain scope, or to carry out large-scale repairs or major redecoration, the owner must obtain confirmation from the building official (Article 6, Paragraph 1 of the same law) and obtain a certificate of confirmation before commencing construction (Article 6, Paragraph 4).
In addition, certain buildings must be periodically inspected for age-related deterioration and other conditions by a first-class architect or other qualified person, and the results must be reported to the specified administrative agency (Article 12, Paragraph 1 of the same law)
Regulations on Foreign Exchange
Foreign Exchange Law
Japanese company may be subject to the Foreign Exchange and Foreign Trade Law (hereinafter referred to as the “Foreign Exchange Law”) when importing, exporting.
Under the Foreign Exchange Law, permission or approval from the Minister of Economy, Trade and Industry is required for the import or export of specific goods, the export of goods to a specific country or region, or the import of goods to a specific country or region of origin or place of shipment (Article 48 for export, Article 52 for import).
The Customs Law stipulates that, in principle, all import/export goods must be declared to the Director-General of Customs, and that permission must be obtained after the necessary inspection of the goods (Article 67).
Regulations on Taxation
Corporate Tax Law
Since HUHU Japan is incorporated in Japan, it must pay taxes in accordance with the Corporate Tax Law, the Consumption Tax Law, and other laws.
Consumption Tax Law
Under the Consumption Tax Law, a business operator in a domestic transaction must pay consumption tax (Article 4).
Regulations on Employment
Labor Standards Law
The Labor Standards Law stipulates minimum standards for working conditions between workers and employers, including payment of wages (Article 24), working hours (Article 32), overtime and holiday work (Article 36), premium wages (Article 37), notice of termination (Article 20), fixed-term employment contracts (Article 14), and paid leave (Article 39), and employers who regularly employ 10 or more workers must prepare employment regulations and notify the Labor Standards Inspection Office (Article 89).
Furthermore, the Minimum Wage Act stipulates the minimum standards for workers’ wages, and working conditions that fall below this standard are invalidated, and the wages stipulated by the Act must be paid (Article 4 of the Law).
In addition, discrimination on the basis of sex is prohibited in the recruitment, hiring, placement, promotion, demotion, education and training of workers by employers, as well as dismissal, pregnancy, childbirth, maternity leave and other disadvantageous treatment on the basis of marriage (Articles 5 and 6 of the Law Concerning the Maintenance of Equal Opportunity and Treatment of Men and Women in Employment).
98
Furthermore, there shall be no unreasonable difference in treatment between part-time and fixed-term workers and regular employees in all forms of treatment, and discriminatory treatment of part-time and fixed-term workers, who should be regarded as regular employees, is prohibited in all forms of treatment (Articles 8 and 9 of the Act on Improvement, etc. of Employment Management for Part-Time Workers and Fixed-Term Workers).
Occupational Safety and Health Law
The Occupational Safety and Health Law states that it is the duty of employers to realize a comfortable work environment and to ensure the safety and health of workers in the workplace (Article 3 of the Law), and health system in the workplace (appointment of a general safety and health manager, safety manager, health manager, industrial physician, etc. and establishment of a safety committee, health committee, etc.) (Article 10 and following), and specific measures to prevent industrial accidents at workplaces (hazard prevention standards, safety and health education, etc.) (Article 20 and following).
In addition, the government provides necessary insurance benefits for workers’ injuries and illnesses due to work-related reasons or commuting (Articles 2 and 7 of the Workers’ Accident Compensation Insurance Law, etc.); This is covered by insurance premiums borne by business owners, and business owners are required to pay the insurance premiums (Article 30 of the Law).
Regulations on Intellectual Property Rights
Intellectual property rights are defined as 1 those produced by human creative activity (inventions, devices, designs, and works), 2 those indicating goods or services used in business activities by companies, etc. (trademarks), and 3 technical or business information useful in business activities (trade secrets) (Article 2(1) of the Basic Intellectual Property Law).
Inventions are governed by the Patent Law, devices by the Utility Model Law, designs by the Design Law, trademarks by the Trademark Law, works by the Copyright Law, and trade secrets by the Unfair Competition Prevention Law. The Patent Law, Utility Model Law, Design Law, Trademark Law, and Copyright Law grant rights as intellectual property rights to the owners of each type of intellectual property for protection if the respective requirements are met.
The Unfair Competition Prevention Law prohibits the following acts: (i) causing confusion of well-known trade or other indications, (ii) infringement of well-known trade or other indications, (iii) offering products that imitate the form of products of others, (iv) infringement of trade secrets, (v) improper acquisition of limited offer data, (vi) offering devices or other means that prevent the effect of technical restrictive measures, (vii) improper acquisition of domain names, ( (viii) acts of causing misidentification of the origin or quality of goods or services, (ix) acts of defamation, and (x) misuse of trademarks by agents, etc., are regulated as unfair competition (Article 2(1) of the Act).
99
Executive Officers and Directors
Set forth below is information concerning our directors, director nominees, executive officers and other key employees.
|
Name |
Age |
Position(s) |
||
|
Yujun Xiao |
43 |
Director, Chief Executive Officer |
||
|
Yinglai Wang |
41 |
Director, Chairperson of the Board |
||
|
Huiping Zhang |
46 |
Chief Financial Officer |
||
|
Xiaoming Chen |
37 |
Chief Technology Officer |
||
|
Xiaoqiu Zhang*(1)(2)(3) |
44 |
Independent Director Nominee |
||
|
Qi Zheng*(1)(2)(3) |
44 |
Independent Director Nominee |
||
|
Jin Ma*(1)(2)(3) |
46 |
Independent Director Nominee |
____________
(1) Member of the Audit Committee
(2) Member of the Compensation Committee
(3) Member of the Nominating Committee
* The individual shall be appointed and consents to be in such position effective upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.
Yujun Xiao, Chief Executive Officer, Director
Yujun Xiao has been our director since July 8, 2021 and our Chief Executive Officer since July 28, 2021. He founded HUHU China in 2015, prior to which he founded Shanghai Huhu Technology Ltd. in 2010 and served as its CEO from 2010 to 2015. From 2006 to 2010, he was the head of the engineer department of Shentong Computer Ltd. From 2001 to 2006, he served as a senior engineer at Shanghai South Asia Technology Ltd. Mr. Xiao has extensive experience in corporate management and strategic decision making. He oversees the Company’s daily operations at a company-wide level and makes periodic business development plans based on the Company’s strategies. Mr. Xiao is also responsible for overseeing the Shenton Company strategy and business plan execution. Mr. Xiao holds a bachelor’s degree from Suzhou Top Institute Of Information Technology, specializing in machinery manufacturing and automation. Yujun Xiao is the spouse of Yinglai Wang, Director and Chairperson of the Board.
Huiping Zhang, Chief Financial Officer
Huiping Zhang has been our Chief Financial officer since July 28, 2021. She served as the Chief Financial Officer in multiple companies from 2002 to 2020. Her most recent experience prior to joining us was the CFO at Zhongcheng Zhihui Technology Ltd., a position she served from 2017 to 2020. Ms. Zhang has many years of experience in financial work and team management experience. She is familiar with companies related to banking, tax, industry and commerce. She is also familiar with work procedures in obtaining tax benefits at high technology companies. Ms. Zhang has extensive knowledge of financial coordination and due diligence work in the early stage of listing in China, and has great expertise in accounting and financial analysis. Ms. Zhang holds a bachelor degree from Jiangsu Open University in accounting. She also has an Intermediate Accountant Certificate in China.
Yinglai Wang, Chairperson of the Board, Director
Yinglai Wang has served as the director and the Chairperson of the board since July 8, 2021. She co-founded Shanghai Huhu Technology Ltd. in 2010. Ms. Wang has extensive experience in corporate management in the mechanical engineering industry and has a unique and advanced perspective in the strategic development of the company. She holds a bachelor’s degree in Wuxi Taihu College, specializing in business management. Yinglai Wang is the spouse of Yujun Xiao, who is the CEO and a director of the Company.
Xiaoming Chen, Chief Technology Officer
Xiaoming Chen has been our Chief Technology officer since July 9, 2021. He has served as the Chief Technology officer in HUHU China since 2015, prior to which he was the head of technology in Hanjin Electrical Automation System (Kunshan) Ltd. since 2011. He has worked as an engineer in multiple companies since 2009. Mr. Chen has abundant expertise in large to medium automation system project planning. Mr. Chen holds a college degree from Xuzhou Industry Career Technique College, specializing in electric automation.
100
Xiaoqiu Zhang, Independent Director Nominee
Xiaoqiu Zhang founded Wuxi Xinzhan Corporate Management Consulting Limited and has served as the general manager since 2016. She oversees corporate management and creating strategic planning. From June 2015 to June 2018, she served as a director at Wuxi Dongling Smart Technology Co., during which she assisted the company in its public listing process in China. Ms. Zhang holds a college degree from Nanjing Political Academy in December 2004, and obtained her bachelor degree in business management from Northeastern Finance University in October 2020.
Qi Zheng, Independent Director Nominee
Qi Zheng has served as the managing director of Beijing Weiheng (Wuxi) Law Firm since September 2021, prior to which role, he was the senior partner from March 2020 at Beijing Weiheng (Wuxi) Law Firm, responsible for the firm’s daily operation and corporate compliance department and criminal law department. He is also in-house counsel to multiple companies. Prior to joining Beijing Weiheng (Wuxi) Law Firm, he was an attorney at Jiangsu Manxiu Law Firm from April 2017 to March 2020. Mr. Zheng holds a bachelor of law degree in Nanjing University of Finance & Economics on June 6, 2003, and a master of law degree from Tongji University in March 2015.
Jin Ma, Independent Director Nominee
Mr. Jin Ma has experience in consulting and accounting for over 10 years. He worked for Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu Certified Public Accountants LLP and Motorola Solutions (China) Co., Ltd. He co-founded Brook Partners consultancy in 2008 and has been the managing partner in charge of financial consulting and risk management consulting since then. Mr. Ma covers financial consulting, internal control and risk management for large-size state-owned enterprises and public companies. Mr. Ma graduated from Tianjin University of Finance & Economics with a bachelor’s degree in auditing in 2002. He was admitted as a member of the Association of Chartered Certified Accountants in UK in 2012 and a chartered professional accountant member of the Chartered Professional Accountant of British Columbia, Canada in 2015.
Family Relationships
Our CEO and director, Yujun Xiao is the spouse of our Chairperson Yinglai Wang.
Board of Directors
Our board of directors will consist of 5 directors upon declaration of effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. A director is not required to hold any shares in our company to qualify to serve as a director. A director who to his or her knowledge is in any way, whether directly or indirectly, interested in a contract or arrangement or proposed contract or arrangement with the Company shall declare the nature of his or her interest at the meeting of the board of directors at which the question of entering into the contract or arrangement is first considered, if he or she knows his or her interest then exists, or in any other case at the first meeting of the board of directors after he or she knows that he or she is or has become so interested. Following such declaration being made and subject to any separate requirement for audit committee approval under applicable law or the rules and regulations of the relevant stock exchange and, unless disqualified by the chairman of the relevant board meeting, a director may vote in respect of any contract or proposed contract or arrangement in which such director is interested and may be counted in the quorum at such meeting. The board of directors may exercise all the powers of the Company to raise or borrow money and to mortgage or charge all or any part of the undertaking, property and assets (present and future) and uncalled capital of the Company and, subject to the Companies Act (as amended) of the Cayman Islands, to issue debentures, bonds and other securities, whether outright or as collateral security for any debt, liability or obligation of the Company or of any third party. There are no directors’ service contracts with the Company or its subsidiaries providing for benefits upon termination of employment.
Committees of the board of directors
Prior to the declaration of effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, we intend to establish an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee under the board of directors. We intend to adopt a charter for each of the three committees prior to the completion of this offering.
101
Duties of Directors
As a matter of Cayman Islands law, directors of a Cayman Islands company owe fiduciary duties to the company and separately a duty of care, diligence and skill to the company. Under Cayman Islands law, directors and officers owe the following fiduciary duties: (i) a duty to act in good faith in what the director or officer believes to be in the best interests of the company as a whole; (ii) a duty to exercise powers for the purposes for which those powers were conferred and not for a collateral purpose; (iii) a duty not to improperly fetter the exercise of future discretion; (iv) a duty to exercise powers fairly as between different classes of shareholders; (v) a duty to exercise independent judgment; and (vi) a duty not to put themselves in a position in which there is a conflict between their duty to the company and their personal interests. In fulfilling their duty of care to our company, our directors must ensure compliance with our memorandum and articles of association, as amended and restated from time to time. Our company may have the right to seek damages if a duty owed by our directors is breached.
Our board of directors has all the powers necessary for managing, and, for directing and supervising, our business affairs. The functions and powers of our board of directors include, among others:
• convening shareholders’ annual and extraordinary general meetings and reporting its work to shareholders at such meetings;
• declaring dividends and distributions;
• appointing officers and determining the term of office of the officers;
• exercising the borrowing powers of our company and mortgaging the property of our company; and
• approving the transfer of shares in our company, including the registration of such transfer in our register of members.
Terms of Directors and Officers
Subject to our Articles and the Companies Act (as amended) of the Cayman Islands, the Company may by ordinary resolution of our shareholders elect any person to be a director either to fill a casual vacancy or as an addition to the existing board of directors. Alternatively, the directors may from time to time and at any time appoint any person as a director to fill a casual vacancy on the board of directors or as an addition to the existing board of directors (subject to the Company’s compliance with director nomination procedures required under the rules and regulations of any relevant stock exchange, as long as shares are listed on a stock exchange, unless the board of directors resolves to follow any available exceptions or exemptions). Our directors will hold office until the expiration of his or her term or until their successors are elected or appointed. A director may be removed by way of an ordinary resolution of the shareholders at any time before the expiration of his or her period of office notwithstanding anything in our Articles or in any agreement between the Company and that director (but without prejudice to any claim for damages under any such agreement). In addition, a director will cease to be a director if the director: (i) resigns his or her office by notice in writing delivered to the Company at the Company’s registered office or tendered at a meeting of the board of directors; (ii) becomes of unsound mind or dies; (iii) without special leave of absence from the board of directors, is absent from meetings of the board of directors for three consecutive meetings and the board of directors resolves that his or her office be vacated; (iv) becomes bankrupt or has a receiving order made against him or her or suspends payment or compounds with his or her creditors; (v) is prohibited by the laws of the Cayman Islands from being a director; or (vi) ceases to be a director by virtue of any provision of any Cayman Islands legislation applying to the Company or is removed from office pursuant to our Articles.
Our officers are appointed by and serve at the discretion of the board of directors, and may be removed by our board of directors.
Employment Agreements
We have entered into employment agreements with each of our executive officers. Each executive officer has agreed to hold, both during and after the termination or expiry of his or her employment agreement, in strict confidence and not to use, except as required in the performance of his or her duties in connection with the employment or pursuant to applicable law, any of our confidential information or trade secrets, any confidential
102
information or trade secrets of our clients or prospective clients, or the confidential or proprietary information of any third party received by us and for which we have confidential obligations and rights for these inventions, designs and trade secrets.
The agreement with our CEO Yujun Xiao provides for an annual base salary of the amount of RMB 36,360. Under the terms of the agreement, Yujun Xiao’s employment will continue indefinitely, subject to termination by either party to the agreement upon 1 months’ prior written notice or the equivalent salary in lieu of such notice.
The agreement with our CFO Huiping Zhang provides for an annual base salary of the amount of RMB 135,000. Under the terms of the agreement, Huiping Zhang’s employment will continue from February 2022 through February 2025, subject to termination by either party to the agreement upon 1 months’ prior written notice or the equivalent salary in lieu of such notice.
The agreement with our Chairperson of the Board Yinglai Wang provides for an annual base salary of the amount of RMB 72,000. Under the terms of the agreement, Yinglai Wang’s employment will continue indefinitely, subject to termination by either party to the agreement upon 1 months’ prior written notice or the equivalent salary in lieu of such notice.
The agreement with our CTO Xiaoming Chen provides for an annual base salary of the amount of RMB 60,000. Under the terms of the agreement, Xiaoming Chen’s employment will continue indefinitely, subject to termination by either party to the agreement upon 1 months’ prior written notice or the equivalent salary in lieu of such notice.
In addition, each executive officer has agreed to be bound by non-competition and non-solicitation restrictions during the term of his or her employment. Specifically, each executive officer has agreed not to engage in business that is similar or identical to the Company’s business, or to provide assistance for any individual or organization who is involved in similar or identical business with the Company.
Compensation of Directors and Executive Officers
In fiscal years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, we paid an aggregate of RMB 1,563,796 (USD 220,847) and RMB 1,355,499 (USD 201,441) in cash to our executive officers. We have not set aside or accrued any amount to provide pension, retirement or other similar benefits to our directors and executive officers. The PRC subsidiaries are required by law to make contributions equal to certain percentages of each employee’s salary for his or her pension insurance, medical insurance, unemployment insurance and other statutory benefits and a housing provident fund.
103
The table below sets forth the major related parties and their relationships with the Company as of December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021:
(1) Related party relationships:
|
Name of Related Party |
Relationship to the Company |
|
|
Mr. Yujun Xiao |
CEO of the Company and spouse of Ms. Yinglai Wang |
|
|
Shanghai Tongcheng Enterprise Management Co., Ltd. |
Mr. Yujun Xiao served as a supervisor and holds 40% of the shares |
|
|
Anhui Zhongke Shengwei Intelligent Data Co., Ltd., |
Mr. Yujun Xiao is the legal representative and holds 9.51% of the shares |
|
|
Ms. Yinglai Wang |
Chairperson of the Company and spouse of Mr. Yujun Xiao |
(2) Due to related parties:
|
As of |
||||||||
|
2023 |
2022 |
2021 |
||||||
|
Mr. Yujun Xiao |
$ |
443,027 |
$ |
172,973 |
637,000 |
|||
|
Ms. Yinglai Wang |
|
425,411 |
|
375,500 |
— |
|||
|
$ |
868,438 |
$ |
548,473 |
637,000 |
||||
Mr. Yujun Xiao and Ms. Yinglai Wang made advances to the Company as working capital to support the Company’s operations during the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021. The balances are unsecured, interest-free and due upon demand. The balance was repaid RMB 1,600,000 (US225,355) on May 27, 2024.
(3) Due from related party:
|
As of |
||||||||
|
2023 |
2022 |
2021 |
||||||
|
Shanghai Tongcheng Enterprise Management Co., Ltd. |
$ |
— |
$ |
— |
1,569 |
|||
The balance was fully repaid on September 5, 2022.
(4) Purchases from a related party:
|
For the years ended |
||||||||
|
2023 |
2022 |
2021 |
||||||
|
Anhui Zhongke Shengwei Intelligent Data Co., Ltd. |
$ |
210,251 |
$ |
805,679 |
— |
|||
Our affiliated entity Anhui Zhongke and HUHU China entered into a software purchase agreement, whereby Anhui Zhongke sold factory management and monitoring software to HUHU China. The purchase price of the software was $210,251 and $805,679 for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. The software was then sold to customers and the purchase price of the software was included in cost of revenue.
(5) Guaranty from related parties:
On April 19, 2021, the Company entered into a loan agreement with the Bank of Jiangsu to obtain a loan of $313,844 (RMB 2,000,000) for one year with a maturity date on April 18, 2022 at a fixed annual interest rate of 4.4%. Ms. Yinglai Wang, Chairperson of the Company, provided her real estate property to guarantee the loan repayment. The loan was fully repaid upon maturity.
On March 22, 2021, the Company entered into a loan agreement with the Bank of Jiangsu to obtain a loan of $470,765 (RMB 3,000,000) for one year with a maturity date on March 15, 2022 at a fixed annual interest rate of 4.4%. Ms. Yinglai Wang, Chairperson of the Company, provided her real estate property to guarantee the loan repayment. The loan was fully repaid upon maturity.
On December 10, 2021, the Company entered into a loan agreement with the China Construction Bank to obtain a loan of $188,306 (RMB 1,200,000) for one year with a maturity date on November 3, 2022 at a fixed annual interest rate of 4.05%. Ms. Yinglai Wang, the shareholder of the Company, personally guaranteed the repayment of the loan. The loan was fully repaid upon maturity.
104
On December 21, 2021, the Company entered into a loan agreement with the China Construction Bank to obtain a loan of $78,461 (RMB 500,000) for one year with a maturity date on November 3, 2022 at a fixed annual interest rate of 4.05%. Ms. Yinglai Wang, the shareholder of the Company, personally guaranteed the repayment of the loan. The loan was fully repaid upon maturity.
On April 1, 2022, the Company entered into a loan agreement with the Bank of Ningbo to obtain a loan of $434,959 (RMB 3,000,000) with a maturity date on March 28, 2023 at a fixed annual interest rate of 4.35%. After the repayment of $289,973 during fiscal year 2022, the loan balance was $144,986 as of December 31, 2022. Mr. Yujun Xiao, the CEO of the Company, and Ms. Yinglai Wang, the shareholder of the Company, guaranteed the repayment of the loan. The loan was fully repaid upon maturity.
On July 18, 2022, the Company entered into a loan agreement with the Bank of Nanjing to obtain a loan of $413,719 (RMB 3,000,000) for one year with a maturity date on July 17, 2023 at a fixed annual interest rate of 3.70%. Mr. Yujun Xiao, the CEO of the Company, and Ms. Yinglai Wang, the shareholder of the Company, guaranteed the repayment of the loan. The loan was subsequently fully repaid upon maturity.
On October 27, 2022, the Company entered into a loan agreement with the Bank of China to obtain a loan of $551,625 (RMB 4,000,000) with a maturity date on August 13, 2023 at an effective monthly interest rate of 2.8333‰. Mr. Yujun Xiao, the CEO of the Company, and Ms. Yinglai Wang, the shareholder of the Company, guaranteed the repayment of the loan. The loan was subsequently fully repaid upon maturity.
On November 9, 2022, the Company entered into a loan agreement with the Bank of China to obtain a loan of $689,532 (RMB 5,000,000) with a maturity date on August 13, 2023 at an effective monthly interest rate of 2.8333‰. Mr. Yujun Xiao, the CEO of the Company, and Ms. Yinglai Wang, the shareholder of the Company, guaranteed the repayment of the loan. The loan was subsequently fully repaid upon maturity.
On December 28, 2022, the Company obtained a loan of $144,986 (RMB 1,000,000) from Bank of Jiangsu with a maturity date on December 27, 2023 at a fixed annual interest rate of 5.3505%, pursuant to a loan agreement between the Company and Bank of Jiangsu dated November 9, 2022. Ms. Yinglai Wang, the shareholder of the Company, is a guarantor of the loan. The loan was fully repaid on January 3, 2023.
On March 17, 2023, the Company entered into a loan agreement with the Bank of Jiangsu to obtain a loan of $137,906 (RMB 1,000,000) with a maturity date on March 16, 2024 at a fixed annual interest rate of 3.7%. Mr. Yujun Xiao, the CEO of the Company, and Ms. Yinglai Wang, the shareholder of the Company, guaranteed the repayment of the loan. The loan was fully repaid upon maturity.
On July 20, 2023, the Company entered into a loan agreement with the Bank of Jiangsu to obtain a loan of $275,813 (RMB 2,000,000) with a maturity date on May 09, 2024 at a fixed annual interest rate of 3.7%. Mr. Yujun Xiao, the CEO of the Company, and Ms. Yinglai Wang, the shareholder of the Company, guaranteed the repayment of the loan. The loan was fully repaid on December 13, 2023.
On June 28, 2023, the Company entered into two loan agreements with the Bank of Kumamoto to obtain two loans of $172,508 (JPY 25,000,000) each with a maturity date on December 26, 2023 at a fixed annual interest rate of 2.0%. Mr. Yujun Xiao, the CEO of the Company, guaranteed the repayment of the loans. The loan was subsequently fully repaid upon maturity.
On July 20, 2023, the Company obtained a loan of $137,906 (RMB 1,000,000) from Bank of Jiangsu with a maturity date on September 20, 2023 at a fixed annual interest rate of 5.3505%, pursuant to a loan agreement between the Company and Bank of Jiangsu dated November 9, 2022. Ms. Yinglai Wang, the shareholder of the Company, is a guarantor of the loan. The loan was fully repaid on July 24, 2023.
On July 28, 2023, the Company entered into a loan agreement with the Bank of Ningbo to obtain a loan of $281,694 (RMB 2,000,000) with a maturity date on July 27, 2024 at a fixed annual interest rate of 3.45%. Mr. Yujun Xiao, the CEO of the Company, and Ms. Yinglai Wang, the shareholder of the Company, guaranteed the repayment of the loan.
On August 03, 2023, the Company entered into a loan agreement with the Bank of China to obtain a loan of $563,388 (RMB 4,000,000) with a maturity date on June 2, 2024 at a fixed annual interest rate of 3.3%. After the repayment of $211,270 during fiscal year 2023, the loan balance was $352,118 as of December 31, 2023. Mr. Yujun Xiao, the CEO of the Company, and Ms. Yinglai Wang, the shareholder of the Company, guaranteed the repayment of the loan.
On August 11, 2023, the Company entered into a loan agreement with the Bank of China to obtain a loan of $422,541 (RMB 3,000,000) with a maturity date on June 10, 2024 at a fixed annual interest rate of 3.3%. Mr. Yujun Xiao, the CEO of the Company, and Ms. Yinglai Wang, the shareholder of the Company, guaranteed the repayment of the loan.
105
On November 27, 2023, the Company entered into a loan agreement with the Bank of China to obtain a loan of $492,965 (RMB 3,500,000) with a maturity date on June 20, 2024 at a fixed annual interest rate of 3.05%. Mr. Yujun Xiao, the CEO of the Company, and Ms. Yinglai Wang, the shareholder of the Company, guaranteed the repayment of the loan.
On March 06, 2024, the Company entered into a loan agreement with the Bank of Jiangsu to obtain a loan of $140,847 (RMB 1,000,000) with a maturity date on April 06, 2024 at a fixed annual interest rate of 5.1%. Mr. Yujun Xiao, the CEO of the Company, and Ms. Yinglai Wang, the shareholder of the Company, guaranteed the repayment of the loan. The loan was fully repaid upon maturity.
On March 19, 2024, the Company entered into a loan agreement with the Bank of Jiangsu to obtain a loan of $281,694 (RMB 2,000,000) with a maturity date on March 18, 2026 at a fixed annual interest rate of 3.6%. Mr. Yujun Xiao, the CEO of the Company, and Ms. Yinglai Wang, the shareholder of the Company, guaranteed the repayment of the loan.
On March 26, 2024, the Company entered into a loan agreement with the Bank of Jiangsu to obtain a loan of $422,541 (RMB 3,000,000) with a maturity date on March 25, 2026 at a fixed annual interest rate of 3.6%. Mr. Yujun Xiao, the CEO of the Company, and Ms. Yinglai Wang, the shareholder of the Company, guaranteed the repayment of the loan.
On April 02, 2024, the Company entered into a loan agreement with the Bank of Jiangsu to obtain a loan of $140,847 (RMB 1,000,000) with a maturity date on May 02, 2024 at a fixed annual interest rate of 5.1%. Mr. Yujun Xiao, the CEO of the Company, and Ms. Yinglai Wang, the shareholder of the Company, guaranteed the repayment of the loan. The loan was fully repaid upon maturity.
On April 16, 2024, the Company entered into two loan agreements with the Bank of Kumamoto to obtain two loans of $1,235,795 (JPY 174,000,000) each with a maturity date on August 30, 2024 at a fixed annual interest rate of 1.875%. Mr. Yujun Xiao, the CEO of the Company, guaranteed the repayment of the loans.
On April 26, 2024, the Company entered into two loan agreements with the Bank of Kumamoto to obtain two loans of $353,412 (JPY 5,700,000) each with a maturity date on August 30, 2024 at a fixed annual interest rate of 1.875%. Mr. Yujun Xiao, the CEO of the Company, guaranteed the repayment of the loans.
On April 29, 2024, the Company entered into a loan agreement with the Bank of Ningbo to obtain a loan of $137,605 (RMB 1,000,000) with a maturity date on April 28, 2025 at a fixed annual interest rate of 3.7%. Mr. Yujun Xiao, the CEO of the Company, and Ms. Yinglai Wang, the shareholder of the Company, guaranteed the repayment of the loan.
On May 30, 2024, the Company entered into a loan agreement with the Bank of China to obtain a loan of $756,825 (RMB 5,500,000) with a maturity date on May 20, 2025 at an effective monthly rate of 2.54167‰. Mr. Yujun Xiao, the CEO of the Company, and Ms. Yinglai Wang, the shareholder of the Company, guaranteed the repayment of the loan.
On June 6, 2024, the Company entered into two loan agreements with the Bank of Kumamoto to obtain two loans of $477,416 (JPY 7,700,000) each with a maturity date on August 30, 2024 at a fixed annual interest rate of 1.875%. Mr. Yujun Xiao, the CEO of the Company, guaranteed the repayment of the loans.
On June 27, 2024, the Company entered into a loan agreement with the Bank of Communications to obtain a loan of $963,232 (RMB 7,000,000) with a maturity date on June 27, 2025 at an effective annual interest rate of 2.98%. Ms. Yinglai Wang, the shareholder of the Company, is a guarantor of the loan.
On June 28, 2024, the Company entered into a loan agreement with the Bank of Communications to obtain a loan of $412,814 (RMB 3,000,000) with a maturity date on June 28, 2025 at a fixed annual interest rate of 2.98%. Mr. Yujun Xiao, the CEO of the Company, and Ms. Yinglai Wang, the shareholder of the Company, guaranteed the repayment of the loan.
Employment Agreements
See “Management — Employment Agreements.”
Share Issuance
See “Principal Shareholders.”
106
The following table sets forth information with respect to the beneficial ownership, within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, of our ordinary shares as of the date of this prospectus, and as adjusted to reflect the sale of the ordinary shares offered in this offering for
• each of our directors and executive officers who beneficially owns our ordinary shares; and
• each person known to us to own beneficially more than 5% of our ordinary shares.
Beneficial ownership includes voting or investment power with respect to the securities. Except as indicated below, and subject to applicable community property laws, the persons named in the table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all Ordinary Shares shown as beneficially owned by them. Percentage of beneficial ownership of each listed person prior to this offering is based on 20,000,000 Ordinary Shares issued and outstanding as of the date of this prospectus immediately prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part (reflecting a 1-for-4 forward split of our Ordinary Shares, approved by our shareholders on July 15, 2024). Percentage of beneficial ownership of each listed person after this offering includes 21,250,000 ordinary shares outstanding immediately after the completion of this offering, assuming no exercise of the over-allotment.
As of the date of the prospectus, we have 5 shareholders of record, none of which is located in the United States. Each shareholder currently has the same voting rights.
|
Name of Beneficial Owner |
Amount of |
Pre-Offering |
Post-Offering |
|||||
|
Directors, Director Nominees, and Named Executive Officers: |
|
|
||||||
|
Yujun Xiao, Chief Executive Officer and Director(1) |
18,540,000 |
92.70 |
% |
87.25 |
% |
|||
|
Yinglai Wang, Director and Chairperson(2) |
18,540,000 |
92.70 |
% |
87.25 |
% |
|||
|
Huiping Zhang, Chief Financial Officer |
0 |
— |
|
— |
|
|||
|
Xiaoming Chen, Chief Technology Officer |
0 |
— |
|
— |
|
|||
|
Xiaoqiu Zhang |
0 |
— |
|
— |
|
|||
|
Qi Zheng |
0 |
— |
|
— |
|
|||
|
Jin Ma |
0 |
— |
|
— |
|
|||
|
All directors, director nominees and executive officers as a group (7 persons) |
18,540,000 |
92.70 |
% |
87.25 |
% |
|||
|
5% or Greater Shareholders: |
|
|
||||||
|
Army Xiao Holdings Limited(3) |
8,438,000 |
42.19 |
% |
39.71 |
% |
|||
|
Billion Wang Holdings Limited(4) |
8,248,000 |
41.24 |
% |
38.81 |
% |
|||
|
Increase Willpower Limited Partnership(5) |
1,854,000 |
9.27 |
% |
8.73 |
% |
|||
____________
(1) Army Xiao Holdings Limited, a company formed under the laws of the British Virgin Islands, of which Yujun Xiao is the sole shareholder and director, holds 8,438,000 Ordinary Shares. In addition, Army Xiao Holdings Limited is the general partner of Increase Willpower Limited Partnership, a limited partnership formed under the laws of the British Virgin Islands. Yujun Xiao is deemed the beneficial owner of the 8,438,000 Ordinary Shares held by Army Xiao Holdings Limited and 1,854,000 Ordinary Shares held by Increase Willpower Limited Partnership. 8,248,000 shares held by Yinglai Wang, Yujun Xiao’s spouse, are included in Mr. Xiao’s beneficial ownership numbers and percentage.
(2) Billion Wang Holdings Limited, a company formed under the laws of the British Virgin Islands, of which Yinglai Wang is the sole shareholder and director, holds 8,248,000 Ordinary Shares. 10,292,000 shares held by Yujun Xiao, Yinglai Wang’s spouse, are included in Ms. Wang’s beneficial ownership numbers and percentage.
(3) Army Xiao Holdings Limited, a company formed under the laws of the British Virgin Islands, of which Yujun Xiao is the sole shareholder and director, holds 8,438,000 Ordinary Shares.
(4) Billion Wang Holdings Limited, a company formed under the laws of the British Virgin Islands, of which Yinglai Wang is the sole shareholder and director, holds 8,248,000 Ordinary Shares.
(5) Increase Willpower Limited Partnership, a limited partnership formed under the laws of the British Virgin Islands, of which Army Xiao Holdings Limited is the general partner, holds 1,854,000 Ordinary Shares.
107
We were incorporated as an exempted company limited by shares and our affairs are governed by our memorandum and articles of association, as amended and restated from time to time (our “Articles”), and the Companies Act (as amended) of the Cayman Islands, or the “Cayman Islands Companies Act.” A Cayman Islands exempted company limited by shares:
• is a company that conducts its business mainly outside the Cayman Islands;
• is prohibited from trading in the Cayman Islands with any person, firm or corporation except in furtherance of the business of the exempted company carried on outside the Cayman Islands (and for this purpose can effect and conclude contracts in the Cayman Islands and exercise in the Cayman Islands all of its powers necessary for the carrying on of its business outside the Cayman Islands);
• does not have to hold an annual general meeting;
• does not have to make its register of members open to inspection by shareholders of that company;
• may obtain an undertaking against the imposition of any future taxation;
• may register by way of continuation in another jurisdiction and be deregistered in the Cayman Islands;
• may register as a limited duration company; and
• may register as a segregated portfolio company.
“Limited liability” means that the liability of each shareholder is limited to the amount unpaid by the shareholder on that shareholder’s shares of the company (except in exceptional circumstances, such as involving fraud, the establishment of an agency relationship or an illegal or improper purpose or other circumstances in which a court may be prepared to pierce or lift the corporate veil).
Our Memorandum and Articles of Association
Our shareholders have adopted amended and restated memorandum and articles of association pursuant to a special resolution dated July 15, 2024. The following are summaries of material provisions of our memorandum and articles of association and the Companies Act insofar as they relate to the material terms of our Ordinary Shares.
Ordinary Shares
All of our issued and outstanding Ordinary Shares are fully paid and non-assessable. Our Ordinary Shares are issued in registered form, and are issued when registered in our register of members. Unless the relevant member requests a share certificate in writing from the Company, each holder of our Ordinary Shares will not receive a certificate in respect of such Ordinary Shares. Our shareholders may freely hold and vote their Ordinary Shares. We may not issue shares or warrants to bearer.
Our authorized share capital is US$50,000 divided into 20,000,000,000 Ordinary Shares, par value US$0.0000025 per share. Subject to the Cayman Islands Companies Act, our Articles and any applicable rules of the relevant stock exchange, the unissued shares of the Company are at the disposal of our board of directors, which may offer, allot, grant options over or otherwise dispose of them to such persons, at such times and for such consideration and upon such terms and conditions as the board of directors may in its absolute discretion determine. Such authority could be exercised by the directors to allot shares which carry rights and privileges that are preferential to the rights attached to Ordinary Shares.
At the completion of this offering, assuming no exercise of the over-allotment option by the Underwriter, there will be 21,250,000 Ordinary Shares issued and outstanding. Our authorized share capital of 20,000,000,000 Ordinary Shares comprises solely a single class of shares.
108
Dividends
Subject to the Cayman Islands Companies Act, our board of directors may from time to time declare dividends in any currency to be paid to our shareholders. Dividends may be declared and paid out of the profits of the Company, realised or unrealised, or from any reserve set aside from profits which our directors determine is no longer needed. Our board of directors may also declare and pay dividends out of our share premium account or any other fund or account which can be authorised for this purpose in accordance with the Cayman Islands Companies Act.
Under the laws of the Cayman Islands, our company may pay a dividend out of either profit or share premium account, provided that in no circumstances may a dividend be paid if this would result in our company being unable to pay its debts as they fall due in the ordinary course of business. The directors when paying dividends to shareholders may make such payment either in cash or in specie.
No dividend shall bear interest as against the Company.
Voting Rights
Subject to any special rights or restrictions as to voting for the time being attached to any shares by or in accordance with our Articles, at any general meeting of the Company on a show of hands every shareholder present in person or by proxy shall have one vote. On a poll every shareholder present in person or by proxy or shall have one vote for every fully paid share of which he or she is the holder.
Variation of Rights of Shares
If at any time our share capital is divided into different classes of shares, subject to the Cayman Islands Companies Act, all of the rights attached to the shares of any class may, unless otherwise provided by the terms of issue of the shares of that class, be may be varied, modified or abrogated with the sanction of a special resolution (being a resolution passed by a majority of not less than two-thirds of votes cast by such holders of shares of such class as, being entitled so to do, vote in person or, in the case of such shareholders as are corporations, by their respective duly authorised representative or, where proxies are allowed, by proxy) passed at a separate general meeting of the holders of shares of that class.
The rights conferred upon the holders of any shares or class of shares shall not, unless otherwise expressly provided in the rights attaching to or the terms of issue of such shares, be deemed to be varied, modified or abrogated by the creation or issue of further shares ranking pari passu with those shares or that class.
Alteration of Share Capital
The Company may from time to time by ordinary resolution of our shareholders in accordance with the Cayman Islands Companies Act alter the conditions of our memorandum of association to:
(a) increase our share capital by such sum, to be divided into shares of such amounts as prescribed by the resolution;
(b) consolidate and divide all or any of our capital into shares of larger amount than our existing shares;
(c) without prejudice to the powers of our board of directors under our Articles, divide our shares into several classes and without prejudice to any special rights previously conferred on the holders of existing shares attach to them any preferential, deferred, qualified or special rights, privileges, conditions or such restrictions which in the absence of any such determination by the Company in general meeting, as the directors may determine;
(d) sub-divide our shares, or any of them, into shares of smaller amount than is fixed by our memorandum of association (subject, nevertheless, to the Cayman Islands Companies Act), and may by such resolution determine that, as between the holders of the shares resulting from such sub-division, one or more of the shares may have any such preferred, deferred or other rights or be subject to any such restrictions as compared with the other or others as the Company has power to attach to unissued or new shares; and
109
(e) cancel any shares which, at the date of the passing of that resolution, have not been taken or agreed to be taken by any person and diminish the amount of our capital by the amount of the shares so cancelled.
We may from time to time by special resolution of our shareholders, subject to any confirmation or consent required by the Cayman Islands Companies Act, reduce our share capital or any capital redemption reserve or other undistributable reserve in any manner permitted by law.
Calls on Shares and Forfeiture
Subject to our Articles and to the terms of allotment, the directors may from time to time make calls upon the shareholders in respect of any moneys unpaid on their shares (whether on account of the nominal value of the shares or by way of premium), and each shareholder will (subject to being given at least fourteen (14) clear days’ notice specifying the time and place of payment) pay to the Company as required by such notice the amount called on his or her shares. A call may be extended, postponed or revoked in whole or in part as the board of directors determines but no shareholder shall be entitled to any such extension, postponement or revocation except as a matter of grace and favour. A person upon whom a call is made shall remain liable for calls made upon him notwithstanding the subsequent transfer of the shares in respect of which the call was made. The joint holders of a share shall be jointly and severally liable to pay all calls and instalments due in respect thereof or other moneys due in respect thereof. If a sum called in respect of a share is not paid before or on the day appointed for payment thereof, the person from whom the sum is due shall pay interest on the amount unpaid from the day appointed for payment thereof to the time of actual payment at such rate (not exceeding twenty per cent. (20%) per annum) as the board of directors may determine, but the board of directors may in its absolute discretion waive payment of such interest in whole or in part.
We have a first and paramount lien on every share (not being a fully paid share) for all moneys (whether presently payable or not) called or payable at a fixed time in respect of that share. We also have a first and paramount lien on every share (not being a fully paid share) registered in the name of a shareholder (whether or not jointly with other shareholders) for all amounts of money presently payable by such shareholder or his or her estate to the Company whether the same shall have been incurred before or after notice to the Company of any equitable or other interest of any person other than such member, and whether the period for the payment or discharge of the same shall have actually become due or not, and notwithstanding that the same are joint debts or liabilities of such shareholder or his estate and any other person, whether a shareholder or not. The Company’s lien on a share shall extend to all dividends or other moneys payable thereon or in respect thereof. The board of directors may at any time, generally or in any particular case, waive any lien that has arisen or declare any share exempt in whole or in part, from the provisions of the Articles.
Unclaimed Dividend
Any dividend that remains unclaimed after a period of six years from the date of declaration of such dividend shall be forfeited and revert to the Company.
Forfeiture or Surrender of Shares
If a call remains unpaid after it has become due and payable the board of directors may give to the person from whom it is due not less than fourteen (14) clear days’ notice requiring payment of the amount unpaid together with any interest which may have accrued and which may still accrue up to the date of actual payment and stating that if the notice is not complied with the shares on which the call was made will be liable to be forfeited.
If the requirements of any such notice are not complied with, any share in respect of which such notice has been given may at any time thereafter, before payment of all calls and interest due in respect thereof has been made, be forfeited by a resolution of the board of directors to that effect, and such forfeiture shall include all dividends and bonuses declared in respect of the forfeited share but not actually paid before the forfeiture
Any share so forfeited shall be deemed the property of the Company and may be sold, re-allotted or otherwise disposed of to such person, upon such terms and in such manner as the board of directors determines, and at any time before a sale, re-allotment or disposition the forfeiture may be annulled by the board of directors on such terms as the board of directors determines.
110
A person whose shares have been forfeited shall cease to be a shareholder in respect of the forfeited shares but nevertheless shall remain liable to pay us all moneys which at the date of forfeiture were presently payable by him or her to us in respect of the shares, with (if the board of directors in its discretion requires) interest thereon from the date of forfeiture until payment at such rate (not exceeding twenty per cent. (20%) per annum) as the board of directors determine.
Share Premium Account
The directors shall establish a share premium account and shall carry the credit of such account from time to time to a sum equal to the amount or value of the premium paid on the issue of any share of the Company.
Redemption and Purchase of Own Shares
Subject to the Cayman Islands Companies Act, the rules and regulations of any relevant stock exchange and our Articles, and to the special rights conferred on the holders of any shares or attaching to any class of shares, we may by our directors:
(a) issue shares on terms that they may be, or at the option of the Company or the holder are, liable to be redeemed on such terms and in such manner, including out of capital, as the board of directors may deem fit; and
(b) purchase or otherwise acquire our own shares (including any redeemable shares) on such terms and subject to such conditions and in such manner as the directors determine.
Transfer of Shares
The transferor shall be deemed to remain the holder of an ordinary share until the name of the transferee is entered on the register of members of the Company.
Where the shares in question are not listed on or subject to the rules of Nasdaq, shares are transferable, subject to the consent of our board of directors who may, in their absolute discretion, refuse to consent to any transfer and decline to register the transfer without giving any reason.
If our directors refuse to register a transfer of a share, they are required, within two months after the date on which the transfer was lodged, to notify the transferee and transferor of the refusal.
Inspection of Books and Records
Holders of our Ordinary Shares will have no general right under the Cayman Islands Companies Act to inspect or obtain copies of our register of members or our corporate records. Under Cayman Islands law, the names of our current directors can be obtained from a search conducted at the Registrar of Companies of the Cayman Islands.
General Meetings
All general meetings other than annual general meetings shall be called extraordinary general meetings. We are not obliged to hold an annual general meeting.
A majority of the directors or the chairman of the board of directors may call extraordinary general meetings, which extraordinary general meetings shall be held at such times and locations (as permitted hereby) as such person or persons shall determine. Any one or more shareholders holding not less than one-third of all votes attaching to the total issued and paid up share capital of the Company at the date of deposit of the requisition shall at all times have the right, by written requisition to the board of directors (or the secretary of the Company if any), to require an extraordinary general meeting to be called by the board of directors for the transaction of any business specified in such requisition; and such meeting shall be held within two (2) months after the deposit of such requisition. If within twenty one (21) days of such deposit the board of directors fails to proceed to convene such meeting the requisitionist(s) himself or herself (themselves) may do so in the same manner, and all reasonable expenses incurred by the requisitionist(s) as a result of the failure of the board of directors shall be reimbursed to the requisitionist(s) by the Company.
111
A general meeting may be called by not less than ten (10) clear days’ notice but may be called by shorter notice, subject to the Cayman Islands Companies Act, if it is so agreed: (a) in the case of a meeting called as an annual general meeting, by all the shareholders entitled to attend and vote thereat; and (b) in the case of any other meeting, by a majority in number of the shareholders having the right to attend and vote at the meeting, being a majority together holding not less than ninety-five per cent. (95%) in nominal value of the issued shares giving that right. Notice of every general meeting shall be given to all shareholders other than to such shareholders as, under the provisions of our Articles or the terms of issue of the shares they hold, are not entitled to receive such notices from the Company, to all persons entitled to a share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy or winding-up of a shareholder and to each of the directors.
No business other than the appointment of a chairman of a meeting shall be transacted at any general meeting unless a quorum is present at the commencement of the business. At any general meeting of the Company, two (2) shareholders entitled to vote and present in person or by proxy or (in the case of a shareholder being a corporation) by its duly authorised representative representing not less than one-third in nominal value of the total issued voting shares in the Company throughout the meeting shall form a quorum for all purposes.
If, within thirty minutes (or such longer time not exceeding one hour as the chairman of the meeting may determine to wait) from the time appointed for the general meeting, a quorum is not present, the meeting shall stand adjourned to the same day in the next week at the same time and (where applicable) same place(s) or, to such time and (where applicable) such place(s) and in such form and manner as the directors may absolutely determine. If at such adjourned meeting a quorum is not present within half an hour from the time appointed for holding the meeting, the meeting shall be dissolved.
The chairman may adjourn any meeting from time to time (or indefinitely), and/or from place to place and/or from one form to another (a physical meeting, a hybrid meeting or an electronic meeting), but no business shall be transacted at any adjourned meeting other than the business which might lawfully have been transacted at the meeting from which the adjournment took place.
Unless a poll is duly demanded and the demand is not withdrawn, a declaration by the chairman that a resolution has been carried, or carried unanimously, or by a particular majority, or not carried by a particular majority, or lost, and an entry to that effect made in the minute book of the Company, shall be conclusive evidence of the facts without proof of the number or proportion of the votes recorded for or against the resolution.
Preferred Shares
Pursuant to our Articles, our directors have the authority to issue shares and other securities of the Company with such preferred, deferred or other special rights, restrictions or privileges whether with regard to voting, distributions, a return of capital, or otherwise and in such classes and series, if any, as the directors may determine. We do not currently have plans to issue any preferred shares.
Directors
We may by ordinary resolution of our shareholders impose a minimum number of directors required and by resolution of our directors impose a maximum number of directors permitted to hold office at any time and vary such limits from time to time. Under our Articles, we are required to have a minimum of one director unless otherwise resolved by ordinary resolution.
A director may be elected by ordinary resolution or appointed by the directors. Any election or appointment may be to fill a vacancy or as an additional director.
The directors shall be entitled to such remuneration as the directors may determine.
Under our Articles, no director shall be required to hold any shares of the Company by way of qualification.
A director may be removed by ordinary resolution of our shareholders.
112
Under our Articles, the office of a director shall be vacated if the director:
(a) resigns his or her office by notice in writing delivered to the Company at our registered office or tendered at a meeting of the board of directors;
(b) becomes of unsound mind or dies;
(c) without special leave of absence from the board of directors, is absent from meetings of the board of directors for three consecutive meetings and the board of directors resolves that his or her office be vacated;
(d) becomes bankrupt or has a receiving order made against him or suspends payment or compounds with his or her creditors;
(e) is prohibited by the laws of the Cayman Islands from being a director; or
(f) ceases to be a director by virtue of any provision of any Cayman Islands legislation applying to the Company or is removed from office pursuant to our Articles.
Each of the compensation committee and the nominating and corporate governance committee shall consist of at least three directors and the majority of the committee members shall be independent within the meaning of the Nasdaq corporate governance rules. The audit committee shall consist of at least three directors, all of whom shall be independent within the meaning of the Nasdaq corporate governance rules and will meet the criteria for independence set forth in Rule 10A-3 or Rule 10C-1 of the Exchange Act.
Powers and Duties of Directors
The business of the Company is managed and conducted by our board of directors, which may exercise all powers of the Company (whether relating to the management of the business of the Company or otherwise) which are not by applicable Cayman Islands law or by our Articles required to be exercised by the Company in general meeting, subject nevertheless to the provisions of applicable Cayman Islands law and of our Articles and to such regulations being not inconsistent with such provisions, as may be prescribed by the Company in general meeting. No regulations made by the Company in general meeting shall invalidate any prior act of the board of directors which would have been valid if such regulations had not been made.
The directors may delegate any of their powers, authorities and discretions to any committee consisting of one or more directors and other persons as they think fit. The directors may also, from time to time, revoke such delegation or revoke the appointment of and discharge any such committees either wholly or in part, and either as to persons or purposes. Any committee so formed shall, in the exercise of the powers, authorities and discretions so delegated, conform to any regulations which may be imposed on it by the directors. The meetings and proceedings of any committee consisting of two or more members shall be governed by the provisions contained in our Articles for regulating the meetings and proceedings of the board of directors so far as the same are applicable.
The directors may establish any regional or local boards or agencies for managing any of the affairs of the Company in any place, and may appoint any persons to be members of such local boards, or any managers or agents, and may fix their remuneration (either by way of salary or by commission or by conferring the right to participation in the profits of the Company or by a combination of two or more of these modes) and pay the working expenses of any staff employed by them upon the business of the Company. The directors may delegate to any regional or local board, manager or agent any of the powers, authorities and discretions vested in or exercisable by the directors (other than its powers to make calls and forfeit shares), with power to sub-delegate, and may authorise the members of any of them to fill any vacancies therein and to act notwithstanding vacancies. Any such appointment or delegation may be made upon such terms and subject to such conditions as the directors may think fit, and the directors may remove any person appointed as aforesaid, and may revoke or vary such delegation, but no person dealing in good faith and without notice of any such revocation or variation shall be affected thereby.
The directors may by power of attorney appoint any company, firm or person or any fluctuating body of persons, whether nominated directly or indirectly by the directors, to be the attorney or attorneys of the Company for such purposes and with such powers, authorities and discretions (not exceeding those vested in or exercisable by the directors under our Articles) and for such period and subject to such conditions as it may think fit, and any such
113
power of attorney may contain such provisions for the protection and convenience of persons dealing with any such attorney as the directors may think fit, and may also authorize any such attorney to sub-delegate all or any of the powers, authorities and discretions vested in him.
The directors may entrust to and confer upon a managing director, joint managing director, deputy managing director, an executive director or any director any of the powers exercisable by them upon such terms and conditions and with such restrictions as they think fit, and either collaterally with, or to the exclusion of, their own powers, and may from time to time revoke or vary all or any of such powers but no person dealing in good faith and without notice of such revocation or variation shall be affected thereby.
The officers of the Company consist of the chairman of the board of directors, the directors and secretary and such additional officers (who may or may not be directors) as the board of directors may from time to time determine, The officers shall receive such remuneration as the directors may from time to time determine. The secretary and additional officers, if any, shall be appointed by the directors and shall hold office on such terms and for such period as the directors may determine. The officers of the Company shall have such powers and perform such duties in the management, business and affairs of the Company as may be delegated to them by the directors from time to time.
The directors may exercise all the powers of the Company to raise or borrow money and to mortgage or charge all or any part of the undertaking, property and assets (present and future) and uncalled capital of the Company and, subject to the Cayman Islands Companies Act, to issue debentures, bonds and other securities, whether outright or as collateral security for any debt, liability or obligation of the Company or of any third party.
Subject to the Cayman Islands Companies Act and to our Articles, no director or proposed or intending director shall be disqualified by his office from contracting with the Company, either with regard to his tenure of any office or place of profit or as vendor, purchaser or in any other manner whatsoever, nor shall any such contract or any other contract or arrangement in which any director is in any way interested be liable to be avoided, nor shall any director so contracting or being so interested be liable to account to the Company or the shareholders for any remuneration, profit or other benefits realized by any such contract or arrangement by reason of such director holding that office or of the fiduciary relationship thereby established provided that such director shall disclose the nature of his interest in any contract or arrangement in which he is interested in accordance with our Articles. Any such transaction that would reasonably be likely to affect a director’s status as an “independent director”, or that would constitute a “related party transaction” as defined by the rules and regulations of the relevant stock exchange or under applicable laws, shall require the approval of our audit committee. A director who to his or her knowledge is in any way, whether directly or indirectly, interested in a contract or arrangement or proposed contract or arrangement with the Company shall declare the nature of his or her interest at the meeting of the board of directors at which the question of entering into the contract or arrangement is first considered, if he or she knows his or her interest then exists, or in any other case at the first meeting of the board of directors after he or she knows that he or she is or has become so interested. Following such declaration being made and subject to any separate requirement for audit committee approval under applicable law or the rules and regulations of the relevant stock exchange and, unless disqualified by the chairman of the relevant board meeting, a director may vote in respect of any contract or proposed contract or arrangement in which such director is interested and may be counted in the quorum at such meeting.
Capitalization of Profits
The Company may, upon the recommendation of the board of directors, at any time and from time to time pass an ordinary resolution to the effect that it is desirable to capitalise all or any part of any amount for the time being standing to the credit of any reserve or fund (including a share premium account and capital redemption reserve and the profit and loss account) whether or not the same is available for distribution and accordingly that such amount be set free for distribution among the shareholders or any class of shareholders who would be entitled thereto if it were distributed by way of dividend and in the same proportions, on the basis that the same is not paid in cash but is applied either in or towards paying up the amounts for the time being unpaid on any shares in the Company held by such shareholders respectively or in paying up in full unissued shares, debentures or other obligations of the Company, to be allotted and distributed credited as fully paid up among such shareholders, or partly in one way and partly in the other.
114
Liquidation Rights
Subject to any special rights, privileges or restrictions as to the distribution of available surplus assets on liquidation for the time being attached to any class or classes of shares (i) if the Company shall be wound up and the assets available for distribution amongst the shareholders shall be more than sufficient to repay the whole of the capital paid up at the commencement of the winding up, the excess shall be distributed pari passu amongst such shareholders in proportion to the amount paid up on the shares held by them respectively and (ii) if the Company shall be wound up and the assets available for distribution amongst the shareholders as such shall be insufficient to repay the whole of the paid-up capital such assets shall be distributed so that, as nearly as may be, the losses shall be borne by the shareholders in proportion to the capital paid up, or which ought to have been paid up, at the commencement of the winding up on the shares held by them respectively.
Register of Members
Under the Cayman Islands Companies Act, we must keep a register of members and there should be entered therein:
• the names and addresses of our shareholders, together with a statement of the shares held by each shareholder, such statement shall confirm (i) the amount paid or agreed to be considered as paid, on the shares of each shareholder; (ii) the number and category of shares held by each member, and (iii) whether each relevant category of shares held by a member carries voting rights under the articles of association of the company, and if so, whether such voting rights are conditional;
• the date on which the name of any person was entered on the register as a shareholder; and
• the date on which any person ceased to be a shareholder.
Under the Cayman Islands Companies Act, the register of members of our Company is prima facie evidence of the matters set out therein (that is, the register of members will raise a presumption of fact on the matters referred to above unless rebutted) and a shareholder registered in the register of members is deemed as a matter of the Cayman Islands Companies Act to have legal title to the shares as set against its name in the register of members. Upon completion of this offering, the register of members will be immediately updated to record and give effect to the issuance of shares by us to the custodian or its nominee. Once our register of members has been updated, the shareholders recorded in the register of members will be deemed to have legal title to the shares set against their name.
If the name of any person is incorrectly entered in or omitted from our register of members, or if there is any default or unnecessary delay in entering on the register the fact of any person having ceased to be a shareholder of our company, the person or shareholder aggrieved (or any shareholder of our company or our company itself) may apply to the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands (the “Grand Court”) for an order that the register be rectified, and the Grand Court may either refuse such application or it may, if satisfied of the justice of the case, make an order for the rectification of the register.
Differences in Corporate Law
The Cayman Islands Companies Act is derived, to a large extent, from the older Companies Acts of the United Kingdom but does not follow recent United Kingdom statutory enactments, and accordingly there are significant differences between the Cayman Islands Companies Act and the current Companies Act of the United Kingdom. In addition, the Cayman Islands Companies Act differs from laws applicable to United States corporations and their shareholders. Set forth below is a summary of certain significant differences between the provisions of the Cayman Islands Companies Act applicable to us and the laws applicable to companies incorporated in the State of Delaware in the United States.
Mergers and Similar Arrangements
The Cayman Islands Companies Act permits mergers and consolidations between Cayman Islands companies and between Cayman Islands companies and non-Cayman Islands companies. For these purposes, (1) “merger” means the merging of two or more constituent companies and the vesting of their undertaking, property and
115
liabilities in one of such companies as the surviving company and (2) a “consolidation” means the combination of two or more constituent companies into a consolidated company and the vesting of the undertaking, property and liabilities of such companies to the consolidated company. In order to effect such a merger or consolidation, the directors of each constituent company must approve a written plan of merger or consolidation, which must then be authorized by (1) a special resolution of the shareholders of each constituent company, and (2) such other authorization, if any, as may be specified in such constituent company’s articles of association. The written plan of merger or consolidation must be filed with the Registrar of Companies of the Cayman Islands together with a declaration as to the solvency of the consolidated or surviving company, a declaration as to the assets and liabilities of each constituent company and an undertaking that a copy of the certificate of merger or consolidation will be given to the members and creditors of each constituent company and that notification of the merger or consolidation will be published in the Cayman Islands Gazette. Dissenting shareholders have the right to be paid the fair value of their shares (which, if not agreed between the parties, will be determined by the Cayman Islands courts) if they follow the required procedures, subject to certain exceptions. Court approval is not required for a merger or consolidation which is effected in compliance with these statutory procedures.
In addition, the Cayman Islands Companies Act contains statutory provisions that facilitate the reconstruction of companies by way of schemes of arrangement, provided that the arrangement is approved by a majority in number of each class of shareholders and creditors with whom the arrangement is to be made, and who must, in addition, represent three-fourths in value of each such class of shareholders or creditors, as the case may be, that are present and voting either in person or by proxy at a meeting, or meetings, convened for that purpose. The convening of the meetings and subsequently the arrangement must be sanctioned by the Grand Court. While a dissenting shareholder has the right to express to the court the view that the transaction ought not to be approved, the court can be expected to approve the arrangement if it determines that:
(a) the statutory provisions as to the required majority vote have been met;
(b) the shareholders have been fairly represented at the meeting in question and the statutory majority are acting bona fide without coercion of the minority to promote interests adverse to those of the class;
(c) the arrangement is such that may be reasonably approved by an intelligent and honest man of that class acting in respect of his interest; and
(d) the arrangement is not one that would more properly be sanctioned under some other provision of the Cayman Islands Companies Act.
The Cayman Islands Companies Act also contains a statutory power of compulsory acquisition which may facilitate the “squeeze out” of dissentient minority shareholders upon a tender offer. When a tender offer is made and accepted by holders of 90.0% of the shares affected within four months, the offeror may, within a two-month period commencing on the expiration of such four-month period, require the holders of the remaining shares to transfer such shares on the terms of the offer. An objection can be made to the Grand Court, but this is unlikely to succeed in the case of an offer which has been so approved unless there is evidence of fraud, bad faith or collusion.
If an arrangement and reconstruction is thus approved, or if a takeover offer is made and accepted, a dissenting shareholder would have no rights comparable to appraisal rights, which would otherwise ordinarily be available to dissenting shareholders of Delaware corporations, providing rights to receive payment in cash for the judicially determined value of the shares.
Shareholders’ Suits and Protection of Minority Shareholders.
In principle, we will normally be the proper plaintiff to sue for a wrong done to us as a company and as a general rule, a derivative action may not be brought by a minority shareholder. However, based on English law authorities, which would in all likelihood be of persuasive authority in the Cayman Islands, the Grand Court can be expected to follow and apply the common law principles (namely the rule derived from the seminal English case of Foss v. Harbottle and the exceptions thereto, which limits the circumstances in which a shareholder may bring a
116
derivative action on behalf of the company or a personal action to claim loss which is reflective of loss suffered by the company) which permit a minority shareholder to commence a class action against, or derivative actions in the name of, a company to challenge the following acts in the following circumstances:
• a company acts or proposes to act illegally or ultra vires;
• the act complained of, although not ultra vires, could only be effected duly if authorized by more than a simple majority vote that has not been obtained; and
• those who control the company are perpetrating a “fraud on the minority.”
In the case of a company (not being a bank) having its share capital divided into shares, the Grand Court may, on the application of members holding not less than one fifth of the shares of the company in issue, appoint an inspector to examine the affairs of the company and to report thereon in such manner as the Grand Court shall direct.
Any of our shareholders may petition the Grand Court which may make a winding up order if the Grand Court is of the opinion that it is just and equitable that we should be wound up and cease doing business, which may occur on the basis that there has been a loss of substratum and/or misconduct by management. Alternatively, the Grand Court may make an order: (1) regulating the conduct of our affairs; (2) requiring us to refrain from doing or continuing an act complained of by the shareholder petitioner or to do an act which the shareholder petitioner has complained we have omitted to do; (3) authorizing civil proceedings to be brought in our name and on our behalf by the shareholder petitioner on such terms as the Grand Court may direct; or (4) providing for the purchase of the shares of any of our shareholders by other shareholders or us and, in the case of a purchase by us, a reduction of our capital accordingly.
Generally, claims against us must be based on the general laws of contract or tort applicable in the Cayman Islands or individual rights as shareholders as established by our memorandum and articles of association.
Indemnification of Directors and Executive Officers and Limitation of Liability
Cayman Islands law does not limit the extent to which a company’s articles of association may provide for indemnification of officers and directors, except to the extent any such provision may be held by the Cayman Islands courts to be contrary to public policy, such as to provide indemnification against civil fraud or the consequences of committing a crime. Our Articles permit indemnification of officers and directors for liabilities incurred in their capacities as such as a result of any act or failure to act unless such losses or damages arise from their own dishonesty, wilful default or fraud. This standard of conduct is generally the same as permitted under the Delaware General Corporation Law for a Delaware corporation.
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to our directors, officers or persons controlling us under the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that, in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.
Directors’ Fiduciary Duties
Under Delaware corporate law, a director of a Delaware corporation has a fiduciary duty to the corporation and its shareholders. This duty has two components: the duty of care and the duty of loyalty. The duty of care requires that a director act in good faith, with the care that an ordinarily prudent person would exercise under similar circumstances. Under this duty, a director must inform himself of, and disclose to shareholders, all material information reasonably available regarding a significant transaction. The duty of loyalty requires that a director acts in a manner he reasonably believes to be in the best interests of the corporation. He must not use his corporate position for personal gain or advantage. This duty prohibits self-dealing by a director and mandates that the best interest of the corporation and its shareholders take precedence over any interest possessed by a director, officer or controlling shareholder and not shared by the shareholders generally. In general, actions of a director are presumed to have been made on an informed basis, in good faith and in the honest belief that the action taken was in the best interests of the corporation. However, this presumption may be rebutted by evidence of a breach of one of the fiduciary duties. Should such evidence be presented concerning a transaction by a director, the director must prove the procedural fairness of the transaction, and that the transaction was of fair value to the corporation.
117
As a matter of Cayman Islands law, directors of a Cayman Islands company owe fiduciary duties to the company. Under Cayman Islands law, directors and officers owe the following fiduciary duties: (i) a duty to act in good faith in what the director or officer believes to be in the best interests of the company as a whole; (ii) a duty to exercise powers for the purposes for which those powers were conferred and not for a collateral purpose; (iii) a duty not to improperly fetter the exercise of future discretion; (iv) a duty to exercise powers fairly as between different classes of shareholders; (v) a duty to exercise independent judgment; and (vi) a duty not to put themselves in a position in which there is a conflict between their duty to the company and their personal interests. In fulfilling their duty of care to our company, our directors must ensure compliance with our memorandum and articles of association, as amended and restated from time to time.
A director of a Cayman Islands company owes to the company a duty to act with skill and care. It was previously considered that a director need not exhibit in the performance of his duties a greater degree of skill than may reasonably be expected from a person of his knowledge and experience. However, there are indications that English and Commonwealth courts are moving towards an objective standard with regard to the required skill and care and these authorities are likely to be followed in the Cayman Islands.
Shareholder Proposals
Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, a shareholder has the right to put any proposal before the annual meeting of shareholders, provided it complies with the notice provisions in the governing documents. The Delaware General Corporation Law does not provide shareholders an express right to put any proposal before the annual meeting of shareholders, but in keeping with common law, Delaware corporations generally afford shareholders an opportunity to make proposals and nominations provided that they comply with the notice provisions in the certificate of incorporation or bylaws. A special meeting may be called by the board of directors or any other person authorized to do so in the governing documents, but shareholders may be precluded from calling special meetings.
The Cayman Islands Companies Act provides shareholders with only limited rights to requisition a general meeting, and does not provide shareholders with any right to put any proposal before a general meeting. However, these rights may be provided in a company’s articles of association. Our Articles provide that general meetings may also be convened by any one or more of our directors, or our secretary (if any), on the written request of shareholders entitled to exercise one-third of all votes attaching to the total issued and paid up share capital of the Company at the date of deposit of the requisition; and such meeting shall be held within two (2) months after the deposit of such request. Such written request must state the objects of the meeting. The written request must be lodged at our registered office in the Cayman Islands. If the directors do not proceed to convene a general meeting within 21 days of the written request to requisition a meeting being lodged, the requisitionist(s) may convene the general meeting, and all reasonable expenses incurred by the requisitionist(s) as a result of the failure of the directors shall be reimbursed to the requisitionist(s) by the Company. As a Cayman Islands exempted company, we are not obligated by law to call shareholders’ annual general meetings.
Cumulative Voting
Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, cumulative voting for election of directors is not permitted unless the corporation’s certificate of incorporation specifically provides for it. Cumulative voting potentially facilitates the representation of minority shareholders on a board of directors since it permits the minority shareholder to cast all the votes to which the shareholder is entitled on a single director, which increases the shareholder’s voting power with respect to electing such director. As permitted under the Cayman Islands Companies Act, our Articles do not provide for cumulative voting. As a result, our shareholders are not afforded any less protections or rights on this issue than shareholders of a Delaware corporation.
Removal of Directors
Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, a director of a corporation with a classified board may be removed only for cause with the approval of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote, unless the certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Subject to the provisions of our Articles (which include the removal of a director by ordinary resolution), the office of a director may be vacated if the director: (i) resigns his or her office by notice in writing delivered to the Company at the Company’s registered office or tendered at a meeting of
118
the board of directors; (ii) becomes of unsound mind or dies; (iii) without special leave of absence from the board of directors, is absent from meetings of the board of directors for three consecutive meetings and the board of directors resolves that his or her office be vacated; (iv) becomes bankrupt or has a receiving order made against him or her or suspends payment or compounds with his or her creditors; (v) is prohibited by the laws of the Cayman Islands from being a director; or (vi) ceases to be a director by virtue of any provision of any Cayman Islands legislation applying to the Company or is removed from office pursuant to our Articles.
Transactions with Interested Shareholders
The Delaware General Corporation Law contains a business combination statute applicable to Delaware corporations whereby, unless the corporation has specifically elected not to be governed by such statute by amendment to its certificate of incorporation or bylaws that is approved by its shareholders, it is prohibited from engaging in certain business combinations with an “interested shareholder” for three years following the date that such person becomes an interested shareholder. An interested shareholder generally is a person or a group who or which owns or owned 15% or more of the target’s outstanding voting stock or who or which is an affiliate or associate of the corporation and owned 15% or more of the corporation’s outstanding voting stock within the past three years. This has the effect of limiting the ability of a potential acquirer to make a two-tiered bid for the target in which all shareholders would not be treated equally. The statute does not apply if, among other things, prior to the date on which such shareholder becomes an interested shareholder, the board of directors approves either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the person becoming an interested shareholder. This encourages any potential acquirer of a Delaware corporation to negotiate the terms of any acquisition transaction with the target’s board of directors.
The Cayman Islands Companies Act has no comparable statute. As a result, we cannot avail ourselves of the types of protections afforded by the Delaware business combination statute. However, although the Cayman Islands Companies Act does not regulate transactions between a company and its significant shareholders, under Cayman Islands law such transactions must be entered into bona fide in the best interests of the company and for a proper corporate purpose and not with the effect of constituting a fraud on the minority shareholders.
Dissolution; Winding Up
Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, unless the board of directors approves the proposal to dissolve, dissolution must be approved by shareholders holding 100% of the total voting power of the corporation. Only if the dissolution is initiated by the board of directors may it be approved by a simple majority of the corporation’s outstanding shares. Delaware law allows a Delaware corporation to include in its certificate of incorporation a supermajority voting requirement in connection with dissolutions initiated by the board of directors.
Under the Cayman Islands Companies Act and our Articles, the Company may be wound up by a special resolution of our shareholders, or if the winding up is initiated by our board of directors, by either a special resolution of our members or, if our company is unable to pay its debts as they fall due, by an ordinary resolution of our members. In addition, a company may be wound up by an order of the courts of the Cayman Islands. The court has authority to order winding up in a number of specified circumstances including where it is, in the opinion of the court, just and equitable to do so.
Variation of Rights of Shares
Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, a corporation may vary the rights of a class of shares with the approval of a majority of the outstanding shares of such class, unless the certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Under our Articles, if at any time our share capital is divided into different classes of shares, subject to the Cayman Islands Companies Act, all of the rights attached to the shares of any class may, unless otherwise provided by the terms of issue of the shares of that class, be may be varied, modified or abrogated with the sanction of a special resolution (being a resolution passed by a majority of not less than two-thirds of votes cast by such holders of shares of such class as, being entitled so to do, vote in person or, in the case of such shareholders as are corporations, by their respective duly authorised representative or, where proxies are allowed, by proxy) passed at a separate general meeting of the holders of shares of that class.
119
Amendment of Governing Documents
Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, a corporation’s certificate of incorporation may be amended only if adopted and declared advisable by the board of directors and approved by a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote, and the bylaws may be amended with the approval of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote and may, if so provided in the certificate of incorporation, also be amended by the board of directors. Under the Cayman Islands Companies Act, our Articles may only be amended by special resolution of our shareholders.
Anti-money Laundering — Cayman Islands
In order to comply with legislation or regulations aimed at the prevention of money laundering, we may be required to adopt and maintain anti-money laundering procedures, and may require subscribers to provide evidence to verify their identity. Where permitted, and subject to certain conditions, we may also delegate the maintenance of our anti-money laundering procedures (including the acquisition of due diligence information) to a suitable person.
We reserve the right to request such information as is necessary to verify the identity of a subscriber. In the event of delay or failure on the part of the subscriber in producing any information required for verification purposes, we may refuse to accept the application, in which case any funds received will be returned without interest to the account from which they were originally debited.
We also reserve the right to refuse to make any redemption payment to a shareholder if our directors or officers suspect or are advised that the payment of redemption proceeds to such shareholder might result in a breach of applicable anti-money laundering or other laws or regulations by any person in any relevant jurisdiction, or if such refusal is considered necessary or appropriate to ensure our compliance with any such laws or regulations in any applicable jurisdiction.
If any person resident in the Cayman Islands knows or suspects or has reason for knowing or suspecting that another person is engaged in criminal conduct or is involved with terrorism or terrorist property and the information for that knowledge or suspicion came to their attention in the course of their business in the regulated sector, or other trade, profession, business or employment, the person will be required to report such knowledge or suspicion to (i) a nominated officer (appointed in accordance with the Proceeds of Crime Act (as amended) of the Cayman Islands) or the Financial Reporting Authority of the Cayman Islands, pursuant to the Proceeds of Crime Act (as amended), if the disclosure relates to criminal conduct or money laundering or (ii) to a police constable or a nominated officer (pursuant to the Terrorism Act (as amended of the Cayman Islands) or the Financial Reporting Authority, pursuant to the Terrorism Act (as amended), if the disclosure relates to involvement with terrorism or terrorist financing and terrorist property. Such a report shall not be treated as a breach of confidence or of any restriction upon the disclosure of information imposed by any enactment or otherwise.
120
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
As of the date of this prospectus, our authorized share capital is US$50,000 divided into 20,000,000,000 Ordinary Shares, par value US$0.0000025 per share, 20,000,000 Ordinary Shares are issued and outstanding. Upon completion of this offering, 21,250,000 Ordinary Shares will be issued and outstanding. Of that amount, 1,250,000 Ordinary Shares will be publicly held by investors participating in this offering, and 20,000,000 Ordinary Shares will be held by our existing shareholders, some of whom may be our “affiliates” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. As defined in Rule 144, an “affiliate” of an issuer is a person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, the issuer. Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our Ordinary Shares. While we intend to list the Ordinary Shares on the Nasdaq Capital market, we cannot assure you that a regular trading market will develop in our Ordinary Shares.
All of the Ordinary Shares sold in the offering will be freely transferable by persons other than our “affiliates” in the United States without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act. Ordinary shares purchased by one of our “affiliates” may not be resold, except pursuant to an effective registration statement or an exemption from registration, including an exemption under Rule 144 under the Securities Act described below.
The Ordinary Shares held by existing shareholders are, and any Ordinary Shares issuable upon exercise of options outstanding following the completion of this offering will be, “restricted securities,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. These restricted securities may be sold in the United States only if they are registered or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act. These rules are described below.
Sales of substantial amounts of the Ordinary Shares in the public market could adversely affect prevailing market prices of the Ordinary Shares. As described below, only a limited number of our Ordinary Shares currently outstanding will be available for sale immediately after this offering due to contractual and legal restrictions on resale. Nevertheless, after these restrictions lapse, future sales of substantial amounts of our Ordinary Shares, including Ordinary Shares issued upon exercise of outstanding options, in the public market in the United States, or the possibility of such sales, could negatively affect the market price in the United States of our Ordinary Shares and our ability to raise equity capital in the future.
Lock-up Agreements
Pursuant to the underwriting agreement in connection with this offering, we, our directors and executive officers and the holders of 5% or more of our outstanding Ordinary Shares have agreed, subject to certain exceptions, not to transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any of our Ordinary Shares or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for our Ordinary Shares for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus. After the expiration of the 180-day period, the Ordinary Shares held by our directors, executive officers and such shareholders may be sold subject to the restrictions under Rule 144 under the Securities Act, pursuant to another exemption from registration under the Securities Act, or by means of a registered public offering. See “Underwriting — Lock-up Agreements” for more details.
Rule 144
All of our Ordinary Shares outstanding prior to the completion of this offering are “restricted securities” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act and may be sold publicly in the United States only if they are subject to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act or pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirement such as those provided by Rule 144 and Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act.
In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, a person who is not deemed to have been our affiliate at any time during the three months preceding a sale and who has beneficially owned restricted securities within the meaning of Rule 144 for more than six months would be entitled to sell an unlimited number of those shares, subject only to the availability of current public information about us. A non-affiliate who has beneficially owned restricted securities for at least one year from the later of the date these shares were acquired from us or from our affiliate would be entitled to freely sell those shares.
121
A person who is deemed to be an affiliate of ours and who has beneficially owned “restricted securities” for at least six months would be entitled to sell, within any three-month period, a number of shares that is not more than the greater of:
• 1% of the number of Ordinary Shares then outstanding, in the form of Ordinary Shares or otherwise, which will equal approximately shares immediately after this offering; or
• the average weekly trading volume of the Ordinary Shares on Nasdaq during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to such sale.
Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.
Rule 701
In general, under Rule 701 of the Securities Act as currently in effect, each of our employees, consultants or advisors who purchases our Ordinary Shares from us in connection with a compensatory stock or option plan or other written agreement relating to compensation is eligible to resell such Ordinary Shares 90 days after we became a reporting company under the Exchange Act in reliance on Rule 144, but without compliance with some of the restrictions, including the holding period, contained in Rule 144.
Regulation S
Regulation S under the Securities Act provides an exemption from registration requirements in the United States for offers and sales of securities that occur outside the United States. Rule 903 of Regulation S provides the conditions to the exemption for a sale by an issuer, a distributor, their respective affiliates or anyone acting on their behalf. Rule 904 of Regulation S provides the conditions to the exemption for a resale by persons other than those covered by Rule 903. In each case, any sale must be completed in an offshore transaction, as that term is defined in Regulation S, and no directed selling efforts, as that term is defined in Regulation S, may be made in the United States.
We are a foreign issuer as defined in Regulation S. As a foreign issuer, securities that we sell outside the United States pursuant to Regulation S are not considered to be restricted securities under the Securities Act, and, subject to the offering restrictions imposed by Rule 903, are freely tradable without registration or restrictions under the Securities Act, unless the securities are held by our affiliates. We are not claiming the potential exemption offered by Regulation S in connection with the offering of newly issued shares outside the United States and will register all of the newly issued shares under the Securities Act.
Subject to certain limitations, holders of our restricted shares who are not our affiliates or who are our affiliates by virtue of their status as our officer or director may resell their restricted shares in an “offshore transaction” under Regulation S if:
• none of the shareholder, its affiliate nor any person acting on their behalf engages in directed selling efforts in the United States, and
• in the case of a sale of our restricted shares by an officer or director who is our affiliate solely by virtue of holding such position, no selling commission, fee or other remuneration is paid in connection with the offer or sale other than the usual and customary broker’s commission that would be received by a person executing such transaction as agent.
Additional restrictions are applicable to a holder of our restricted shares who will be our affiliate other than by virtue of his or her status as our officer or director.
122
The following summary of the material Cayman Islands, PRC and U.S. federal income tax consequences of an investment in the Ordinary Shares is based upon laws and relevant interpretations thereof in effect as of the date of this registration statement, all of which are subject to change. This summary does not deal with all possible tax consequences relating to an investment in the Ordinary Shares, such as the tax consequences under U.S. state and local tax laws or under the tax laws of jurisdictions other than the Cayman Islands, the People’s Republic of China and the United States. To the extent that the discussion relates to matters of Cayman Islands tax law, it represents the opinion of Mourant Ozannes (Cayman) LLP, our Cayman Islands counsel; to the extent it relates to PRC tax law, it is the opinion of Jiangsu Junjin Law Firm, our PRC counsel.
Cayman Islands Taxation
The Cayman Islands currently levies no taxes on individuals or corporations based upon profits, income, gains or appreciation and there is no taxation in the nature of inheritance tax or estate duty. There are no other taxes likely to be material to us levied by the government of the Cayman Islands except for stamp duties which may be applicable on instruments executed in, or, after execution, brought within the jurisdiction of the Cayman Islands. The Cayman Islands is not party to any double tax treaties that are applicable to any payments made to or by our company. There are no exchange control regulations or currency restrictions in the Cayman Islands.
Payments of dividends and capital in respect of our Ordinary Shares and Ordinary Shares will not be subject to taxation in the Cayman Islands and no withholding will be required on the payment of a dividend or capital to any holder of our Ordinary Shares, nor will gains derived from the disposal of our Ordinary Shares be subject to Cayman Islands income or corporation tax.
People’s Republic of China Taxation
Under the PRC EIT Law and its implementation rules, an enterprise established outside of the PRC with a “de facto management body” within the PRC is considered a resident enterprise and will be subject to the enterprise income tax at the rate of 25% on its global income. The implementation rules define the term “de facto management body” as the body that exercises full and substantial control over and overall management of the business, production, personnel, accounts and properties of an enterprise. In April 2009, the SAT issued a circular, known as Circular 82, which provides certain specific criteria for determining whether the “de facto management body” of a PRC-controlled enterprise that is incorporated offshore is located in China. Although this circular only applies to offshore enterprises controlled by PRC enterprises or PRC enterprise groups, not those controlled by PRC individuals or foreigners, the criteria set forth in the circular may reflect the SAT’s general position on how the “de facto management body” test should be applied in determining the tax resident status of all offshore enterprises. According to Circular 82, an offshore incorporated enterprise controlled by a PRC enterprise or a PRC enterprise group will be regarded as a PRC tax resident by virtue of having its “de facto management body” in China only if all of the following conditions are met: (i) the primary location of the day-to-day operational management is in the PRC; (ii) decisions relating to the enterprise’s financial and human resource matters are made or are subject to approval by organizations or personnel in the PRC; (iii) the enterprise’s primary assets, accounting books and records, company seals, and board and shareholder resolutions are located or maintained in the PRC; and (iv) at least 50% of voting board members or senior executives habitually reside in the PRC.
We believe that HUHUTECH is not a PRC resident enterprise for PRC tax purposes. HUHUTECH is not controlled by a PRC enterprise or PRC enterprise group and we do not believe that HUHUTECH meets all of the conditions above. HUHUTECH is a company incorporated outside the PRC. As a holding company, its key assets are its ownership interests in its subsidiaries, and its key assets are located, and its records (including the resolutions of its board of directors and the resolutions of its shareholders) are maintained, outside the PRC. For the same reasons, we believe our other entities outside of China are not PRC resident enterprises either. However, the tax resident status of an enterprise is subject to determination by the PRC tax authorities and uncertainties remain with respect to the interpretation of the term “de facto management body.” There can be no assurance that the PRC government will ultimately take a view that is consistent with ours.
If the PRC tax authorities determine that HUHUTECH is a PRC resident enterprise for enterprise income tax purposes, we may be required to withhold a 10% withholding tax from dividends we pay to our shareholders that are non-resident enterprises, including the holders of the Ordinary Shares. In addition, non-resident enterprise
123
shareholders (including the ordinary shareholders) may be subject to a 10% PRC tax on gains realized on the sale or other disposition of Ordinary Shares, if such income is treated as sourced from within the PRC. It is unclear whether our non-PRC individual shareholders (including the ordinary shareholders) would be subject to any PRC tax on dividends or gains obtained by such non-PRC individual shareholders in the event we are determined to be a PRC resident enterprise. If any PRC tax were to apply to such dividends or gains, it would generally apply at a rate of 20% (and such PRC tax may be withheld at source in the case of dividends). Any PRC income tax liability may be reduced under applicable tax treaties. However, it is unclear whether non-PRC shareholders of HUHUTECH would in practice be able to obtain the benefits of any tax treaties between their country of tax residence and the PRC in the event that HUHUTECH is treated as a PRC resident enterprise.
Provided that our Cayman Islands holding company, HUHUTECH, is not deemed to be a PRC resident enterprise, holders of the Ordinary Shares and Ordinary Shares who are not PRC residents will not be subject to PRC income tax on dividends distributed by us or gains realized from the sale or other disposition of our shares or Ordinary Shares. However, under Bulletin 7 and Bulletin 37, where a non-resident enterprise conducts an “indirect transfer” by transferring taxable assets, including, in particular, equity interests in a PRC resident enterprise, indirectly by disposing of the equity interests of an overseas holding company, the non-resident enterprise, being the transferor, or the transferee, or the PRC entity which directly owns such taxable assets may report to the relevant tax authority such indirect transfer. Using a “substance over form” principle, the PRC tax authority may disregard the existence of the overseas holding company if it lacks a reasonable commercial purpose and was established for the purpose of reducing, avoiding or deferring PRC tax. As a result, gains derived from such indirect transfer may be subject to PRC EIT, and the transferee or other person who is obligated to pay for the transfer is obligated to withhold the applicable taxes, currently at a rate of 10% for the transfer of equity interests in a PRC resident enterprise. However, sales of shares and Ordinary Shares by investors through a public stock exchange where such shares or Ordinary Shares are acquired on a public stock exchange are currently exempt from these indirect transfer rules under Bulletin 7 and Bulletin 37. We and our non-PRC resident investors may be at risk of being required to file a return and being taxed under Bulletin 7 and Bulletin 37, and we may be required to expend valuable resources to comply with Bulletin 7 and Bulletin 37, or to establish that we should not be taxed under these circulars. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Doing Business in the PRC — We face uncertainties with respect to indirect transfers of equity interests in our PRC subsidiaries.”
United States Federal Income Tax Considerations
The following discussion is a summary of U.S. federal income tax considerations generally applicable to the ownership and disposition of the Ordinary Shares by a U.S. Holder (as defined below) that acquires the Ordinary Shares in this offering and holds the Ordinary Shares as “capital assets” (generally, property held for investment) under the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code. This discussion is based upon existing U.S. federal tax law, which is subject to differing interpretations or change, possibly with retroactive effect. There can be no assurance that the U.S. Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) or a court will not take a contrary position. This discussion, moreover, does not address the U.S. federal estate, gift, Medicare, and alternative minimum tax considerations, or any state, local and non-U.S. tax considerations, relating to the ownership or disposition of the Ordinary Shares. The following summary does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that may be important to particular investors in light of their individual circumstances or to persons in special tax situations such as:
• banks and other financial institutions;
• insurance companies;
• pension plans;
• cooperatives;
• regulated investment companies;
• real estate investment trusts;
• broker-dealers;
• traders that elect to use a mark-to-market method of accounting;
124
• certain former U.S. citizens or long-term residents;
• tax-exempt entities (including private foundations);
• holders who acquire their Ordinary Shares pursuant to any employee share option or otherwise as compensation;
• investors that will hold their Ordinary Shares as part of a straddle, hedge, conversion, constructive sale or other integrated transaction for U.S. federal income tax purposes;
• investors that have a functional currency other than the U.S. dollar;
• persons holding their Ordinary Shares in connection with a trade or business conducted outside the United States;
• persons that actually or constructively own 10% or more of our stock (by vote or value); or
• partnerships or other entities taxable as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes, or persons holding the Ordinary Shares through such entities, all of whom may be subject to tax rules that differ significantly from those discussed below.
Each U.S. Holder is urged to consult its tax advisor regarding the application of U.S. federal taxation to its particular circumstances, and the state, local, non-U.S. and other tax considerations of the ownership and disposition of the Ordinary Shares.
General
For purposes of this discussion, a “U.S. Holder” is a beneficial owner of the ordinary that is, for U.S. federal income tax purposes:
• an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;
• a corporation (or other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created in or organized under the law of the United States or any state thereof or the District of Columbia;
• an estate the income of which is includible in gross income for U.S. federal income tax purposes regardless of its source; or
• a trust (A) the administration of which is subject to the primary supervision of a U.S. court and which has one or more U.S. persons who have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (B) that has otherwise validly elected to be treated as a U.S. person under the Code.
If a partnership (or other entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) is a beneficial owner of the Ordinary Shares, the tax treatment of a partner in the partnership will generally depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Partnerships holding the Ordinary Shares and their partners are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding an investment in the Ordinary Shares.
For U.S. federal income tax purposes, a U.S. Holder of Ordinary Shares will generally be treated as the beneficial owner of the underlying shares represented by the Ordinary Shares. The remainder of this discussion assumes that a U.S. Holder of the Ordinary Shares will be treated in this manner. Accordingly, deposits or withdrawals of Ordinary Shares for Ordinary Shares will generally not be subject to U.S. federal income tax.
Passive Foreign Investment Company Considerations
A non-U.S. corporation, such as our company, will be a PFIC, for U.S. federal income tax purposes for any taxable year, if either (i) 75% or more of its gross income for such year consists of certain types of “passive” income or (ii) 50% or more of the value of its assets (generally determined on the basis of a quarterly average) during such year is attributable to assets that produce or are held for the production of passive income. For this purpose, cash and assets readily convertible into cash are generally categorized as a passive asset and the company’s goodwill and other unbooked intangibles are taken into account. Passive income generally includes, among other things,
125
dividends, interest, rents, royalties, and gains from the disposition of passive assets. We will be treated as owning a proportionate share of the assets and earning a proportionate share of the income of any other corporation in which we own, directly or indirectly, 25% or more (by value) of the stock.
After the restructure that was completed in March 2022, HUHU China is now an indirect subsidiary of the Company. Based upon our current and projected income and assets, including the expected proceeds from this offering, and projections as to the value of our assets (which are based on the expected market price of the Ordinary Shares immediately following this offering), we do not expect to be a PFIC for the current taxable year or the foreseeable future. However, no assurance can be given in this regard because the determination of whether we are or will become a PFIC is a factual determination made annually that will depend, in part, upon the composition of our income and assets. Fluctuations in the market price of the Ordinary Shares may cause us to be or become a PFIC for the current or future taxable years because the value of our assets for purposes of the asset test, including the value of our goodwill and unbooked intangibles, may be determined by reference to the market price of the Ordinary Shares from time to time (which may be volatile). In estimating the value of our goodwill and other unbooked intangibles, we have taken into account our anticipated market capitalization immediately following the close of this offering. Among other matters, if our market capitalization is less than anticipated or subsequently declines, we may be or become a PFIC for the current or future taxable years. The composition of our income and assets may also be affected by how, and how quickly, we use our liquid assets and the cash raised in this offering. Under circumstances where our revenue from activities that produce passive income significantly increases relative to our revenue from activities that produce non-passive income, or where we determine not to deploy significant amounts of cash for active purposes, our risk of being or becoming a PFIC may substantially increase. Because there are uncertainties in the application of the relevant rules, and because our PFIC status is an annual factual determination, there can be no assurance that we will not be a PFIC for the current taxable year or any future taxable year.
If we are a PFIC for any year during which a U.S. Holder holds the Ordinary Shares, we generally will continue to be treated as a PFIC for all succeeding years during which such U.S. Holder holds the Ordinary Shares.
The discussion below under “— Dividends” and “— Sale or Other Disposition” is written on the basis that we will not be or become a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes. The U.S. federal income tax rules that apply generally if we are treated as a PFIC are discussed below under “— Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules.”
Dividends
Any cash distributions paid on the Ordinary Shares (including the amount of any PRC tax withheld) out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles, will generally be includible in the gross income of a U.S. Holder as dividend income on the day actually or constructively received by the U.S. Holder, in the case of Ordinary Shares, in the case of Ordinary Shares. Because we do not intend to determine our earnings and profits on the basis of U.S. federal income tax principles, any distribution we pay will generally be treated as a “dividend” for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Dividends received on the Ordinary Shares will not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction allowed to corporations in respect of dividends received from U.S. corporations.
Individuals and other non-corporate U.S. Holders will be subject to tax at the lower capital gain tax rate applicable to “qualified dividend income”; provided that certain conditions are satisfied, including that (1) the Ordinary Shares on which the dividends are paid are readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States, or, in the event that we are deemed to be a PRC resident enterprise under the PRC tax law, we are eligible for the benefit of the United States-PRC income tax treaty (the “Treaty”), (2) we are neither a PFIC nor treated as such with respect to a U.S. Holder (as discussed below) for the taxable year in which the dividend is paid and the preceding taxable year, and (3) certain holding period and other requirements are met. We intend to list the Ordinary Shares on the Nasdaq Capital Market. Provided that this listing is approved, we believe that the Ordinary Shares will generally be considered to be readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States. There can be no assurance that the Ordinary Shares will continue to be considered readily tradable on an established securities market in later years. Because the Ordinary Shares will not be listed on a U.S. exchange, we do not believe that dividends received with respect to Ordinary Shares that are not represented by Ordinary Shares will be treated as qualified dividends. Non-corporate U.S. Holders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the availability of the lower rate for dividends paid with respect to the Ordinary Shares.
126
In the event that we are deemed to be a PRC resident enterprise under the PRC EIT Law (see “Taxation — People’s Republic of China Taxation”), we may be eligible for the benefits of the Treaty. If we are eligible for such benefits, dividends we pay on our Ordinary Shares, regardless of whether such shares are represented by the Ordinary Shares, and regardless of whether the Ordinary Shares are readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States, would be eligible for the reduced rates of taxation described in the preceding paragraph, provided that certain holding period and other requirements are met and that we are neither a PFIC nor treated as such with respect to a U.S. Holder for the taxable year in which the dividend is paid and the preceding taxable year.
For U.S. foreign tax credit purposes, dividends paid on the Ordinary Shares generally will be treated as income from foreign sources and generally will constitute passive category income. In the event that we are deemed to be a PRC resident enterprise under the PRC EIT Law, a U.S. Holder may be subject to PRC withholding taxes on dividends paid on the Ordinary Shares (see “Taxation — People’s Republic of China Taxation”). Depending on the U.S. Holder’s particular facts and circumstances and subject to a number of complex conditions and limitations, PRC withholding taxes on dividends that are non-refundable under the Treaty may be treated as foreign taxes eligible for credit against a U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability. A U.S. Holder who does not elect to claim a foreign tax credit for foreign tax withheld may instead claim a deduction for U.S. federal income tax purposes, in respect of such withholding, but only for a year in which such holder elects to do so for all creditable foreign income taxes. The rules governing the foreign tax credit are complex and U.S. Holders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the availability of the foreign tax credit under their particular circumstances.
Sale or Other Disposition
A U.S. Holder will generally recognize gain or loss upon the sale or other disposition of Ordinary Shares in an amount equal to the difference between the amount realized upon the disposition and the holder’s adjusted tax basis in such Ordinary Shares. The gain or loss will generally be capital gain or loss. Any capital gain or loss will be long term if the Ordinary Shares have been held for more than one year. The deductibility of a capital loss may be subject to limitations. Any such gain or loss that the U.S. Holder recognizes will generally be treated as U.S. source income or loss for foreign tax credit limitation purposes, which may limit the availability of foreign tax credits. However, in the event we are deemed to be a PRC resident enterprise under the PRC Enterprise Income Tax Law and PRC tax were to be imposed on any gain from the disposition of the Ordinary Shares, a U.S. Holder that is eligible for the benefits of the Treaty may elect to treat such gain as PRC source income. If a U.S. Holder is not eligible for the benefits of the Treaty or fails to make the election to treat any gain as foreign source, then such U.S. Holder may not be able to use the foreign tax credit arising from any PRC tax imposed on the disposition of the Ordinary Shares unless such credit can be applied (subject to applicable limitations) against United States federal income tax due on other income derived from foreign sources in the same income category (generally, the passive category). Each U.S. Holder is advised to consult its tax advisor regarding the tax consequences if a foreign tax is imposed on a disposition of the Ordinary Shares, including the availability of the foreign tax credit under its particular circumstances.
Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules
If we are a PFIC for any taxable year during which a U.S. Holder holds the Ordinary Shares, and unless the U.S. Holder makes a mark-to-market election (as described below), the U.S. Holder will generally be subject to special tax rules on (i) any excess distribution that we make to the U.S. Holder (which generally means any distribution paid during a taxable year to a U.S. Holder that is greater than 125 percent of the average annual distributions paid in the three preceding taxable years or, if shorter, the U.S. Holder’s holding period for the Ordinary Shares), and (ii) any gain realized on the sale or other disposition including, under certain circumstances, a pledge, of Ordinary Shares. Under the PFIC rules:
• the excess distribution or gain will be allocated ratably over the U.S. Holder’s holding period for the Ordinary Shares;
• the amount allocated to the current taxable year and any taxable years in the U.S. Holder’s holding period prior to the first taxable year in which we are a PFIC (each, a “pre-PFIC year”) will be taxable as ordinary income; and
127
• the amount allocated to each prior taxable year, other than a pre-PFIC year, will be subject to tax at the highest tax rate in effect for individuals or corporations, as appropriate, for that year, increased by an additional tax equal to the interest on the resulting tax deemed deferred with respect to each such taxable year.
If we are a PFIC for any taxable year during which a U.S. Holder holds the Ordinary Shares, and any of our subsidiaries is also a PFIC (a “lower-tier PFIC”), such U.S. Holder would be treated as owning a proportionate amount (by value) of the shares of the lower-tier PFIC for purposes of the application of these rules. U.S. Holders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the application of the PFIC rules to any of our subsidiaries.
As an alternative to the foregoing rules, a U.S. Holder of “marketable stock” (as defined below) in a PFIC may make a mark-to-market election with respect to such stock. If a U.S. Holder makes this election with respect to the Ordinary Shares, the holder will generally (i) include as ordinary income for each taxable year that we are a PFIC the excess, if any, of the fair market value of Ordinary Shares held at the end of the taxable year over the adjusted tax basis of such Ordinary Shares and (ii) deduct as an ordinary loss the excess, if any, of the adjusted tax basis of the Ordinary Shares over the fair market value of such Ordinary Shares held at the end of the taxable year, but such deduction will only be allowed to the extent of the amount previously included in income as a result of the mark-to-market election. The U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in the Ordinary Shares would be adjusted to reflect any income or loss resulting from the mark-to-market election. If a U.S. Holder makes a mark-to-market election in respect of the Ordinary Shares and we cease to be a PFIC, the holder will not be required to take into account the gain or loss described above during any period that we are not a PFIC. If a U.S. Holder makes a mark-to-market election, any gain such U.S. Holder recognizes upon the sale or other disposition of the Ordinary Shares in a year when we are a PFIC will be treated as ordinary income and any loss will be treated as ordinary loss, but such loss will only be treated as ordinary loss to the extent of the net amount previously included in income as a result of the mark-to-market election.
The mark-to-market election is available only for “marketable stock,” which is stock that is traded in other than de minimis quantities on at least 15 days during each calendar quarter (“regularly traded”) on a qualified exchange or other market, as defined in applicable United States Treasury regulations. We anticipate that the Ordinary Shares should qualify as being regularly traded, but no assurances may be given in this regard.
Because a mark-to-market election cannot technically be made for any lower-tier PFICs that we may own, a U.S. Holder may continue to be subject to the PFIC rules with respect to such U.S. Holder’s indirect interest in any investments held by us that are treated as an equity interest in a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes.
We do not intend to provide information necessary for U.S. Holders to make qualified electing fund elections which, if available, would result in tax treatment different from (and generally less adverse than) the general tax treatment for PFICs described above.
If a U.S. Holder owns the Ordinary Shares during any taxable year that we are a PFIC, the holder must generally file an annual IRS Form 8621. You should consult your tax advisor regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences of owning and disposing of the Ordinary Shares if we are or become a PFIC.
128
We will enter into an underwriting agreement with Craft Capital Management LLC, or the representative, to act as the representative of the underwriters named below. Subject to the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement, the underwriters named below have agreed to purchase, and we have agreed to sell to them, the number of our Ordinary Shares at the initial public offering price, less the underwriting discounts, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and as indicated below:
|
Name |
Number of |
|
|
Craft Capital Management LLC |
|
|
|
Total |
— |
The underwriters are offering the ordinary shares subject to their acceptance of the ordinary shares from us and subject to prior sale. The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the underwriters to pay for and accept delivery of the ordinary shares offered by this prospectus are subject to the approval of certain legal matters by their counsel and to certain other conditions. The underwriters are obligated to take and pay for all of the ordinary shares offered by this prospectus if any such shares are taken.
The underwriters will offer the ordinary shares to the public at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to certain dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of __% of the offering price per ordinary share. After this offering, the initial public offering price, concession and reallowance to dealers may be reduced by the representative. No such reduction shall change the amount of proceeds to be received by us as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. The securities are offered by the underwriters as stated herein, subject to receipt and acceptance by them and subject to their right to reject any order in whole or in part. The underwriters have informed us that they do not intend to confirm sales to any accounts over which they exercise discretionary authority.
Discounts and Expenses
The underwriting discounts are equal to 7.5% of the initial public offering price.
The following table shows the price per share and total initial public offering price, underwriting discounts, and proceeds before expenses to us.
|
Per Share |
Total(5) |
|||||
|
Initial public offering price |
$ |
5.00 |
$ |
6,250,000 |
||
|
Underwriting discount (7.5%) |
$ |
0.375 |
$ |
468,750 |
||
|
Proceeds, before expenses, to us |
$ |
4.625 |
$ |
5,781,250 |
||
We will also pay to the representative by deduction from the net proceeds of the offering contemplated herein, a non-accountable expense allowance equal to 1.0% of the gross proceeds received by us from the sale of the shares, including any over-allotment shares.
We have agreed to reimburse the representative up to a maximum of $200,000 for out-of-pocket accountable expenses (including legal fees for representative’s counsel and other disbursements). We have paid an advance of $50,000 to the representative upon the execution of the engagement letter (the Engagement Letter”) between us and the representative dated August 20, 2024, for the representative’s anticipated out-of-pocket accountable expenses. Any expenses advancement will be returned to us to the extent the representative’s out-of-pocket accountable expenses are not actually incurred in accordance with FINRA Rule 5110(g)(4)(A).
We paid a total of $127,000 to the previous underwriter for this offering; for the avoidance of doubt, this amount is not part of, and does not count towards, the representative’s maximum out-of-pocket accountable expenses.
We estimate that the total expenses of the offering payable by us, excluding the underwriting discounts and non-accountable expense allowance, will be approximately $2 million.
Right of First Refusal
If within the 12-month period following consummation of this offering, the Company or any of its subsidiaries (i) decides to finance or refinance any indebtedness using a manager or agent, the representative (or any affiliate designated by the representative) shall have the right to act as sole investment banker, sole book-runner, sole
129
placement agent and/or sole advisor, at the representative’s sole discretion, with respect to such financing or refinancing; or (ii) decides to raise funds by means of an equity offering or a private placement of equity or debt securities using an underwriter or placement agent, the representative (or any affiliate designated by the representative) shall have the right to act as exclusive financial advisor, sole investment banker, sole book-runner and/or sole placement agent, at Craft Capital’s sole discretion, for such financing (the “Right of First Refusal”). The Right of First Refusal shall be subject to FINRA Rule 5110(g)(5), including that it may be terminated by the Company for cause, which shall be a breach by the representative of the Engagement Letter or a material failure by the underwriter to provide the services as contemplated by the Engagement Letter.
Representative’s Warrants
In addition, we have agreed to issue the Underwriter Warrants to the representative an aggregate number of ordinary shares equal to 5% of the total number of ordinary shares sold in this offering. Each such warrant evidencing the right to purchase one share of the ordinary shares being offered in this offering, and has an exercise price equal to 125% of the initial public offering price of the ordinary shares sold in this offering. The Underwriter Warrants will be exercisable at any time and from time to time, in whole or in part, during the four and half year period commencing six months from the commencement date of sales in the offering. The Underwriter Warrants and the underlying shares will be deemed compensation by FINRA, and therefore will be subject to FINRA Rule 5110(e)(1). In accordance with FINRA Rule 5110(e)(1), and except as otherwise permitted by FINRA rules, neither the Underwriter Warrants nor any of our ordinary shares issued upon exercise of the Underwriter Warrants may be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged or hypothecated, or be the subject of any hedging, short sale, derivative, put or call transaction that would result in the effective economic disposition of such securities by any person, for a period of six months beginning on the date of the closing of the offering. The Underwriter Warrants and the underlying ordinary shares will be registered in the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. We agreed to maintain an effective registration statement on Form F-1 (or Form F-3, if we are eligible to use such form) until such date that is the earlier of the date when all of the ordinary shares underlying the representative’s warrants have been publicly sold by holder of such warrants or such time as Rule 144 or another similar exemption under the Securities Act is available for the sale of all of such ordinary shares underlying the representative’s warrants without registration. In addition, although the Underwriter Warrants and the underlying ordinary shares will be registered in the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, we have also agreed that the Underwriter Warrants will provide for registration rights in certain cases. These registration rights apply to all of the securities directly and indirectly issuable upon exercise of the underwriters’ warrants. The one demand registration right provided will not be greater than five years from the date of commencement of sales of the offering in compliance with FINRA Rule 5110(g)(8)(C). The piggyback registration rights provided will not be greater than seven years from the date of commencement of sales of the offering in compliance with FINRA Rule 5110(g)(8)(D).
We will bear all fees and expenses attendant to registering the ordinary shares underlying the Underwriter Warrants, other than any underwriting commissions incurred and payable by the warrant holders. The exercise price and number of ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the Underwriter Warrants may be adjusted in certain circumstances, including in the event of a share dividend, extraordinary cash dividend or our recapitalization, reorganization, merger or consolidation. The warrant exercise price and/or underlying shares may also be adjusted for issuances of ordinary shares at a price below the warrant exercise price.
Indemnification
We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act and liabilities arising from breaches of representations and warranties contained in the underwriting agreement, or to contribute to payments that the underwriters may be required to make in respect of those liabilities.
Lock-Up Agreements
We have agreed, for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, not to offer, issue, sell, contract to sell, encumber, grant any option for the sale of, or otherwise dispose of, except in this offering, any of our Ordinary Shares or securities that are substantially similar to our Ordinary Shares, including but not limited to any options or warrants to purchase our Ordinary Shares, or any securities that are convertible into or exchangeable for, or that
130
represent the right to receive, our Ordinary Shares or any such substantially similar securities (other than pursuant to employee stock option plans existing on, or upon the conversion or exchange of convertible or exchangeable securities outstanding as of, the date such lock-up agreement was executed), without the prior written consent of the representative.
Our officers, directors, and 5% or greater shareholders have agreed, subject to certain exceptions, to a 180-day lock-up period after the date of this prospectus, with respect to the Ordinary Shares that they beneficially own, including the issuance of shares upon the exercise of convertible securities and options that may be currently outstanding or which may be issued. This means that, for a period of twelve months following the date of this prospectus, such persons may not offer, sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of these securities without the prior written consent of the representative or as otherwise agreed.
The representative has no present intention to waive or shorten the lock-up period; however, the terms of the lock-up agreements may be waived at its discretion. In determining whether to waive the terms of the lock-up agreements, the representative may base its decision on its assessment of the relative strengths of the securities markets and companies similar to ours in general, and the trading pattern of, and demand for, our securities in general.
Listing
We intend to apply to list our Ordinary Shares on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “HUHU”. We make no representation that such application will be approved or that our Ordinary Shares will trade on such market either now or at any time in the future. However, we will not complete this offering unless we are so listed.
Electronic Offer, Sale and Distribution
A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on websites or through other online services maintained by the underwriters or selling group members, if any, or by their affiliates, and the underwriters may distribute prospectus electronically. The underwriters may agree to allocate a number of Ordinary Shares to selling group members for sale to their online brokerage account holders. The Ordinary Shares to be sold pursuant to internet distributions will be allocated on the same basis as other allocations. Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information on, or that can be accessed through, these websites and any information contained in any other website maintained by these entities is not part of, and is not incorporated by reference into, this prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, has not been approved and/or endorsed by us or the underwriters, and should not be relied upon by investors.
In connection with this offering, certain of the underwriters or securities dealers may distribute prospectuses by electronic means, such as e-mail.
Passive Market Making
Any underwriter who is a qualified market maker on Nasdaq may engage in passive market making transactions on Nasdaq, in accordance with Rule 103 of Regulation M under the Exchange Act, during a period before the commencement of offers or sales of the shares and extending through the completion of the distribution. Passive market makers must comply with applicable volume and price limitations and must be identified as a passive market maker. In general, a passive market maker must display its bid at a price not in excess of the highest independent bid for such security. If all independent bids are lowered below the passive market maker’s bid, however, the passive market maker’s bid must then be lowered when certain purchase limits are exceeded.
Pricing of this Offering
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our Ordinary Shares. The initial public offering price for our Ordinary Shares will be determined through negotiations between us and the representative. Among the factors to be considered in these negotiations will be prevailing market conditions, our financial information, market valuations of other companies that we and the representative believe to be comparable to us, estimate of our business potential and earning prospects, the present state of our development and other factors deemed relevant. The initial public offering price of our Ordinary Shares in this offering does not necessarily bear any direct relationship to the assets, operations, book or other established criteria of value of our company.
131
Potential Conflicts of Interest
The underwriters and their affiliates may, from time to time, engage in transactions with and perform services for us in the ordinary course of their business for which they may receive customary fees and reimbursement of expenses. In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own accounts and for the accounts of their customers and such investment and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments of our Company. The underwriters and their affiliates may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments.
No Sales of Similar Securities
We have agreed not to offer, pledge, announce the intention to sell, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any Ordinary Shares or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Ordinary Shares or enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of our Ordinary Shares, whether any such transaction is to be settled by delivery of Ordinary Shares or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, without the prior written consent of the representative, for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus.
Selling Restrictions
Other than in the United States, no action may be taken, and no action has been taken, by us or the underwriters that would permit a public offering of the Ordinary Shares offered by, or the possession, circulation or distribution of, this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required. The Ordinary Shares offered by this prospectus may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, nor may this prospectus or any other offering material or advertisements in connection with the offer and sale of any such shares be distributed or published in any jurisdiction, except under circumstances that will result in compliance with the applicable rules and regulations of that jurisdiction. Persons into whose possession this prospectus comes are advised to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to the offering and the distribution of this prospectus. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any Ordinary Shares offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction in which such an offer or a solicitation is unlawful.
In addition to the offering of the Ordinary Shares in the United States, the underwriters may, subject to applicable foreign laws, also offer the Ordinary Shares in certain countries.
Price Stabilization, Short Positions and Penalty Bids
Until the distribution of the Ordinary Shares offered by this prospectus is completed, rules of the SEC may limit the ability of the underwriters to bid for and to purchase our Ordinary Shares. As an exception to these rules, the underwriters may engage in transactions effected in accordance with Regulation M under the Exchange Act that are intended to stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of our Ordinary Shares. The underwriters may engage in over-allotment sales, if applicable, syndicate covering transactions, stabilizing transactions and penalty bids in accordance with Regulation M.
• Stabilizing transactions consist of bids or purchases made by the managing underwriter for the purpose of preventing or slowing a decline in the market price of our securities while this offering is in progress.
• Short sales and over-allotments occur when the managing underwriter, on behalf of the underwriting syndicate, sells more of our shares than they purchase from us in this offering. In order to cover the resulting short position, the managing underwriter may exercise the over-allotment option described above and/or may engage in syndicate covering transactions. There is no contractual limit on the size of any syndicate covering transaction. The underwriters will deliver a prospectus in connection with any such short sales. Purchasers of shares sold short by the underwriters are entitled to the same remedies under the federal securities laws as any other purchaser of units covered by the registration statement.
132
• Syndicate covering transactions are bids for or purchases of our securities on the open market by the managing underwriter on behalf of the underwriters in order to reduce a short position incurred by the managing underwriter on behalf of the underwriters.
• A penalty bid is an arrangement permitting the managing underwriter to reclaim the selling concession that would otherwise accrue to an underwriter if the Ordinary Shares originally sold by the underwriter were later repurchased by the managing underwriter and therefore were not effectively sold to the public by such underwriter.
Stabilization, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our Ordinary Shares or preventing or delaying a decline in the market price of our Ordinary Shares. As a result, the price of our Ordinary Shares may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market.
Neither we nor the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the effect that the transactions described above may have on the prices of our Ordinary Shares. These transactions may occur on Nasdaq or on any trading market. If any of these transactions are commenced, they may be discontinued without notice at any time.
Notice to Prospective Investors in Hong Kong
The contents of this prospectus have not been reviewed by any regulatory authority in Hong Kong. You are advised to exercise caution in relation to the offer. If you are in any doubt about any of the contents of this prospectus, you should obtain independent professional advice. Please note that (i) our shares may not be offered or sold in Hong Kong, by means of this prospectus or any document other than to “professional investors” within the meaning of Part I of Schedule 1 of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap.571, Laws of Hong Kong) (SFO) and any rules made thereunder, or in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” within the meaning of the Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong) (CO) or which do not constitute an offer or invitation to the public for the purpose of the CO or the SFO, and (ii) no advertisement, invitation or document relating to our shares may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to the shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” within the meaning of the SFO and any rules made thereunder.
Notice to Prospective Investors in the People’s Republic of China
This prospectus may not be circulated or distributed in the PRC and the shares may not be offered or sold, and will not offer or sell to any person for re-offering or resale directly or indirectly to any resident of the PRC except pursuant to applicable laws, rules and regulations of the PRC. For the purpose of this paragraph only, the PRC does not include Taiwan and the special administrative regions of Hong Kong and Macau.
Notice to Prospective Investors in Taiwan, the Republic of China
The Ordinary Shares have not been and will not be registered with the Financial Supervisory Commission of Taiwan, the Republic of China, pursuant to relevant securities laws and regulations and may not be offered or sold in Taiwan through a public offering or in any manner which would constitute an offer within the meaning of the Securities and Exchange Act of Taiwan or would otherwise require registration with or the approval of the Financial Supervisory Commission of Taiwan.
Notice to Prospective Investors in the Cayman Islands
This prospectus does not constitute an invitation or offer to the public in the Cayman Islands of the Ordinary Shares, whether by way of sale or subscription. The underwriters have not offered or sold, and will not offer or sell, directly or indirectly, any Ordinary Shares in the Cayman Islands.
133
EXPENSES RELATED TO THIS OFFERING
Set forth below is an itemization of the total expenses, excluding underwriting discounts, the non-accountable expense allowance and non-accountable expenses, that we expect to incur in connection with this offering. With the exception of the SEC registration fee, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, or FINRA, filing fee, and the stock exchange market entry and listing fee, all amounts are estimates.
|
SEC Registration Fee |
$ |
1,500 |
|
|
FINRA Fee |
|
2,000 |
|
|
Stock Exchange Market Entry and Listing Fee |
|
10,000 |
|
|
Printing Expenses |
|
65,000 |
|
|
Legal Fees and Expenses |
|
1,580,000 |
|
|
Transfer Agent Expenses |
|
30,000 |
|
|
Accounting Fees and Expenses |
|
250,000 |
|
|
Miscellaneous |
|
61,500 |
|
|
Total |
$ |
2,000,000 |
134
We are being represented by Ortoli Rosenstadt LLP with respect to certain legal matters of U.S. federal securities and New York state law. The validity of the Ordinary Shares offered in this offering and other certain legal matters as to Cayman Islands law will be passed upon for us by Mourant Ozannes (Cayman) LLP. Legal matters as to PRC law will be passed upon for us by Jiangsu Junjin law Firm and for the underwriters by King & Wood Mallesons, Chengdu Office. Ortoli Rosenstadt LLP may rely upon Mourant Ozannes (Cayman) LLP with respect to matters governed by Cayman Islands law and Jiangsu Junjin Law Firm with respect to matters governed by PRC law. Our Underwriter, Craft Capital Management LLC is represented by Hunter Taubman Fischer & Li LLC with respect to certain legal matters of U.S. federal securities and New York state law. Hunter Taubman Fischer & Li LLC may rely upon King & Wood Mallesons, Chengdu Office with respect to matters governed by PRC law.
The consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, included in this Registration Statement have been so included in reliance on the report of Wei, Wei & Co., LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm in auditing and accounting. The office of Wei, Wei & Co., LLP is located at 13310 39th Avenue, Flushing, New York, 11354.
WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
We have filed a registration statement, including relevant exhibits, with the SEC on Form F-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the underlying Ordinary Shares represented by the Ordinary Shares to be sold in this offering. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement on Form F-1, does not contain all of the information contained in the registration statement. You should read our registration statements and their exhibits and schedules for further information with respect to us and the Ordinary Shares.
Immediately upon the effectiveness of the registration statement on Form F-1 of which this prospectus forms a part, we will become subject to periodic reporting and other informational requirements of the Exchange Act as applicable to foreign private issuers. Accordingly, we will be required to file reports, including annual reports on Form 20-F, and other information with the SEC. All information filed with the SEC can be obtained over the internet at the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov or inspected and copied at the public reference facilities maintained by the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. You can request copies of documents, upon payment of a duplicating fee, by writing to the SEC.
135
HUHUTECH INTERNATIONAL GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
|
Page |
||
|
Consolidated Financial Statements |
||
|
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (PCAOB ID: 2388) |
F-2 |
|
|
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2023 and 2022 |
F-3 |
|
|
F-4 |
||
|
F-5 |
||
|
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2023 and 2022 |
F-6 |
|
|
F-7 – F-30 |
F-1

F-2
HUHUTECH INTERNATIONAL GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
|
As of December 31, |
||||||||
|
2023 |
2022 |
|||||||
|
ASSETS |
|
|
|
|
||||
|
CURRENT ASSETS: |
|
|
|
|
||||
|
Cash |
$ |
2,739,530 |
|
$ |
1,361,728 |
|
||
|
Restricted cash |
|
107,129 |
|
|
326,888 |
|
||
|
Accounts receivable (net of allowance for credit losses of $375,975 and $361,014 as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively) |
|
8,708,075 |
|
|
6,097,806 |
|
||
|
Inventories |
|
530,048 |
|
|
1,419,608 |
|
||
|
Advance to vendors |
|
64,750 |
|
|
61,398 |
|
||
|
Prepayments and other assets, net |
|
181,371 |
|
|
238,917 |
|
||
|
TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS |
|
12,330,903 |
|
|
9,506,345 |
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
Property, plant and equipment, net |
|
1,528,982 |
|
|
512,755 |
|
||
|
Intangible assets, net |
|
124,679 |
|
|
168,880 |
|
||
|
Deferred tax assets |
|
56,931 |
|
|
70,873 |
|
||
|
Deferred offering costs |
|
805,889 |
|
|
575,098 |
|
||
|
Right-of-use assets, net |
|
255,573 |
|
|
38,199 |
|
||
|
TOTAL ASSETS |
$ |
15,102,957 |
|
$ |
10,872,150 |
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY |
|
|
|
|
||||
|
CURRENT LIABILITIES: |
|
|
|
|
||||
|
Short term bank loans |
$ |
1,690,165 |
|
$ |
2,029,809 |
|
||
|
Notes payable |
|
103,943 |
|
|
507,277 |
|
||
|
Accounts payable |
|
4,532,958 |
|
|
3,019,972 |
|
||
|
Due to related parties |
|
868,438 |
|
|
548,473 |
|
||
|
Advance from customers |
|
943,348 |
|
|
512,369 |
|
||
|
Accrued expenses and other liabilities |
|
561,439 |
|
|
509,381 |
|
||
|
Taxes payable |
|
400,071 |
|
|
159,174 |
|
||
|
Operating lease liabilities – current |
|
107,424 |
|
|
13,724 |
|
||
|
TOTAL CURRENT LIABILITIES |
|
9,207,786 |
|
|
7,300,179 |
|
||
|
Operating lease liabilities – non-current |
|
114,374 |
|
|
19,732 |
|
||
|
TOTAL LIABILITIES |
|
9,322,160 |
|
|
7,319,911 |
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Note 13) |
|
|
|
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY: |
|
|
|
|
||||
|
Ordinary shares, $0.0000025 par value, 20,000,000,000 shares authorized, 20,000,000 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2023 and 2022* |
|
50 |
|
|
50 |
|
||
|
Additional paid-in capital |
|
1,738,179 |
|
|
1,738,179 |
|
||
|
Statutory reserves |
|
343,077 |
|
|
204,604 |
|
||
|
Retained earnings |
|
3,958,029 |
|
|
1,762,915 |
|
||
|
Accumulated other comprehensive loss |
|
(258,538 |
) |
|
(153,509 |
) |
||
|
TOTAL SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY |
|
5,780,797 |
|
|
3,552,239 |
|
||
|
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY |
$ |
15,102,957 |
|
$ |
10,872,150 |
|
||
____________
* Share and per share data are presented on a retroactive basis to reflect the reorganization and the forward split at a ratio of 1-for-4, with effective date of July 15, 2024.
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-3
HUHUTECH INTERNATIONAL GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
|
For the Years Ended |
||||||||
|
2023 |
2022 |
|||||||
|
Revenues |
$ |
16,732,688 |
|
$ |
11,374,257 |
|
||
|
Cost of revenues – third parties |
|
11,110,545 |
|
|
7,018,597 |
|
||
|
Cost of revenues – related party |
|
210,251 |
|
|
805,679 |
|
||
|
Total cost of revenues |
|
11,320,796 |
|
|
7,824,276 |
|
||
|
Gross profit |
|
5,411,892 |
|
|
3,549,981 |
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
Operating expenses: |
|
|
|
|
||||
|
Selling expenses |
|
871,797 |
|
|
391,013 |
|
||
|
General and administrative expenses |
|
1,036,922 |
|
|
1,033,079 |
|
||
|
Research and development expenses |
|
1,341,221 |
|
|
1,213,529 |
|
||
|
Total operating expenses |
|
3,249,940 |
|
|
2,637,621 |
|
||
|
Income from operations |
|
2,161,952 |
|
|
912,360 |
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
Other income (expense): |
|
|
|
|
||||
|
Interest income |
|
7,279 |
|
|
4,021 |
|
||
|
Interest expense |
|
(72,197 |
) |
|
(51,985 |
) |
||
|
Other income, net |
|
492,123 |
|
|
99,920 |
|
||
|
Total other income, net |
|
427,205 |
|
|
51,956 |
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
Income before income taxes |
|
2,589,157 |
|
|
964,316 |
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
Provision for income taxes |
|
255,570 |
|
|
34,307 |
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
Net income |
|
2,333,587 |
|
|
930,009 |
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
Other comprehensive income |
|
|
|
|
||||
|
Foreign currency translation adjustments |
|
(105,029 |
) |
|
(238,627 |
) |
||
|
Comprehensive income |
$ |
2,228,558 |
|
$ |
691,382 |
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
Earnings per share* |
|
|
|
|
||||
|
Basic and diluted |
$ |
0.12 |
|
$ |
0.05 |
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
Weighted average number of shares outstanding* |
|
|
|
|
||||
|
Basic and diluted |
|
20,000,000 |
|
|
20,000,000 |
|
||
____________
* Share and per share data are presented on a retroactive basis to reflect the reorganization and the forward split at a ratio of 1-for-4, with effective date of July 15, 2024.
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-4
HUHUTECH INTERNATIONAL GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
|
|
Additional |
Statutory |
Retained |
Accumulated |
Total |
||||||||||||||||||
|
Shares* |
Amount |
||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Balance at December 31, 2021 |
20,000,000 |
$ |
50 |
$ |
1,738,179 |
$ |
99,850 |
$ |
937,660 |
|
$ |
85,118 |
|
$ |
2,860,857 |
|
|||||||
|
Net income |
— |
|
— |
|
— |
|
— |
|
930,009 |
|
|
— |
|
|
930,009 |
|
|||||||
|
Statutory reserves |
— |
|
— |
|
— |
|
104,754 |
|
(104,754 |
) |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|||||||
|
Foreign currency translation adjustments |
— |
|
— |
|
— |
|
— |
|
— |
|
|
(238,627 |
) |
|
(238,627 |
) |
|||||||
|
Balance at December 31, 2022 |
20,000,000 |
|
50 |
|
1,738,179 |
|
204,604 |
|
1,762,915 |
|
|
(153,509 |
) |
|
3,552,239 |
|
|||||||
|
Net income |
— |
|
— |
|
— |
|
— |
|
2,333,587 |
|
|
— |
|
|
2,333,587 |
|
|||||||
|
Statutory reserves |
— |
|
— |
|
— |
|
138,473 |
|
(138,473 |
) |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|||||||
|
Foreign currency translation adjustments |
— |
|
— |
|
— |
|
— |
|
— |
|
|
(105,029 |
) |
|
(105,029 |
) |
|||||||
|
Balance at December 31, 2023 |
20,000,000 |
$ |
50 |
$ |
1,738,179 |
$ |
343,077 |
$ |
3,958,029 |
|
$ |
(258,538 |
) |
$ |
5,780,797 |
|
|||||||
____________
* Share and per share data are presented on a retroactive basis to reflect the reorganization and the forward split at a ratio of 1-for-4, with effective date of July 15, 2024.
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-5
HUHUTECH INTERNATIONAL GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
|
For the Years Ended |
||||||||
|
2023 |
2022 |
|||||||
|
Cash flows from operating activities: |
|
|
|
|
||||
|
Net income |
$ |
2,333,587 |
|
$ |
930,009 |
|
||
|
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities: |
|
|
|
|
||||
|
Depreciation and amortization |
|
214,106 |
|
|
138,572 |
|
||
|
Provision for (recovery of) credit losses |
|
25,335 |
|
|
(52,229 |
) |
||
|
Deferred tax expense |
|
11,950 |
|
|
34,665 |
|
||
|
Amortization of operating lease right-of-use assets |
|
53,307 |
|
|
19,643 |
|
||
|
Changes in operating assets and liabilities: |
|
|
|
|
||||
|
Accounts receivable |
|
(2,817,167 |
) |
|
(1,370,494 |
) |
||
|
Inventories |
|
851,308 |
|
|
(979,451 |
) |
||
|
Prepayments and other assets |
|
50,862 |
|
|
(171,856 |
) |
||
|
Advance to vendors |
|
(5,119 |
) |
|
28,844 |
|
||
|
Accounts payable |
|
1,603,497 |
|
|
674,460 |
|
||
|
Accrued expenses and other liabilities |
|
115,482 |
|
|
60,707 |
|
||
|
Advance from customers |
|
446,802 |
|
|
485,270 |
|
||
|
Taxes payable |
|
246,100 |
|
|
81,964 |
|
||
|
Operating leases liabilities |
|
(81,121 |
) |
|
(19,643 |
) |
||
|
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities |
|
3,048,929 |
|
|
(139,539 |
) |
||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
Cash flows from investing activities: |
|
|
|
|
||||
|
Additions to property, plant, and equipment |
|
(1,205,784 |
) |
|
(95,448 |
) |
||
|
Acquisition of intangible asset |
|
(2,469 |
) |
|
— |
|
||
|
Net cash (used in) investing activities |
|
(1,208,253 |
) |
|
(95,448 |
) |
||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
Cash flows from financing activities: |
|
|
|
|
||||
|
Payments to related parties |
|
— |
|
|
(65,358 |
) |
||
|
Advances from related parties |
|
325,642 |
|
|
— |
|
||
|
(Repayments of) proceeds from bank acceptance notes payable, net |
|
(389,894 |
) |
|
426,965 |
|
||
|
Proceeds from short-term bank loans |
|
3,135,195 |
|
|
5,079,409 |
|
||
|
Repayment of short-term bank loans |
|
(3,417,645 |
) |
|
(3,952,709 |
) |
||
|
Payment of offering costs |
|
(247,874 |
) |
|
(171,023 |
) |
||
|
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities |
|
(594,576 |
) |
|
1,317,284 |
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and restricted cash |
|
(88,057 |
) |
|
(5,196 |
) |
||
|
Net increase in cash and restricted cash |
|
1,158,043 |
|
|
1,077,101 |
|
||
|
Cash and restricted cash at the beginning of year |
|
1,688,616 |
|
|
611,515 |
|
||
|
Cash and restricted cash at the end of year |
$ |
2,846,659 |
|
$ |
1,688,616 |
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
Reconciliation of cash and restricted cash, end of year |
|
|
|
|
||||
|
Cash |
$ |
2,739,530 |
|
$ |
1,361,728 |
|
||
|
Restricted cash |
|
107,129 |
|
|
326,888 |
|
||
|
Cash and restricted cash at the end of year |
$ |
2,846,659 |
|
$ |
1,688,616 |
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
Supplemental cash flow disclosures: |
|
|
|
|
||||
|
Cash paid for income tax |
$ |
68,649 |
|
$ |
31,015 |
|
||
|
Cash paid for interest |
$ |
68,255 |
|
$ |
51,985 |
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
Non-cash investing activities: |
|
|
|
|
||||
|
Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for operating lease obligations |
$ |
323,290 |
|
$ |
7,372 |
|
||
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-6
HUHUTECH INTERNATIONAL GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE 1 — ORGANIZATION AND BUSINESS DESCRIPTION
HUHUTECH International Group Inc. (“HUHUTECH” or the “Company”) is a holding company incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands on July 8, 2021. HUHUTECH, through its wholly-owned subsidiaries is a professional system integration provider to design and implement integrated facility management systems and industrial automation monitoring systems mainly for the optoelectronic, semiconductor, telecom and logistic industries in the People’s Republic of China (“China” or “PRC”) and Japan.
Reorganization
A Reorganization of the legal structure was completed on January 14, 2022. The Reorganization involved the incorporations of HUHUTECH International Group Inc., a Cayman Islands holding company; HUHUTECH (HK) Limited (“HUHU HK”), a holding company established in Hong Kong, PRC; Wuxi Xinwu District Jianmeng Electromechanical Technology Co., Ltd (“WFOE”), a company established in the PRC; and the transfer of Jiangsu Huhu Electromechanical Technology Co., Ltd (“HUHU China”), a company established in the PRC, to WFOE.
Before and after the Reorganization, the Company, together with its subsidiaries, are effectively controlled by the same shareholder, who is the Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) and the Chairman of the Board of Directors of the Company, therefore the reorganization is considered as a recapitalization of entities under common control in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 805-50-25. The consolidation of the Company and its subsidiaries have been accounted for at historical cost and prepared on the basis as if the aforementioned transactions had become effective as of the beginning of the first period presented in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.
Details of the subsidiaries of the Company as of December 31, 2023 are set out below:
|
Name of Entity |
Date of |
Jurisdiction of |
Percentage of |
Principal |
||||
|
HUHUTECH (HK) Limited (“HUHU HK”) |
July 28, 2021 |
Hong Kong, PRC |
100% by HUHU |
Investment holding |
||||
|
Wuxi Xinwu District Jianmeng Electromechanical Technology Co., Ltd (“WFOE”) |
December 10, 2021 |
PRC |
100% by HUHU HK |
Investment holding |
||||
|
Jiangsu Huhu Electromechanical Technology Co., Ltd. (“HUHU China”) |
August 20, 2015 |
PRC |
100% by WFOE |
System integration and engineering services |
||||
|
Huhu Technology Co., Ltd. (“HUHU Japan”) |
April 25, 2022 |
JAPAN |
100% by HUHU |
System integration and engineering services |
NOTE 2 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Basis of presentation
The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”) pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Securities Exchange Commission (“SEC”).
Principles of consolidation
The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the financial statements of HUHUTECH International Group Inc. and its subsidiaries. All inter-company balances and transactions have been eliminated upon consolidation.
F-7
HUHUTECH INTERNATIONAL GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE 2 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)
Uses of estimates
In preparing the consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP, management makes estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. These estimates are based on information as of the date of the consolidated financial statements and are adjusted to reflect actual experience when necessary. Significant estimates required to be made by management include, but are not limited to allowance for credit losses, allowance for inventories obsolescence and revenue recognition. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
Cash
Cash comprises cash at banks and on hand. Cash balances in bank accounts in PRC are insured by the People’s Bank of China Financial Stability Department (“FSD”) where there is a RMB 500,000 (approximately $70,000) deposit insurance limit for a legal entity’s aggregated balance at each bank The Company had $1,157,820 in bank accounts in Japan as of December 31, 2023. Cash balances in bank accounts in Japan are insured pursuant to the Deposit Insurance Act in Japan. Under the Deposit Insurance Act in Japan, the maximum amount of protection is JPY 10 million (approximately $76,000) per customer within one bank.
Restricted cash
Restricted cash consists of cash and cash equivalents which are used as collateral to secure note payable and used as guarantee deposit to secure the performance guarantee bank acceptance. A note payable is a draft issued by a bank for payments in future, which defers the payment until the due date for redeeming the note. According to the notes payable agreement with the bank, 50% to 100% of the amount is required to be deposited at the bank as security for the notes payable. Guarantee deposit is the deposit in bank to secure the performance guarantee bank acceptance issued by the bank. The performance guarantee bank acceptance is required by the Company’s customer for certain project as a guarantee to fulfill the contract. The security deposit for notes payable and performance guarantee bank acceptance amounted to $96,125 and $11,004, respectively, as of December 31, 2023. The security deposit for notes payable and performance guarantee bank acceptance amounted to $254,221 and $72,667, respectively, as of December 31, 2022. The Company earns interest at a variable rate per month on this restricted cash balance.
Accounts receivable, net
In June 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued ASU No. 2016-13, “Financial Instruments — Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments,” which requires the Company to measure and recognize expected credit losses for financial assets held and not accounted for at fair value through net income. The Company adopted this guidance effective January 1, 2023. ASC 326 introduces an approach based on expected losses to estimate the allowance for credit losses, which replaces the previous incurred loss impairment model. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. Accounts receivable are recognized and carried at original invoiced amount less an estimated allowance for credit losses. The Company estimates the allowance for credit losses based on an analysis of the aging of accounts receivable, assessment of collectability, including any known or anticipated economic conditions, customer-specific circumstances, recent payment history and other relevant factors. Allowance for credit losses amounted to $375,975 and $361,014 as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively.
F-8
HUHUTECH INTERNATIONAL GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE 2 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)
Inventories
Inventories are materials stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value. Costs include purchase price and related shipping costs. The cost of inventories is calculated using the weighted average method. Any excess of the cost over the net realizable value of each item of inventories is recognized as an inventory valuation allowance. Net realizable value is estimated using selling price in the normal course of business less any costs to complete and sell products. As of December 31, 2023 and 2022, the inventory valuation allowance was nil.
Advances to vendors
Advance to vendors consists of balances paid to suppliers for technical services and materials that have not been provided or received. Advances to suppliers are short-term in nature and are reviewed periodically to determine whether their carrying value has become impaired. The Company considers the assets to be impaired if the collectability of the advance becomes doubtful. The Company uses the aging method to estimate the allowance for uncollectible balances. In addition, at each reporting date, the Company determines the adequacy of the allowance by evaluating all available information, and then records specific allowances for those advances based on the available facts and circumstances. As of December 31, 2023 and 2022, the allowance for uncollectible advances to vendors was nil.
Prepayments and other assets, net
Prepayments and other assets primarily consist of prepaid rents and advances to employees, which are presented net of allowance for credit losses. Prepayment and other assets are classified as either current or non-current based on the terms of the respective agreements. These advances are unsecured and are reviewed periodically to determine whether their carrying value has become impaired. The Company considers the assets to be impaired if the collectability of the advance becomes doubtful. The Company uses the aging method to estimate the allowance for uncollectible balances. The allowance is also based on management’s best estimate of specific losses on individual exposures, as well as a provision on historical trends of collections and utilizations. Actual amounts received or utilized may differ from management’s estimate of credit worthiness and the economic environment. Prepayment and other assets are written off against the allowances only after exhaustive collection efforts. The allowance for uncollectible balances amounted to $3,565 and $3,670 as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively.
Property, plant and equipment, net
Land is recorded at cost. Property, plant and equipment are recorded at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is provided in the amounts sufficient to depreciate the cost of the related assets over their useful lives using the straight-line method, as follows:
|
Useful life |
||
|
Office equipment |
3 – 5 years |
|
|
Transportation equipment |
4 years |
|
|
Building |
20 years |
Expenditures for maintenance and repairs, which do not materially extend the useful lives of the assets, are charged to expense as incurred. Expenditures for major renewals and betterments which substantially extend the useful life of assets are capitalized. The cost and related accumulated depreciation of assets retired or sold are removed from the respective accounts, and any gain or loss is recognized in the consolidated statements of income and other comprehensive income in other income or expenses.
F-9
HUHUTECH INTERNATIONAL GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE 2 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)
Intangible assets
Intangible assets consist primarily of the Type Class A license in construction and computer software. Type Class A license in construction is valid for five years and subject to renewal. Intangible assets are stated at cost less accumulated amortization. Intangible assets are amortized using the straight-line method.
|
License |
5 years |
|
|
Computer software |
3 – 5 years |
Impairment of long-lived assets
Long-lived assets, including property, plant and equipment and intangible assets with finite lives, are evaluated for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances (such as a significant adverse change to market conditions that will impact the future use of the assets) indicate that the carrying amount may not be fully recoverable or that the useful life is shorter than the Company had originally estimated. When these events occur, the Company evaluates the impairment by comparing the carrying value of the assets to an estimate of future undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated from the use of the assets and their eventual disposition. If the sum of the expected future undiscounted cash flows is less than the carrying value of the assets, the Company recognizes an impairment loss based on the excess of the carrying value of the assets over the fair value of the assets. No impairment charge was recognized for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively.
Deferred offering costs
Deferred offering costs are expenses directly related to the Company’s planned initial public offering (“IPO”). These costs consisted of legal, accounting, printing, and filing fees that the Company capitalized, including fees incurred by the independent registered public accounting firm directly related to the offering. The deferred offering costs will offset against the IPO proceeds and will be reclassified to additional paid-in capital upon completion of the IPO.
Notes payable
Notes payable are bank acceptance notes issued by financial institutions on the Company’s behalf to vendors with a specific due date usually for a period of within 12 months. These notes can either be endorsed by the vendor to other third parties as payment or can be factored to other financial institutions before maturity date. As collateral security for financial institutions’ undertakings, the Company is required to maintain deposits with such financial institutions as restricted cash amounts of 50% to 100% of the balances of the bank acceptance notes. As of December 31, 2023, the Company deposited a total of $96,125 (RMB 682,476) as collateral to secure and issue eight bank acceptance notes of $ 103,943 (RMB737,988) to its vendors with maturity period of six months. As of April 16, 2024, bank acceptance notes of $103,943 (RMB737,988) were fully paid upon maturity and the restricted deposit was also released upon the payment. As of December 31, 2022, the Company deposited a total of $254,221 (RMB1,753,410) as collateral to secure and issue seventeen bank acceptance notes of $499,375 (RMB3,444,291) to its vendors with maturity period of six months and one bank acceptance note of $7,902 (RMB54,500) to its vendors with maturity period of twelve months. As of March 31, 2023, ten notes were fully paid upon maturity and the restricted deposit was also released upon the payment.
F-10
HUHUTECH INTERNATIONAL GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE 2 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)
Fair value of financial instruments
U.S. GAAP requires certain disclosures regarding the fair value of financial instruments. Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. A three-level fair value hierarchy prioritizes the inputs used to measure fair value. The hierarchy requires entities to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. The three levels of inputs used to measure fair value are as follows:
• Level 1 — inputs to the valuation methodology are quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets.
• Level 2 — inputs to the valuation methodology include quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, quoted market prices for identical or similar assets in markets that are not active, inputs other than quoted prices that are observable and inputs derived from or corroborated by observable market data.
• Level 3 — inputs to the valuation methodology are unobservable.
Unless otherwise disclosed, the fair value of the Company’s financial instruments, including cash, accounts receivable, advances to vendors, prepayments and other assets, accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities, advances from customers, notes payable, due to related parties and bank loans, approximates their recorded values due to their short-term maturities. The Company determined that the carrying value of the short-term bank loans approximated their fair value by comparing the stated loan interest rate to the rate charged by similar financial institutions.
Revenue recognition
The Company accounts for revenue recognition under FASB ASC 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (“ASC 606”). In accordance with FASB ASC 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers. The core principle of the guidance is that an entity should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. To achieve that core principle, the Company applies the following steps:
Step 1: Identify the contract (s) with a customer
Step 2: Identify the performance obligations in the contract
Step 3: Determine the transaction price
Step 4: Allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract
Step 5: Recognize revenue when (or as) the entity satisfies a performance obligation
The Company derives its revenues primarily from three sources: (1) system integration projects; (2) product sales; (3) engineering consulting services. All of the Company’s contracts with customers do not contain cancellable and refund-type provisions.
Revenue from system integration projects
The Company’s revenues from system integration projects are normally under fixed-price contracts that may last from six months to three years. These contracts require the Company to perform customized services of project planning, system coding, installation of hardware and equipment, and configuration based on the customers’ specific needs which requires significant customization. Upon delivery of the services and equipment, customer acceptance is generally required. In the same contract, the Company is required to provide a warranty period for one to two years (“warranty period”) after the customized project is delivered with a 3% – 10% holdback of the total
F-11
HUHUTECH INTERNATIONAL GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE 2 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)
contract price (“contract holdback”) which is to be paid after the end of warranty period. The Company determined the warranty clause included in the contractual term is directly related to the quality of the Company’s integration projects and there are no specific tasks to be performed during the warranty period, and therefore, consider it an assurance-type warranty. The warranty is not considered a separate performance obligation and no revenue is associated with these services under ASC 606. Thus, the Company identifies a single performance obligation for the system integration projects, which includes a series of integrated services of project planning, system coding, installation of hardware and equipment, and configuration. Because of the nature of the projects, and the contract owners perform inspection during the project and prior to acceptance, the Company has not experienced material warranty costs and, therefore, does not believe an accrual for these costs is necessary.
Revenue is recognized over the contract term using an input method under which the percentage of revenue to be recognized for a given project is measured by the estimates of the extent of progress towards project completion. Such contracts provide that the customer accept completion of progress to date and compensate the Company for services rendered, which may be measured in terms of costs incurred, units installed, or some other measure of progress. Application of the input method requires the use of estimates of costs to be incurred for the performance of the contract. Contract costs include all direct material costs, direct labor costs and those indirect costs related to contract performance, such as indirect labor, supplies, tools, and all costs associated with operation of equipment. The contract holdback is recognized as revenue after the warranty period has expired. The warranty holdback amounted to $384,837 and $169,360 as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. The cost estimation process is based upon the professional knowledge and experience of the Company’s engineers, project managers and financial professionals. Management conducts monthly reviews to assess the contract’s schedule, performance, technical matters and estimated cost at completion. When changes in estimated contract costs are identified, such revisions may result in current period adjustments to operations applicable to performance in prior periods.
Revenue from product sales
The Company generates revenue primarily through the sale and delivery of promised goods to customers and recognizes revenue when control is transferred to customers, which typically occurs upon customer acceptance, in an amount that reflects the consideration the Company expects to be entitled to in exchange for the goods or services and is recorded net of value-added tax (“VAT”). The Company’s contracts with customers are primarily on a fixed-price basis and do not contain cancellable and refund-type provisions. The Company generally provides a one-year warranty against defects in materials related to the sale of products. The Company considerers the warranty as an assurance type warranty since the warranty provides the customer the assurance that the product complies with agreed-upon specifications. Estimated future warranty obligations are included in cost of product sales in the period in which the related revenue is recognized. The determination of the Company’s warranty accrual is based on actual historical experience with the product, estimates of repair and replacement costs and any product warranty problems that are identified after shipment. The Company estimates and adjusts these accruals at each balance sheet date in accordance with changes in these factors.
Revenue from engineering consulting services
Revenues generated from engineering consulting services are recognized upon the delivery of the engineering report as the Company’s performance obligations are satisfied. Expenses related to these types of services are recognized as incurred.
Contract balances
Accounts receivable represent amounts invoiced and revenues recognized prior to invoicing when the Company has satisfied the Company’s performance obligation and has the unconditional rights to payment. The balances of accounts receivable, net of allowance for credit losses were $8,708,075 and $6,097,806 as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. Unearned revenues consist of payments received from customers related to unsatisfied performance obligations at the end of the period, and included in advance from customers in the
F-12
HUHUTECH INTERNATIONAL GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE 2 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)
Company’s consolidated balance sheets with the balance of $943,348 and $512,369 as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. All unsatisfied performance obligation will be performed within the next twelve months and no significant financing component is involved. There is no significant financing component in the Company’s revenue arrangement because the Company’s expected length of time between the payment and when the Company transfers the promised services is less than 12 months. For the portion of security deposit with more than 12 months is measured at present value at the reporting date by its primary borrowing rate. The impact of discounted interest expenses is not material for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022.
Disaggregation of revenues
For the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, the disaggregation of revenues by major revenue stream is as follows:
|
For the years ended |
||||||
|
2023 |
2022 |
|||||
|
System integration projects |
$ |
16,254,922 |
$ |
11,344,086 |
||
|
Product sales |
|
273,054 |
|
— |
||
|
Engineering consulting services |
|
204,712 |
|
30,171 |
||
|
Total |
$ |
16,732,688 |
$ |
11,374,257 |
||
Research and development costs
Research and development activities are directed toward the development of cleaning control system, ultrapure water control system, gas detection system, and temperature automatic control system used in the semiconductor manufacturing process. These costs, which primarily include salaries, contract services and supplies, are expensed as incurred.
Operating leases
The Company has lease contracts for manufacturing facilities and office space under operating leases. The Company determines whether an arrangement constitutes a lease and records lease liabilities and right-of-use assets on its consolidated balance sheets at lease commencement. The Company measures its lease liabilities based on the present value of the total lease payments not yet paid discounted based on the more readily determinable of the rate implicit in the lease or its incremental borrowing rate, which is the estimated rate the Company would be required to pay for a collateralized borrowing equal to the total lease payments over the term of the lease. The Company estimates its incremental borrowing rate based on an analysis of weighted average interest rate of its own bank loans. The Company measures right-of-use assets based on the corresponding lease liability adjusted for payments made to the lessor at or before the commencement date, and initial direct costs it incurs under the lease. The Company begins recognizing lease expense when the lessor makes the underlying asset available to the Company.
For leases with lease term less than one year (short-term leases), the Company records operating lease expense in its consolidated statements of income on a straight-line basis over the lease term and record variable lease payments as incurred.
Value added tax (“VAT”)
Revenue represents the invoiced value of goods and services, net of VAT. The VAT is based on gross sales price and VAT rates range from 6% to 13%, depending on the type of products sold or service provided. Entities that are VAT general taxpayers are allowed to offset qualified input VAT paid to suppliers against their output VAT liabilities. Net VAT balance between input VAT and output VAT is recorded in taxes payable. All of the VAT returns filed by the Company’s subsidiaries in PRC remain subject to examination by the tax authorities for five years from the date of filing.
F-13
HUHUTECH INTERNATIONAL GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE 2 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)
Government grants
Government grants are recognized as income in other income, net or as a reduction of specific costs and expenses for which the grants are intended to compensate. Such amounts are recognized in the consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income upon receipt and all conditions attached to the grants are fulfilled. For the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, the Company received $486,562 and $119,346 of government grants for various research programs. The benefit of these government grants, net of taxes, on net income per share (basic and diluted) was $0.02 and $0.01 for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively.
Income taxes
Cayman Islands
The Company is incorporated in the Cayman Islands and is not subject to tax on income or capital gains under the laws of the Cayman Islands. Additionally, the Cayman Islands does not impose a withholding tax on payments of dividends to shareholders.
Hong Kong
Under Hong Kong tax laws, HUHU HK is subject to a statutory income tax rate at 16.5% if revenue is generated in Hong Kong and they are exempted from income tax on their foreign-derived income. There are no withholding taxes in Hong Kong on remittance of dividends.
PRC
Under the Enterprise Income Tax (“EIT”) Law of PRC, domestic enterprises and Foreign Investment Enterprises (the “FIE”) are usually subject to a unified 25% enterprise income tax rate while preferential tax rates, tax holidays and even tax exemption may be granted on case-by-case basis. EIT grants preferential tax treatment to High and New Technology Enterprises (“HNTEs”). Under this preferential tax treatment, HNTEs are entitled to an income tax rate of 15%, subject to a requirement that they re-apply for HNTE status every three years. HUHU China was approved as a HNTE and is entitled to a reduced income tax rate of 15% beginning December 2022. The certificate is valid until December 2025
EIT is typically governed by the local tax authority in PRC. Each local tax authority at times may grant preferred tax treatment to local enterprises as a way to encourage entrepreneurship and stimulate local economy. The impact of the tax treatment noted above decreased PRC taxes by $140,305 and $109,750 for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. The benefit of the preferred tax treatment on net income per share (basic and diluted) was $0.03 and $0.02 for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively.
Japan
Under Japanese tax laws, HUHU Japan is subject to a statutory income tax rate at 20% on income that is generated in Japan and they are exempted from income tax on their foreign-derived income. There are no withholding taxes in Japan on remittance of dividends.
The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with the laws of the relevant tax authorities. Deferred income taxes are recognized when temporary differences exist between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their reported amounts in the consolidated financial statements. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period including the enactment date. Valuation allowances are established, when necessary, to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.
F-14
HUHUTECH INTERNATIONAL GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE 2 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)
An uncertain tax position is recognized as a benefit only if it is “more likely than not” that the tax position would be sustained in a tax examination. The amount recognized is the largest amount of tax benefit that is greater than 50% likely of being realized on examination. For tax positions not meeting the “more likely than not” test, no tax benefit is recorded. Penalties and interest incurred related to underpayment of income tax are classified as income tax expense in the period incurred. No significant penalties or interest relating to income taxes have been incurred for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. All of the tax returns of the Company’s subsidiaries in the PRC remain subject to examination by the tax authorities for five years from the date of filing.
Earnings per Share
The Company computes earnings per share (“EPS”) in accordance with ASC 260, “Earnings per Share”. ASC 260 requires companies to present basic and diluted EPS. Basic EPS is measured as net income divided by the weighted average ordinary shares outstanding for the period. Diluted EPS presents the dilutive effect on a per-share basis of the potential ordinary shares (e.g., convertible securities, options and warrants) as if they had been converted at the beginning of the periods presented, or issuance date, if later. Potential ordinary shares that have an anti-dilutive effect (i.e., those that increase income per share or decrease loss per share) are excluded from the calculation of diluted EPS. For the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, there were no dilutive shares. For the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, earnings per share amounted to $0.12 and $0.05, respectively.
Foreign currency translation
The functional currencies of the Company are the local currency of the county in which the subsidiaries operate. The Company’s consolidated financial statements are reported using U.S. Dollars. The results of operations and the consolidated statements of cash flows denominated in foreign currencies are translated at the average rates of exchange during the reporting period. Assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies at the balance sheet date are translated at the applicable rates of exchange in effect on that date. The equity denominated in the functional currencies is translated at the historical rates of exchange at the time of capital contributions. Because cash flows are translated based on the average translation rates, amounts related to assets and liabilities reported on the consolidated statements of cash flows will not necessarily agree with changes in the corresponding balances on the consolidated balance sheets. Translation adjustments arising from the use of different exchange rates from period to period are included as a separate component in accumulated other comprehensive income included in consolidated statements of changes in equity. Gains and losses from foreign currency transactions are included in the consolidated statement of income and comprehensive income.
Since the Company operates primarily in the PRC, the Company’s main functional currency is the Chinese Yuan (“RMB”). HUHU Japan’s functional currency is the Japanese Yen (“JPY”). The Company’s consolidated financial statements have been translated into the reporting currency of U.S. Dollars (“US$”). The RMB is not freely convertible into foreign currency and all foreign exchange transactions must take place through authorized institutions. No representation is made that the RMB amounts could have been, or could be, converted into US$ at the rates used in the translation.
The following table outlines the currency exchange rates that were used in creating the consolidated financial statements in this report:
|
For the |
For the |
|||
|
Period Ended RMB: USD exchange rate |
7.0999 |
6.8972 |
||
|
Period Average RMB: USD exchange rate |
7.0809 |
6.7290 |
||
|
Period Ended JPY: USD exchange rate |
140.80 |
131.81 |
||
|
Period Average JPY: USD exchange rate |
140.82 |
131.46 |
F-15
HUHUTECH INTERNATIONAL GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE 2 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)
Comprehensive income (loss)
Comprehensive income (loss) consists of two components, net income and other comprehensive income (loss). Other comprehensive income (loss) refers to revenue, expenses, gains and losses that under U.S. GAAP are recorded as an element of shareholders’ equity but are excluded from net income. Other comprehensive income (loss) consists of foreign currency translation adjustments resulting from the Company not using US$ as its functional currency.
Risks and uncertainties
Beginning in late 2019, an outbreak of a novel strain of coronavirus (COVID-19) first emerged in China and spread globally. In March 2020, the World Health Organization (“WHO”) declared the COVID-19 as a pandemic. Governments in affected countries imposed travel bans, quarantines and other emergency public health measures, which caused material disruption to businesses globally resulting in an economic slowdown. Due to the fact that the COVID-19 coronavirus outbreak appears to be contained in China, the Company’s production and sales activities gradually returned to normal in fiscal 2022 and 2023. On December 7, 2022, China announced 10 new rules that constituted a relaxation of almost all of its stringent COVID-19 pandemic control measures. On May 5, 2023, WHO declared that COVID-19 is now an established and ongoing health issue which no longer constitutes a public health emergency of international concern. However, the extent of the impact of COVID-19 on the Company’s future financial results will be dependent on future developments such as the length and severity of COVID-19, the potential resurgence of COVID-19, future government actions in response to COVID-19 and the overall impact of COVID-19 on the global economy and capital markets, among many other factors, all of which remain highly uncertain and unpredictable. Given this uncertainty, the Company is currently unable to quantify the expected impact of COVID-19 on its future operations, financial condition, liquidity and results of operations if the current situation continues.
Segment reporting
In accordance with ASC Topic 280, Segment Reporting, the Company’s chief operating decision maker (“CODM”) has been identified as the Chief Executive Officer. The Company’s CODM reviews the consolidated financial results when making decisions about allocating resources and assessing the performance of the Company as a whole and hence, the Company has only one reportable segment. The Company operates and manages its business in PRC China and Japan as a single segment. The Company’s long-lived assets are substantially all located in the PRC and Japan and substantially all the Company’s revenues are derived from within the PRC and Japan.
The following table presents revenue by geographic location for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022:
|
For the |
For the |
|||||
|
PRC |
$ |
11,056,162 |
$ |
11,345,810 |
||
|
Japan |
|
5,676,526 |
|
28,447 |
||
|
Total revenues |
$ |
16,732,688 |
$ |
11,374,257 |
||
Concentrations of risks
(a) Concentration of credit risk
Assets that potentially subject the Company to a significant concentration of credit risk primarily consist of cash, accounts receivable and other current assets. The maximum exposure of such assets to credit risk is their carrying amounts as at the balance sheet dates. As of December 31, 2023 and 2022, the aggregate amount of cash of $1,240,178 and $1,160,765 respectively, was held at major financial institutions in PRC. Cash balances in bank accounts in PRC are insured by the People’s Bank of China Financial Stability Department (“FSD”) where there
F-16
HUHUTECH INTERNATIONAL GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE 2 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)
is a RMB 500,000 (approximately $70,000) deposit insurance limit for a legal entity’s aggregated balance at each bank. As a result, the amounts that was not covered by FSD were $1,485,064 and $1,011,259 as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. The Company had $1,157,820 in bank accounts in Japan. Cash balances in bank accounts in Japan are insured pursuant to the Deposit Insurance Act in Japan. Under the Deposit Insurance Act in Japan, the maximum amount of protection is JPY 10 million (approximately $76,000) per customer within one bank. As a result, the amounts not covered by Deposit Insurance Act were $1,086,796 and $89,397 as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. To limit the exposure to credit risk relating to deposits, the Company primarily places cash deposits with large financial institutions. The Company conducts credit evaluations of its customers and suppliers, and generally does not require collateral or other security from them. The Company establishes an accounting policy to provide for allowance for credit losses based on the individual customer’s and supplier’s financial condition, credit history, and the current economic conditions.
(b) Significant customers
For the year ended December 31, 2023, one customer accounted for 22.6% of total revenues. For the year ended December 31, 2022, four customers accounted for 24.4%, 12.7%, 11.5% and 10.0% of total revenues, respectively. As of December 31, 2023, three customers accounted for 16.0%, 13.62% and 11.2% of total accounts receivable, respectively. As of December 31, 2022, five customers accounted for 18.4%, 16.7%, 12.2%, 11.2% and 10.6% of total accounts receivable, respectively.
(c) Significant suppliers
For the year ended December 31, 2023, three suppliers accounted for approximately 14.5% 14.0% and 11.5% of total purchases, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2022, one supplier accounted for approximately 13.8% of total purchases. As of December 31, 2023, two suppliers accounted for approximately 33.0% and 10.8% of total accounts payable, respectively. As of December 31, 2022, four suppliers accounted for approximately 14.0%, 12.8%, 11.4% and 10.9% of total accounts payable, respectively.
(d) Foreign currency risk
A majority of the Company’s transactions are denominated in RMB and a significant portion of the Company and its subsidiaries’ assets and liabilities are denominated in RMB. RMB is not freely convertible into foreign currencies. In the PRC, certain foreign exchange transactions are required by law to be transacted only by authorized financial institutions at exchange rates set by the People’s Bank of China (“PBOC”). Remittances in currencies other than RMB by the Company in China must be processed through the PBOC or other China foreign exchange regulatory bodies which require certain supporting documentation in order to affect the remittance.
The Company’s functional currency is the RMB, and the Company’s financial statements are presented in U.S. dollars. It is difficult to predict how market forces or PRC or U.S. government policy may impact the exchange rate between the RMB and the U.S. dollar in the future. The change in the value of the RMB relative to the U.S. dollar may affect the Company’s financial results reported in the U.S. dollar terms without giving effect to any underlying changes in the Company’s business or results of operations. Currently, the Company’s assets, liabilities, revenues and costs are denominated in RMB. To the extent that the Company needs to convert U.S. dollars into RMB for capital expenditures and working capital and other business purposes, appreciation of RMB against U.S. dollars would have an adverse effect on the RMB amount the Company would receive from the conversion. Conversely, if the Company decides to convert RMB into U.S. dollars for the purpose of making payments for dividends, strategic acquisition or investments or other business purposes, appreciation of U.S. dollars against RMB would have a negative effect on the U.S. dollar amount available to the Company.
F-17
HUHUTECH INTERNATIONAL GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE 2 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)
Recent accounting pronouncements
The Company considers the applicability and impact of all accounting standards updates (“ASUs”). Management periodically reviews new accounting standards that are issued.
In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-13, “Financial Instruments — Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments,” which requires the Company to measure and recognize expected credit losses for financial assets held and not accounted for at fair value through net income. In November 2018, April 2019 and May 2019, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-19, “Codification Improvements to Topic 326, Financial Instruments — Credit Losses,” “ASU No. 2019-04, Codification Improvements to Topic 326, Financial Instruments — Credit Losses,” “Topic 815, Derivatives and Hedging, and Topic 825, Financial Instruments,” and “ASU No. 2019-05, Financial Instruments — Credit Losses (Topic 326): Targeted Transition Relief,” which provided additional implementation guidance on the previously issued ASU. The ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after Dec. 15, 2019 for public business entities that meet the definition of an SEC filer, excluding entities eligible to be SRCs as defined by the SEC. All other entities, ASU No. 2016-13 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022. The Company adopted ASU No. 2016-13 beginning January 1, 2023. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
In October 2021, the FASB issued ASU No. 2021-08, “’Business Combinations (Topic 805): Accounting for Contract Assets and Contract Liabilities from Contracts with Customers” (“ASU 2021-08”). This ASU requires entities to apply Topic 606 to recognize and measure contract assets and contract liabilities in a business combination. The amendments improve comparability after the business combination by providing consistent recognition and measurement guidance for revenue contracts with customers acquired in a business combination and revenue contracts with customers not acquired in a business combination. The amendments are effective for the Company beginning after December 15, 2023, and are applied prospectively to business combinations that occur after the effective date. The Company does not expect the adoption of ASU 2021-04 to have a material effect on the consolidated financial statements.
In December 2023, the FASB issued ASU 2023-09, “Income Taxes (Topic 740): Improvements to Income Tax Disclosures” (“ASU 2023-09”). This ASU requires that public business entities must annually “(1) disclose specific categories in the rate reconciliation and (2) provide additional information for reconciling items that meet a quantitative threshold (if the effect of those reconciling items is equal to or greater than 5 percent of the amount computed by multiplying pretax income or loss by the applicable statutory income tax rate).” A public entity should apply the amendments in ASU 2023-09 prospectively to all annual periods beginning after December 15, 2024. The Company is currently evaluating these new disclosure requirements and does not expect the adoption to have a material impact.
In October 2023, the FASB issued ASU 2023-06, “Disclosure Improvements: Codification Amendments in Response to the SEC’s Disclosure Update and Simplification Initiative” (“ASU 2023-06”). This ASU incorporates certain SEC disclosure requirements into the FASB Accounting Standards Codification (“Codification”). The amendments in the ASU are expected to clarify or improve disclosure and presentation requirements of a variety of Codification Topics, allow users to more easily compare entities subject to the SEC’s existing disclosures with those entities that were not previously subject to the requirements, and align the requirements in the Codification with the SEC’s regulations. ASU 2023-06 will become effective for each amendment on the effective date of the SEC’s corresponding disclosure rule changes. The Company is currently evaluating these new disclosure requirements and does not expect the adoption to have a material impact.
In November 2023, the FASB issued ASU 2023-07, Segment Reporting (Topic 280). The amendments in this ASU require disclosures, on an annual and interim basis, of significant segment expenses that are regularly provided to the chief operating decision maker (CODM), as well as the aggregate amount of other segment items included in the reported measure of segment profit or loss. This ASU requires that a public entity disclose the title and position of the CODM and an explanation of how the CODM uses the reported measure(s) of segment profit or loss. Public
F-18
HUHUTECH INTERNATIONAL GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE 2 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)
entities will be required to provide all annual disclosures currently required by Topic 280 in interim periods, and entities with a single reportable segment are required to provide all the disclosures required by the amendments in the update and existing segment disclosures in Topic 280. ASU 2023-07 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2023, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2024, and requires retrospective adoption. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating these new disclosure requirements and does not expect the adoption to have a material impact.
The Company does not believe other recently issued but not yet effective accounting standards, if currently adopted, would have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets, statements of income and comprehensive income and statements of cash flows.
NOTE 3 — ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE, NET
|
December 31, |
December 31, |
|||||||
|
Accounts receivable from third-party customers |
$ |
9,084,050 |
|
$ |
6,458,820 |
|
||
|
Less: allowance for credit losses |
|
(375,975 |
) |
|
(361,014 |
) |
||
|
Account receivable, net |
$ |
8,708,075 |
|
$ |
6,097,806 |
|
||
|
December 31, |
December 31, |
|||||||
|
Accounts receivable from non-state-owned customers |
$ |
6,876,994 |
|
$ |
4,436,909 |
|
||
|
Accounts receivable from state-owned customers |
|
2,207,056 |
|
|
2,021,911 |
|
||
|
Less: allowance for credit losses |
|
(375,975 |
) |
|
(361,014 |
) |
||
|
Account receivable, net |
$ |
8,708,075 |
|
$ |
6,097,806 |
|
||
Allowance for credit losses movement is as follows:
|
December 31, |
December 31, |
|||||||
|
Beginning balance |
$ |
361,014 |
|
$ |
419,509 |
|
||
|
Provision |
|
25,335 |
|
|
— |
|
||
|
Reduction |
|
— |
|
|
(27,251 |
) |
||
|
Foreign currency translation adjustments |
|
(10,374 |
) |
|
(31,244 |
) |
||
|
Ending balance |
$ |
375,975 |
|
$ |
361,014 |
|
||
Approximately $3.2 million or 36.2% of the account receivable balance as of December 31, 2023 has been collected as of April 30, 2024.
NOTE 4 — PREPAYMENTS AND OTHER ASSETS, NET
Prepayments and other assets consisted of the following:
|
December 31, |
December 31, |
|||||||
|
Prepaid rents |
$ |
13,893 |
|
$ |
40,067 |
|
||
|
Deposits |
|
99,104 |
|
|
132,527 |
|
||
|
Prepaid expense |
|
71,939 |
|
|
69,993 |
|
||
|
Less: allowance for uncollectible balances |
|
(3,565 |
) |
|
(3,670 |
) |
||
|
Prepayments and other current assets; net |
$ |
181,371 |
|
$ |
238,917 |
|
||
F-19
HUHUTECH INTERNATIONAL GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE 4 — PREPAYMENTS AND OTHER ASSETS, NET (cont.)
Allowance for credit losses movement is as follows:
|
December 31, |
December 31, |
|||||||
|
Beginning balance |
$ |
(3,670 |
) |
$ |
(28,299 |
) |
||
|
Provision |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
||
|
Reduction |
|
— |
|
|
23,038 |
|
||
|
Foreign currency translation adjustments |
|
(105 |
) |
|
1,591 |
|
||
|
Ending balance |
$ |
(3,565 |
) |
$ |
(3,670 |
) |
||
NOTE 5 — PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT, NET
Property, plant and equipment, net, consist of the following:
|
December 31, |
December 31, |
|||||||
|
Building |
$ |
484,006 |
|
$ |
339,959 |
|
||
|
Office equipment |
|
221,840 |
|
|
96,782 |
|
||
|
Transportation equipment |
|
330,793 |
|
|
320,167 |
|
||
|
Land |
|
823,540 |
|
|
— |
|
||
|
Construction in progress |
|
77,677 |
|
|
— |
|
||
|
Subtotal |
|
1,937,856 |
|
|
756,908 |
|
||
|
Less: accumulated depreciation |
|
(408,874 |
) |
|
(244,153 |
) |
||
|
Property and equipment, net |
$ |
1,528,982 |
|
$ |
512,755 |
|
||
Depreciation expense for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022 amounted to $172,152 and $92,825, respectively.
NOTE 6 — INTANGIBLE ASSETS, NET
The Company states intangible assets at cost less accumulated amortization.
|
December 31, |
December 31, |
|||||||
|
License |
$ |
220,444 |
|
$ |
226,178 |
|
||
|
Computer software |
|
2,462 |
|
|
744 |
|
||
|
Less: accumulated amortization |
|
(98,227 |
) |
|
(58,042 |
) |
||
|
Intangible assets, net |
$ |
124,679 |
|
$ |
168,880 |
|
||
Amortization expenses were $41,954 and $45,747 for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively.
The estimated future amortization expenses are as follows:
|
Years ending December 31, |
Estimated |
||
|
2024 |
$ |
42,315 |
|
|
2025 |
|
42,315 |
|
|
2026 |
|
39,386 |
|
|
2027 |
|
568 |
|
|
2028 |
|
95 |
|
|
Total |
$ |
124,679 |
|
F-20
HUHUTECH INTERNATIONAL GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE 7 — LEASES
The Company has several operating leases for manufacturing facilities and offices. The Company’s lease agreements do not contain any material residual value guarantees or material restrictive covenants.
The Company adopts Topic 842 using a modified retrospective transition method. The Company combines the lease and non-lease components in determining the ROU assets and related lease obligation. Adoption of this standard resulted in the recording of operating lease ROU assets and corresponding operating lease liabilities. ROU assets and related lease obligations are recognized at commencement date based on the present value of remaining lease payments over the lease term.
Total lease expense amounted to $57,499 for the year ended December 31, 2023, which included $4,192 interest and $53,307 amortization expenses of ROU assets. Total lease expense amounted to $19,643 for the year ended December 31, 2022, which included $1,978 interest and $17,664 amortization expenses of ROU assets. Total cash paid for operating leases amounted to $120,617 and $54,624 for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022.
Supplemental balance sheet information related to operating leases was as follows:
|
December 31, |
December 31, |
|||||
|
Right-of-use assets, net |
$ |
255,573 |
$ |
38,199 |
||
|
Operating lease liabilities – current |
$ |
107,424 |
$ |
13,724 |
||
|
Operating lease liabilities – non-current |
|
114,374 |
|
19,732 |
||
|
Total operating lease liabilities |
$ |
221,798 |
$ |
33,456 |
||
The weighted average remaining lease terms and discount rates for all of operating leases were as follows as of December 31, 2023:
|
Remaining lease term and discount rate: |
|
||
|
Weighted average remaining lease term (years) |
3 |
|
|
|
Weighted average discount rate |
4.5 |
% |
The following is a schedule of maturities of lease liabilities as of December 31, 2023:
|
Years ending December 31, |
|||
|
2024 |
$ |
115,035 |
|
|
2025 |
|
83,807 |
|
|
2026 |
|
36,297 |
|
|
Total future minimum lease payments |
|
235,139 |
|
|
Less: imputed interest |
|
13,341 |
|
|
Total |
$ |
221,798 |
|
NOTE 8 — ACCRUED EXPENSE AND OTHER LIABILITIES
Accrued expenses and other liabilities consisted of the following:
|
December 31, |
December 31, |
|||||
|
Payroll payable |
$ |
469,384 |
$ |
359,224 |
||
|
Rent payable |
|
37,424 |
|
3,844 |
||
|
Equipment payable |
|
13,335 |
|
57,035 |
||
|
Other payables |
|
41,296 |
|
89,278 |
||
|
Total |
$ |
561,439 |
$ |
509,381 |
||
F-21
HUHUTECH INTERNATIONAL GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE 9 — SHORT TERM LOANS
Short-term borrowings consisted of the following:
|
December 31, |
December 31, |
|||||
|
Bank of Jiangsu |
|
|
||||
|
Interest rate of 5.3505%, from December 28, 2022 to December 27, 2023 |
$ |
— |
$ |
144,986 |
||
|
Interest rate of 3.7%, from March 17, 2023 to March 16, 2024 |
|
140,847 |
|
— |
||
|
Bank of Ningbo |
|
|
||||
|
Interest rate of 4.35%, from April 1, 2022 to March 28, 2023 |
|
— |
|
144,986 |
||
|
Interest rate of 3.45%, from July 28, 2023 to July 27, 2024 |
|
281,694 |
|
— |
||
|
Bank of Nanjing |
|
|
||||
|
Interest rate of 3.70%, from July 18, 2022 to July 17, 2023 |
|
— |
|
434,959 |
||
|
Bank of China |
|
|
||||
|
Interest rate of 2.83333%, from October 27, 2022 to August 13, 2023 |
|
— |
|
579,945 |
||
|
Interest rate of 2.83333%, from November 9, 2022 to August 13, 2023 |
|
— |
|
724,933 |
||
|
Interest rate of 3.30%, from August 3, 2023 to June 2, 2024 |
|
352,118 |
|
— |
||
|
Interest rate of 3.30%, from August 11, 2023 to June 10, 2024 |
|
422,541 |
|
— |
||
|
Interest rate of 3.05%, from November 27, 2023 to June 20, 2024 |
|
492,965 |
|
— |
||
|
Total |
$ |
1,690,165 |
$ |
2,029,809 |
||
On December 28, 2022, the Company entered into a loan agreement with the Bank of Jiangsu to obtain a loan of $144,986 (RMB 1,000,000) with a maturity date on December 27, 2023 at a fixed annual interest rate of 5.3505%. Ms. Yinglai Wang, the shareholder of the Company, is a co-borrower of the loan. The loan was fully repaid on January 28, 2023.
On March 17, 2023, the Company entered into a loan agreement with the Bank of Jiangsu to obtain a loan of $140,847 (RMB 2,000,000) with a maturity date on March 16, 2024 at a fixed annual interest rate of 3.70%. Ms. Yinglai Wang, the shareholder of the Company, is a co-borrower of the loan. The loan was fully repaid upon maturity.
On April 01, 2022, the Company entered into a loan agreement with the Bank of Ningbo to obtain a loan of $434,959 (RMB 3,000,000) with a maturity date on March 28, 2023 at a fixed annual interest rate of 4.35%. After the repayment of $289,973 during fiscal year 2022, the loan balance was $144,986 as of December 31, 2022. Mr. Yujun Xiao, the CEO of the Company, and Ms. Yinglai Wang, the shareholder of the Company, guaranteed the repayment of the loan. The loan was fully repaid upon maturity.
On July 28, 2023, the Company entered into a loan agreement with the Bank of Ningbo to obtain a loan of $281,694 (RMB 2,000,000) with a maturity date on July 27, 2024 at a fixed annual interest rate of 3.45%. Mr. Yujun Xiao, the CEO of the Company, and Ms. Yinglai Wang, the shareholder of the Company, guaranteed the repayment of the loan.
On July 18, 2022, the Company entered into a loan agreement with the Bank of Nanjing to obtain a loan of $434,959 (RMB 3,000,000) for one year with a maturity date on July 17, 2023 at a fixed annual interest rate of 3.70%. Mr. Yujun Xiao, the CEO of the Company, and Ms. Yinglai Wang, the shareholder of the Company, guaranteed the repayment of the loan. The loan was fully repaid upon maturity.
On October 27, 2022, the Company entered into a loan agreement with the Bank of China to obtain a loan of $579,945 (RMB 4,000,000) with a maturity date on August 13, 2023 at a fixed monthly interest rate of 2.8333%. Mr. Yujun Xiao, the CEO of the Company, and Ms. Yinglai Wang, the shareholder of the Company, guaranteed the repayment of the loan. The loan was fully repaid upon maturity.
F-22
HUHUTECH INTERNATIONAL GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE 9 — SHORT TERM LOANS (cont.)
On November 09, 2022, the Company entered into a loan agreement with the Bank of China to obtain a loan of $724,933 (RMB 5,000,000) with a maturity date on August 13, 2023 at a fixed monthly interest rate of 2.8333%. Mr. Yujun Xiao, the CEO of the Company, and Ms. Yinglai Wang, the shareholder of the Company, guaranteed the repayment of the loan. The loan was fully repaid upon maturity.
On August 03, 2023, the Company entered into a loan agreement with the Bank of China to obtain a loan of $563,388 (RMB 4,000,000) with a maturity date on June 2, 2024 at a fixed annual interest rate of 3.3%. After the repayment of $211,270 during fiscal year 2023, the loan balance was $352,118 as of December 31, 2023. Mr. Yujun Xiao, the CEO of the Company, and Ms. Yinglai Wang, the shareholder of the Company, guaranteed the repayment of the loan.
On August 11, 2023, the Company entered into a loan agreement with the Bank of China to obtain a loan of $422,541 (RMB 3,000,000) with a maturity date on June 10, 2024 at a fixed annual interest rate of 3.3%. Mr. Yujun Xiao, the CEO of the Company, and Ms. Yinglai Wang, the shareholder of the Company, guaranteed the repayment of the loan.
On November 27, 2023, the Company entered into a loan agreement with the Bank of China to obtain a loan of $492,965 (RMB 3,500,000) with a maturity date on June 20, 2024 at a fixed annual interest rate of 3.05%. Mr. Yujun Xiao, the CEO of the Company, and Ms. Yinglai Wang, the shareholder of the Company, guaranteed the repayment of the loan.
For the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, the Company recorded bank loan interest expenses of $72,197 and $51,985, respectively.
NOTE 10 — RELATED PARTIES BALANCES AND TRANSACTIONS
Related party balances as of December 31, 2023 and 2022 and transactions for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022 are as follows:
(1) Related party relationships:
|
Name of Related Party |
Relationship to the Company |
|
|
Mr. Yujun Xiao |
CEO of the Company and spouse of Ms. Yinglai Wang |
|
|
Ms. Yinglai Wang |
Chairperson of the Company and spouse of Mr. Yujun Xiao |
|
|
Anhui Zhongke Shengwei Intelligent Data Co., Ltd (“Anhui Zhongke”) |
Mr. Yujun Xiao is the legal representative and holds 9.51% of the shares |
(2) Purchases from related party:
|
For the years ended |
||||||
|
2023 |
2022 |
|||||
|
Anhui Zhongke |
$ |
210,251 |
$ |
805,679 |
||
Our affiliated entity Anhui Zhongke and HUHU China entered into a software purchase agreement, whereby Anhui Zhongke sold factory management and monitoring software to HUHU China. The purchase price of the software is $210,251 and $805,679 for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. The software was then sold to customers and the purchase price of the software was included in cost of revenue.
F-23
HUHUTECH INTERNATIONAL GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE 10 — RELATED PARTIES BALANCES AND TRANSACTIONS (cont.)
(3) Due to related parties:
|
As of |
||||||
|
2023 |
2022 |
|||||
|
Mr. Yujun Xiao |
$ |
443,027 |
$ |
172,973 |
||
|
Ms. Yinglai Wang |
|
425,411 |
|
375,500 |
||
|
$ |
868,438 |
$ |
548,473 |
|||
Mr. Yujun Xiao and Ms. Yinglai Wang made advances to the Company as working capital to support the Company’s operations. The balances are unsecured, interest-free and due upon demand.
NOTE 11 — TAXES
Corporate Income Taxes (“CIT”)
The income before taxes by geographic area is as follows:
|
Income (loss) before taxes: |
For the |
For the |
||||||
|
China |
$ |
1,403,006 |
|
$ |
1,097,501 |
|
||
|
Japan |
|
1,186,251 |
|
|
(82,873 |
) |
||
|
Cayman |
|
(100 |
) |
|
(50,312 |
) |
||
|
Total income before taxes |
$ |
2,589,157 |
|
$ |
964,316 |
|
||
The components of the income tax provision are as follows:
|
For the |
For the |
|||||
|
Current income tax expense |
$ |
244,235 |
$ |
568 |
||
|
Deferred income tax expense |
|
11,335 |
|
33,739 |
||
|
Total provision for income taxes |
$ |
255,570 |
$ |
34,307 |
||
The following table reconciles the PRC statutory rate to the Company’s effective tax rate:
|
For the |
For the |
|||||
|
PRC statutory tax rate |
25.0 |
% |
25.0 |
% |
||
|
Effect of different tax jurisdiction |
(2.3 |
)% |
2.8 |
% |
||
|
Effect of PRC preferential tax rate |
(5.4 |
)% |
(11.4 |
)% |
||
|
Research and development (“R&D”) tax credit |
(13.0 |
)% |
(18.9 |
)% |
||
|
Non-deductible items* |
5.6 |
% |
6.1 |
% |
||
|
Effective tax rate |
9.9 |
% |
3.6 |
% |
||
____________
* Non-deductible items represent excess expenses and losses not deductible for PRC tax purpose.
F-24
HUHUTECH INTERNATIONAL GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE 11 — TAXES (cont.)
The following table summarizes deferred tax assets and liabilities resulting from differences between financial accounting basis and tax basis of assets and liabilities:
|
December 31, |
December 31, |
|||||
|
Deferred tax assets: |
|
|
||||
|
Allowance for credit losses |
$ |
56,931 |
$ |
54,703 |
||
|
Net operating losses |
|
— |
|
16,170 |
||
|
Total deferred tax assets |
$ |
56,931 |
$ |
70,873 |
||
The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. Management considers the cumulative earnings and projected future taxable income in making this assessment. Recovery of substantially all of the Company’s deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future income, exclusive of reversing taxable temporary differences. Based upon the level of historical taxable income and projections for future taxable income over the periods in which the deferred tax assets are recoverable, management believes that it is more likely than not that the results of future operations will generate sufficient taxable income to realize the deferred tax assets as at December 31, 2023.
Taxes payable
Taxes payable consist of the following:
|
December 31, |
December 31, |
|||||
|
Income tax payable |
$ |
151,948 |
$ |
14,089 |
||
|
VAT payable |
|
245,175 |
|
132,188 |
||
|
Other taxes payable |
|
2,948 |
|
12,897 |
||
|
Total taxes payable |
$ |
400,071 |
$ |
159,174 |
||
NOTE 12 — SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Ordinary shares
The Company was established by the founding shareholders under the laws of the Cayman Islands on July 8, 2021. The Company was authorized to issue 5,000,000,000 Ordinary Shares with a par value of $0.00001 each. On July 15, 2024, the Company effected a 1-for-4 forward split of its Ordinary Shares. As a result, the authorized share capital of the Company is US$50,000 divided into 20,000,000,000 Ordinary Shares, par value $0.0000025 per ordinary share. As of December 31, 2023 and 2022, 20,000,000 Ordinary Shares are issued and outstanding.
The Company believes that the share information should be accounted for on a retroactive basis pursuant to ASC 260. All ordinary shares and per share data for all periods have been retroactively restated accordingly.
Capital contributions
HUHU China was incorporated under the laws of the People’s Republic of China with a total registered capital of approximately $3.27 million (RMB 21,575,000). As of December 31, 2019, the Company received total capital contributions of approximately $1.16 million (RMB 8,000,000). During the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2021, the Company received capital contributions of $113,636 (RMB 790,000) and $461,041 (RMB 3,000,000), respectively. As of the date of this report, pursuant to the articles of incorporation of HUHU China, the remaining capital investment of approximately $1.54 million (RMB 9,785,000) shall be contributed in full before December 31, 2049.
F-25
HUHUTECH INTERNATIONAL GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE 12 — SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY (cont.)
Statutory reserve and restricted net assets
As stipulated by relevant PRC laws and regulations, the Company’s subsidiaries and affiliated entities in the PRC must take appropriations from after-tax profits to non-distributive funds. These reserves include the general reserve and the development reserve.
The general reserve requires an annual appropriation of 10% of after-tax profits each year-end until the balance reaches 50% of a PRC company’s registered capital. The development reserve is set aside at the Company’s discretion. These reserves can only be used for general enterprise expansion and are not distributable as cash dividends. The general reserve amounted to $343,077 and $204,604 as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively.
Because the Company’s operating subsidiaries in the PRC can only pay distributions out of distributable profits reported in accordance with PRC accounting standards, the Company’s operating subsidiaries in the PRC are restricted from transferring a portion of their net assets to the Company. The restricted amounts include the paid-in capital and statutory reserves of the Company’s entities in the PRC. The aggregate amount of paid-in capital and statutory reserves, which represented the amount of net assets of the Company’s operating subsidiaries in the PRC not available for distribution, was $2,081,256 and $1,942,783 as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively.
NOTE 13 — COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
Contingencies
From time to time, the Company is subject to certain legal proceedings, claims and disputes that arise in the ordinary course of business. Although the outcomes of these legal proceedings cannot be predicted, the Company does not believe these actions, in the aggregate, will have a material adverse impact on its financial position, results of operations or liquidity. As of December 31, 2023, the Company has no outstanding litigation.
NOTE 14 — SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
The Company has evaluated subsequent events through the filing of this registration statement and determined that there have been no events that have occurred that would require adjustments to or disclosure in the consolidated financial statements except for the following:
Bank loans
On March 06, 2024, the Company entered into a loan agreement with the Bank of Jiangsu to obtain a loan of $140,847 (RMB 1,000,000) with a maturity date on April 06, 2024 at a fixed annual interest rate of 5.1%. Mr. Yujun Xiao, the CEO of the Company, and Ms. Yinglai Wang, the shareholder of the Company, guaranteed the repayment of the loan. The loan was fully repaid upon maturity.
On March 19, 2024, the Company entered into a loan agreement with the Bank of Jiangsu to obtain a loan of $281,694 (RMB 2,000,000) with a maturity date on March 18, 2026 at a fixed annual interest rate of 3.6%. Mr. Yujun Xiao, the CEO of the Company, and Ms. Yinglai Wang, the shareholder of the Company, guaranteed the repayment of the loan.
On March 26, 2024, the Company entered into a loan agreement with the Bank of Jiangsu to obtain a loan of $422,541 (RMB 3,000,000) with a maturity date on March 25, 2026 at a fixed annual interest rate of 3.6%. Mr. Yujun Xiao, the CEO of the Company, and Ms. Yinglai Wang, the shareholder of the Company, guaranteed the repayment of the loan.
On April 02, 2024, the Company entered into a loan agreement with the Bank of Jiangsu to obtain a loan of $140,847 (RMB 1,000,000) with a maturity date on May 02, 2024 at a fixed annual interest rate of 5.1%. Mr. Yujun Xiao, the CEO of the Company, and Ms. Yinglai Wang, the shareholder of the Company, guaranteed the repayment of the loan. The loan was fully repaid upon maturity.
F-26
HUHUTECH INTERNATIONAL GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE 14 — SUBSEQUENT EVENTS (cont.)
On April 16, 2024, the Company entered into two loan agreements with the Bank of Kumamoto to obtain two loans of $1,235,795 (JPY 174,000,000) each with a maturity date on August 30, 2024 at a fixed annual interest rate of 1.875%. Mr. Yujun Xiao, the CEO of the Company, guaranteed the repayment of the loans.
On April 26, 2024, the Company entered into two loan agreements with the Bank of Kumamoto to obtain two loans of $353,412 (JPY 5,700,000) each with a maturity date on August 30, 2024 at a fixed annual interest rate of 1.875%. Mr. Yujun Xiao, the CEO of the Company, guaranteed the repayment of the loans.
On April 29, 2024, the Company entered into a loan agreement with the Bank of Ningbo to obtain a loan of $137,605 (RMB 1,000,000) with a maturity date on April 28, 2025 at a fixed annual interest rate of 3.7%. Mr. Yujun Xiao, the CEO of the Company, and Ms. Yinglai Wang, the shareholder of the Company, guaranteed the repayment of the loan.
On May 30, 2024, the Company entered into a loan agreement with the Bank of China to obtain a loan of $756,825 (RMB 5,500,000) with a maturity date on May 20, 2025 at an effective monthly rate of 2.54167‰. Mr. Yujun Xiao, the CEO of the Company, and Ms. Yinglai Wang, the shareholder of the Company, guaranteed the repayment of the loan.
On June 6, 2024, the Company entered into two loan agreements with the Bank of Kumamoto to obtain two loans of $477,416 (JPY 7,700,000) each with a maturity date on August 30, 2024 at a fixed annual interest rate of 1.875%. Mr. Yujun Xiao, the CEO of the Company, guaranteed the repayment of the loans.
On June 27, 2024, the Company entered into a loan agreement with the Bank of Communications to obtain a loan of $963,232 (RMB 7,000,000) with a maturity date on June 27, 2025 at an effective annual interest rate of 2.98%. Ms. Yinglai Wang, the shareholder of the Company, is a guarantor of the loan.
On June 28, 2024, the Company entered into a loan agreement with the Bank of Communications to obtain a loan of $412,814 (RMB 3,000,000) with a maturity date on June 28, 2025 at a fixed annual interest rate of 2.98%. Mr. Yujun Xiao, the CEO of the Company, and Ms. Yinglai Wang, the shareholder of the Company, guaranteed the repayment of the loan.
Ordinary shares split
On July 15, 2024, the Company effected a 1-for-4 forward split of its Ordinary Shares. As a result, the authorized share capital of the Company is US$50,000 divided into 20,000,000,000 Ordinary Shares, par value $0.0000025 per ordinary share.
F-27
HUHUTECH INTERNATIONAL GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
SCHEDULE I — PARENT COMPANY FINANCIAL INFORMATION
The Company’s PRC subsidiaries are restricted in their ability to transfer a portion of their net assets to the Company. The payment of dividends by entities organized in the PRC is subject to limitations, procedures and formalities. Regulations in the PRC currently permit payment of dividends only out of accumulated profits as determined in accordance with accounting standards and regulations in the PRC. The Company’s subsidiaries are also required to set aside at least 10% of its after-tax profit based on PRC accounting standards each year to its statutory reserves account until the accumulative amount of such reserves reaches 50% of its respective registered capital. The aforementioned reserves can only be used for specific purposes and are not distributable as cash dividends.
In addition, the Company’s operations and revenues are conducted and generated in the PRC, all of the Company’s revenues being earned and currency received are denominated in RMB. RMB is subject to the foreign exchange control regulation in China, and, as a result, the Company may be unable to distribute any dividends outside of China due to PRC foreign exchange control regulations that restrict the Company’s ability to convert RMB into USD.
Regulation S-X requires the condensed financial information of registrant shall be filed when the restricted net assets of consolidated subsidiaries exceed 25 percent of consolidated net assets as of the end of the most recently completed fiscal year. For purposes of the above test, restricted net assets of consolidated subsidiaries shall mean that amount of the registrant’s proportionate share of net assets of consolidated subsidiaries (after intercompany eliminations) which as of the end of the most recent fiscal year may not be transferred to the parent company by subsidiaries in the form of loans, advances or cash dividends without the consent of a third party. The condensed parent company financial statements have been prepared in accordance with Rule 12-04, Schedule I of Regulation S-X as the restricted net assets of the Company’s PRC subsidiary exceed 25% of the consolidated net assets of the Company.
Certain information and footnote disclosures normally included in financial statements prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles have been condensed or omitted. The Company’s investment in subsidiary is stated at cost plus equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries.
The condensed financial information has been prepared using the same accounting policies as set out in the consolidated financial statements except that the equity method has been used to account for investments in its subsidiaries. For the parent company, the Group records its investments in subsidiaries under the equity method of accounting as prescribed in ASC 323, Investments — Equity Method and Joint Ventures. Such investments are presented on the Condensed Balance Sheets as ‘‘Investments in subsidiaries’’ and the subsidiaries’ gain as ‘‘Equity in gain of subsidiaries’’ on the Condensed Statements of Comprehensive Income.
For the period from July 8, 2021 (the date of incorporation of the parent company) to December 31, 2023 there were no material contingencies, significant provisions of long-term obligations, guarantees of the parent company.
F-28
HUHUTECH INTERNATIONAL GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
SCHEDULE I — PARENT COMPANY FINANCIAL INFORMATION
PARENT COMPANY BALANCE SHEETS
|
December 31, |
December 31, |
|||||||
|
ASSETS |
|
|
|
|
||||
|
Cash |
$ |
— |
|
$ |
189 |
|
||
|
Investment in subsidiaries, net |
|
3,697,532 |
|
|
1,519,185 |
|
||
|
TOTAL ASSETS |
$ |
3,697,532 |
|
$ |
1,519,374 |
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY |
|
|
|
|
||||
|
LIABILITIES |
|
|
|
|
||||
|
Due to related party |
$ |
50,411 |
|
$ |
50,500 |
|
||
|
TOTAL LIABILITIES |
|
50,411 |
|
|
50,500 |
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
EQUITY: |
|
|
|
|
||||
|
Share capital |
|
50 |
|
|
50 |
|
||
|
Additional paid in capital |
|
(50 |
) |
|
(50 |
) |
||
|
Retained earnings |
|
3,956,211 |
|
|
1,672,935 |
|
||
|
Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income |
|
(309,090 |
) |
|
(204,061 |
) |
||
|
TOTAL SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY |
|
3,647,211 |
|
|
1,468,874 |
|
||
|
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND EQUITY |
$ |
3,697,532 |
|
$ |
1,519,374 |
|
||
____________
* Shares and per share data are presented on a retroactive basis to reflect the recapitalization.
PARENT COMPANY STATEMENTS OF INCOME AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
|
For the |
For the |
|||||||
|
G&A expenses |
$ |
(100 |
) |
$ |
(50,311 |
) |
||
|
Equity in earnings of subsidiaries |
|
2,333,687 |
|
|
980,320 |
|
||
|
NET INCOME |
|
2,333,587 |
|
|
930,009 |
|
||
|
OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME |
|
|
|
|
||||
|
Foreign currency translation adjustments |
|
(105,029 |
) |
|
(238,627 |
) |
||
|
COMPREHENSIVE INCOME |
$ |
2,228,558 |
|
$ |
691,382 |
|
||
F-29
HUHUTECH INTERNATIONAL GROUP INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
SCHEDULE I — PARENT COMPANY FINANCIAL INFORMATION
PARENT COMPANY STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
|
For the |
For the |
|||||||
|
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES: |
|
|
|
|
||||
|
Net income |
$ |
2,333,587 |
|
$ |
930,009 |
|
||
|
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash used in operating activities: |
|
|
|
|
||||
|
Equity in earnings of subsidiaries |
|
(2,333,687 |
) |
|
(980,320 |
) |
||
|
NET CASH USED IN OPERATING ACTIVITIES |
|
(100 |
) |
|
(50,311 |
) |
||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES: |
|
|
|
|
||||
|
Payments to related party |
|
(89 |
) |
|
— |
|
||
|
Due from related party |
|
— |
|
|
50,500 |
|
||
|
NET CASH (USED IN) PROVIDED BY FINANCING ACTIVITIES |
|
(89 |
) |
|
50,500 |
|
||
|
CHANGES IN CASH |
|
(189 |
) |
|
189 |
|
||
|
CASH AT THE BEGINNING OF YEAR |
|
189 |
|
|
— |
|
||
|
CASH D OF YEAR |
$ |
— |
|
$ |
189 |
|
||
F-30
1,250,000 Ordinary Shares
HUHUTECH International Group Inc.
PROSPECTUS

CRAFT CAPITAL MANAGEMENT LLC
, 2024
Until and including , 2024 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that buy, sell or trade our Ordinary Shares, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the obligation of dealers to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.
PART II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
ITEM 6. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.
Cayman Islands law does not limit the extent to which a company’s memorandum and articles of association may provide for indemnification of officers and directors, except to the extent any such provision may be held by the Cayman Islands courts to be contrary to public policy, such as to provide indemnification against civil fraud or the consequences of committing a crime. Our amended memorandum and articles of association provide that every director, alternate director, secretary or officer, and the personal representatives of the same, shall be indemnified out of the assets and profits of the Company against any liability incurred by him as a result of any act or failure to act in or about the conduct of the Company’s business or affairs or in the execution or discharge of his duties, powers, authorities or discretions other than such liability (if any) that he may incur by his dishonesty, wilful default or fraud.
To the extent permitted by law, we may make a payment, or agree to make a payment, whether by way of advance, loan or otherwise, for any legal costs incurred by an existing or former secretary or any of our officers in respect of any matter identified in above on condition that the secretary or officer must repay the amount paid by us to the extent that it is ultimately found not liable to indemnify the secretary or that officer for those legal costs.
The Underwriting Agreement, the form of which has been filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this Registration Statement, will also provide for indemnification of us and our officers and directors.
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling us pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.
ITEM 7. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES.
Since inception, we have issued the following securities. We believe that each of the following issuances was exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance on Rule 901 of Regulation S under the Securities Act regarding sales by an issuer in offshore transactions, or Section 4(a)(2) under the Securities Act regarding transactions not involving a public offering. No underwriters were involved in these issuances of securities.
Founding Transactions
On July 8, 2021, we issued 5,000,000 Ordinary Shares in connection with the incorporation of the Company pursuant to the exemptions from registration under Rule 901 of Regulation S and Section 4(a)(2) under the Securities Act.
The details of the above-mentioned issuance are as follows:
|
Shareholders |
Date of Issuance |
Number of |
Consideration |
|||
|
Harneys Fiduciary (Cayman) Limited* |
July 8, 2021 |
1 |
US$ 0.00001 |
|||
|
Billion Wang Holdings Limited |
July 8, 2021 |
2,061,999 |
US$ 20.6 |
|||
|
Army Xiao Holdings Limited |
July 8, 2021 |
2,109,500 |
US$ 21.1 |
|||
|
Fountain Qian Holdings Limited |
July 8, 2021 |
210,000 |
US$ 2.1 |
|||
|
Lucky Wei Holdings Limited |
July 8, 2021 |
155,000 |
US$ 1.6 |
|||
|
Increase Willpower Limited Partnership |
July 8, 2021 |
463,500 |
US$ 4.6 |
____________
* On July 8, 2021, Harneys Fiduciary (Cayman) Limited transferred 1 share to Billion Wang Holdings Limited. pursuant to Section 4(a)(1) of the Securities Act, for transactions by persons other than an issuer, underwriter, or dealer.
Share Split
On July 15, 2024, the Company effected a 1-for-4 forward split of our Ordinary Shares. As a result, the authorized share capital of the Company is US$50,000 divided into 20,000,000,000 Ordinary Shares, of which 20,000,000 Ordinary Shares are issued and outstanding.
II-1
Giving effect to the forward split of our Ordinary Shares, the details are as follows:
|
Shareholders |
Number of |
Number of |
||
|
Billion Wang Holdings Limited |
2,061,999 |
8,248,000 |
||
|
Army Xiao Holdings Limited |
2,109,500 |
8,438,000 |
||
|
Fountain Qian Holdings Limited |
210,000 |
840,000 |
||
|
Lucky Wei Holdings Limited |
155,000 |
620,000 |
||
|
Increase Willpower Limited Partnership |
463,500 |
1,854,000 |
ITEM 8. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.
(a) Exhibits
See Exhibit Index beginning on page II-4 of this registration statement.
(b) Financial Statement Schedules
Schedules have been omitted because the information required to be set forth therein is not applicable or is shown in the Consolidated Financial Statements or the Notes thereto.
ITEM 9. UNDERTAKINGS.
The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the Underwriter at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the Underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the provisions described in Item 6, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:
(1) To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:
(i) to include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended;
(ii) to reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than 20 percent change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement; and
II-2
(iii) to include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement;
provided, however, that: Paragraphs (a)(1)(i), (a)(1)(ii) and (a)(1)(iii) of this section do not apply if the information required to be included in a post-effective amendment by those paragraphs is contained in reports filed with or furnished to the Commission by the registrant pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), that are incorporated by reference in the registration statement, or is contained in a form of prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) that is part of the registration statement.
(2) That for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant under Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.
(3) That for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
(4) That for the purpose of determining liability under the Securities Act to any purchaser, each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) as part of a registration statement relating to an offering, other than registration statements relying on Rule 430B or other than prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A, shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness. Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use.
(5) That for the purpose of determining any liability of the registrant under the Securities Act to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities, the undersigned registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:
(i) any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424;
(ii) any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;
(iii) the portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and
(iv) any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.
II-3
HUHUTECH International Group Inc.
Exhibit Index
|
Exhibit No. |
Description |
|
|
1.1** |
Form of Underwriting Agreement |
|
|
3.1* |
||
|
4.1** |
Form of Underwriter’s Warrant |
|
|
5.1* |
||
|
5.2** |
Opinion of Ortoli Rosenstadt LLP, U.S. counsel to HUHUTECH International Group Inc., as to the enforceability of the Underwriters Warrants |
|
|
8.1* |
Opinion of Jiangsu Junjin Law Firm regarding certain PRC tax matters (included in Exhibit 99.1) |
|
|
10.1*** |
Form of Employment Agreement by and between Executive Officers and the Company |
|
|
10.2** |
Form of Lock-Up Agreement |
|
|
10.3*** |
||
|
10.4* |
||
|
10.5*** |
||
|
10.6*** |
||
|
10.7*** |
||
|
10.8*** |
||
|
10.9*** |
||
|
10.10* |
||
|
10.11*** |
||
|
10.12*** |
||
|
10.13*** |
||
|
10.14* |
||
|
10.15*** |
English Translation of Property Certificate of Tianan Zhihui City property owned by the Company |
|
|
10.16*** |
||
|
10.17*** |
||
|
10.18*** |
||
|
10.19*** |
||
|
10.20*** |
||
|
10.21*** |
II-4
____________
* Filed herewith.
** To be filed by amendment
*** Previously filed
II-5
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form F-1 and has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in Jiangsu, China, on August 28, 2024.
|
HUHUTECH International Group Inc. |
||||||
|
By: |
/s/ Yujun Xiao |
|||||
|
Name: |
Yujun Xiao |
|||||
|
Title: |
Chief Executive Officer |
|||||
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on August 28, 2024.
|
Signature |
Title |
|
|
/s/ Yujun Xiao |
Chief Executive Officer and Director |
|
|
Name: Yujun Xiao |
(Principal Executive Officer) |
|
|
/s/ Huiping Zhang |
Chief Financial Officer |
|
|
Name: Huiping Zhang |
(Principal Financial Officer and Accounting Officer or Controller) |
|
|
/s/ Yinglai Wang |
Chairperson of the Board |
|
|
Name: Yinglai Wang |
II-6
SIGNATURE OF AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE IN THE UNITED STATES
Pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the undersigned, the duly authorized representative in the United States of HUHUTECH International Group Inc., has signed this registration statement or amendment thereto in New York on August 28, 2024.
|
Authorized U.S. Representative |
||||||
|
Cogency Global Inc. |
||||||
|
By: |
/s/ Colleen A. De Vries |
|||||
|
Name: |
Colleen A. De Vries |
|||||
|
Title: |
Senior Vice President |
|||||
II-7
Exhibit 3.1
THE COMPANIES ACT (AS REVISED)
EXEMPTED COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES
THE AMENDED AND RESTATED
MEMORANDUM OF ASSOCIATION
OF
HUHUTECH International Group Inc.
(Adopted by way of a special resolution passed on 15 July 2024)
| 1. | The name of the Company is HUHUTECH International Group Inc. |
| 2. | The registered office of the Company shall be at the offices of Harneys Fiduciary (Cayman) Limited, 4th Floor, Harbour Place, 103 South Church Street, P.O. Box 10240, Grand Cayman KY1-1002, Cayman Islands. |
| 3. | Subject to the following provisions of this Memorandum, the objects for which the Company is established are unrestricted and shall include, but without limitation: |
| (a) | to act and perform all the functions of a holding company in all its branches and to coordinate the policy and administration of any subsidiary company or companies wherever incorporated or carrying on business or of any group of companies of which the Company or any subsidiary company is a member or which are in any manner controlled directly or indirectly by the Company; |
| (b) | to act as an investment company and for that purpose to subscribe, acquire, hold, dispose, sell, deal in or trade upon any terms, whether conditionally or absolutely, shares, stock, debentures, debenture stock, annuities, notes, mortgages, bonds, obligations and securities, foreign exchange, foreign currency deposits and commodities, issued or guaranteed by any company wherever incorporated, or by any government, sovereign, ruler, commissioners, public body or authority, supreme, municipal, local or otherwise, by original subscription, tender, purchase, exchange, underwriting, participation in syndicates or in any other manner and whether or not fully paid up, and to meet calls thereon. |
| 4. | Subject to the following provisions of this Memorandum, the Company shall have and be capable of exercising all the functions of a natural person of full capacity irrespective of any question of corporate benefit, as provided by Section 27(2) of the Companies Act. |
| 5. | Nothing in this Memorandum shall permit the Company to carry on a business for which a licence is required under the laws of the Cayman Islands unless duly licensed. |
| 6. | The Company shall not trade in the Cayman Islands with any person, firm or corporation except in furtherance of the business of the Company carried on outside the Cayman Islands; provided that nothing in this clause shall be construed as to prevent the Company effecting and concluding contracts in the Cayman Islands, and exercising in the Cayman Islands all of its powers necessary for the carrying on of its business outside the Cayman Islands. |
| 7. | The liability of each member is limited to the amount from time to time unpaid on such member’s shares. |
| 8. | The share capital of the Company is US$50,000 divided into 20,000,000,000 shares of a nominal or par value of US$0.0000025 each, of such class or classes (however designated) as the Board may determine in accordance with Article 13 of the Articles of Association of the Company, with the power for the Company, insofar as is permitted by law, to redeem or purchase any of its shares and to increase or reduce the said share capital subject to the provisions of the Companies Act (As Revised) and the Articles of Association of the Company and to issue any part of its capital, whether original, redeemed or increased, with or without any preference, priority or special privilege or subject to any postponement of rights or to any conditions or restrictions; and so that, unless the conditions of issue shall otherwise expressly declare, every issue of shares, whether declared to be preference or otherwise, shall be subject to the power hereinbefore contained. |
| 9. | The Company may exercise the power contained in the Companies Act to deregister in the Cayman Islands and be registered by way of continuation in another jurisdiction. |
The Companies Act (As Revised)
Exempted Company Limited by Shares
THE AMENDED AND RESTATED
ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION
OF
HUHUTECH International Group Inc.
(Adopted by way of a special resolution passed on 15 July 2024)
I N D E X
| SUBJECT | Article No. | |
| Table A | 1 | |
| Interpretation | 1-6 | |
| Share Capital | 6 | |
| Alteration Of Capital | 7 | |
| Share Rights | 8 | |
| Variation Of Rights | 8-9 | |
| Shares | 9-10 | |
| Share Certificates | 10-11 | |
| Lien | 11-12 | |
| Calls On Shares | 12 | |
| Forfeiture Of Shares | 13-14 | |
| Register Of Members | 14 | |
| Record Dates | 14 | |
| Transfer Of Shares | 15 | |
| Transmission Of Shares | 16 | |
| Untraceable Members | 16-17 | |
| General Meetings | 17 | |
| Notice Of General Meetings | 17-18 | |
| Proceedings At General Meetings | 18-22 | |
| Voting | 22-24 | |
| Proxies | 25-26 | |
| Corporations Acting By Representatives | 26-27 | |
| No Action By Written Resolutions Of Members | 27 | |
| Board Of Directors | 27-28 | |
| Disqualification Of Directors | 28 | |
| Executive Directors | 28 | |
| Alternate Directors | 29 | |
| Directors’ Fees And Expenses | 30 | |
| Directors’ Interests | 30-31 | |
| General Powers Of The Directors | 32-33 | |
| Borrowing Powers | 34 | |
| Proceedings Of The Directors | 34-36 | |
| Audit Committee | 36 | |
| Officers | 36-37 | |
| Register of Directors and Officers | 37 | |
| Minutes | 37 | |
| Seal | 38 | |
| Authentication Of Documents | 38 | |
| Destruction Of Documents | 38-39 | |
| Dividends And Other Payments | 39-43 | |
| Reserves | 43 | |
| Capitalisation | 44 | |
| Subscription Rights Reserve | 44-46 | |
| Accounting Records | 46-47 | |
| Audit | 47 | |
| Notices | 48-49 | |
| Signatures | 49 | |
| Winding Up | 49 | |
| Indemnity | 50 | |
| Financial Year End | 50 | |
| Amendment To Memorandum and Articles of Association And Name of Company | 50 | |
| Information | 50 |
i
TABLE A
1. The regulations in Table A in the Schedule to the Companies Act (As Revised) do not apply to the Company.
INTERPRETATION
2. (1) In these Articles, unless the context otherwise requires, the words standing in the first column of the following table shall bear the meaning set opposite them respectively in the second column.
| WORD | MEANING | |
| “Act” | The Companies Act (As Revised) of the Cayman Islands. | |
| “Articles” | these Articles in their present form or as supplemented or amended or substituted from time to time. | |
| “Audit Committee” | the audit committee of the Company formed by the Board pursuant to Article 123 hereof, or any successor audit committee. | |
| “Auditor” | the independent auditor of the Company which shall be an internationally recognized firm of independent accountants. | |
| “Board” or “Directors” | the board of directors of the Company or the directors present at a meeting of directors of the Company at which a quorum is present. | |
| “capital” | the share capital from time to time of the Company. | |
| “Chairman of the Board” | the chairman of the Board for the time being. | |
| “clear days” | in relation to the period of a notice, that period excluding the day when the notice is given or deemed to be given and the day for which it is given or on which it is to take effect. | |
| “clearing house” | a clearing house recognised by the laws of the jurisdiction in which the shares of the Company (or depositary receipts therefor) are listed or quoted on a stock exchange or interdealer quotation system in such jurisdiction. | |
| “Company” | HUHUTECH International Group Inc. | |
| “competent regulatory authority” | a competent regulatory authority in the territory where the shares of the Company (or depositary receipts therefor) are listed or quoted on a stock exchange or interdealer quotation system in such territory. |
1
| “debenture” and “debenture holder” | include debenture share and debenture shareholder respectively. | |
| “Designated Stock Exchange” | Nasdaq Stock Market in the United States of America for so long as the Company’s shares are listed and any other stock exchange on which any shares are listed for trading. | |
| “dollars” and “$” | dollars, the legal currency of the United States of America. | |
| “electronic communication” | a communication sent, transmitted, conveyed and received by wire, by radio, by optical means or by other similar means in any form through any medium. | |
| “electronic meeting” | a general meeting held and conducted wholly and exclusively by virtual attendance and participation by Members and/or proxies by means of electronic facilities. | |
| “Exchange Act” | the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. | |
| “head office” | such office of the Company as the Directors may from time to time determine to be the principal office of the Company. | |
| “hybrid meeting” | a general meeting convened for the (i) physical attendance by Members and/or proxies at the Principal Meeting Place and where applicable, one or more Meeting Locations and (ii) virtual attendance and participation by Members and/or proxies by means of electronic facilities. | |
| “Meeting Location” | has the meaning given to it in Article 65A. | |
| “Independent Director” | a director who is an independent director as defined in the applicable rules and regulations of the Designated Stock Exchange. | |
| “Member” | a duly registered holder from time to time of the shares in the capital of the Company. | |
| “Memorandum of Association” | the memorandum of association of the Company, as amended from time to time. | |
| “month” | a calendar month. | |
| “Notice” | written notice unless otherwise specifically stated and as further defined in these Articles. |
2
| “Office” | the registered office of the Company for the time being. | |
| “ordinary resolution” | a resolution shall be an ordinary resolution when it has been passed by a simple majority of votes cast by such Members as, being entitled so to do, vote in person or, in the case of any Member being a corporation, by its duly authorised representative or, where proxies are allowed, by proxy at a general meeting of which Notice has been duly given in accordance with Article 60; | |
| “paid up” | paid up or credited as paid up. | |
| “physical meeting” | a general meeting held and conducted by physical attendance and participation by Members and/or proxies at the Principal Meeting Place and/or where applicable, one or more Meeting Locations. | |
| “Principal Meeting Place” | shall have the meaning given to it in Article 60(2). | |
| “Register” | the principal register and where applicable, any branch register of Members of the Company to be maintained at such place within or outside the Cayman Islands as the Board shall determine from time to time. | |
| “Registration Office” | in respect of any class of share capital such place as the Board may from time to time determine to keep a branch register of Members in respect of that class of share capital and where (except in cases where the Board otherwise directs) the transfers or other documents of title for such class of share capital are to be lodged for registration and are to be registered. | |
| “SEC” | the United States Securities and Exchange Commission. | |
| “Securities Act” | mean the U.S. Securities Act 1933 as amended, or any similar federal statute and the rules and regulations of the SEC thereunder as the same shall be in effect from time to time. | |
| “Seal” | common seal or any one or more duplicate seals of the Company (including a securities seal) for use in the Cayman Islands or in any place outside the Cayman Islands. | |
| “Secretary” | any person, firm or corporation appointed by the Board to perform any of the duties of secretary of the Company and includes any assistant, deputy, temporary or acting secretary. |
3
| “shares” | ordinary shares of par value US$0.0000025 each. | |
| “special resolution” | a resolution shall be a special resolution when it has been passed by a majority of not less than two-thirds of votes cast by such Members as, being entitled so to do, vote in person or, in the case of such Members as are corporations, by their respective duly authorised representative or, where proxies are allowed, by proxy at a general meeting of which Notice has been duly given in accordance with Article 60; | |
| a special resolution shall be effective for any purpose for which an ordinary resolution is expressed to be required under any provision of these Articles or the Statutes. | ||
| “Statutes” | the Act and every other law of the Legislature of the Cayman Islands for the time being in force applying to or affecting the Company, its Memorandum of Association and/or these Articles. | |
| “year” | a calendar year. |
| (2) | In these Articles, unless there be something within the subject or context inconsistent with such construction: |
| (a) | words importing the singular include the plural and vice versa; |
| (b) | words importing a gender include both gender and the neuter; |
| (c) | words importing persons include companies, associations and bodies of persons whether corporate or not; |
| (d) | the words: |
| (i) | “may” shall be construed as permissive; |
| (ii) | “shall” or “will” shall be construed as imperative; |
| (e) | expressions referring to writing shall, unless the contrary intention appears, be construed as including printing, lithography, email, facsimile, photography and other modes of representing or reproducing words or figures in a legible and non-transitory form or, to the extent permitted by and in accordance with the Statutes and other applicable laws, rules and regulations, any visible substitute for writing (including an electronic communication), or modes of representing or reproducing words partly in one visible form and partly in another visible form, and including where the representation takes the form of electronic display, or represented by any other substitute or format for storage or transmission for writing or partly one and partly another provided that both the mode of service of the relevant document or Notice and the Member’s election comply with all applicable Statutes, rules and regulations; |
4
| (f) | any requirement as to delivery under the Articles include delivery in the form of an electronic record (as defined in the Electronic Transactions Act of the Cayman Islands) or an electronic communication; |
| (g) | references to any law, ordinance, statute or statutory provision shall be interpreted as relating to any statutory modification or re-enactment thereof for the time being in force; |
| (h) | save as aforesaid words and expressions defined in the Statutes shall bear the same meanings in these Articles if not inconsistent with the subject in the context; |
| (i) | references to a document (including, but without limitation, a resolution in writing) being signed or executed include references to it being signed or executed under hand or under seal or by electronic signature or by electronic communication or by any other method and references to a Notice or document include a Notice or document recorded or stored in any digital, electronic, electrical, magnetic or other retrievable form or medium and information in visible form whether having physical substance or not; |
| (j) | Sections 8 and 19 of the Electronic Transaction Act of the Cayman Islands, as amended from time to time, shall not apply to these Articles to the extent it imposes obligations or requirements in addition to those set out in these Articles; |
| (k) | the right of a Member to speak at an electronic meeting or a hybrid meeting shall include the right to raise questions or make statements to the chairman of the meeting, verbally or in written form, by means of electronic facilities. Such a right shall be deemed to have been duly exercised if the questions or statements may be heard or seen by all or only some of the persons present at the meeting (or only by the chairman of the meeting) in which event the chairman of the meeting shall relay the questions raised or the statements made verbatim to all persons present at the meeting, either orally or in writing using electronic facilities; |
| (l) | a reference to a meeting shall mean a meeting convened and held in any manner permitted by these Articles and any Member or Director attending and participating at a meeting by means of electronic facilities shall be deemed to be present at that meeting for all purposes of the Statutes and these Articles, and attend, participate, attending, participating, attendance and participation shall be construed accordingly; |
| (m) | references to a person’s participation in the business of a general meeting include without limitation and as relevant the right (including, in the case of a corporation, through a duly authorised representative) to speak or communicate, vote, be represented by a proxy and have access in hard copy or electronic form to all documents which are required by the Statutes or these Articles to be made available at the meeting, and participate and participating in the business of a general meeting shall be construed accordingly; |
5
| (n) | references to electronic facilities include, without limitation, website addresses, webinars, webcast, video or any form of conference call systems (telephone, video, web or otherwise); |
| (o) | where a Member is a corporation, any reference in these Articles to a Member shall, where the context requires, refer to a duly authorised representative of such Member; and |
| (p) | references to “in the ordinary course of business” and comparable expressions mean the ordinary and usual course of business of the relevant party, consistent in all material respects (including nature and scope) with the prior practice of such party. |
SHARE CAPITAL
3. (1) The share capital of the Company at the date on which these Articles come into effect shall be divided into shares of a par value of US$0.0000025 each.
(2) Subject to the Act, the Company’s Memorandum and Articles of Association and, where applicable, the rules and regulations of the Designated Stock Exchange and/or any competent regulatory authority, the Company shall have the power to purchase or otherwise acquire its own shares and such power shall be exercisable by the Board in such manner, upon such terms and subject to such conditions as it in its absolute discretion thinks fit and any determination by the Board of the manner of purchase shall be deemed authorized by these Articles for the purposes of the Act. Subject to the Act, the Company is hereby authorized to make payments in respect of a redemption or purchase of its own shares in any manner authorized by the Act, including out of its capital. The purchase of any share shall not oblige the Company to purchase any other share other than as may be required pursuant to applicable law and any other contractual obligations of the Company.
(3) The Company is authorised to hold treasury shares in accordance with the Act and may designate as treasury shares any of its shares that it purchases or redeems, or any share surrendered to it subject to the rules and regulations of the Designated Stock Exchange and/or any competent regulatory authority. Shares held by the Company as treasury shares shall continue to be classified as treasury shares until such shares are either cancelled or transferred as the Board may determine on such terms and subject to such conditions as it in its absolute discretion thinks fits in accordance with the Act subject to the rules and regulations of the Designated Stock Exchange and/or any competent regulatory authority.
(4) The Company may accept the surrender for no consideration of any fully paid share unless, as a result of such surrender, there would no longer be any issued shares of the Company other than shares held as treasury shares.
(5) No share shall be issued to bearer.
6
ALTERATION OF CAPITAL
4. The Company may from time to time by ordinary resolution in accordance with the Act alter the conditions of its Memorandum of Association to:
(a) increase its capital by such sum, to be divided into shares of such amounts, as the resolution shall prescribe;
| (b) | consolidate and divide all or any of its capital into shares of larger amount than its existing shares; |
| (c) | without prejudice to the powers of the Board under Article 13, divide its shares into several classes and without prejudice to any special rights previously conferred on the holders of existing shares attach thereto respectively any preferential, deferred, qualified or special rights, privileges, conditions or such restrictions which in the absence of any such determination by the Company in general meeting, as the Directors may determine provided always that, for the avoidance of doubt, where a class of shares has been authorized by the Company no resolution of the Company in general meeting is required for the issuance of shares of that class and the Directors may issue shares of that class and determine such rights, privileges, conditions or restrictions attaching thereto as aforesaid, and further provided that where the Company issues shares which do not carry voting rights, the words “non-voting” shall appear in the designation of such shares and where the equity capital includes shares with different voting rights, the designation of each class of shares, other than those with the most favourable voting rights, must include the words “restricted voting” or “limited voting”; |
| (d) | sub-divide its shares, or any of them, into shares of smaller amount than is fixed by the Memorandum of Association (subject, nevertheless, to the Act), and may by such resolution determine that, as between the holders of the shares resulting from such sub-division, one or more of the shares may have any such preferred, deferred or other rights or be subject to any such restrictions as compared with the other or others as the Company has power to attach to unissued or new shares; |
| (e) | cancel any shares which, at the date of the passing of the resolution, have not been taken, or agreed to be taken, by any person, and diminish the amount of its capital by the amount of the shares so cancelled or, in the case of shares, without par value, diminish the number of shares into which its capital is divided. |
5. The Board may settle as it considers expedient any difficulty which arises in relation to any consolidation and division under the Article 4 and in particular but without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing may issue certificates in respect of fractions of shares or arrange for the sale of the shares representing fractions and the distribution of the net proceeds of sale (after deduction of the expenses of such sale) in due proportion amongst the Members who would have been entitled to the fractions, and for this purpose the Board may authorise any person to transfer the shares representing fractions to their purchaser or resolve that such net proceeds be paid to the Company for the Company’s benefit. Such purchaser will not be bound to see to the application of the purchase money nor will his title to the shares be affected by any irregularity or invalidity in the proceedings relating to the sale.
6. The Company may from time to time by special resolution, subject to any confirmation or consent required by the Act, reduce its share capital or any capital redemption reserve or other undistributable reserve in any manner permitted by law.
7. Except so far as otherwise provided by the conditions of issue, or by these Articles, any capital raised by the creation of new shares shall be treated as if it formed part of the original capital of the Company, and such shares shall be subject to the provisions contained in these Articles with reference to the payment of calls and instalments, transfer and transmission, forfeiture, lien, cancellation, surrender, voting and otherwise.
7
SHARE RIGHTS
8. Subject to the provisions of the Act, the rules and regulations of the Designated Stock Exchange and the Memorandum and Articles of Association and to any special rights conferred on the holders of any shares or class of shares, and without prejudice to Article 13 hereof, any share in the Company (whether forming part of the present capital or not) may be issued with or have attached thereto such rights or restrictions whether in regard to dividend, voting, return of capital or otherwise as the Board may determine, including without limitation on terms that they may be, or at the option of the Company or the holder are, liable to be redeemed on such terms and in such manner, including out of capital, as the Board may deem fit.
9. Subject to the Act, the rules and regulations of the Designated Stock Exchange and the Memorandum and Articles of Association, and to any special rights conferred on the holders of any shares or attaching to any class of shares, shares may be issued on the terms that such shares may be or at the option of the Company or the holder are, liable to be redeemed on such terms and in such manner, including out of capital, as the Board may deem fit.
10. Subject to Article 13(1), the Memorandum of Association and any resolution of the Members to the contrary and without prejudice to any special rights conferred thereby on the holders of any other shares or class of shares, the share capital of the Company shall be divided into shares of a single class the holders of which shall, subject to these Articles:
| (a) | be entitled to one vote per share; |
| (b) | be entitled to such dividends as the Board may from time to time declare; |
| (c) | in the event of a winding up or dissolution of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary or for the purpose of a reorganisation or otherwise or upon any distribution of capital, be entitled to the surplus assets of the Company; and |
| (d) | generally, be entitled to enjoy all of the rights attaching to shares. |
VARIATION OF RIGHTS
11. Subject to the Act and without prejudice to Article 8, all or any of the rights for the time being attached to the shares or any class of shares may, unless otherwise provided by the terms of issue of the shares of that class, from time to time (whether or not the Company is being wound up) be varied, modified or abrogated with the sanction of a special resolution passed at a separate general meeting of the holders of the shares of that class. To every such separate general meeting all the provisions of these Articles relating to general meetings of the Company shall, mutatis mutandis, apply, but so that:
| (a) | notwithstanding Article 59 which shall not apply to this Article 11, separate general meetings of the holders of a class or series of shares may be called only by (i) the Chairman of the Board, or (ii) a majority of the entire Board (unless otherwise specifically provided by the terms of issue of the shares of such class or series). Nothing in this Article 11 shall be deemed to give any Member or Members the right to call a class or series meeting; |
8
| (b) | the necessary quorum (whether at a separate general meeting or at its adjourned meeting) shall be a person or persons or (in the case of a Member being a corporation) its duly authorized representative together holding or representing by proxy not less than one-third in nominal value or par value of the issued shares of that class or series (but so that if at any adjourned meeting of such holders a quorum as above defined is not present, those holders of shares of that class or series who are present in person or by proxy shall form a quorum (whatever the number of shares held by them)); |
| (c) | every holder of shares of the class or series shall be entitled on a poll to one vote for every such share held by him; and |
| (d) | any holder of shares of the class or series present in person or by proxy or authorised representative may demand a poll. |
12. The rights conferred upon the holders of any shares or class or series of shares shall not, unless otherwise expressly provided in the rights attaching to or the terms of issue of such shares, be deemed to be varied, modified or abrogated by the creation or issue of further shares ranking pari passu therewith.
SHARES
13. (1) Subject to the Act, these Articles and, where applicable, the rules and regulations of the Designated Stock Exchange and without prejudice to any special rights or restrictions for the time being attached to any shares or any class of shares, the unissued shares of the Company (whether forming part of the original or any increased capital) shall be at the disposal of the Board, which may offer, allot, grant options over or otherwise dispose of them to such persons, at such times and for such consideration and upon such terms and conditions as the Board may in its absolute discretion determine but so that no shares shall be issued at a discount to their nominal value. In particular and without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, the Board is hereby empowered to authorize by resolution or resolutions from time to time the issuance of one or more classes or series of preferred shares and to fix the designations, powers, preferences and relative, participating, optional and other rights, if any, and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof, if any, including, without limitation, the number of shares constituting each such class or series, dividend rights, conversion rights, redemption privileges, voting powers, full or limited or no voting powers, and liquidation preferences, and to increase or decrease the size of any such class or series (but not below the number of shares of any class or series of preferred shares then outstanding) to the extent permitted by the Act. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the resolution or resolutions providing for the establishment of any class or series of preferred shares may, to the extent permitted by law, provide that such class or series shall be superior to, rank equally with or be junior to the preferred shares of any other class or series.
(2) Neither the Company nor the Board shall be obliged, when making or granting any allotment of, offer of, option over or disposal of shares, to make, or make available, any such allotment, offer, option or shares to Members or others with registered addresses in any particular territory or territories being a territory or territories where, in the absence of a registration statement or other special formalities, this would or might, in the opinion of the Board, be unlawful or impracticable. Members affected as a result of the foregoing sentence shall not be, or be deemed to be, a separate class of members for any purpose whatsoever. Except as otherwise expressly provided in the resolution or resolutions providing for the establishment of any class or series of preferred shares, no vote of the holders of preferred shares or ordinary shares shall be a prerequisite to the issuance of any shares of any class or series of the preferred shares authorized by and complying with the conditions of the Memorandum and Articles of Association.
9
(3) The Board may issue options, warrants or convertible securities or securities of similar nature conferring the right upon the holders thereof to subscribe for, purchase or receive any class of shares or securities in the capital of the Company on such terms as it may from time to time determine.
14. The Company may in connection with the issue of any shares exercise all powers of paying commission and brokerage conferred or permitted by the Act. Subject to the Act, the commission may be satisfied by the payment of cash or by the allotment of fully or partly paid shares or partly in one and partly in the other.
15. Except as required by law, no person shall be recognised by the Company as holding any share upon any trust and the Company shall not be bound by or required in any way to recognise (even when having notice thereof) any equitable, contingent, future or partial interest in any share or any fractional part of a share or (except only as otherwise provided by these Articles or by law) any other rights in respect of any share except an absolute right to the entirety thereof in the registered holder.
16. Subject to the Act and these Articles, the Board may at any time after the allotment of shares but before any person has been entered in the Register as the holder, recognise a renunciation thereof by the allottee in favour of some other person and may accord to any allottee of a share a right to effect such renunciation upon and subject to such terms and conditions as the Board considers fit to impose.
SHARE CERTIFICATES
17. Every share certificate shall be issued under the Seal or a facsimile thereof or with the Seal printed thereon and shall specify the number and class and distinguishing numbers (if any) of the shares to which it relates, and the amount paid up thereon and may otherwise be in such form as the Directors may from time to time determine. No certificate shall be issued representing shares of more than one class. The Board may by resolution determine, either generally or in any particular case or cases, that any signatures on any such certificates (or certificates in respect of other securities) need not be autographic but may be affixed to such certificates by some mechanical means or may be printed thereon.
18. (1) In the case of a share held jointly by several persons, the Company shall not be bound to issue more than one certificate therefor and delivery of a certificate to one of several joint holders shall be sufficient delivery to all such holders.
(2) Where a share stands in the names of two or more persons, the person first named in the Register shall as regards service of notices and, subject to the provisions of these Articles, all or any other matters connected with the Company, except the transfer of the shares, be deemed the sole holder thereof.
19. The shares will be issued in fully registered, book-entry form. The Company is not obliged to issue a share certificate to a Member unless the Member requests it in writing from the Company. Every person whose name is entered, upon an allotment of shares, as a Member in the Register shall be entitled without payment, to receive one certificate for all such shares of any one class or several certificates each for one or more of such shares of such class upon payment for every certificate after the first of such reasonable out-of-pocket expenses as the Board from time to time determines.
20. Share certificates shall be issued within any relevant time limit as the Designated Stock Exchange may from time to time determine after allotment or, except in the case of a transfer which the Company is for the time being entitled to refuse to register and does not register, after lodgment of a transfer with the Company. Every share certificate of the Company shall bear legends required under the applicable laws, including the Securities Act.
10
21. (1) Upon every transfer of shares the certificate held by the transferor shall be given up to be cancelled, and shall forthwith be cancelled accordingly, and a new certificate shall be issued to the transferee in respect of the shares transferred to him at such fee as is provided in paragraph (2) of this Article 21. If any of the shares included in the certificate so given up shall be retained by the transferor a new certificate for the balance shall be issued to him at the aforesaid fee payable by the transferor to the Company in respect thereof.
(2) The fee referred to in paragraph (1) above shall be an amount not exceeding the relevant maximum amount as the Designated Stock Exchange may from time to time determine provided that the Board may at any time determine a lower amount for such fee.
22. If a share certificate shall be damaged or defaced or alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed a new certificate representing the same shares may be issued to the relevant Member upon request and on payment of such fee as the Board may determine and, subject to compliance with such terms (if any) as to evidence and indemnity and to payment of the costs and reasonable out-of-pocket expenses of the Company in investigating such evidence and preparing such indemnity as the Board may think fit and, in case of damage or defacement, on delivery of the old certificate to the Company provided always that where share warrants have been issued, no new share warrant shall be issued to replace one that has been lost unless the Board has determined that the original has been destroyed.
LIEN
23. The Company shall have a first and paramount lien on every share (not being a fully paid share) for all moneys (whether presently payable or not) called or payable at a fixed time in respect of that share. The Company shall also have a first and paramount lien on every share (not being a fully paid share) registered in the name of a Member (whether or not jointly with other Members) for all amounts of money presently payable by such Member or his estate to the Company whether the same shall have been incurred before or after notice to the Company of any equitable or other interest of any person other than such member, and whether the period for the payment or discharge of the same shall have actually become due or not, and notwithstanding that the same are joint debts or liabilities of such Member or his estate and any other person, whether a Member or not. The Company’s lien on a share shall extend to all dividends or other moneys payable thereon or in respect thereof. The Board may at any time, generally or in any particular case, waive any lien that has arisen or declare any share exempt in whole or in part, from the provisions of this Article 23.
24. Subject to these Articles, the Company may sell in such manner as the Board determines any share on which the Company has a lien, but no sale shall be made unless some sum in respect of which the lien exists is presently payable, or the liability or engagement in respect of which such lien exists is liable to be presently fulfilled or discharged nor until the expiration of fourteen (14) clear days after a notice in writing, stating and demanding payment of the sum presently payable, or specifying the liability or engagement and demanding fulfilment or discharge thereof and giving notice of the intention to sell in default, has been served on the registered holder for the time being of the share or the person entitled thereto by reason of his death or bankruptcy.
11
25. The net proceeds of the sale shall be received by the Company and applied in or towards payment or discharge of the debt or liability in respect of which the lien exists, so far as the same is presently payable, and any residue shall (subject to a like lien for debts or liabilities not presently payable as existed upon the share prior to the sale) be paid to the person entitled to the share at the time of the sale. To give effect to any such sale the Board may authorise some person to transfer the shares sold to the purchaser thereof. The purchaser shall be registered as the holder of the shares so transferred and he shall not be bound to see to the application of the purchase money, nor shall his title to the shares be affected by any irregularity or invalidity in the proceedings relating to the sale.
CALLS ON SHARES
26. Subject to these Articles and to the terms of allotment, the Board may from time to time make calls upon the Members in respect of any moneys unpaid on their shares (whether on account of the nominal value of the shares or by way of premium), and each Member shall (subject to being given at least fourteen (14) clear days’ Notice specifying the time and place of payment) pay to the Company as required by such notice the amount called on his shares. A call may be extended, postponed or revoked in whole or in part as the Board determines but no Member shall be entitled to any such extension, postponement or revocation except as a matter of grace and favour.
27. A call shall be deemed to have been made at the time when the resolution of the Board authorising the call was passed and may be made payable either in one lump sum or by instalments.
28. A person upon whom a call is made shall remain liable for calls made upon him notwithstanding the subsequent transfer of the shares in respect of which the call was made. The joint holders of a share shall be jointly and severally liable to pay all calls and instalments due in respect thereof or other moneys due in respect thereof.
29. If a sum called in respect of a share is not paid before or on the day appointed for payment thereof, the person from whom the sum is due shall pay interest on the amount unpaid from the day appointed for payment thereof to the time of actual payment at such rate (not exceeding twenty per cent. (20%) per annum) as the Board may determine, but the Board may in its absolute discretion waive payment of such interest in whole or in part.
30. No Member shall be entitled to receive any dividend or bonus or to be present and vote (save as proxy for another Member) at any general meeting either personally or by proxy, or be reckoned in a quorum, or exercise any other privilege as a Member until all calls or instalments due by him to the Company, whether alone or jointly with any other person, together with interest and expenses (if any) shall have been paid.
31. On the trial or hearing of any action or other proceedings for the recovery of any money due for any call, it shall be sufficient to prove that the name of the Member sued is entered in the Register as the holder, or one of the holders, of the shares in respect of which such debt accrued, that the resolution making the call is duly recorded in the minute book, and that notice of such call was duly given to the Member sued, in pursuance of these Articles; and it shall not be necessary to prove the appointment of the Directors who made such call, nor any other matters whatsoever, but the proof of the matters aforesaid shall be conclusive evidence of the debt.
32. Any amount payable in respect of a share upon allotment or at any fixed date, whether in respect of nominal value or premium or as an instalment of a call, shall be deemed to be a call duly made and payable on the date fixed for payment and if it is not paid the provisions of these Articles shall apply as if that amount had become due and payable by virtue of a call duly made and notified.
33. On the issue of shares the Board may differentiate between the allottees or holders as to the amount of calls to be paid and the times of payment.
34. The Board may, if it thinks fit, receive from any Member willing to advance the same, and either in money or money’s worth, all or any part of the moneys uncalled and unpaid or instalments payable upon any shares held by him and upon all or any of the moneys so advanced (until the same would, but for such advance, become presently payable) pay interest at such rate (if any) as the Board may decide. The Board may at any time repay the amount so advanced upon giving to such Member not less than one (1) month’s Notice of its intention in that behalf, unless before the expiration of such notice the amount so advanced shall have been called up on the shares in respect of which it was advanced. Such payment in advance shall not entitle the holder of such share or shares to participate in respect thereof in a dividend subsequently declared.
12
FORFEITURE OF SHARES
35. (1) If a call remains unpaid after it has become due and payable the Board may give to the person from whom it is due not less than fourteen (14) clear days’ Notice:
| (a) | requiring payment of the amount unpaid together with any interest which may have accrued and which may still accrue up to the date of actual payment; and |
| (b) | stating that if the Notice is not complied with the shares on which the call was made will be liable to be forfeited. |
(2) If the requirements of any such Notice are not complied with, any share in respect of which such Notice has been given may at any time thereafter, before payment of all calls and interest due in respect thereof has been made, be forfeited by a resolution of the Board to that effect, and such forfeiture shall include all dividends and bonuses declared in respect of the forfeited share but not actually paid before the forfeiture.
36. When any share has been forfeited, notice of the forfeiture shall be served upon the person who was before forfeiture the holder of the share. No forfeiture shall be invalidated by any omission or neglect to give such Notice.
37. The Board may accept the surrender of any share liable to be forfeited hereunder and, in such case, references in these Articles to forfeiture will include surrender.
38. Any share so forfeited shall be deemed the property of the Company and may be sold, re-allotted or otherwise disposed of to such person, upon such terms and in such manner as the Board determines, and at any time before a sale, re-allotment or disposition the forfeiture may be annulled by the Board on such terms as the Board determines.
39. A person whose shares have been forfeited shall cease to be a Member in respect of the forfeited shares but nevertheless shall remain liable to pay the Company all moneys which at the date of forfeiture were presently payable by him to the Company in respect of the shares, with (if the Board shall in its discretion so requires) interest thereon from the date of forfeiture until payment at such rate (not exceeding twenty per cent. (20%) per annum) as the Board shall determine. The Board may enforce payment thereof if it thinks fit, and without any deduction or allowance for the value of the forfeited shares, at the date of forfeiture, but his liability shall cease if and when the Company shall have received payment in full of all such moneys in respect of the shares. For the purposes of this Article 39 any sum which, by the terms of issue of a share, is payable thereon at a fixed time which is subsequent to the date of forfeiture, whether on account of the nominal value of the share or by way of premium, shall notwithstanding that time has not yet arrived be deemed to be payable at the date of forfeiture, and the same shall become due and payable immediately upon the forfeiture, but interest thereon shall only be payable in respect of any period between the said fixed time and the date of actual payment.
40. A declaration by a Director or the Secretary that a share has been forfeited on a specified date shall be conclusive evidence of the facts therein stated as against all persons claiming to be entitled to the share, and such declaration shall (subject to the execution of an instrument of transfer by the Company if necessary) constitute a good title to the share, and the person to whom the share is disposed of shall be registered as the holder of the share and shall not be bound to see to the application of the consideration (if any), nor shall his title to the share be affected by any irregularity in or invalidity of the proceedings in reference to the forfeiture, sale or disposal of the share. When any share shall have been forfeited, notice of the declaration shall be given to the Member in whose name it stood immediately prior to the forfeiture, and an entry of the forfeiture, with the date thereof, shall forthwith be made in the Register, but no forfeiture shall be in any manner invalidated by any omission or neglect to give such notice or make any such entry.
41. Notwithstanding any such forfeiture as aforesaid the Board may at any time, before any shares so forfeited shall have been sold, re-allotted or otherwise disposed of, permit the shares forfeited to be bought back upon the terms of payment of all calls and interest due upon and expenses incurred in respect of the share, and upon such further terms (if any) as it thinks fit.
42. The forfeiture of a share shall not prejudice the right of the Company to any call already made or instalment payable thereon.
13
43. The provisions of these Articles as to forfeiture shall apply in the case of non-payment of any sum which, by the terms of issue of a share, becomes payable at a fixed time, whether on account of the nominal value of the share or by way of premium, as if the same had been payable by virtue of a call duly made and notified.
REGISTER OF MEMBERS
44. (1) The Company shall keep in one or more books a Register of its Members and shall enter therein the following particulars, that is to say:
| (a) | the name and address of each Member, the number and class of shares held by him, whether such shares carry voting rights and, if so, whether such voting rights are conditional, and the amount paid or agreed to be considered as paid on such shares; |
| (b) | the date on which each person was entered in the Register; and |
| (c) | the date on which any person ceased to be a Member. |
(2) The Company may keep an overseas or local or other branch register of Members resident in any place, and the Board may make and vary such regulations as it determines in respect of the keeping of any such register and maintaining a Registration Office in connection therewith.
45. The Register and branch register of Members, as the case may be, shall be open to inspection for such times and on such days as the Board shall determine by Members without charge or by any other person, upon a maximum payment of $2.50 or such other sum specified by the Board, at the Office or Registration Office or such other place at which the Register is kept in accordance with the Act. The Register including any overseas or local or other branch register of Members may, after compliance with any notice requirements of the Designated Stock Exchange or by any electronic means in such manner as may be accepted by the Designated Stock Exchange to that effect, be closed for inspection at such times or for such periods not exceeding in the whole thirty (30) days in each year as the Board may determine and either generally or in respect of any class of shares.
RECORD DATES
46. For the purpose of determining the Members entitled to notice of or to vote at any general meeting, or any adjournment thereof, or entitled to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of shares or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board may fix, in advance, a date as the record date for any such determination of Members, which date shall not be more than sixty (60) days nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting, nor more than sixty (60) days prior to any other such action.
If the Board does not fix a record date for any general meeting, the record date for determining the Members entitled to a notice of or to vote at such meeting shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if in accordance with these Articles notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. The record date for determining the Members for any other purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board adopts the resolution relating thereto.
A determination of the Members of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of the Members shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.
14
TRANSFER OF SHARES
47. (1) Subject to these Articles, any Member may transfer all or any of his shares by an instrument of transfer in the usual or common form or in a form prescribed by the Designated Stock Exchange or in any other form approved by the Board and may be under hand or, if the transferor or transferee is a clearing house or a central depository house or its nominee(s), by hand or by machine imprinted signature or by such other manner of execution as the Board may approve from time to time.
(2) Notwithstanding the provisions of subparagraph (1) above, for so long as any shares are listed on the Designated Stock Exchange, titles to such listed shares may be evidenced and transferred in accordance with the laws applicable to and the rules and regulations of the Designated Stock Exchange that are or shall be applicable to such listed shares. The register of members of the Company in respect of its listed shares (whether the Register or a branch register) may be kept by recording the particulars required by Section 40 of the Act in a form otherwise than legible if such recording otherwise complies with the laws applicable to and the rules and regulations of the Designated Stock Exchange that are or shall be applicable to such listed shares.
48. The instrument of transfer shall be executed by or on behalf of the transferor and the transferee provided that the Board may dispense with the execution of the instrument of transfer by the transferee in any case which it thinks fit in its discretion to do so. Without prejudice to Article 47, the Board may also resolve, either generally or in any particular case, upon request by either the transferor or transferee, to accept mechanically executed transfers. The transferor shall be deemed to remain the holder of the share until the name of the transferee is entered in the Register in respect thereof. Nothing in these Articles shall preclude the Board from recognising a renunciation of the allotment or provisional allotment of any share by the allottee in favour of some other person.
49. (1) The Board may, in its absolute discretion, and without giving any reason therefor, refuse to register a transfer of any share (not being a fully paid up share) to a person of whom it does not approve, or any share issued under any share incentive scheme for employees upon which a restriction on transfer imposed thereby still subsists, and it may also, without prejudice to the foregoing generality, refuse to register a transfer of any share to more than four joint holders or a transfer of any share (not being a fully paid up share) on which the Company has a lien.
(2) The Board in so far as permitted by any applicable law may, in its absolute discretion, at any time and from time to time transfer any share upon the Register to any branch register or any share on any branch register to the Register or any other branch register. In the event of any such transfer, the shareholder requesting such transfer shall bear the cost of effecting the transfer unless the Board otherwise determines.
(3) Unless the Board otherwise agrees (which agreement may be on such terms and subject to such conditions as the Board in its absolute discretion may from time to time determine, and which agreement the Board shall, without giving any reason therefor, be entitled in its absolute discretion to give or withhold), no shares upon the Register shall be transferred to any branch register nor shall shares on any branch register be transferred to the Register or any other branch register and all transfers and other documents of title shall be lodged for registration, and registered, in the case of any shares on a branch register, at the relevant Registration Office, and, in the case of any shares on the Register, at the Office or such other place at which the Register is kept in accordance with the Act.
50. Without limiting the generality of the Article 49, the Board may decline to recognise any instrument of transfer unless:
| (a) | a fee of such maximum sum as the Designated Stock Exchange may determine to be payable or such lesser sum as the Board may from time to time require is paid to the Company in respect thereof; |
| (b) | the instrument of transfer is in respect of only one class of share; |
| (c) | the instrument of transfer is lodged at the Office or such other place at which the Register is kept in accordance with the Act or the Registration Office (as the case may be) accompanied by the relevant share certificate(s) and such other evidence as the Board may reasonably require to show the right of the transferor to make the transfer (and, if the instrument of transfer is executed by some other person on his behalf, the authority of that person so to do); and |
| (d) | if applicable, the instrument of transfer is duly and properly stamped. |
51. If the Board refuses to register a transfer of any share, it shall, within two months after the date on which the transfer was lodged with the Company, send to each of the transferor and transferee notice of the refusal.
52. The registration of transfers of shares or of any class of shares may, after compliance with any notice requirement of the Designated Stock Exchange, be suspended at such times and for such periods (not exceeding in the whole thirty (30) days in any year) as the Board may determine. The period of thirty (30) days may be extended for a further period or periods not exceeding thirty (30) days in respect of any year if approved by the Members by ordinary resolution.
15
TRANSMISSION OF SHARES
53. If a Member dies, the survivor or survivors where the deceased was a joint holder, and his legal personal representatives where he was a sole or only surviving holder, will be the only persons recognised by the Company as having any title to his interest in the shares; but nothing in this Article will release the estate of a deceased Member (whether sole or joint) from any liability in respect of any share which had been solely or jointly held by him.
54. Any person becoming entitled to a share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy or winding-up of a Member may, upon such evidence as to his title being produced as may be required by the Board, elect either to become the holder of the share or to have some person nominated by him registered as the transferee thereof. If he elects to become the holder he shall notify the Company in writing either at the Registration Office or the Office, as the case may be, to that effect. If he elects to have another person registered he shall execute a transfer of the share in favour of that person. The provisions of these Articles relating to the transfer and registration of transfers of shares shall apply to such notice or transfer as aforesaid as if the death or bankruptcy of the Member had not occurred and the notice or transfer were a transfer signed by such Member.
55. A person becoming entitled to a share by reason of the death or bankruptcy or winding-up of a Member shall be entitled to the same dividends and other advantages to which he would be entitled if he were the registered holder of the share. However, the Board may, if it thinks fit, withhold the payment of any dividend payable or other advantages in respect of such share until such person shall become the registered holder of the share or shall have effectually transferred such share, but, subject to the requirements of Article 76(2) being met, such a person may vote at meetings.
UNTRACEABLE MEMBERS
56. (1) Without prejudice to the rights of the Company under paragraph (2) of this Article 56, the Company may cease sending cheques for dividend entitlements or dividend warrants by post if such cheques or warrants have been left uncashed on two consecutive occasions. However, the Company may exercise the power to cease sending cheques for dividend entitlements or dividend warrants after the first occasion on which such a cheque or warrant is returned undelivered.
(2) The Company shall have the power to sell, in such manner as the Board thinks fit, any shares of a Member who is untraceable, but no such sale shall be made unless:
| (a) | all cheques or warrants in respect of dividends of the shares in question, being not less than three in total number, for any sum payable in cash to the holder of such shares in respect of them sent during the relevant period in the manner authorised by the Articles have remained uncashed; |
| (b) | so far as it is aware at the end of the relevant period, the Company has not at any time during the relevant period received any indication of the existence of the Member who is the holder of such shares or of a person entitled to such shares by death, bankruptcy or operation of law; and |
| (c) | the Company, if so required by the rules governing the listing of shares on the Designated Stock Exchange, has given notice to, and caused advertisement in newspapers to be made in accordance with the requirements of, the Designated Stock Exchange of its intention to sell such shares in the manner required by the Designated Stock Exchange, and a period of three (3) months or such shorter period as may be allowed by the Designated Stock Exchange has elapsed since the date of such advertisement. |
For the purpose of the foregoing, the “relevant period” means the period commencing twelve (12) years before the date of publication of the advertisement referred to in paragraph (c) of this Article and ending at the expiry of the period referred to in that paragraph.
16
(3) To give effect to any such sale the Board may authorise some person to transfer the said shares and an instrument of transfer signed or otherwise executed by or on behalf of such person shall be as effective as if it had been executed by the registered holder or the person entitled by transmission to such shares, and the purchaser shall not be bound to see to the application of the purchase money nor shall his title to the shares be affected by any irregularity or invalidity in the proceedings relating to the sale. The net proceeds of the sale will belong to the Company and upon receipt by the Company of such net proceeds it shall become indebted to the former Member for an amount equal to such net proceeds. No trust shall be created in respect of such debt and no interest shall be payable in respect of it and the Company shall not be required to account for any money earned from the net proceeds which may be employed in the business of the Company or as it thinks fit. Any sale under this Article shall be valid and effective notwithstanding that the Member holding the shares sold is dead, bankrupt or otherwise under any legal disability or incapacity.
GENERAL MEETINGS
57. The Company shall not, hold a general meeting in each year as its annual general meeting unless required by the Statute in which case it shall specify the meeting as such in the notices calling it. An annual general meeting of the Company shall be held at such time and place as may be determined by the Board.
58. Each general meeting, other than an annual general meeting, shall be called an extraordinary general meeting. All General meetings (including an annual general meeting, any adjourned general meeting or postponed meeting) may be held as a physical meeting at such times and in any part of the world and at one or more locations as provided in Article 65A, as a hybrid meeting or as an electronic meeting, as may be determined by the Board in its absolute discretion.
59. A majority of the Board or the Chairman of the Board may call extraordinary general meetings, which extraordinary general meetings shall be held at such times and locations (as permitted hereby) as such person or persons shall determine. Any one or more Members holding not less than one-third of all votes attaching to the total issued and paid up share capital of the Company at the date of deposit of the requisition shall at all times have the right, by written requisition to the Board or the Secretary of the Company, to require an extraordinary general meeting to be called by the Board for the transaction of any business specified in such requisition; and such meeting shall be held within two (2) months after the deposit of such requisition. If within twenty one (21) days of such deposit the Board fails to proceed to convene such meeting the requisitionist(s) himself (themselves) may do so in the same manner, and all reasonable expenses incurred by the requisitionist(s) as a result of the failure of the Board shall be reimbursed to the requisitionist(s) by the Company.
NOTICE OF GENERAL MEETINGS
60. (1) An annual general meeting and any extraordinary general meeting may be called by not less than ten (10) clear days’ Notice but a general meeting may be called by shorter notice, subject to the Act, if it is so agreed:
| (a) | in the case of a meeting called as an annual general meeting, by all the Members entitled to attend and vote thereat; and |
17
| (b) | in the case of any other meeting, by a majority in number of the Members having the right to attend and vote at the meeting, being a majority together holding not less than ninety-five per cent. (95%) in nominal value of the issued shares giving that right. |
(2) The notice shall specify (a) the time and place of the meeting, (b) save for an electronic meeting, the place of the meeting and if there is more than one meeting location as determined by the Board pursuant to Article 65A, the principal place of the meeting (the “Principal Meeting Place”), (c) if the general meeting is to be a hybrid meeting or an electronic meeting, the Notice shall include a statement to that effect and with details of the electronic facilities for attendance and participation by electronic means at the meeting or where such details will be made available by the Company prior to the meeting, and (d) in case of special business, the general nature of the business. The notice convening an annual general meeting shall specify the meeting as such. Notice of every general meeting shall be given to all Members other than to such Members as, under the provisions of these Articles or the terms of issue of the shares they hold, are not entitled to receive such notices from the Company, to all persons entitled to a share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy or winding-up of a Member and to each of the Directors.
61. The accidental omission to give Notice of a meeting or (in cases where instruments of proxy are sent out with the Notice) to send such instrument of proxy to, or the non-receipt of such Notice or such instrument of proxy by, any person entitled to receive such Notice shall not invalidate any resolution passed or the proceedings at that meeting.
PROCEEDINGS AT GENERAL MEETINGS
62. (1) All business shall be deemed special that is transacted at an extraordinary general meeting, and also all business that is transacted at an annual general meeting, with the exception of:
| (a) | the declaration and sanctioning of dividends; and |
| (b) | consideration and adoption of the accounts and balance sheet and the reports of the Directors and Auditors and other documents required to be annexed to the balance sheet. |
(2) No business other than the appointment of a chairman of a meeting shall be transacted at any general meeting unless a quorum is present at the commencement of the business. At any general meeting of the Company, two (2) Members entitled to vote and present in person or by proxy or (in the case of a Member being a corporation) by its duly authorised representative representing not less than one-third in nominal value of the total issued voting shares in the Company throughout the meeting shall form a quorum for all purposes.
63. If within thirty (30) minutes (or such longer time not exceeding one hour as the chairman of the meeting may determine to wait) after the time appointed for the meeting a quorum is not present, the meeting shall stand adjourned to the same day in the next week at the same time and (where applicable) same place(s) or to such time and (where applicable) such place(s) and in such form and manner referred to in Article 58 as the Board may absolutely determine. If at such adjourned meeting a quorum is not present within half an hour from the time appointed for holding the meeting, the meeting shall be dissolved.
18
64. (1) The Chairman of the Board shall preside as chairman at every general meeting. If at any meeting the Chairman of the Board is not present within fifteen (15) minutes after the time appointed for holding the meeting, or is not willing to act as chairman, the Directors present shall choose one of their number to act, or if one Director only is present he shall preside as chairman if willing to act. If no Director is present, or if each of the Directors present declines to take the chair, or if the chairman chosen shall retire from the chair, the Members present in person or by its duly authorised representative or by proxy and entitled to vote shall elect one of their number to be chairman.
(2) If the chairman of a general meeting is participating in the general meeting using an electronic facility or facilities and becomes unable to participate in the general meeting using such electronic facility or facilities, another person (determined in accordance with Article 64(1) above) shall preside as chairman of the meeting unless and until the original chairman of the meeting is able to participate in the general meeting using the electronic facility or facilities
65. The chairman may adjourn the meeting from time to time (or indefinitely) and/or from place to place(s) and/or from one form to another (a physical meeting, a hybrid meeting or an electronic meeting), but no business shall be transacted at any adjourned meeting other than the business which might lawfully have been transacted at the meeting had the adjournment not taken place. When a meeting is adjourned for fourteen (14) days or more, at least seven (7) clear days’ notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given specifying the time and place of the adjourned meeting but it shall not be necessary to specify in such notice the nature of the business to be transacted at the adjourned meeting and the general nature of the business to be transacted. Save as aforesaid, it shall be unnecessary to give notice of an adjournment.
65A. (1) The Board may, at its absolute discretion, arrange for persons entitled to attend a general meeting to do so by simultaneous attendance and participation by means of electronic facilities at such location or locations (“Meeting Location(s)”) determined by the Board at its absolute discretion. Any Member or any proxy attending and participating in such way or any Member or proxy attending and participating in an electronic meeting or a hybrid meeting by means of electronic facilities is deemed to be present at and shall be counted in the quorum of the meeting.
(2) All general meetings are subject to the following and, where appropriate, all references to a “Member” or “Members” in this sub-paragraph (2) shall include a proxy or proxies respectively:
| (a) | where a Member is attending a Meeting Location and/or in the case of a hybrid meeting, the meeting shall be treated as having commenced if it has commenced at the Principal Meeting Place; |
| (b) | Members present in person or by proxy at a Meeting Location and/or Members attending and participating in an electronic meeting or a hybrid meeting by means of electronic facilities shall be counted in the quorum for and entitled to vote at the meeting in question, and that meeting shall be duly constituted and its proceedings valid provided that the chairman of the meeting is satisfied that adequate electronic facilities are available throughout the meeting to ensure that Members at all Meeting Locations and Members participating in an electronic meeting or a hybrid meeting by means of electronic facilities are able to participate in the business for which the meeting has been convened; |
19
| (c) | where Members attend a meeting by being present at one of the Meeting Locations and/or where Members participating in an electronic meeting or a hybrid meeting by means of electronic facilities, a failure (for any reason) of the electronic facilities or communication equipment, or any other failure in the arrangements for enabling those in a Meeting Location other than the Principal Meeting Place to participate in the business for which the meeting has been convened or in the case of an electronic meeting or a hybrid meeting, the inability of one or more Members or proxies to access, or continue to access, the electronic facilities despite adequate electronic facilities having been made available by the Company, shall not affect the validity of the meeting or the resolutions passed, or any business conducted there or any action taken pursuant to such business provided that there is a quorum present throughout the meeting. |
| (d) | if any of the Meeting Locations is not in the same jurisdiction as the Principal Meeting Place and/or in the case of a hybrid meeting, the provisions of these Articles concerning the service and giving of Notice for the meeting, and the time for lodging proxies, shall apply by reference to the Principal Meeting Place; and in the case of an electronic meeting, the time for lodging proxies shall be as stated in the Notice for the meeting. |
65B. The Board and, at any general meeting, the chairman of the meeting may from time to time make arrangements for managing attendance and/or participation and/or voting at the Principal Meeting Place, any Meeting Location(s) and/or participation in an electronic meeting or a hybrid meeting by means of electronic facilities (whether involving the issue of tickets or some other means of identification, passcode, seat reservation, electronic voting or otherwise) as it shall in its absolute discretion consider appropriate, and may from time to time change any such arrangements, provided that a Member who, pursuant to such arrangements, is not entitled to attend, in person or by proxy, at any Meeting Location shall be entitled so to attend at one of the other Meeting Locations; and the entitlement of any Member so to attend the meeting or adjourned meeting or postponed meeting at such Meeting Location or Meeting Locations shall be subject to any such arrangement as may be for the time being in force and by the Notice of meeting or adjourned meeting or postponed meeting stated to apply to the meeting.
65C. If it appears to the chairman of the general meeting that:
| (a) | the electronic facilities at the Principal Meeting Place or at such other Meeting Location(s) at which the meeting may be attended have become inadequate for the purposes referred to in Article 65A(1) or are otherwise not sufficient to allow the meeting to be conducted substantially in accordance with the provisions set out in the Notice of the meeting; or |
| (b) | in the case of an electronic meeting or a hybrid meeting, electronic facilities being made available by the Company have become inadequate; or |
20
| (c) | it is not possible to ascertain the view of those present or to give all persons entitled to do so a reasonable opportunity to communicate and/or vote at the meeting; or |
| (d) | there is violence or the threat of violence, unruly behaviour or other disruption occurring at the meeting or it is not possible to secure the proper and orderly conduct of the meeting; |
then, without prejudice to any other power which the chairman of the meeting may have under these Articles or at common law, the chairman may, at his/her absolute discretion, without the consent of the meeting, and before or after the meeting has started and irrespective of whether a quorum is present, interrupt or adjourn the meeting (including adjournment for indefinite period). All business conducted at the meeting up to the time of such adjournment shall be valid.
65D. The Board and, at any general meeting, the chairman of the meeting may make any arrangement and impose any requirement or restriction the Board or the chairman of the meeting, as the case may be, considers appropriate to ensure the security and orderly conduct of a meeting (including, without limitation, requirements for evidence of identity to be produced by those attending the meeting, the searching of their personal property and the restriction of items that may be taken into the meeting place, determining the number and frequency of and the time allowed for questions that may be raised at a meeting). Members shall also comply with all requirements or restrictions imposed by the owner of the premises at which the meeting is held. Any decision made under this Article shall be final and conclusive and a person who refuses to comply with any such arrangements, requirements or restrictions may be refused entry to the meeting or ejected (physically or electronically) from the meeting.
65E. If, after the sending of Notice of a general meeting but before the meeting is held, or after the adjournment of a meeting but before the adjourned meeting is held (whether or not Notice of the adjourned meeting is required), the Directors, in their absolute discretion, consider that it is inappropriate, impracticable, unreasonable or undesirable for any reason to hold the general meeting on the date or at the time or place or by means of electronic facilities specified in the Notice calling the meeting, they may change or postpone the meeting to another date, time and/or place and/or change the electronic facilities and/or change the form of the meeting (a physical meeting, an electronic meeting or a hybrid meeting) without approval from the Members. Without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, the Directors shall have the power to provide in every Notice calling a general meeting the circumstances in which a postponement of the relevant general meeting may occur automatically without further notice, including without limitation where a number 8 or higher typhoon signal, black rainstorm warning or other similar event is in force at any time on the day of the meeting. This Article shall be subject to the following:
| (a) | when a meeting is so postponed, the Company shall endeavour to post a Notice of such postponement on the Company’s website as soon as practicable (provided that failure to post such a Notice shall not affect the automatic postponement of a meeting); |
| (b) | when only the form of the meeting or electronic facilities specified in the Notice are changed, the Board shall notify the Members of details of such change in such manner as the Board may determine; |
21
| (c) | when a meeting is postponed or changed in accordance with this Article, subject to and without prejudice to Article 65, unless already specified in the original Notice of the meeting, the Board shall fix the date, time, place (if applicable) and electronic facilities (if applicable) for the postponed or changed meeting and shall notify the Members of such details in such manner as the Board may determine; further all proxy forms shall be valid (unless revoked or replaced by a new proxy) if they are received as required by these Articles not less than 48 hours before the time of the postponed meeting; and |
| (d) | Notice of the business to be transacted at the postponed or changed meeting shall not be required, nor shall any accompanying documents be required to be recirculated, provided that the business to be transacted at the postponed or changed meeting is the same as that set out in the original Notice of general meeting circulated to the Members. |
65F. All persons seeking to attend and participate in an electronic meeting or a hybrid meeting shall be responsible for maintaining adequate facilities to enable them to do so. Subject to Article 65C, any inability of a person or persons to attend or participate in a general meeting by way of electronic facilities shall not invalidate the proceedings of and/or resolutions passed at that meeting.
65G. Without prejudice to other provisions in Article 65, a physical meeting may also be held by means of such telephone, electronic or other communication facilities as permit all persons participating in the meeting to communicate with each other simultaneously and instantaneously, and participation in such a meeting shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.
66. If an amendment is proposed to any resolution under consideration but is in good faith ruled out of order by the chairman of the meeting, the proceedings on the substantive resolution shall not be invalidated by any error in such ruling. In the case of a resolution duly proposed as a special resolution, no amendment thereto (other than a mere clerical amendment to correct a patent error) may in any event be considered or voted upon.
VOTING
67. Holders of ordinary shares have the right to receive notice of, attend, speak and vote at general meetings of the Company. Subject to any special rights or restrictions as to voting for the time being attached to any shares by or in accordance with these Articles, at any general meeting on a show of hands every Member present in person (or being a corporation, is present by a duly authorised representative), or by proxy shall have one vote and on a poll every Member present in person or by proxy or, in the case of a Member being a corporation, by its duly authorised representative shall have one vote for every fully paid share of which he is the holder but so that no amount paid up or credited as paid up on a share in advance of calls or instalments is treated for the foregoing purposes as paid up on the share. Notwithstanding anything contained in these Articles, where more than one proxy is appointed by a Member which is a clearing house or a central depository house (or its nominee(s)), each such proxy shall have one vote on a show of hands. A resolution put to the vote of a meeting shall be decided by way of a poll save that in the case of a physical meeting, the chairman of the meeting may decide that a vote be on a show of hands unless voting by way of a poll is required by the rules and regulations of the Designated Stock Exchange or (before or on the declaration of the result of the show of hands or on the withdrawal of any other demand for a poll) a poll is demanded:
| (a) | by at least three Members present in person or (in the case of a Member being a corporation) by its duly authorised representative or by proxy for the time being entitled to vote at the meeting; or |
22
| (b) | by a Member or Members present in person or (in the case of a Member being a corporation) by its duly authorised representative or by proxy and representing not less than one tenth of the total voting rights of all Members having the right to vote at the meeting; or |
| (c) | by a Member or Members present in person or (in the case of a Member being a corporation) by its duly authorised representative or by proxy and holding shares in the Company conferring a right to vote at the meeting being shares on which an aggregate sum has been paid up equal to not less than one tenth of the total sum paid up on all shares conferring that right. |
A demand by a person as proxy for a Member or in the case of a Member being a corporation by its duly authorised representative shall be deemed to be the same as a demand by a Member. Votes (whether on a show of hands or by way of poll) may be cast by such means, electronic or otherwise, as the Directors or the chairman of the meeting may determine.
68. Unless a poll is duly demanded and the demand is not withdrawn, a declaration by the chairman that a resolution has been carried, or carried unanimously, or by a particular majority, or not carried by a particular majority, or lost, and an entry to that effect made in the minute book of the Company, shall be conclusive evidence of the facts without proof of the number or proportion of the votes recorded for or against the resolution.
69. If a poll is duly demanded the result of the poll shall be deemed to be the resolution of the meeting at which the poll was demanded. The Company shall only be required to disclose the voting figures on a poll if such disclosure is required by the rules and regulations of the Designated Stock Exchange.
70. A poll demanded on the election of a chairman, or on a question of adjournment, shall be taken forthwith. A poll demanded on any other question shall be taken in such manner (including the use of ballot or voting papers or tickets) and either forthwith or at such time (being not later than thirty (30) days after the date of the demand) and place as the chairman directs. It shall not be necessary (unless the chairman otherwise directs) for notice to be given of a poll not taken immediately.
71. The demand for a poll shall not prevent the continuance of a meeting or the transaction of any business other than the question on which the poll has been demanded, and, with the consent of the chairman, it may be withdrawn at any time before the close of the meeting or the taking of the poll, whichever is the earlier.
72. On a poll votes may be given either personally or by proxy.
73. A person entitled to more than one vote on a poll need not use all his votes or cast all the votes he uses in the same way.
23
74. All questions submitted to a meeting shall be decided by a simple majority of votes except where a greater majority is required by these Articles, by the Act or the rules and regulations of the Designated Stock Exchange. In the case of an equality of votes, whether on a show of hands or on a poll, the chairman of such meeting shall be entitled to a second or casting vote in addition to any other vote he may have.
75. Where there are joint holders of any share any one of such joint holders may vote, either in person or by proxy, in respect of such share as if he were solely entitled thereto, but if more than one of such joint holders be present at any meeting the vote of the senior holder who tenders a vote, whether in person or by proxy, shall be accepted to the exclusion of the votes of the other joint holders, and for this purpose seniority shall be determined by the order in which the names stand in the Register in respect of the joint holding. Several executors or administrators of a deceased Member in whose name any share stands shall for the purposes of this Article be deemed joint holders thereof.
76. (1) A Member who is a patient for any purpose relating to mental health or in respect of whom an order has been made by any court having jurisdiction for the protection or management of the affairs of persons incapable of managing their own affairs may vote, whether on a show of hands or on a poll, by his receiver, committee, curator bonis or other person in the nature of a receiver, committee or curator bonis appointed by such court, and such receiver, committee, curator bonis or other person may vote on a poll by proxy, and may otherwise act and be treated as if he were the registered holder of such shares for the purposes of general meetings, provided that such evidence as the Board may require of the authority of the person claiming to vote shall have been deposited at the Office, head office or Registration Office, as appropriate, not less than forty-eight (48) hours before the time appointed for holding the meeting, or adjourned meeting or postponed meeting, or poll, as the case may be.
(2) Any person entitled under Article 54 to be registered as the holder of any shares may vote at any general meeting in respect thereof in the same manner as if he were the registered holder of such shares, provided that forty-eight (48) hours at least before the time of the holding of the meeting or adjourned meeting or postponed meeting, as the case may be, at which he proposes to vote, he shall satisfy the Board of his entitlement to such shares, or the Board shall have previously admitted his right to vote at such meeting in respect thereof.
77. No Member shall, unless the Board otherwise determines, be entitled to attend and vote and to be reckoned in a quorum at any general meeting unless he is duly registered and all calls or other sums presently payable by him in respect of shares in the Company have been paid.
78. If:
| (a) | any objection shall be raised to the qualification of any voter; or |
| (b) | any votes have been counted which ought not to have been counted or which might have been rejected; or |
| (c) | any votes are not counted which ought to have been counted; |
the objection or error shall not vitiate the decision of the meeting or adjourned meeting on any resolution unless the same is raised or pointed out at the meeting or, as the case may be, the adjourned meeting at which the vote objected to is given or tendered or at which the error occurs. Any objection or error shall be referred to the chairman of the meeting and shall only vitiate the decision of the meeting on any resolution if the chairman decides that the same may have affected the decision of the meeting. The decision of the chairman on such matters shall be final and conclusive.
24
PROXIES
79. Any Member entitled to attend and vote at a meeting of the Company shall be entitled to appoint another person as his proxy to attend and vote instead of him. A Member who is the holder of two or more shares may appoint more than one proxy to represent him and vote on his behalf at a general meeting of the Company or at a class meeting. A proxy need not be a Member. In addition, a proxy or proxies representing either a Member who is an individual or a Member which is a corporation shall be entitled to exercise the same powers on behalf of the Member which he or they represent as such Member could exercise.
80. The instrument appointing a proxy shall be in writing under the hand of the appointor or of his attorney duly authorised in writing or, if the appointor is a corporation, either under its seal or under the hand of an officer, attorney or other person authorised to sign the same. In the case of an instrument of proxy purporting to be signed on behalf of a corporation by an officer thereof it shall be assumed, unless the contrary appears, that such officer was duly authorised to sign such instrument of proxy on behalf of the corporation without further evidence of the facts.
81. (1) The Company may, at its absolute discretion, provide an electronic address for the receipt of any document or information relating to proxies for a general meeting (including any instrument of proxy or invitation to appoint a proxy, any document necessary to show the validity of, or otherwise relating to, an appointment of proxy (whether or not required under these Articles) and notice of termination of the authority of a proxy). If such an electronic address is provided, the Company shall be deemed to have agreed that any such document or information (relating to proxies as aforesaid) may be sent by electronic means to that address, subject as hereafter provided and subject to any other limitations or conditions specified by the Company when providing the address. Without limitation, the Company may from time to time determine that any such electronic address may be used generally for such matters or specifically for particular meetings or purposes and, if so, the Company may provide different electronic addresses for different purposes. The Company may also impose any conditions on the transmission of and its receipt of such electronic communications including, for the avoidance of doubt, imposing any security or encryption arrangements as may be specified by the Company. If any document or information required to be sent to the Company under this Article is sent to the Company by electronic means, such document or information is not treated as validly delivered to or deposited with the Company if the same is not received by the Company at its designated electronic address provided in accordance with this Article or if no electronic address is so designated by the Company for the receipt of such document or information.
(2) The instrument appointing a proxy and (if required by the Board) the power of attorney or other authority (if any) under which it is signed, or a certified copy of such power or authority, shall be delivered to such place or one of such places (if any) as may be specified for that purpose in or by way of note to or in any document accompanying the notice convening the meeting (or, if no place is so specified at the Registration Office or the Office, as may be appropriate) , or if the Company has provided an electronic address in accordance with the preceding paragraph, shall be received at the electronic address specified, not less than forty-eight (48) hours before the time appointed for holding the meeting, the postponed meeting or adjourned meeting at which the person named in the instrument proposes to vote or, in the case of a poll taken subsequently to the date of a meeting or adjourned meeting, not less than twenty-four (24) hours before the time appointed for the taking of the poll and in default the instrument of proxy shall not be treated as valid. No instrument appointing a proxy shall be valid after the expiration of twelve (12) months from the date named in it as the date of its execution, except at an adjourned meeting or on a poll demanded at a meeting or an adjourned meeting in cases where the meeting was originally held within twelve (12) months from such date. Delivery of an instrument appointing a proxy shall not preclude a Member from attending and voting at the meeting convened and in such event, the instrument appointing a proxy shall be deemed to be revoked.
25
82. Instruments of proxy shall be in any common form or in such other form as the Board may approve (provided that this shall not preclude the use of the two-way form) and the Board may, if it thinks fit, send out with the notice of any meeting forms of instrument of proxy for use at the meeting. The instrument of proxy shall be deemed to confer authority to demand or join in demanding a poll and to vote on any amendment of a resolution put to the meeting for which it is given as the proxy thinks fit. The instrument of proxy shall, unless the contrary is stated therein, be valid as well for any adjournment or postponement of the meeting as for the meeting to which it relates. The Board may decide, either generally or in any particular case, to treat a proxy appointment as valid notwithstanding that the appointment or any of the information required under these Articles has not been received in accordance with the requirements of these Articles. Subject to aforesaid, if the proxy appointment and any of the information required under these Articles is not received in the manner set out in these Articles, the appointee shall not be entitled to vote in respect of the shares in question.
83. A vote given in accordance with the terms of an instrument of proxy shall be valid notwithstanding the previous death or insanity of the principal, or revocation of the instrument of proxy or of the authority under which it was executed, provided that no intimation in writing of such death, insanity or revocation shall have been received by the Company at the Office or the Registration Office (or such other place as may be specified for the delivery of instruments of proxy in the notice convening the meeting or other document sent therewith) two (2) hours at least before the commencement of the meeting, the postponed meeting or adjourned meeting, or the taking of the poll, at which the instrument of proxy is used.
84. Anything which under these Articles a Member may do by proxy he may likewise do by his duly appointed attorney and the provisions of these Articles relating to proxies and instruments appointing proxies shall apply mutatis mutandis in relation to any such attorney and the instrument under which such attorney is appointed.
CORPORATIONS ACTING BY REPRESENTATIVES
85. (1) Any corporation which is a Member may by resolution of its directors or other governing body authorise such person as it thinks fit to act as its representative at any meeting of the Company or at any meeting of any class of Members. The person so authorised shall be entitled to exercise the same powers on behalf of such corporation as the corporation could exercise if it were an individual Member and such corporation shall for the purposes of these Articles be deemed to be present in person at any such meeting if a person so authorised is present thereat.
26
(2) If a clearing house (or its nominee(s)) or a central depository entity (or its nominee(s)), being a corporation, is a Member, it may authorise such persons as it thinks fit to act as its representatives at any meeting of the Company or at any meeting of any class of Members provided that the authorisation shall specify the number and class of shares in respect of which each such representative is so authorised. Each person so authorised under the provisions of this Article shall be deemed to have been duly authorised without further evidence of the facts and be entitled to exercise the same rights and powers on behalf of the clearing house or a central depository entity (or its nominee(s)) as if such person was the registered holder of the shares of the Company held by the clearing house or a central depository entity (or its nominee(s)) including the right to vote individually on a show of hands.
(3) Any reference in these Articles to a duly authorised representative of a Member being a corporation shall mean a representative authorised under the provisions of this Article.
NO ACTION BY WRITTEN RESOLUTIONS OF MEMBERS
86. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any annual or extraordinary general meetings of the Company may be taken only upon the vote of the Members at an annual or extraordinary general meeting duly noticed and convened in accordance with these Articles and the Act and may not be taken by written resolution of Members without a meeting.
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
87. (1) Unless otherwise determined by the Company in general meeting, the number of Directors shall not be less than one (1). There shall be no maximum number of Directors unless otherwise determined from time to time by the Board. For so long as the shares are listed on the Designated Stock Exchange, the Directors shall include such number of Independent Directors as applicable law, rules or regulations or the Designated Stock Exchange require, unless the Board resolves to follow any available exceptions or exemptions. The Directors shall be elected or appointed in accordance with Article 87 and 88 and shall hold office until the expiration of his term or until their successors are elected or appointed.
(2) Subject to the Articles and the Act, the Company may by ordinary resolution elect any person to be a Director either to fill a casual vacancy or as an addition to the existing Board.
(3) The Directors shall have the power from time to time and at any time to appoint any person as a Director to fill a casual vacancy on the Board or as an addition to the existing Board subject to the Company’s compliance with director nomination procedures required under the rules and regulations of the Designated Stock Exchange as long as shares are listed on the Designated Stock Exchange, unless the Board resolves to follow any available exceptions or exemptions.
(4) No Director shall be required to hold any shares of the Company by way of qualification and a Director who is not a Member shall be entitled to receive notice of and to attend and speak at any general meeting of the Company and of all classes of shares of the Company.
(5) Subject to any provision to the contrary in these Articles, a Director may be removed by way of an ordinary resolution of the Members at any time before the expiration of his period of office notwithstanding anything in these Articles or in any agreement between the Company and such Director (but without prejudice to any claim for damages under any such agreement).
27
(6) A vacancy on the Board created by the removal of a Director under the provisions of subparagraph (5) above may be filled by the election or appointment by ordinary resolution of the Members at the meeting at which such Director is removed or by the affirmative vote of a simple majority of the remaining Directors present and voting at a Board meeting.
(7) The Company may from time to time in general meeting by ordinary resolution increase or reduce the number of Directors but so that the number of Directors shall never be less than one (1).
DISQUALIFICATION OF DIRECTORS
88. The office of a Director shall be vacated if the Director:
(1) resigns his office by notice in writing delivered to the Company at the Office or tendered at a meeting of the Board;
(2) becomes of unsound mind or dies;
(3) without special leave of absence from the Board, is absent from meetings of the Board for three consecutive meetings and the Board resolves that his office be vacated;
(4) becomes bankrupt or has a receiving order made against him or suspends payment or compounds with his creditors;
(5) is prohibited by the laws of the Cayman Islands from being a Director; or
(6) ceases to be a Director by virtue of any provision of the Statutes or is removed from office pursuant to these Articles.
EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS
89. The Board may from time to time appoint any one or more of its body to be a managing director, joint managing director or deputy managing director or to hold any other employment or executive office with the Company for such period (subject to their continuance as Directors) and upon such terms as the Board may determine and the Board may revoke or terminate any of such appointments. Any such revocation or termination as aforesaid shall be without prejudice to any claim for damages that such Director may have against the Company or the Company may have against such Director. A Director appointed to an office under this Article 89 shall be subject to the same provisions as to removal as the other Directors of the Company, and he shall (subject to the provisions of any contract between him and the Company) ipso facto and immediately cease to hold such office if he shall cease to hold the office of Director for any cause.
90. Notwithstanding Articles 95, 96, 97 and 98, an executive director appointed to an office under Article 89 hereof shall receive such remuneration (whether by way of salary, commission, participation in profits or otherwise or by all or any of those modes) and such other benefits (including pension and/or gratuity and/or other benefits on retirement) and allowances as the Board may from time to time determine, and either in addition to or in lieu of his remuneration as a Director.
28
ALTERNATE DIRECTORS
91. Any Director may at any time by Notice delivered to the Office or head office or at a meeting of the Directors appoint any person (including another Director) to be his alternate Director. Any person so appointed shall have all the rights and powers of the Director or Directors for whom such person is appointed in the alternative provided that such person shall not be counted more than once in determining whether or not a quorum is present. An alternate Director may be removed at any time by the body which appointed him and, subject thereto, the office of alternate Director shall continue until the happening of any event which, if he were a Director, would cause him to vacate such office or if his appointer ceases for any reason to be a Director. Any appointment or removal of an alternate Director shall be effected by Notice signed by the appointor and delivered to the Office or head office or tendered at a meeting of the Board. An alternate Director may also be a Director in his own right and may act as alternate to more than one Director. An alternate Director shall, if his appointor so requests, be entitled to receive notices of meetings of the Board or of committees of the Board to the same extent as, but in lieu of, the Director appointing him and shall be entitled to such extent to attend and vote as a Director at any such meeting at which the Director appointing him is not personally present and generally at such meeting to exercise and discharge all the functions, powers and duties of his appointor as a Director and for the purposes of the proceedings at such meeting the provisions of these Articles shall apply as if he were a Director save that as an alternate for more than one Director his voting rights shall be cumulative.
92. An alternate Director shall only be a Director for the purposes of the Act and shall only be subject to the provisions of the Act insofar as they relate to the duties and obligations of a Director when performing the functions of the Director for whom he is appointed in the alternative and shall alone be responsible to the Company for his acts and defaults and shall not be deemed to be the agent of or for the Director appointing him. An alternate Director shall be entitled to contract and be interested in and benefit from contracts or arrangements or transactions and to be repaid expenses and to be indemnified by the Company to the same extent mutatis mutandis as if he were a Director but he shall not be entitled to receive from the Company any fee in his capacity as an alternate Director except only such part, if any, of the remuneration otherwise payable to his appointor as such appointor may by Notice to the Company from time to time direct.
93. Every person acting as an alternate Director shall have one vote for each Director for whom he acts as alternate (in addition to his own vote if he is also a Director). If his appointor is for the time being absent from the People’s Republic of China or otherwise not available or unable to act, the signature of an alternate Director to any resolution in writing of the Board or a committee of the Board of which his appointor is a member shall, unless the notice of his appointment provides to the contrary, be as effective as the signature of his appointor.
94. An alternate Director shall ipso facto cease to be an alternate Director if his appointor ceases for any reason to be a Director, however, such alternate Director or any other person may be re-appointed by the Directors to serve as an alternate Director.
29
DIRECTORS’ FEES AND EXPENSES
95. The Directors shall receive such remuneration as the Board may from time to time determine. Each Director shall be entitled to be repaid or prepaid all traveling, hotel and incidental expenses reasonably incurred or expected to be incurred by him in attending meetings of the Board or committees of the board or general meetings or separate meetings of any class of shares or of debenture of the Company or otherwise in connection with the discharge of his duties as a Director.
96. Each Director shall be entitled to be repaid or prepaid all travelling, hotel and incidental expenses reasonably incurred or expected to be incurred by him in attending meetings of the Board or committees of the Board or general meetings or separate meetings of any class of shares or of debentures of the Company or otherwise in connection with the discharge of his duties as a Director.
97. Any Director who, by request, goes or resides abroad for any purpose of the Company or who performs services which in the opinion of the Board go beyond the ordinary duties of a Director may be paid such extra remuneration (whether by way of salary, commission, participation in profits or otherwise) as the Board may determine and such extra remuneration shall be in addition to or in substitution for any ordinary remuneration provided for by or pursuant to any other Article.
98. The Board shall determine any payment to any Director or past Director of the Company by way of compensation for loss of office, or as consideration for or in connection with his retirement from office (not being payment to which the Director is contractually entitled).
DIRECTORS’ INTERESTS
99. A Director may:
| (a) | hold any other office or place of profit with the Company (except that of Auditor) in conjunction with his office of Director for such period and upon such terms as the Board may determine. Any remuneration (whether by way of salary, commission, participation in profits or otherwise) paid to any Director in respect of any such other office or place of profit shall be in addition to any remuneration provided for by or pursuant to any other Article; |
| (b) | act by himself or his firm in a professional capacity for the Company (otherwise than as Auditor) and he or his firm may be remunerated for professional services as if he were not a Director; |
| (c) | continue to be or become a director, managing director, joint managing director, deputy managing director, executive director, manager or other officer or member of any other company promoted by the Company or in which the Company may be interested as a vendor, shareholder or otherwise and (unless otherwise agreed) no such Director shall be accountable for any remuneration, profits or other benefits received by him as a director, managing director, joint managing director, deputy managing director, executive director, manager or other officer or member of or from his interests in any such other company. Subject as otherwise provided by these Articles the Directors may exercise or cause to be exercised the voting powers conferred by the shares in any other company held or owned by the Company, or exercisable by them as Directors of such other company in such manner in all respects as they think fit (including the exercise thereof in favour of any resolution appointing themselves or any of them directors, managing directors, joint managing directors, deputy managing directors, executive directors, managers or other officers of such company) or voting or providing for the payment of remuneration to the director, managing director, joint managing director, deputy managing director, executive director, manager or other officers of such other company and any Director may vote in favour of the exercise of such voting rights in manner aforesaid notwithstanding that he may be, or about to be, appointed a director, managing director, joint managing director, deputy managing director, executive director, manager or other officer of such a company, and that as such he is or may become interested in the exercise of such voting rights in manner aforesaid. |
30
Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Independent Director shall without the consent of the Audit Committee take any of the foregoing actions or any other action that would reasonably be likely to affect such Director’s status as an Independent Director.
100. Subject to the Act and to these Articles, no Director or proposed or intending Director shall be disqualified by his office from contracting with the Company, either with regard to his tenure of any office or place of profit or as vendor, purchaser or in any other manner whatsoever, nor shall any such contract or any other contract or arrangement in which any Director is in any way interested be liable to be avoided, nor shall any Director so contracting or being so interested be liable to account to the Company or the Members for any remuneration, profit or other benefits realised by any such contract or arrangement by reason of such Director holding that office or of the fiduciary relationship thereby established provided that such Director shall disclose the nature of his interest in any contract or arrangement in which he is interested in accordance with Article 101 herein. Any such transaction that would reasonably be likely to affect a Director’s status as an Independent Director, or that would constitute a “related party transaction” as defined by the rules and regulations of the Designated Stock Exchange or under applicable laws, shall require the approval of the Audit Committee.
101. A Director who to his knowledge is in any way, whether directly or indirectly, interested in a contract or arrangement or proposed contract or arrangement with the Company shall declare the nature of his interest at the meeting of the Board at which the question of entering into the contract or arrangement is first considered, if he knows his interest then exists, or in any other case at the first meeting of the Board after he knows that he is or has become so interested. For the purposes of this Article, a general Notice to the Board by a Director to the effect that:
| (a) | he is a member or officer of a specified company or firm and is to be regarded as interested in any contract or arrangement which may after the date of the Notice be made with that company or firm; or |
| (b) | he is to be regarded as interested in any contract or arrangement which may after the date of the Notice be made with a specified person who is connected with him; |
shall be deemed to be a sufficient declaration of interest under this Article in relation to any such contract or arrangement, provided that no such Notice shall be effective unless either it is given at a meeting of the Board or the Director takes reasonable steps to secure that it is brought up and read at the next Board meeting after it is given.
102. Following a declaration being made pursuant to the last preceding two Articles, subject to any separate requirement for Audit Committee approval under applicable law or the rules and regulations of the Designated Stock Exchange, and unless disqualified by the chairman of the relevant Board meeting, a Director may vote in respect of any contract or proposed contract or arrangement in which such Director is interested and may be counted in the quorum at such meeting.
31
GENERAL POWERS OF THE DIRECTORS
103. (1) The business of the Company shall be managed and conducted by the Board, which may pay all expenses incurred in forming and registering the Company and may exercise all powers of the Company (whether relating to the management of the business of the Company or otherwise) which are not by the Statutes or by these Articles required to be exercised by the Company in general meeting, subject nevertheless to the provisions of the Statutes and of these Articles and to such regulations being not inconsistent with such provisions, as may be prescribed by the Company in general meeting, but no regulations made by the Company in general meeting shall invalidate any prior act of the Board which would have been valid if such regulations had not been made. The general powers given by this Article shall not be limited or restricted by any special authority or power given to the Board by any other Article.
(2) Any person contracting or dealing with the Company in the ordinary course of business shall be entitled to rely on any written or oral contract or agreement or deed, document or instrument entered into or executed as the case may be by any one Director on behalf of the Company and the same shall be deemed to be validly entered into or executed by the Company as the case may be and shall, subject to any rule of law, be binding on the Company.
(3) Without prejudice to the general powers conferred by these Articles it is hereby expressly declared that the Board shall have the following powers:
| (a) | to give to any person the right or option of requiring at a future date that an allotment shall be made to him of any share at par or at such premium as may be agreed; |
| (b) | to give to any Directors, officers or employees of the Company an interest in any particular business or transaction or participation in the profits thereof or in the general profits of the Company either in addition to or in substitution for a salary or other remuneration; and |
| (c) | to resolve that the Company be deregistered in the Cayman Islands and continued in a named jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands subject to the provisions of the Act. |
32
104. The Board may establish any regional or local boards or agencies for managing any of the affairs of the Company in any place, and may appoint any persons to be members of such local boards, or any managers or agents, and may fix their remuneration (either by way of salary or by commission or by conferring the right to participation in the profits of the Company or by a combination of two or more of these modes) and pay the working expenses of any staff employed by them upon the business of the Company. The Board may delegate to any regional or local board, manager or agent any of the powers, authorities and discretions vested in or exercisable by the Board (other than its powers to make calls and forfeit shares), with power to sub-delegate, and may authorise the members of any of them to fill any vacancies therein and to act notwithstanding vacancies. Any such appointment or delegation may be made upon such terms and subject to such conditions as the Board may think fit, and the Board may remove any person appointed as aforesaid, and may revoke or vary such delegation, but no person dealing in good faith and without notice of any such revocation or variation shall be affected thereby.
105. The Board may by power of attorney appoint any company, firm or person or any fluctuating body of persons, whether nominated directly or indirectly by the Board, to be the attorney or attorneys of the Company for such purposes and with such powers, authorities and discretions (not exceeding those vested in or exercisable by the Board under these Articles) and for such period and subject to such conditions as it may think fit, and any such power of attorney may contain such provisions for the protection and convenience of persons dealing with any such attorney as the Board may think fit, and may also authorise any such attorney to sub-delegate all or any of the powers, authorities and discretions vested in him. Such attorney or attorneys may, if so authorised under the Seal of the Company, execute any deed or instrument under their personal seal with the same effect as the affixation of the Company’s Seal.
106. The Board may entrust to and confer upon a managing director, joint managing director, deputy managing director, an executive director or any Director any of the powers exercisable by it upon such terms and conditions and with such restrictions as it thinks fit, and either collaterally with, or to the exclusion of, its own powers, and may from time to time revoke or vary all or any of such powers but no person dealing in good faith and without notice of such revocation or variation shall be affected thereby.
107. All cheques, promissory notes, drafts, bills of exchange and other instruments, whether negotiable or transferable or not, and all receipts for moneys paid to the Company shall be signed, drawn, accepted, endorsed or otherwise executed, as the case may be, in such manner as the Board shall from time to time by resolution determine. The Company’s banking accounts shall be kept with such banker or bankers as the Board shall from time to time determine.
108. (1) The Board may establish or concur or join with other companies (being subsidiary companies of the Company or companies with which it is associated in business) in establishing and making contributions out of the Company’s moneys to any schemes or funds for providing pensions, sickness or compassionate allowances, life assurance or other benefits for employees (which expression as used in this and the following paragraph shall include any Director or ex-Director who may hold or have held any executive office or any office of profit under the Company or any of its subsidiary companies) and ex-employees of the Company and their dependants or any class or classes of such person.
(2) The Board may pay, enter into agreements to pay or make grants of revocable or irrevocable pensions or other benefits to employees and ex-employees and their dependants, or to any of such persons, including pensions or benefits additional to those, if any, to which such employees or ex-employees or their dependants are or may become entitled under any such scheme or fund as mentioned in the last preceding paragraph. Any such pension or benefit may, as the Board considers desirable, be granted to an employee either before and in anticipation of or upon or at any time after his actual retirement, and may be subject or not subject to any terms or conditions as the Board may determine.
33
BORROWING POWERS
109. The Board may exercise all the powers of the Company to raise or borrow money and to mortgage or charge all or any part of the undertaking, property and assets (present and future) and uncalled capital of the Company and, subject to the Act, to issue debentures, bonds and other securities, whether outright or as collateral security for any debt, liability or obligation of the Company or of any third party.
110. Debentures, bonds and other securities may be made assignable free from any equities between the Company and the person to whom the same may be issued.
111. Any debentures, bonds or other securities may be issued at a discount (other than shares), premium or otherwise and with any special privileges as to redemption, surrender, drawings, allotment of shares, attending and voting at general meetings of the Company, appointment of Directors and otherwise.
112. (1) Where any uncalled capital of the Company is charged, all persons taking any subsequent charge thereon shall take the same subject to such prior charge, and shall not be entitled, by notice to the Members or otherwise, to obtain priority over such prior charge.
(2) The Board shall cause a proper register to be kept, in accordance with the provisions of the Act, of all charges specifically affecting the property of the Company and of any series of debentures issued by the Company and shall duly comply with the requirements of the Act in regard to the registration of charges and debentures therein specified and otherwise.
PROCEEDINGS OF THE DIRECTORS
113. The Board may meet for the despatch of business, adjourn and otherwise regulate its meetings as it considers appropriate. Questions arising at any meeting shall be determined by a majority of votes. In the case of any equality of votes the chairman of the meeting shall have an additional or casting vote.
114. A meeting of the Board may be convened by the Secretary on request of a Director or by any Director. The Secretary, if one is appointed, shall convene a meeting of the Board of which notice may be given in writing or by telephone or by electronic means to an electronic address from time to time notified to the Company by such Director or (if the recipient consents to it being made available on a website) by making it available on a website or in such other manner as the Board may from time to time determine whenever he shall be required so to do by the president or chairman, as the case may be, or any Director.
115. (1) The quorum necessary for the transaction of the business of the Board may be fixed by the Board and, unless so fixed at any other number, shall be two (2) of the Board. An alternate Director shall be counted in a quorum in the case of the absence of a Director for whom he is the alternate provided that he shall not be counted more than once for the purpose of determining whether or not a quorum is present.
34
(2) Directors may participate in any meeting of the Board by means of a conference, telephone, electronic or other communications equipment through which all persons participating in the meeting can communicate with each other simultaneously and instantaneously and, for the purpose of counting a quorum, such participation shall constitute presence at a meeting as if those participating were present in person.
(3) Any Director who ceases to be a Director at a Board meeting may continue to be present and to act as a Director and be counted in the quorum until the termination of such Board meeting if no other Director objects and if otherwise a quorum of Directors would not be present.
116. The continuing Directors or a sole continuing Director may act notwithstanding any vacancy in the Board but, if and so long as the number of Directors is reduced below the minimum number fixed by or in accordance with these Articles as the quorum, the continuing Directors or Director, notwithstanding that the number of Directors is below the number fixed by or in accordance with these Articles as the quorum or that there is only one continuing Director, may act for the purpose of filling vacancies in the Board or of summoning general meetings of the Company but not for any other purpose.
117. The Board may elect one or more chairman of its meetings and determine the period for which they are to hold such office. The Chairman of the Board shall be the chairman of all meetings of the Board. If no Chairman of the Board is elected, or if the Chairman of the Board is not present at any meeting within five (5) minutes after the time appointed for holding the same, the Directors present may choose one of their number to be chairman of the meeting.
118. A meeting of the Board at which a quorum is present shall be competent to exercise all the powers, authorities and discretions for the time being vested in or exercisable by the Board.
119. (1) The Board may delegate any of its powers, authorities and discretions to committees (including, without limitation, the Audit Committee), consisting of such Director or Directors and other persons as it thinks fit, and they may, from time to time, revoke such delegation or revoke the appointment of and discharge any such committees either wholly or in part, and either as to persons or purposes. Any committee so formed shall, in the exercise of the powers, authorities and discretions so delegated, conform to any regulations which may be imposed on it by the Board.
(2) All acts done by any such committee in conformity with such regulations, and in fulfilment of the purposes for which it was appointed, but not otherwise, shall have like force and effect as if done by the Board, and the Board (or if the Board delegates such power, the committee) shall have power to remunerate the members of any such committee, and charge such remuneration to the current expenses of the Company.
120. The meetings and proceedings of any committee consisting of two or more members shall be governed by the provisions contained in these Articles for regulating the meetings and proceedings of the Board so far as the same are applicable and are not superseded by any regulations imposed by the Board under the last preceding Article, indicating, without limitation, any committee charter adopted by the Board for purposes or in respect of any such committee.
35
121. A resolution in writing signed by all the Directors except such as are temporarily unable to act through ill-health or disability shall (provided that such number is sufficient to constitute a quorum and further provided that a copy of such resolution has been given or the contents thereof communicated to all the Directors for the time being entitled to receive notices of Board meetings in the same manner as notices of meetings are required to be given by these Articles) be as valid and effectual as if a resolution had been passed at a meeting of the Board duly convened and held. A notification of consent to such resolution given by a Director in writing to the Board by any means (including by means of electronic communication) shall be deemed to be his/her signature to such resolution in writing for the purpose of this Article. Such resolution may be contained in one document or in several documents in like form each signed by one or more of the Directors and for this purpose a facsimile signature of a Director shall be treated as valid.
122. All acts bona fide done by the Board or by any committee or by any person acting as a Director or members of a committee, shall, notwithstanding that it is afterwards discovered that there was some defect in the appointment of any member of the Board or such committee or person acting as aforesaid or that they or any of them were disqualified or had vacated office, be as valid as if every such person had been duly appointed and was qualified and had continued to be a Director or member of such committee.
AUDIT COMMITTEE
123. Without prejudice to the freedom of the Directors to establish any other committees, for so long as the shares of the Company (or depositary receipts therefor) are listed or quoted on the Designated Stock Exchange, the Board shall establish and maintain an Audit Committee as a committee of the Board, the composition and responsibilities of which shall comply with the rules and regulations of the Designated Stock Exchange and the rules and regulations of the SEC.
124. The Board shall adopt a formal written audit committee charter and review and assess the adequacy of the formal written charter on an annual basis.
125. For so long as the shares of the Company (or depositary receipts therefor) are listed or quoted on the Designated Stock Exchange, the Company shall conduct an appropriate review of all related party transactions on an ongoing basis and shall utilize the Audit Committee for the review and approval of potential conflicts of interest in accordance with the audit committee charter.
OFFICERS
126. (1) The officers of the Company shall consist of the Chairman of the Board, the Directors and Secretary and such additional officers (who may or may not be Directors) as the Board may from time to time determine, all of whom shall be deemed to be officers for the purposes of the Act and these Articles. In addition to the officers of the Company, the Board may also from time to time determine and appoint managers and delegate to the same such powers and duties as are prescribed by the Board.
36
(2) The Directors shall, as soon as may be after each appointment or election of Directors, elect amongst the Directors a chairman and if more than one Director is proposed for this office, the election to such office shall take place in such manner as the Directors may determine.
(3) The officers shall receive such remuneration as the Directors may from time to time determine.
127. (1) The Secretary and additional officers, if any, shall be appointed by the Board and shall hold office on such terms and for such period as the Board may determine. If thought fit, two or more persons may be appointed as joint Secretaries. The Board may also appoint from time to time on such terms as it thinks fit one or more assistant or deputy Secretaries.
(2) The Secretary (or, if no Secretary is appointed, such other person as the Directors may determine) shall attend all meetings of the Members and shall keep correct minutes of such meetings and enter the same in the proper books provided for the purpose. The Secretary, if one is appointed, shall perform such other duties as are prescribed by the Act or these Articles or as may be prescribed by the Board.
128. The officers of the Company shall have such powers and perform such duties in the management, business and affairs of the Company as may be delegated to them by the Directors from time to time.
129. A provision of the Act or of these Articles requiring or authorising a thing to be done by or to a Director and the Secretary shall not be satisfied by its being done by or to the same person acting both as Director and as or in place of the Secretary.
REGISTER OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS
130. The Company shall cause to be kept in one or more books at its Office a Register of Directors and Officers in which there shall be entered the full names and addresses of the Directors and Officers and such other particulars as required by the Act or as the Directors may determine. The Company shall send to the Registrar of Companies in the Cayman Islands a copy of such register, and shall from time to time notify to the said Registrar of any change that takes place in relation to such Directors and Officers as required by the Act.
MINUTES
131. (1) The Board shall cause minutes to be duly entered in books provided for the purpose:
| (a) | of all elections and appointments of officers; |
| (b) | of the names of the Directors present at each meeting of the Directors and of any committee of the Directors; |
| (c) | of all resolutions and proceedings of each general meeting of the Members, meetings of the Board and meetings of committees of the Board and where there are managers, of all proceedings of meetings of the managers. |
(2) Minutes shall be kept at the Office.
37
SEAL
132. (1) The Company shall have one or more Seals, as the Board may determine. For the purpose of sealing documents creating or evidencing securities issued by the Company, the Company may have a securities seal which is a facsimile of the Seal of the Company with the addition of the word “Securities” on its face or in such other form as the Board may approve. The Board shall provide for the custody of each Seal and no Seal shall be used without the authority of the Board or of a committee of the Board authorised by the Board in that behalf. Subject as otherwise provided in these Articles, any instrument to which a Seal is affixed shall be signed autographically by one Director or by such other person (including a Director) or persons as the Board may appoint, either generally or in any particular case, save that as regards any certificates for shares or debentures or other securities of the Company the Board may by resolution determine that such signatures or either of them shall be dispensed with or affixed by some method or system of mechanical signature. Every instrument executed in manner provided by this Article 132 shall be deemed to be sealed and executed with the authority of the Board previously given.
(2) Where the Company has a Seal for use abroad, the Board may by writing under the Seal appoint any agent or committee abroad to be the duly authorised agent of the Company for the purpose of affixing and using such Seal and the Board may impose restrictions on the use thereof as may be thought fit. Wherever in these Articles reference is made to the Seal, the reference shall, when and so far as may be applicable, be deemed to include any such other Seal as aforesaid.
AUTHENTICATION OF DOCUMENTS
133. Any Director or the Secretary or any person appointed by the Board for the purpose may authenticate any documents relating to the Memorandum or the Articles, any resolution passed by the Company or the Board or any committee, and any books, records, documents and accounts relating to the business of the Company, and to certify copies thereof or extracts therefrom as true copies or extracts, and if any books, records, documents or accounts are elsewhere than at the Office or the head office the local manager or other officer of the Company having the custody thereof shall be deemed to be a person so appointed by the Board. A document purporting to be a copy of a resolution, or an extract from the minutes of a meeting, of the Company or of the Board or any committee which is so certified shall be conclusive evidence in favour of all persons dealing with the Company upon the faith thereof that such resolution has been duly passed or, as the case may be, that such minutes or extract is a true and accurate record of proceedings at a duly constituted meeting.
DESTRUCTION OF DOCUMENTS
134. (1) The Company shall be entitled to destroy the following documents at the following times:
| (a) | any share certificate which has been cancelled at any time after the expiry of one (1) year from the date of such cancellation; |
38
| (b) | any dividend mandate or any variation or cancellation thereof or any notification of change of name or address at any time after the expiry of two (2) years from the date such mandate variation cancellation or notification was recorded by the Company; |
| (c) | any instrument of transfer of shares which has been registered at any time after the expiry of seven (7) years from the date of registration; |
| (d) | any allotment letters after the expiry of seven (7) years from the date of issue thereof; and |
| (e) | copies of powers of attorney, grants of probate and letters of administration at any time after the expiry of seven (7) years after the account to which the relevant power of attorney, grant of probate or letters of administration related has been closed; |
and it shall conclusively be presumed in favour of the Company that every entry in the Register purporting to be made on the basis of any such documents so destroyed was duly and properly made and every share certificate so destroyed was a valid certificate duly and properly cancelled and that every instrument of transfer so destroyed was a valid and effective instrument duly and properly registered and that every other document destroyed hereunder was a valid and effective document in accordance with the recorded particulars thereof in the books or records of the Company. Provided always that: (1) the foregoing provisions of this Article 134 shall apply only to the destruction of a document in good faith and without express notice to the Company that the preservation of such document was relevant to a claim; (2) nothing contained in this Article 134 shall be construed as imposing upon the Company any liability in respect of the destruction of any such document earlier than as aforesaid or in any case where the conditions of proviso (1) above are not fulfilled; and (3) references in this Article 134 to the destruction of any document include references to its disposal in any manner.
(2) Notwithstanding any provision contained in these Articles, the Directors may, if permitted by applicable law, authorise the destruction of documents set out in sub-paragraphs (a) to (e) of paragraph (1) of this Article 134 and any other documents in relation to share registration which have been microfilmed or electronically stored by the Company or by the share registrar on its behalf provided always that this Article shall apply only to the destruction of a document in good faith and without express notice to the Company and its share registrar that the preservation of such document was relevant to a claim.
DIVIDENDS AND OTHER PAYMENTS
135. Subject to the Act, the Board may from time to time declare dividends in any currency to be paid to the Members.
136. Dividends may be declared and paid out of the profits of the Company, realised or unrealised, or from any reserve set aside from profits which the Directors determine is no longer needed. The Board may also declare and pay dividends out of share premium account or any other fund or account which can be authorised for this purpose in accordance with the Act.
39
137. Except in so far as the rights attaching to, or the terms of issue of, any share otherwise provide:
| (a) | all dividends shall be declared and paid according to the amounts paid up on the shares in respect of which the dividend is paid, but no amount paid up on a share in advance of calls shall be treated for the purposes of this Article as paid up on the share; and |
| (b) | all dividends shall be apportioned and paid pro rata according to the amounts paid up on the shares during any portion or portions of the period in respect of which the dividend is paid. |
138. The Board may from time to time pay to the Members such interim dividends as appear to the Board to be justified by the profits of the Company and in particular (but without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing) if at any time the share capital of the Company is divided into different classes, the Board may pay such interim dividends in respect of those shares in the capital of the Company which confer on the holders thereof deferred or non-preferential rights as well as in respect of those shares which confer on the holders thereof preferential rights with regard to dividend and provided that the Board acts bona fide the Board shall not incur any responsibility to the holders of shares conferring any preference for any damage that they may suffer by reason of the payment of an interim dividend on any shares having deferred or non-preferential rights and may also pay any fixed dividend which is payable on any shares of the Company half-yearly or on any other dates, whenever such profits, in the opinion of the Board, justifies such payment.
139. The Board may deduct from any dividend or other moneys payable to a Member by the Company on or in respect of any shares all sums of money (if any) presently payable by him to the Company on account of calls or otherwise.
140. No dividend or other moneys payable by the Company on or in respect of any share shall bear interest against the Company.
141. Any dividend, interest or other sum payable in cash to the holder of shares may be paid by cheque or warrant sent through the post addressed to the holder at his registered address or, in the case of joint holders, addressed to the holder whose name stands first in the Register in respect of the shares at his address as appearing in the Register or addressed to such person and at such address as the holder or joint holders may in writing direct. Every such cheque or warrant shall, unless the holder or joint holders otherwise direct, be made payable to the order of the holder or, in the case of joint holders, to the order of the holder whose name stands first on the Register in respect of such shares, and shall be sent at his or their risk and payment of the cheque or warrant by the bank on which it is drawn shall constitute a good discharge to the Company notwithstanding that it may subsequently appear that the same has been stolen or that any endorsement thereon has been forged. Any one of two or more joint holders may give effectual receipts for any dividends or other moneys payable or property distributable in respect of the shares held by such joint holders.
142. All dividends or bonuses unclaimed for one (1) year after having been declared may be invested or otherwise made use of by the Board for the benefit of the Company until claimed. Any dividend or bonuses unclaimed after a period of six (6) years from the date of declaration shall be forfeited and shall revert to the Company. The payment by the Board of any unclaimed dividend or other sums payable on or in respect of a share into a separate account shall not constitute the Company a trustee in respect thereof.
40
143. Whenever the Board has resolved that a dividend be paid or declared, the Board may further resolve that such dividend be satisfied wholly or in part by the distribution of specific assets of any kind and in particular of paid up shares, debentures or warrants to subscribe securities of the Company or any other company, or in any one or more of such ways, and where any difficulty arises in regard to the distribution the Board may settle the same as it thinks expedient, and in particular may issue certificates in respect of fractions of shares, disregard fractional entitlements or round the same up or down, and may fix the value for distribution of such specific assets, or any part thereof, and may determine that cash payments shall be made to any Members upon the basis of the value so fixed in order to adjust the rights of all parties, and may vest any such specific assets in trustees as may seem expedient to the Board and may appoint any person to sign any requisite instruments of transfer and other documents on behalf of the persons entitled to the dividend, and such appointment shall be effective and binding on the Members. The Board may resolve that no such assets shall be made available to Members with registered addresses in any particular territory or territories where, in the absence of a registration statement or other special formalities, such distribution of assets would or might, in the opinion of the Board, be unlawful or impracticable and in such event the only entitlement of the Members aforesaid shall be to receive cash payments as aforesaid. Members affected as a result of the foregoing sentence shall not be or be deemed to be a separate class of Members for any purpose whatsoever.
144. (1) Whenever the Board has resolved that a dividend be paid or declared on any class of the share capital of the Company, the Board may further resolve either:
| (a) | that such dividend be satisfied wholly or in part in the form of an allotment of shares credited as fully paid up, provided that the Members entitled thereto will be entitled to elect to receive such dividend (or part thereof if the Board so determines) in cash in lieu of such allotment. In such case, the following provisions shall apply: |
| (i) | the basis of any such allotment shall be determined by the Board; |
| (ii) | the Board, after determining the basis of allotment, shall give not less than ten (10) days’ Notice to the holders of the relevant shares of the right of election accorded to them and shall send with such notice forms of election and specify the procedure to be followed and the place at which and the latest date and time by which duly completed forms of election must be lodged in order to be effective; |
| (iii) | the right of election may be exercised in respect of the whole or part of that portion of the dividend in respect of which the right of election has been accorded; and |
| (iv) | the dividend (or that part of the dividend to be satisfied by the allotment of shares as aforesaid) shall not be payable in cash on shares in respect whereof the cash election has not been duly exercised (“the non-elected shares”) and in satisfaction thereof shares of the relevant class shall be allotted credited as fully paid up to the holders of the non-elected shares on the basis of allotment determined as aforesaid and for such purpose the Board shall capitalise and apply out of any part of the undivided profits of the Company (including profits carried and standing to the credit of any reserves or other special account, share premium account, capital redemption reserve other than the Subscription Rights Reserve) as the Board may determine, such sum as may be required to pay up in full the appropriate number of shares of the relevant class for allotment and distribution to and amongst the holders of the non-elected shares on such basis; or |
41
| (b) | that the Members entitled to such dividend shall be entitled to elect to receive an allotment of shares credited as fully paid up in lieu of the whole or such part of the dividend as the Board may think fit. In such case, the following provisions shall apply: |
| (i) | the basis of any such allotment shall be determined by the Board; |
| (ii) | the Board, after determining the basis of allotment, shall give not less than ten (10) days’ Notice to the holders of the relevant shares of the right of election accorded to them and shall send with such notice forms of election and specify the procedure to be followed and the place at which and the latest date and time by which duly completed forms of election must be lodged in order to be effective; |
| (iii) | the right of election may be exercised in respect of the whole or part of that portion of the dividend in respect of which the right of election has been accorded; and |
| (iv) | the dividend (or that part of the dividend in respect of which a right of election has been accorded) shall not be payable in cash on shares in respect whereof the share election has been duly exercised (“the elected shares”) and in lieu thereof shares of the relevant class shall be allotted credited as fully paid up to the holders of the elected shares on the basis of allotment determined as aforesaid and for such purpose the Board shall capitalise and apply out of any part of the undivided profits of the Company (including profits carried and standing to the credit of any reserves or other special account, share premium account, capital redemption reserve other than the Subscription Rights Reserve) as the Board may determine, such sum as may be required to pay up in full the appropriate number of shares of the relevant class for allotment and distribution to and amongst the holders of the elected shares on such basis. |
| (2) | (a) The shares allotted pursuant to the provisions of paragraph (1) of this Article 144 shall rank pari passu in all respects with shares of the same class (if any) then in issue save only as regards participation in the relevant dividend or in any other distributions, bonuses or rights paid, made, declared or announced prior to or contemporaneously with the payment or declaration of the relevant dividend unless, contemporaneously with the announcement by the Board of their proposal to apply the provisions of sub-paragraph (a) or (b) of paragraph (1) of this Article 144 in relation to the relevant dividend or contemporaneously with their announcement of the distribution, bonus or rights in question, the Board shall specify that the shares to be allotted pursuant to the provisions of paragraph (1) of this Article shall rank for participation in such distribution, bonus or rights. |
42
| (b) | The Board may do all acts and things considered necessary or expedient to give effect to any capitalisation pursuant to the provisions of paragraph (1) of this Article 144, with full power to the Board to make such provisions as it thinks fit in the case of shares becoming distributable in fractions (including provisions whereby, in whole or in part, fractional entitlements are aggregated and sold and the net proceeds distributed to those entitled, or are disregarded or rounded up or down or whereby the benefit of fractional entitlements accrues to the Company rather than to the Members concerned). The Board may authorise any person to enter into on behalf of all Members interested, an agreement with the Company providing for such capitalisation and matters incidental thereto and any agreement made pursuant to such authority shall be effective and binding on all concerned. |
(3) The Board may determine and resolve in respect of any one particular dividend of the Company that notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (1) of this Article 144 a dividend may be satisfied wholly in the form of an allotment of shares credited as fully paid up without offering any right to shareholders to elect to receive such dividend in cash in lieu of such allotment.
(4) The Board may on any occasion determine that rights of election and the allotment of shares under paragraph (1) of this Article 144 shall not be made available or made to any shareholders with registered addresses in any territory where, in the absence of a registration statement or other special formalities, the circulation of an offer of such rights of election or the allotment of shares would or might, in the opinion of the Board, be unlawful or impracticable, and in such event the provisions aforesaid shall be read and construed subject to such determination. Members affected as a result of the foregoing sentence shall not be or be deemed to be a separate class of Members for any purpose whatsoever.
(5) Any resolution declaring a dividend on shares of any class by the Board, may specify that the same shall be payable or distributable to the persons registered as the holders of such shares at the close of business on a particular date, notwithstanding that it may be a date prior to that on which the resolution is passed, and thereupon the dividend shall be payable or distributable to them in accordance with their respective holdings so registered, but without prejudice to the rights inter se in respect of such dividend of transferors and transferees of any such shares. The provisions of this Article shall mutatis mutandis apply to bonuses, capitalisation issues, distributions of realised capital profits or offers or grants made by the Company to the Members.
RESERVES
145. (1) The Board shall establish an account to be called the share premium account and shall carry to the credit of such account from time to time a sum equal to the amount or value of the premium paid on the issue of any share in the Company. Unless otherwise provided by the provisions of these Articles, the Board may apply the share premium account in any manner permitted by the Act. The Company shall at all times comply with the provisions of the Act in relation to the share premium account.
(2) Before recommending any dividend, the Board may set aside out of the profits of the Company such sums as it determines as reserves which shall, at the discretion of the Board, be applicable for any purpose to which the profits of the Company may be properly applied and pending such application may, also at such discretion, either be employed in the business of the Company or be invested in such investments as the Board may from time to time think fit and so that it shall not be necessary to keep any investments constituting the reserve or reserves separate or distinct from any other investments of the Company. The Board may also without placing the same to reserve carry forward any profits which it may think prudent not to distribute.
43
CAPITALISATION
146. The Company may, upon the recommendation of the Board, at any time and from time to time pass an ordinary resolution to the effect that it is desirable to capitalise all or any part of any amount for the time being standing to the credit of any reserve or fund (including a share premium account and capital redemption reserve and the profit and loss account) whether or not the same is available for distribution and accordingly that such amount be set free for distribution among the Members or any class of Members who would be entitled thereto if it were distributed by way of dividend and in the same proportions, on the basis that the same is not paid in cash but is applied either in or towards paying up the amounts for the time being unpaid on any shares in the Company held by such Members respectively or in paying up in full unissued shares, debentures or other obligations of the Company, to be allotted and distributed credited as fully paid up among such Members, or partly in one way and partly in the other, and the Board shall give effect to such resolution provided that, for the purposes of this Article 146, a share premium account and any capital redemption reserve or fund representing unrealised profits, may be applied only in paying up in full unissued shares of the Company to be allotted to such Members credited as fully paid.
147. The Board may settle, as it considers appropriate, any difficulty arising in regard to any distribution and in particular may issue certificates in respect of fractions of shares or authorise any person to sell and transfer any fractions or may resolve that the distribution should be as nearly as may be practicable in the correct proportion but not exactly so or may ignore fractions altogether, and may determine that cash payments shall be made to any Members in order to adjust the rights of all parties, as may seem expedient to the Board. The Board may appoint any person to sign on behalf of the persons entitled to participate in the distribution any contract necessary or desirable for giving effect thereto and such appointment shall be effective and binding upon the Members.
SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS RESERVE
148. The following provisions shall have effect to the extent that they are not prohibited by and are in compliance with the Act:
(1) If, so long as any of the rights attached to any warrants issued by the Company to subscribe for shares of the Company shall remain exercisable, the Company does any act or engages in any transaction which, as a result of any adjustments to the subscription price in accordance with the provisions of the conditions of the warrants, would reduce the subscription price to below the par value of a share, then the following provisions shall apply:
| (a) | as from the date of such act or transaction the Company shall establish and thereafter (subject as provided in this Article 148) maintain in accordance with the provisions of this Article 148 a reserve (the “Subscription Rights Reserve”) the amount of which shall at no time be less than the sum which for the time being would be required to be capitalised and applied in paying up in full the nominal amount of the additional shares required to be issued and allotted credited as fully paid pursuant to sub-paragraph (c) below on the exercise in full of all the subscription rights outstanding and shall apply the Subscription Rights Reserve in paying up such additional shares in full as and when the same are allotted; |
44
| (b) | the Subscription Rights Reserve shall not be used for any purpose other than that specified above unless all other reserves of the Company (other than share premium account) have been extinguished and will then only be used to make good losses of the Company if and so far as is required by law; |
| (c) | upon the exercise of all or any of the subscription rights represented by any warrant, the relevant subscription rights shall be exercisable in respect of a nominal amount of shares equal to the amount in cash which the holder of such warrant is required to pay on exercise of the subscription rights represented thereby (or, as the case may be the relevant portion thereof in the event of a partial exercise of the subscription rights) and, in addition, there shall be allotted in respect of such subscription rights to the exercising warrantholder, credited as fully paid, such additional nominal amount of shares as is equal to the difference between: |
| (i) | the said amount in cash which the holder of such warrant is required to pay on exercise of the subscription rights represented thereby (or, as the case may be, the relevant portion thereof in the event of a partial exercise of the subscription rights); and |
| (ii) | the nominal amount of shares in respect of which such subscription rights would have been exercisable having regard to the provisions of the conditions of the warrants, had it been possible for such subscription rights to represent the right to subscribe for shares at less than par and immediately upon such exercise so much of the sum standing to the credit of the Subscription Rights Reserve as is required to pay up in full such additional nominal amount of shares shall be capitalised and applied in paying up in full such additional nominal amount of shares which shall forthwith be allotted credited as fully paid to the exercising warrantholders; and |
| (d) | if, upon the exercise of the subscription rights represented by any warrant, the amount standing to the credit of the Subscription Rights Reserve is not sufficient to pay up in full such additional nominal amount of shares equal to such difference as aforesaid to which the exercising warrantholder is entitled, the Board shall apply any profits or reserves then or thereafter becoming available (including, to the extent permitted by law, share premium account) for such purpose until such additional nominal amount of shares is paid up and allotted as aforesaid and until then no dividend or other distribution shall be paid or made on the fully paid shares of the Company then in issue. Pending such payment and allotment, the exercising warrantholder shall be issued by the Company with a certificate evidencing his right to the allotment of such additional nominal amount of shares. The rights represented by any such certificate shall be in registered form and shall be transferable in whole or in part in units of one share in the like manner as the shares for the time being are transferable, and the Company shall make such arrangements in relation to the maintenance of a register therefor and other matters in relation thereto as the Board may think fit and adequate particulars thereof shall be made known to each relevant exercising warrantholder upon the issue of such certificate. |
45
(2) Shares allotted pursuant to the provisions of this Article shall rank pari passu in all respects with the other shares allotted on the relevant exercise of the subscription rights represented by the warrant concerned. Notwithstanding anything contained in paragraph (1) of this Article, no fraction of any share shall be allotted on exercise of the subscription rights.
(3) The provision of this Article as to the establishment and maintenance of the Subscription Rights Reserve shall not be altered or added to in any way which would vary or abrogate, or which would have the effect of varying or abrogating the provisions for the benefit of any warrantholder or class of warrantholders under this Article without the sanction of a special resolution of such warrantholders or class of warrantholders.
(4) A certificate or report by the auditors for the time being of the Company as to whether or not the Subscription Rights Reserve is required to be established and maintained and if so the amount thereof so required to be established and maintained, as to the purposes for which the Subscription Rights Reserve has been used, as to the extent to which it has been used to make good losses of the Company, as to the additional nominal amount of shares required to be allotted to exercising warrantholders credited as fully paid, and as to any other matter concerning the Subscription Rights Reserve shall (in the absence of manifest error) be conclusive and binding upon the Company and all warrantholders and shareholders.
ACCOUNTING RECORDS
149. The Board shall cause true accounts to be kept of the sums of money received and expended by the Company, and the matters in respect of which such receipt and expenditure take place, and of the property, assets, credits and liabilities of the Company and of all other matters required by the Act or necessary to give a true and fair view of the Company’s affairs and to explain its transactions.
150. The accounting records shall be kept at the Office or, at such other place or places as the Board decides and shall always be open to inspection by the Directors. No Member (other than a Director) shall have any right of inspecting any accounting record or book or document of the Company except as conferred by law or authorised by the Board or the Company in general meeting.
151. Subject to Article 152, a printed copy of the Directors’ report, accompanied by the balance sheet and profit and loss account, including every document required by law to be annexed thereto, made up to the end of the applicable financial year and containing a summary of the assets and liabilities of the Company under convenient heads and a statement of income and expenditure, together with a copy of the Auditors’ report, shall be sent to each person entitled thereto at least ten (10) days before the date of the general meeting and laid before the Company at the annual general meeting held in accordance with Article 57 provided that this Article shall not require a copy of those documents to be sent to any person whose address the Company is not aware or to more than one of the joint holders of any shares or debentures.
46
152. Subject to due compliance with all applicable Statutes, rules and regulations, including, without limitation, the rules and regulations of the Designated Stock Exchange, and to obtaining all necessary consents, if any, required thereunder, the requirements of Article 151 shall be deemed satisfied in relation to any person by sending to the person in any manner not prohibited by the Statutes, a summarised financial statements derived from the Company’s annual accounts and the directors’ report which shall be in the form and containing the information required by applicable laws and regulations, provided that any person who is otherwise entitled to the annual financial statements of the Company and the directors’ report thereon may, if he so requires by notice in writing served on the Company, demand that the Company sends to him, in addition to a summarised financial statements, a complete printed copy of the Company’s annual financial statement and the directors’ report thereon.
153. The requirement to send to a person referred to in Article 151 the documents referred to in that article or a summary financial report in accordance with Article 152 shall be deemed satisfied where, in accordance with all applicable Statutes, rules and regulations, including, without limitation, the rules and regulations of the Designated Stock Exchange, the Company publishes copies of the documents referred to in Article 151 and, if applicable, a summary financial report complying with Article 152, on the Company’s computer network or in any other permitted manner (including by sending any form of electronic communication), and that person has agreed or is deemed to have agreed to treat the publication or receipt of such documents in such manner as discharging the Company’s obligation to send to him a copy of such documents.
AUDIT
154. Subject to applicable law and rules and regulations of the Designated Stock Exchange, the Board shall appoint an Auditor to audit the accounts of the Company and such auditor shall hold office until removed from office by a resolution of the Directors. Such auditor may be a Member but no Director or officer or employee of the Company shall, during his continuance in office, be eligible to act as an Auditor.
155. Subject to the Act the accounts of the Company shall be audited at least once in every year.
156. The remuneration of the Auditor shall be determine by the Audit Committee or, in the absence of such Audit Committee, by the Board.
157. The Board may remove the Auditor at any time before the expiration of his term of office and may by resolution appoint another Auditor in his stead.
158. The Auditor shall at all reasonable times have access to all books kept by the Company and to all accounts and vouchers relating thereto; and he may call on the Directors or officers of the Company for any information in their possession relating to the books or affairs of the Company.
159. The statement of income and expenditure and the balance sheet provided for by these Articles shall be examined by the Auditor and compared by him with the books, accounts and vouchers relating thereto; and he shall make a written report thereon stating whether such statement and balance sheet are drawn up so as to present fairly the financial position of the Company and the results of its operations for the period under review and, in case information shall have been called for from Directors or officers of the Company, whether the same has been furnished and has been satisfactory. The financial statements of the Company shall be audited by the Auditor in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards. The Auditor shall make a written report thereon in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards and the report of the Auditor shall be submitted to the Audit Committee. The generally accepted auditing standards referred to herein may be those of a country or jurisdiction other than the Cayman Islands. If so, the financial statements and the report of the Auditor should disclose this fact and name such country or jurisdiction.
47
NOTICES
160. Any Notice or document, whether or not, to be given or issued under these Articles from the Company to a Member shall be in writing or by cable, telex or facsimile transmission message or other form of electronic transmission or electronic communication and any such Notice and document may be served or delivered by the Company on or to any Member either (i) personally or (ii) by sending it through the post in a prepaid envelope addressed to such Member at his registered address as appearing in the Register or at any other address supplied by him to the Company for the purpose or, (iii) by transmitting it to any such address or transmitting it to any telex or facsimile transmission number or electronic number or electronic address or website supplied by him to the Company for the giving of Notice to him or which the person transmitting the notice reasonably and bona fide believes at the relevant time will result in the Notice being duly received by the Member or (iv) by advertisement in appropriate newspapers in accordance with the requirements of the Designated Stock Exchange or, (v) to the extent permitted by the applicable laws, by placing it on the Company’s website. In the case of joint holders of a share all notices shall be given to that one of the joint holders whose name stands first in the Register and notice so given shall be deemed a sufficient service on or delivery to all the joint holders.
161. Any Notice or other document:
| (a) | if served or delivered by post, shall where appropriate be sent by airmail and shall be deemed to have been served or delivered on the day following that on which the envelope containing the same, properly prepaid and addressed, is put into the post; in proving such service or delivery it shall be sufficient to prove that the envelope or wrapper containing the notice or document was properly addressed and put into the post and a certificate in writing signed by the Secretary or other officer of the Company or other person appointed by the Board that the envelope or wrapper containing the Notice or other document was so addressed and put into the post shall be conclusive evidence thereof; |
| (b) | if sent by electronic communication, shall be deemed to be given on the day on which it is transmitted from the server of the Company or its agent. A Notice placed on the Company’s website is deemed given by the Company to a Member on the day on which it is placed on the Company’s website; |
| (c) | if served or delivered in any other manner contemplated by these Articles, shall be deemed to have been served or delivered at the time of personal service or delivery or, as the case may be, at the time of the relevant despatch or transmission or publication; and in proving such service or delivery a certificate in writing signed by the Secretary or other officer of the Company or other person appointed by the Board as to the act and time of such service, delivery, despatch or transmission or publication shall be conclusive evidence thereof; and |
| (d) | may be given to a Member in the English language or such other language as may be approved by the Directors, subject to due compliance with all applicable Statutes, rules and regulations. |
162. (1) Any Notice or other document delivered or sent by post to or left at the registered address of any Member in pursuance of these Articles shall, notwithstanding that such Member is then dead or bankrupt or that any other event has occurred, and whether or not the Company has notice of the death or bankruptcy or other event, be deemed to have been duly served or delivered in respect of any share registered in the name of such Member as sole or joint holder unless his name shall, at the time of the service or delivery of the Notice or document, have been removed from the Register as the holder of the share, and such service or delivery shall for all purposes be deemed a sufficient service or delivery of such Notice or document on all persons interested (whether jointly with or as claiming through or under him) in the share.
48
(2) A Notice may be given by the Company to the person entitled to a share in consequence of the death, mental disorder or bankruptcy of a Member by sending it through the post in a prepaid letter, envelope or wrapper addressed to him by name, or by the title of representative of the deceased, or trustee of the bankrupt, or by any like description, at the address, if any, supplied for the purpose by the person claiming to be so entitled, or (until such an address has been so supplied) by giving the notice in any manner in which the same might have been given if the death, mental disorder or bankruptcy had not occurred.
(3) Any person who by operation of law, transfer or other means whatsoever shall become entitled to any share shall be bound by every Notice in respect of such share which prior to his name and address being entered on the Register shall have been duly given to the person from whom he derives his title to such share.
(4) Every Member or a person who is entitled to receive notice from the Company under the provisions of the Statutes or these Articles may register with the Company an electronic address to which notices can be served upon him.
SIGNATURES
163. For the purposes of these Articles, a cable or telex or facsimile or electronic transmission message purporting to come from a holder of shares or, as the case may be, a Director, or, in the case of a corporation which is a holder of shares from a director or the secretary thereof or a duly appointed attorney or duly authorised representative thereof for it and on its behalf, shall in the absence of express evidence to the contrary available to the person relying thereon at the relevant time be deemed to be a document or instrument in writing signed by such holder or Director in the terms in which it is received. The signature to any notice or document to be given by the Company may be written, printed or made electronically.
WINDING UP
164. (1) Subject to Article 164(2), the Board shall have power in the name and on behalf of the Company to present a petition to the court for the Company to be wound up.
(2) Unless otherwise provided by the Act, a resolution that the Company be wound up by the court or be wound up voluntarily shall be a special resolution.
165. (1) Subject to any special rights, privileges or restrictions as to the distribution of available surplus assets on liquidation for the time being attached to any class or classes of shares (i) if the Company shall be wound up and the assets available for distribution amongst the Members shall be more than sufficient to repay the whole of the capital paid up at the commencement of the winding up, the excess shall be distributed pari passu amongst such members in proportion to the amount paid up on the shares held by them respectively and (ii) if the Company shall be wound up and the assets available for distribution amongst the Members as such shall be insufficient to repay the whole of the paid-up capital such assets shall be distributed so that, as nearly as may be, the losses shall be borne by the Members in proportion to the capital paid up, or which ought to have been paid up, at the commencement of the winding up on the shares held by them respectively.
(2) If the Company shall be wound up (whether the liquidation is voluntary or by the court) the liquidator may, with the authority of a special resolution and any other sanction required by the Act, divide among the Members in specie or kind the whole or any part of the assets of the Company and whether or not the assets shall consist of properties of one kind or shall consist of properties to be divided as aforesaid of different kinds, and may for such purpose set such value as he deems fair upon any one or more class or classes of property and may determine how such division shall be carried out as between the Members or different classes of Members. The liquidator may, with the like authority, vest any part of the assets in trustees upon such trusts for the benefit of the Members as the liquidator with the like authority shall think fit, and the liquidation of the Company may be closed and the Company dissolved, but so that no contributory shall be compelled to accept any shares or other property in respect of which there is a liability.
49
INDEMNITY
166. (1) Every Director (including for the purposes of this Article any alternate Director appointed pursuant to the provisions of these Articles), Secretary, or other officer for the time being and from time to time of the Company (but not including the Auditor) and the personal representatives of the same (each an “Indemnified Person”) shall be indemnified and secured harmless out of the assets and profits of the Company from and against all actions, proceeding, costs, charges, expenses, losses, damages or liabilities incurred or sustained by such Indemnified Person, other than by reason of such Indemnified Person’s own dishonesty, wilful default or fraud, in or about the conduct of the Company’s business or affairs (including as a result of any mistake of judgment) or in the execution or discharge of his duties, powers, authorities or discretions, including without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, any costs, expenses, losses or liabilities incurred by such Indemnified Person in defending (whether successfully or otherwise) any civil proceedings concerning the Company or its affairs in any court whether in the Cayman Islands or elsewhere.
(2) Each Member agrees to waive any claim or right of action he might have, whether individually or by or in the right of the Company, against any Director on account of any action taken by such Director, or the failure of such Director to take any action in the performance of his duties with or for the Company; PROVIDED THAT such waiver shall not extend to any matter in respect of any fraud, willful default or dishonesty which may attach to such Director.
FINANCIAL YEAR
167. Unless otherwise determined by the Directors, the financial year of the Company shall end on the 31st of December in each year.
AMENDMENT TO MEMORANDUM AND ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION
AND NAME OF COMPANY
168. No Article shall be rescinded, altered or amended and no new Article shall be made until the same has been approved by a special resolution of the Members. A special resolution shall be required to alter the provisions of the Memorandum of Association or to change the name of the Company.
INFORMATION
169. No Member shall be entitled to require discovery of or any information respecting any detail of the Company’s trading or any matter which is or may be in the nature of a trade secret or secret process which may relate to the conduct of the business of the Company and which in the opinion of the Directors it will be inexpedient in the interests of the members of the Company to communicate to the public.
50
Exhibit 5.1
HUHUTECH International Group Inc.
c/o Harneys Fiduciary (Cayman) Limited
4th Floor, Harbour Place
103 South Church Street
P.O. Box 10240
Grand Cayman KY1-1002, Cayman Islands
28 August 2024
Dear Addressee
HUHUTECH International Group Inc. (the Company)
We have acted as Cayman Islands legal advisers to the Company in connection with the Company’s registration statement on Form F-1/A5 filed on 28 August 2024 with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the Commission) under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended, relating to the offering of ordinary shares in the Company of par value US$0.0000025 each (the Shares) (the Registration Statement, which term does not include any other document or agreement whether or not specifically referred to therein or attached as an exhibit or schedule thereto) and the Company’s preliminary prospectus included in the Registration Statement (the Prospectus) relating to the offering of the Shares.
| 1. | Documents Reviewed |
For the purposes of this opinion letter, we have examined a copy of each of the following documents:
| (a) | the certificate of incorporation of the Company dated 8 July 2021; |
| (b) | the amended and restated memorandum and articles of association of the Company (the M&A) adopted by a special resolution dated 15 July 2024; |
| (c) | a copy of the Company’s register of member (the Register of Members) that was provided to us by the Company; |
| (d) | a copy of the Company’s register of directors and officers that was provided to us by the Company (together with the M&A and the Register of Members, the Company Records); |
| (e) | written resolutions of the board of directors of the Company passed on 20 August 2024 approving (among other things) the allotment of the Shares (the Resolutions); |
| (f) | a certificate of good standing dated 13 August 2024, issued by the Registrar of Companies (the Registrar) in the Cayman Islands (the Certificate of Good Standing); |
| (g) | the Registration Statement; and |
| (h) | the Prospectus. |
| 2. | Assumptions |
The following opinions are given only as to, and based on, circumstances and matters of fact existing and known to us on the date of this opinion letter. These opinions only relate to the laws of the Cayman Islands which are in force on the date of this opinion letter. In giving these opinions we have relied upon the following assumptions, which we have not independently verified:
| 2.1 | copies of documents or drafts of documents provided to us are true and complete copies of, or in the final forms of, the originals; |
| 2.2 | where a document has been examined by us in draft form, it will be or has been executed and/or filed in the form of the draft, and where a number of drafts of a document have been examined by us all changes thereto have been marked or otherwise drawn to our attention; |
| 2.3 | the accuracy and completeness of all factual representations made in the documents reviewed by us; |
| 2.4 | the genuineness of all signatures and seals; |
| 2.5 | the Resolutions were duly passed, are in full force and effect and have not been amended, revoked or superseded; |
| 2.6 | there is nothing under any law (other than the laws of the Cayman Islands) which would or might affect the opinions set out below; |
| 2.7 | the directors of the Company have not exceeded any applicable allotment authority conferred on the directors by the shareholders; |
| 2.8 | upon issue of the Shares, the Company will receive in full the consideration for which the Company agreed to issue the Shares, which shall be equal to at least the par value thereof; |
| 2.9 | the validity and binding effect under the laws of the United States of America of the Registration Statement and the Prospectus and that the Registration Statement has been duly filed with the Commission; |
| 2.10 | each director of the Company (and any alternate director) has disclosed to each other director any interest of that director (or alternate director) in the transactions contemplated by the Registration Statement in accordance with the M&A; |
| 2.11 | the Company is not insolvent, will not be insolvent and will not become insolvent as a result of executing, or performing its obligations under the Registration Statement or the Prospectus and no steps have been taken, or resolutions passed, to wind up the Company or appoint a receiver in respect of the Company or any of its assets; |
| 2.12 | the Company Records were, when reviewed by us, and remain at the date of this opinion accurate and complete; and |
| 2.13 | the Company will have sufficient authorised but unissued share capital to issue each Share. |
| 3. | Opinion |
Based upon the foregoing and subject to the qualifications set out below and having regard to such legal considerations as we deem relevant, we are of the opinion that:
| 3.1 | The Company is incorporated under the Companies Act (as amended) of the Cayman Islands (the Companies Act), validly exists under the laws of the Cayman Islands as an exempted company and is in good standing with the Registrar. The Company is deemed to be in good standing on the date of issue of the Certificate of Good Standing if it: |
| (a) | has paid all fees and penalties under the Companies Act; and |
| (b) | is not, to the Registrar’s knowledge, in default under the Companies Act. |
| 3.2 | The Certificate of Good Standing is evidence that the Company is in good standing on the date thereof. Under Cayman Islands law, good standing means that the Company has paid all fees and penalties under the Companies Act and is not, to the Registrar’s knowledge, in default under the Companies Act. |
| 3.3 | Based solely on our review of the M&A, the authorised share capital of the Company is US$50,000 divided into 20,000,000,000 shares of a par value of US$0.0000025 each. |
2
| 3.4 | The issue and allotment of the Shares has been duly authorised and when allotted, issued and paid for as contemplated in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, the Shares will be legally issued and allotted, fully paid and non-assessable. As a matter of Cayman Islands law, a share is only issued when it has been entered in the register of members (shareholders). |
| 3.5 | The statements under the captions “Cayman Islands Taxation” and “Enforceability of Civil Liabilities” in the Prospectus, to the extent that they constitute statements of Cayman Islands law, are accurate in all material respects and that such statements constitute our opinion. |
| 4. | Qualifications |
Except as specifically stated herein, we make no comment with respect to any representations and warranties which may be made by or with respect to the Company in any of the documents or instruments cited in this opinion or otherwise with respect to the commercial terms of the transactions the subject of this opinion.
In this opinion the phrase non-assessable means, with respect to Shares in the Company, that a member shall not, solely by virtue of its status as a member, be liable for additional assessments or calls on the Shares by the Company or its creditors (except in exceptional circumstances and subject to the M&A, such as involving fraud, the establishment of an agency relationship or an illegal or improper purpose or other circumstances in which a court may be prepared to pierce or lift the corporate veil).
| 5. | Consent |
We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and to the reference to our name under the headings “Enforceability of Civil Liabilities”, “Taxation” and “Legal Matters” in the Registration Statement. In giving such consent, we do not hereby admit that we come within the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Rules and Regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.
Yours faithfully
/s/ Mourant Ozannes (Cayman) LLP
Mourant Ozannes (Cayman) LLP
3
Exhibit 10.4
Lease Contract
lessor: _________________________(Hereinafter referred to as Party A)
ID card: _________________________
Lessee: Jiangsu HUHU Electromechanical Technology Co., Ltd
ID card:
On the basis of voluntary, equality and mutual benefit, party A and Party B, after mutual agreement and clarifying the rights and obligations between both parties, enter into this contract for party A to lease the legally owned premises to Party B and Party
B to lease the premises to Party A.
1. Address of the house: 804, Unit 2, Building 13, Third Community, Zuoling New Town, Gaoxin Avenue, Wuhan, ordinary housing.
2. Lease term and agreement
(1)The lease term of the house is one year from June 20, 2024 to December 20, 2024.
(2)House rent: 2000 yuan per month, and a deposit of 2000 yuan, a total of 12000 yuan.
(3)Party B promises to Party A that the rental house is only used as ordinary housing, and no pets are allowed.
(4)The property fees, water and electricity fees, gas fees and parking fees during the validity period of this contract shall be paid by Party B. On the date of signing this contract, both parties shall clear the figures of each meters.
(5)Upon the expiration of the lease term, Party A has the right to take back the leased premises, and Party B shall return the premises as scheduled. If Party B requests to renew the lease, then it must notify Party A within one month before the expiration of the lease term, and a new lease contract shall be signed with the consent of Party A.
(6)The following items included in but not limited to the premises shall be owned by Party A and shall be provided to Party B for use during the lease term. Party B is in duty bound to maintain the following items to avoid damage outside use.
The whole house lighting system can be used normally, a kitchen stove, a smoke lampblack machine, a water heater, a full set of health Living surface basin, shower, toilet, etc.Three air conditioners, a set of 1.5 meter bed frame and a set of 1.8 meter bed frame (all equipped with Mattress), a 1.2-meter single bed.The master bedroom and the secondary bedroom each have an immovable wardrobe. One Set of study combination cabinet, a sitting room wine cabinet, six pairs of curtains. A dining table,
six chairs, a set of combination sofas, a TV cabinet, a tea table. A two-door refrigerator, a fully automatic washing machine.
3. Repair and use of the house
During the lease term, Party A shall guarantee the safe use of the leased premises. Party B shall reasonably use the leased premises house and its ancillary facilities. If the premise and facilities are damaged due to improper use, Party B shall be responsible for the repair or giving financial compensation.
4. Transfer and sublease of the house
During the lease term, Party B shall not sublease or lend the leased premises without the written consent of Party A.
5. Provisions on the handling of Party B’s breach of contract
During the lease term, if Party B commits any of the following acts, Party A shall have the right to terminate the contract and take back the premises,and Party B shall pay 20% of the total contract rent to Party A as liquidated damages. If the liquidated damages paid by Party B are insufficient to cover party A’s damage, Party B shall also be responsible for the loss until all
the losses are made up.
(1) Sublease or lend the premise to others without party A’s written consent of Party A;
(2) Without the consent of Party A, Party B remove or change the structure of the premise or damage the premise, and upon party A’s notice, it has not been corrected and repaired within the prescribed time limit;
(3) Alter the purpose of the lease or using the premises for illegal activities without authorization;
(4) Arent rent for more than one month;
If the lessee uses the house to engage in illegal activities, or defaults on the rent for more than 15 days, the leaser has the right to establish it unconditional recovery of the house.
Within the lease term, the lessee is the actual manager of the house, all the safety accidents occurred in the house are borne by the lessee, and have nothing to do with the lessor. The above circumstances include but are not limited to throwing objects from high altitude, improper use of water and electricity, falling in the rented house, causing using lessee and living resident casualties, the leaser will not bear any responsibility.
6. This agreement is made in duplicate, with each party holding one copy. It shall come into force upon signature.
Water, electricity and gas numbers when moving in:
Electricity____________ Water ____________ Gas____________
| Signature of Party A: | Signature of Party B: | |
| Contact information: | Contact information: | |
| Date of signing: | Date of signing: |
Exhibit 10.10
Number: B0CYYB-A003(2024)-036
Working Capital Loan Contract
Bank of Communications Co., Ltd.
Number: BOCYYB-A003(2024)-036
Working Capital Loan Contract
Important Tips
Please read the full text of this contract carefully, especially the clauses with ▲▲ mark and bold font. If you have any doubts, please ask the lender for explanation in time.
In view of the borrower’s application for working capital loan quota from the lender, in order to clarify the rights and obligations of both parties, the borrower and the lender have reached an agreement and hereby enter into this contract.
Article 1 Definition
“Quota” refers to the maximum amount of loan balance (under revolving quota) or total loan amount (under one-time quota) that the lender may issue to the borrower in accordance with the provisions of this contract. The quota can be a revolving quota or a one-time quota (only one-time use or multiple use) according to the contract agreement.
“Revolving credit limit” means that the borrower can apply for the credit limit multiple times to obtain a loan as agreed in this contract, but the loan balance cannot exceed the agreed credit limit.
“One-time credit limit” means that the borrower can apply for the credit limit once or multiple times to obtain a loan as agreed in this contract, but the total amount of loans drawn cannot exceed the agreed credit limit.
“Loan balance” means the sum of the principal amount of the loan obtained by the borrower under this contract and not yet repaid.
“Credit limit balance” means the amount after deducting the loan balance (under revolving credit limit) or the total amount of the loan (under one-time credit limit) from the credit limit.
“Credit term” means the term for the lender to issue a loan to the borrower based on the borrower’s application and the provisions of this contract, which belongs to the period of occurrence of the loan rather than the loan term.
“Loan term” means the term of each loan determined in the “Application for the Use of Loan Credit Limit of Bank of Communications” (hereinafter referred to as “Application for the Use of Credit Limit”).
“Pricing Benchmark” refers to the benchmark agreed upon by the borrower and the lender to determine the corresponding loan interest rate, including but not limited to the following specific pricing benchmarks and other types of pricing benchmarks.
“Loan Market Reference Rate (LPR)” refers to the loan market reference rate applicable to RMB loans issued by the National Interbank Funding Center on the 20th of each month (postponed in case of holidays).
“Secured Overnight Financing Rate (SOFR)” refers to the Secured Overnight Financing Rate applicable to US dollar loans, which is managed by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York (or other entities that take over the pricing benchmark) and displayed on the corresponding page of the Bloomberg/Refinitiv financial telecommunications terminal (or other information service agency alternative page that displays the pricing benchmark approved by the lender).
“Secured Overnight Financing Rate Term Reference Rate (SOFR Term Rate)” means the Secured Overnight Financing Rate Term Reference Rate (Term SOFR Reference Rate) for US dollar loans, which is administered by CME Group
Benchmark Administration Limited (or other entity that takes over the pricing benchmark) and published by it (or any other entity that takes over the pricing benchmark) and displayed on the corresponding page of Bloomberg/Refinitiv financial telecommunications terminal (or other information service agency alternative page that displays the pricing benchmark approved by the lender).
“Euro Interbank Offered Rate (EURIBOR)” means the Euro Interbank Offered Rate (Euro Interbank Offered Rate) for euro loans, which is administered by the European Money Markets Institute (or other entity that takes over the pricing benchmark) and displayed on the corresponding page of Bloomberg/Refinitiv financial telecommunications terminal (or other information service agency alternative page that displays the pricing benchmark approved by the lender).
“Hong Kong Interbank Offered Rate (HIBOR)” means the Hong Kong Interbank Offered Rate (HIBOR) for Hong Kong dollar loans, which is managed by the Hong Kong Association of Banks (or other entities that take over the pricing benchmark) and displayed on the corresponding page of Bloomberg/Refinitiv financial telecommunications terminals (or other information service agencies that display the pricing benchmark as an alternative page approved by the lender).
“Tokyo Term Risk Free Rate (TORF)” means the Tokyo Term Risk Free Rate (TORF) for Japanese yen loans, which is managed by QUICK Benchmarks Co., Ltd (or other entities that take over the pricing benchmark) and displayed on the corresponding page of Bloomberg/Refinitiv financial telecommunications terminals (or other information service agencies that display the pricing benchmark as an alternative page approved by the lender).
“TSRR” means the Term SONIA Reference Rate for GBP overnight average index, which is administered and published by Intercontinental E Exchange Benchmark Administration Limited (or other entity that takes over the pricing benchmark) and displayed on the corresponding page of Bloomberg/Refinitiv financial telecommunications terminal (or other information service agency alternative page that displays the pricing benchmark approved by the lender), and is applicable to GBP loans.
2
“LIBOR” means the London Interbank Offered Rate for USD loans, which is administered and published by Intercontinental Exchange, Inc. (or other entity that takes over the pricing benchmark) and displayed on the corresponding page of Bloomberg/Refinitiv financial telecommunications terminal (or other information service agency alternative page that displays the pricing benchmark approved by the lender).
“Banking day” and “working day” refer to the day when the bank in the lender’s location is open for business, excluding statutory holidays and rest days (except for those open due to holiday adjustments). If the loan release date, repayment date, interest payment date and maturity date are not banking working days, they will be postponed to the next banking working day accordingly.
“Foreign Currency Business Day” means, for the Secured Overnight Financing Rate (SOFR) or the Secured Overnight Financing Rate Term Reference Rate (SOFR Term Rate), the trading day of U.S. government bonds recommended by the Securities Industry and Financial Markets Association (or its successor organization) to the fixed income departments of its members (excluding Saturdays and Sundays); for the London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) or the Sterling Overnight Index Reference Term Rate (TSRR), the local working day in London (excluding Saturdays and Sundays); for the Euro Interbank Offered Rate (EURIBOR), the operating day of the Euro Payment Clearing System (TARGET2); for the Hong Kong Interbank Offered Rate (HIBOR), the local working day in Hong Kong (excluding Saturdays and Sundays); for the Tokyo Risk-Free Term Rate (TORF), the local working day in Tokyo (excluding Saturdays and Sundays).
“Related Person” means the Borrower’s authorized handler, agent, legal representative, person in charge, controlling shareholder or actual controller, beneficial owner and other direct or indirect related persons.
“Business related parties” refers to the parties to the underlying transaction contract and other related entities other than the parties to the transaction, as well as the authorized handlers, agents, legal representatives, responsible persons, controlling shareholders or actual controllers, beneficial owners and other parties of such parties to the transaction and related entities.
Terms such as related parties, related party transactions, and major investors have the same meanings as those in the “Enterprise Accounting Standard No. 36 - Related Party Disclosure” (Accounting [2006] No. 3) promulgated by the Ministry of Finance and subsequent revisions to the standard.
“ESG risks”: environmental, social and governance risks.
“Enterprise electronic banking”: refers to the corporate electronic banking channels of Bank of Communications, such as corporate online banking and corporate mobile banking.
3
Article 2 Use of the credit line
2.1 When the borrower needs to use the credit line, he shall apply to the lender at least 5 banking days in advance. When applying, he shall fill in and sign the “Credit Line Application Form” in accordance with the format and requirements provided by the lender; it can only be used after the lender’s review and approval.
▲▲2.2 Each use of the credit line is subject to the following conditions:
(1) The loan balance (under the revolving credit line) or the total loan amount (under the one-time credit line) does not exceed the credit line;
(2) The loan amount applied for does not exceed the credit line balance;
(3) The application date and loan release date are within the credit period;
(4) The loan term and loan maturity date are in accordance with the provisions of this contract;
(5) The guarantee contract (if any) under this contract has come into effect and remains valid. If the guarantee contract is a mortgage contract and/or pledge contract, the security interest has been established and remains valid;
(6) The borrower has completed the government permits, approvals, registrations and other documents required by law when applying for the loan and required by the lender.
(7) After the entry into force of this Contract, the Borrower’s operating and financial conditions have not undergone any significant adverse changes;
(8) The Borrower’s application complies with the requirements of the Lender’s relevant rules and regulations;
(9) The Borrower has not violated the provisions of this Contract;
(10) The payment method of the loan complies with the provisions of this Contract. If the Lender is entrusted to pay, the Lender agrees to pay;
(11) If a foreign currency loan is drawn, the Borrower has provided documents proving that the loan complies with relevant foreign exchange management policies, including but not limited to valid foreign exchange use certificates or registration documents;
(12) The Borrower has designated a special fund recovery account as required by the Lender and signed an account management agreement.
4
▲▲2.3 If the Lender agrees to issue the loan, if the “Credit Line Application Form” is signed in paper form, the final loan information shall be based on the contents of the bank printout of the “Credit Line Application Form”. If the “Credit Line Application Form” is signed through corporate electronic banking, the final loan information shall be based on the contents of the “Bank of Communications Loan Receipt”. The “Credit Line Application Form” will be used as a substitute for the “Loan Certificate”.
▲▲2.4 If the currency of the “Credit Line Application Form” is inconsistent with the currency of the credit line, it shall be converted at the exchange rate announced by Bank of Communications Co., Ltd. at the beginning of each day for the purpose of determining the credit line balance. If there is no directly applicable exchange rate, it shall be converted at an exchange rate determined by Bank of Communications Co., Ltd. in a reasonable manner.
▲▲2.5 After the borrower becomes a shareholder of the guarantor or the “actual controller” as defined in the “Company Law”, the lender has the right to suspend or cancel the borrower’s unused loan quota before the guarantor provides the lender with a resolution of its shareholders’ meeting (general meeting of shareholders) accepting the lender to agree to provide a guarantee for the borrower.
Article 3 Interest Rate and Calculation of Interest
3.1 Basic Rules for Determining Interest Rates
3.1.1 The annual interest rate (simple interest) of the loan under this contract shall be agreed upon by both parties in the “Credit Line Application” after negotiation each time the credit line is used. If the annual interest rate is determined based on the pricing benchmark, the annual interest rate shall be calculated based on the pricing benchmark agreed in the “Credit Line Application” plus (minus) points (1 basis point is 0.01%, 1 percentage point is 100 basis points).
3.1.2 If the “Credit Line Application” agrees to apply a fixed interest rate, and the fixed interest rate value column records a specific value, the specific interest rate of each loan shall be based on the value recorded in the fixed interest rate value column in the “Credit Line Application” (wherein, if the loan currency is RMB, such specific values shall be determined based on the specific values of the pricing benchmark applicable on the applicable date of the pricing benchmark agreed in the “Credit Line Application” (hereinafter referred to as the “Pricing Benchmark Value”), and based on the plus (minus) point value agreed in the “Credit Line Application”). If the fixed interest rate value column does not record a specific value, the specific interest rate for each loan shall be determined based on the pricing benchmark value applicable on the applicable date of the pricing benchmark agreed in the “Credit Line Application Form” and the plus (minus) point value agreed in the “Credit Line Application Form”. If the floating interest rate is agreed in the “Credit Line Application Form”, the specific interest rate for each loan shall be determined based on the pricing benchmark value applicable on the applicable date of the pricing benchmark agreed in the “Credit Line Application Form” and the plus (minus) point value, interest rate floating rules, interest rate floating cycle, interest rate floating cycle unit and specific date floating start date (if necessary) agreed in the “Credit Line Application Form”. 3.1.3 If the currency is RMB, the daily interest rate = monthly interest rate/30, monthly interest rate = annual interest rate/12; if the currency is Hong Kong dollar, British pound, Australian dollar or Canadian dollar, the daily interest rate = annual interest rate/365; if the currency is US dollar, euro and Japanese yen, the daily interest rate = annual interest rate/360.
5
▲▲3.2 Loan interest rate
If the “Credit Line Application Form” stipulates that a fixed interest rate shall apply and the fixed interest rate value column records a specific value, the interest rate for each loan disbursement shall be implemented according to the fixed value. If the “Credit Line Application Form” stipulates that a fixed interest rate shall apply and the fixed interest rate value column does not record a specific value, and if the “Credit Line Application Form” stipulates that a floating interest rate shall apply, the loan interest rate for each loan disbursement shall be determined based on the pricing benchmark value applicable to the “Pricing Benchmark Applicable Date” agreed in the corresponding “Credit Line Application Form” and the plus (minus) point value agreed in the “Credit Line Application Form”. The “Pricing Benchmark Applicable Date” is T day, and the pricing benchmark value applicable to T day shall be determined in accordance with Article 3.5.1 of this Contract.
3.3 Adjustment of interest rate
3.3.1 If the “Credit Line Application Form” records a fixed interest rate, the recorded interest rate shall be implemented for the loan during the loan period.
▲▲3.3.2 If the “Credit Line Application Form” records a floating interest rate, the loan interest rate adjustment date shall be determined according to the interest rate floating rules, interest rate floating cycle, interest rate floating cycle unit and specific date floating start date (if necessary) agreed in the “Credit Line Application Form” and the relevant provisions of this contract, and the adjusted interest rate shall apply from the loan interest rate adjustment date.
3.3.2.1 During the loan period, the loan interest rate adjustment cycle shall be calculated from the “loan account date” or “specific date floating start date” according to the “interest rate floating rules” selected in “floating rate rules”. Fill in the number of interest rate floating cycles in the blank column, and the interest rate floating cycle unit can be selected by day or month. If “1” is filled in as the number of interest rate floating cycles, and “Daily” is selected as the floating cycle unit, then starting from the “loan entry date” or “specific date floating start date”, every day is the loan interest rate adjustment day; if “3” is filled in as the number of interest rate floating cycles, and “Daily” is selected as the floating cycle unit, then starting from the “loan entry date” or “specific date floating start date”, every 3 days will be the loan interest rate adjustment day; if “1” is filled in as the number of interest rate floating cycles, and “Monthly” is selected as the floating cycle unit, then starting from the “loan entry date” or “specific date floating start date”, every 1 month will be the loan interest rate adjustment day; if “3” is filled in as the number of interest rate floating cycles, and “Monthly” is selected as the floating cycle unit, then starting from the “loan entry date” or “specific date floating start date”, every 3 months will be the loan interest rate adjustment day, and so on.
3.3.2.2 The loan interest rate on the loan interest rate adjustment date is determined based on the pricing benchmark value applicable on the loan interest rate adjustment date. Unless otherwise agreed in this contract or the parties agree to adjust the plus (minus) point value, the interest rate plus (minus) point value shall still be implemented according to the interest rate plus (minus) point value agreed in the “Credit Line Application” corresponding to the loan. The “Loan Interest Rate Adjustment Date” is T day, and the pricing benchmark value applicable on T day shall be implemented in accordance with Article 3.5.1 of this contract.
6
▲▲3.3.3 If the pricing benchmark applicable to the corresponding loan is cancelled, stopped publishing, or the lender no longer uses the corresponding pricing benchmark for some reason, the two parties shall negotiate and adjust the loan interest rate separately, but the adjusted interest rate shall not be lower than the interest rate applicable at that time; if the two parties have not reached an agreement on the adjusted interest rate for more than 1 month since the cancellation or cessation of the pricing benchmark, the lender has the right to declare the loan to be due early.
▲▲3.3.4 The two parties may adjust the plus (minus) point value of the corresponding loan interest rate on each loan interest rate adjustment date after negotiation.
3.4 The penalty interest rate for overdue loans shall be increased by 50% according to the interest rate agreed in this contract, and the penalty interest rate for misappropriated loans shall be increased by 100% according to the interest rate agreed in this contract. If the floating rate loan encounters an adjustment in the loan pricing benchmark, the lender has the right to adjust the penalty interest rate applicable to each loan accordingly, and the new penalty interest rate shall apply from the date of loan interest rate adjustment agreed in the corresponding “Credit Line Application Form”.
3.5 Calculation of interest
3.5.1 According to the applicable pricing benchmark, the pricing benchmark value applicable to the T day (i.e. “Pricing benchmark applicable date”, “loan interest rate adjustment date”, “repricing date”) stipulated in Articles 3.2, 3.3.2.2 and 9.3.3.2 of this contract shall be determined as follows:
If the pricing benchmark is the loan market benchmark rate (LPR), the pricing benchmark value applicable to the T day shall be the value of the loan market benchmark rate (LPR) most recently published before the T day.
If the pricing benchmark is the Secured Overnight Financing Rate (SOFR), when T is a foreign currency working day, the pricing benchmark value applicable to T is the value of the Secured Overnight Financing Rate (SOFR) corresponding to the fifth foreign currency working day before T, as displayed on the corresponding financial telecommunications terminal page; when T is a non-foreign currency working day, the pricing benchmark value applicable to T is the value of the Secured Overnight Financing Rate (SOFR) that should be applicable to the most recent foreign currency working day before T (i.e., the value of the Secured Overnight Financing Rate (SOFR) corresponding to the fifth foreign currency working day before the most recent foreign currency working day, as displayed on the corresponding financial telecommunications terminal page). The pricing benchmark is the Secured Overnight Financing Rate Term Reference Rate (SOFR Term Rate), London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR), Euro Interbank Offered Rate (EURIBOR), Tokyo Risk-Free Term Rate (TORF) or the British Pound Overnight Average Index Reference Term Rate (TSRR). When T day is a foreign currency working day, the pricing benchmark value applicable to T day is the pricing benchmark value corresponding to the second foreign currency working day before T day displayed on the corresponding financial telecommunications terminal page; when T day is a non-foreign currency working day, the pricing benchmark value applicable to T day is the pricing benchmark value that should be applicable on the most recent foreign currency working day before T day (i.e., the pricing benchmark value corresponding to the second foreign currency working day before the most recent foreign currency working day displayed on the corresponding financial telecommunications terminal page).
7
The pricing benchmark is the Hong Kong Interbank Offered Rate (HIBOR). When T is a foreign currency working day, the applicable pricing benchmark value on T is the Hong Kong Interbank Offered Rate (HIBOR) value corresponding to T displayed on the corresponding financial telecommunications terminal page; when T is a non-foreign currency working day, the applicable pricing benchmark value on T is the Hong Kong Interbank Offered Rate (HIBOR) value corresponding to the most recent foreign currency working day before T displayed on the corresponding financial telecommunications terminal page.
When the pricing benchmark value displayed on the corresponding financial telecommunications terminal page is greater than or equal to 0, the pricing benchmark value used to determine the loan interest rate under this contract is determined according to the pricing benchmark value actually displayed on the corresponding financial telecommunications terminal page; when the pricing benchmark value displayed on the corresponding financial telecommunications terminal page is less than 0, the pricing benchmark value used to determine the loan interest rate under this contract is determined as 0.
3.5.2 Normal interest = interest rate agreed in this contract × loan amount × number of days occupied.
The number of days occupied is calculated from the loan disbursement date (inclusive) to the due date (exclusive). If the due date is a non-working day, it will be postponed. The postponed period will be included in the number of days occupied, and the interest will still be calculated in accordance with the agreement of this contract.
3.5.3 The penalty interest for overdue loans and misappropriated loans is calculated based on the overdue or misappropriated amount and the actual number of days (from the date of overdue or misappropriation (inclusive) to the date of repayment of principal and interest (exclusive)).
3.5.4 If the calculated interest/penalty interest has more decimal places, the lender will round it off to two decimal places.
▲▲3.6 If the borrower repays the loan in advance or the lender recovers the loan in advance according to the agreement of this contract, the corresponding interest rate level will not be adjusted and will still be implemented according to the interest rate agreed in this contract.
3.7 If the loan currency is other than RMB, USD, EUR, HKD, JPY and GBP, the loan pricing benchmark type, daily interest rate calculation rules and pricing benchmark value determination rules applicable to the pricing benchmark applicable date, loan interest rate adjustment date and repricing date shall be subject to the provisions of Article 17 of this Contract.
8
Article 4 Payment of Loans
4.1 If the loan account designated by the borrower is a special loan disbursement account opened at the lender, the disbursement and payment of the loan shall be handled through this account. This account is only used for the disbursement of loan funds and external payments, and only sells the “Settlement Business Application Form” voucher. It cannot handle checks, bills of exchange, bank acceptance bills and other businesses, and cannot be used for other settlements. When the borrower pays for the transfer of loan funds on his own, it must be handled at the counter of the account opening outlet. The deposit interest of this account is included in the borrower’s repayment account.
4.2 When the borrower draws the loan in accordance with the provisions of this contract, the payment method (lender entrusted payment or borrower independent payment) shall be specified, and only one payment method can be used for each withdrawal.
4.3 Lender entrusted payment means that the lender, based on the borrower’s entrusted payment letter, directly pays the loan funds through the borrower’s account to the borrower’s trading counterpart that meets the purposes stipulated in this contract after the loan is issued in accordance with the provisions of this contract.
If the amount of a single payment exceeds the autonomous payment limit or meets one of the conditions stipulated in Article 19.3, the loan entrusted payment method shall be adopted.
If the lender is entrusted to pay, the borrower shall submit to the lender an application for the use of the credit limit, the corresponding entrusted payment letter and other information required by the lender (including but not limited to business contracts, invoices, receipts and other transaction information), clearly specifying the amount of the loan to be drawn and the object and amount of payment. The amount of the loan drawn shall be equal to the total amount to be paid.
▲▲If the payment to be made by the borrower does not comply with the provisions of this contract or the corresponding business contract or has other defects, the lender has the right to refuse to pay and return the entrusted payment letter submitted by the borrower.
▲▲ If the lender agrees to pay, if the information provided by the borrower is incorrect and the payment cannot be made or a payment refund occurs, the borrower shall resubmit the relevant documents and information containing correct information within the time limit specified by the lender. If the payment is delayed or unsuccessful, the lender shall not be responsible.
9
4.4 Borrower’s autonomous payment means that after the lender releases the loan funds to the borrower’s account in accordance with the provisions of this contract, the borrower shall autonomously pay to the borrower’s transaction counterparty that meets the purposes agreed in this contract.
In the case of borrower’s autonomous payment, the borrower shall submit to the lender an application for the use of the credit limit, a statement of the use of funds and other materials required by the lender. The borrower shall submit a summary report on the payment of loan funds to the lender on time. The lender has the right to verify whether the loan payment meets the agreed purposes through account analysis, voucher inspection, on-site investigation, etc., and the borrower shall cooperate with the lender’s verification.
Article 5 Repayment of the loan
5.1 The borrower shall repay the loan principal and interest in full and on time according to the repayment date and amount recorded in this contract and the corresponding “Credit Limit Application Form”.
▲▲5.2 The borrower shall not repay the loan in advance without the written consent of the lender.
▲▲5.3 The repayment arrangements for the principal and interest agreed upon by the borrower and the lender in the “Credit Limit Application Form” are the true intentions reached by both parties on a voluntary basis after negotiation. Under the repayment arrangement chosen by both parties, whether the principal is repaid before the interest does not affect the borrower’s obligation to repay the interest payable, and the borrower shall not raise any objection to the repayment of the interest payable. Under any repayment arrangement, the borrower shall be responsible for the repayment of all principal and interest payable.
▲▲5.4 If the borrower’s repayment (including the borrower’s voluntary repayment and the amount deducted by the lender in accordance with the provisions of this contract) cannot fully repay the borrower’s entire debt:
(1) It shall first be used to repay the overdue unpaid expenses. If the principal and interest are overdue for less than 90 days, the balance after the compensation fee shall be used to offset the overdue interest or penalty interest, compound interest, and then to offset the overdue principal; if the principal or interest is overdue for more than 90 days, the balance after the compensation fee shall be used to offset the overdue principal first, and then to offset the overdue interest or penalty interest, compound interest;
(2) If the borrower has multiple debts (including the borrower’s debts to the lender under other contracts), the lender has the right to decide the order of repayment of the borrower’s various debts, as long as such repayment order does not violate the mandatory provisions of the laws, regulations, rules and regulations and relevant regulatory requirements applicable to the lender. The lender shall notify the borrower of the results of the debt repayment. Unless the parties have otherwise agreed on this matter.
10
Article 6 Statements and Guarantees of the Borrower
6.1 The Borrower is established and legally exists in accordance with the law, has all necessary rights and capabilities, can perform the obligations of this Contract in its own name and bear civil liability.
6.2 The signing and performance of this Contract is the Borrower’s true intention, and has been subject to all necessary consents, approvals and authorizations, and there are no legal defects.
6.3 The Borrower operates legally and in compliance with regulations, has the ability to continue operations, has a legitimate source of repayment, is not involved in major ESG risks, and has no major bad credit record. The Borrower’s senior management has no bad record.
6.4 All documents, reports, materials and information provided by the Borrower to the Lender in the process of signing and performing this Contract are true, accurate, complete and valid, and no information that may affect its financial status and repayment ability is concealed from the Lender. The Borrower’s financial status has not undergone any major adverse changes since the latest financial statement reporting date. The borrowing matters comply with the requirements of laws and regulations.
▲▲6.5 The borrower and its related persons and business related parties are not on the sanctions list issued by the United Nations and relevant countries, organizations and institutions, and are not included in the list of enterprises or individuals involved in terrorism, money laundering and anti-sanction related risks issued by Chinese government departments or competent authorities; they are not located in countries and regions sanctioned by the United Nations and relevant countries, organizations and institutions.
▲▲6.6 The borrower guarantees to comply with national anti-money laundering laws, regulations and relevant policy requirements, and will not assist others in money laundering, terrorist financing, tax evasion, evasion of bank debts, cash withdrawal, telecommunications fraud, illegal fundraising and other illegal and irregular activities, and actively cooperate with the lender to carry out customer identity identification, transaction record preservation, customer identity and transaction background due diligence,large and suspicious transaction reports and other anti-money laundering work, and provide relevant certification materials as required by the lender.
6.7 If the borrower is a Class A or Class B customer based on the ESG risks faced by the industry to which the borrower belongs, the borrower promises that:
(1) the borrower’s internal management documents related to ESG risks comply with the requirements of laws and regulations and are effectively implemented;
11
(2) the borrower does not have any major litigation cases related to ESG risks;
(3) all the borrower’s behaviors and performance related to ESG risks are in compliance.
Article 7 Rights and Obligations of the Lender
7.1 The Lender has the right to recover the loan principal and interest (including compound interest, penalty interest for overdue and misappropriated loans, etc.) in accordance with the provisions of this Contract, collect the fees payable by the Borrower, and has the right to decide in advance to recover the loan based on the borrower’s capital recovery situation, and exercise other rights stipulated by law or this Contract.
▲▲7.2 During the performance of this Contract, the Lender will only conduct a formal review of the information provided by the Borrower. The Lender shall not be liable for the Lender’s failure to complete the entrusted payment in time due to the untrue, inaccurate or incomplete materials provided by the Borrower or the Borrower’s violation of the provisions of this Contract.
▲▲7.3 The Lender shall issue the loan and make payment in accordance with the provisions of this Contract. The Lender shall not be liable if the Lender fails to issue the loan or make payment on time due to any of the following reasons, but shall promptly notify the Borrower: the borrower’s designated lending account is frozen, the payment object account is frozen, force majeure, communication or network failure, Lender system failure, etc. Unless otherwise agreed in this Contract.
▲▲7.4 According to the regulatory requirements that the Lender needs to follow, the Lender will conduct a dynamic assessment of the Borrower’s risk level related to money laundering, terrorist financing, and tax evasion, and if it believes that the Borrower and its related businesses are suspected of money laundering, terrorist financing, and tax evasion, the Lender has the right to take one or all of the measures stipulated in Article 9.2.
▲▲7.5 The Lender has the right to participate in the Borrower’s large-scale financing, asset sales, mergers, divisions, shareholding system reforms, bankruptcy liquidation and other activities in accordance with the provisions of laws and regulations and the provisions of this Contract to safeguard the Lender’s creditor’s rights.
Article 8 Obligations of the Borrower
8.1 The Borrower shall repay the principal of the loan under this Contract and pay the interest according to the time, amount, currency and interest rate recorded in this Contract and the corresponding “Application for the Use of the Credit Quota”.
The funds recovery account designated by the Borrower is used to collect the corresponding sales revenue or planned repayment funds. If the corresponding sales revenue is settled in non-cash form, the Borrower shall ensure that the funds are transferred to the funds recovery account in a timely manner after receiving the funds. The Borrower shall provide the funds in and out of the funds recovery account in accordance with the requirements of the Lender.
12
8.2 The Borrower shall use the credit quota for the purpose agreed in this Contract and use the loan for the purpose determined in the corresponding “Application for the Use of the Credit Quota”. The loan shall not be used for other purposes, shall not be re-loaned, and shall not be used for the Borrower’s shareholder dividends and financial assets, fixed assets, equity and other investments; it shall not be used for the Borrower to pay bonuses, dividends and other items, shall not be used to pay fines, and shall not be used to inflate fiscal revenue, increase local government hidden debts, illegally flow into the real estate market and other fields and purposes prohibited by the State for production and operation.
The borrower shall use the loan funds in the agreed manner and shall not circumvent the lender’s entrusted payment by breaking the whole into parts; if the borrower adopts independent payment, the borrower shall use the loan within a reasonable time according to the requirements of the lender’s regulatory authority, and the loan funds payment shall comply with the provisions of this contract.
▲▲8.3 The borrower shall bear the settlement fees (if any) for loan fund payment (including entrusted payment by the lender and independent payment by the borrower). The specific fees shall be implemented in accordance with laws, regulations, rules, regulatory provisions and the effective “List of Bank of Communications Service Fees” announced by the lender at that time.
If the loan fund payment does not involve cross-border payment, the loan account is a special loan issuance account, and the loan fund payment (including entrusted payment by the lender and independent payment by the borrower) is not an account opened in the Bank of Communications, the fund payment may be handled through the People’s Bank of China payment system or the same city exchange system. If the lending account is not a special loan disbursement account, when the loan funds are paid (including entrusted payment by the lender and independent payment by the borrower), if the receiving account is an account of another bank in another place, the funds payment shall be handled through the payment system of the People’s Bank of China.
If the loan funds payment involves cross-border payment, the loan funds payment may be handled through the Society for Worldwide Interbank Financial Telecommunication (SWIFT) system or other systems.
▲▲8.4 The borrower shall cooperate with the lender in the supervision and inspection of loan payment management, post-loan management, loan use and borrower’s operating conditions, and promptly provide the lender with financial statements, loan funds use records and information, related parties and related party transaction information, ESG risk reports, other materials and information required by the lender for post-loan risk management needs, and ensure that the documents, materials and information provided are true, complete and accurate.
13
▲▲8.5 If the Borrower has any of the following matters, it shall notify the Lender in writing at least 30 days in advance and shall not take any action before paying off all principal and interest of the loan under this Contract or providing a repayment plan and guarantee approved by the Lender:
(1) Selling, donating, leasing, lending, transferring, mortgaging, pledging or otherwise disposing of all or most of the assets or important assets;
(2) Significant changes in the operating system or property organization form, including but not limited to the implementation of contracting, leasing, joint ventures, corporate restructuring, shareholding cooperative restructuring, enterprise sales, mergers (acquisitions), joint ventures (cooperation), divisions, establishment of subsidiaries, equity transfers, property transfers, capital reductions, etc.
(3) Foreign investment, foreign guarantees or substantial increase in debt financing exceeding the provisions of this Contract.
▲▲8.6 The Borrower shall notify the Lender in writing within 7 days from the date when the following events occur or are likely to occur and submit relevant certificates in accordance with laws, regulations, regulatory requirements and the Lender’s requirements:
(1) The Borrower or its Affiliates amends its Articles of Association, changes the name of the enterprise, legal representative (person in charge), domicile, correspondence address or business scope and other industrial and commercial registration matters, or makes decisions that have a significant impact on finance or personnel;
(2) The Borrower, its Affiliates or Guarantors intend to file for bankruptcy or may or have been filed for bankruptcy by creditors;
(3) The Borrower or its Affiliates are involved in major litigation, arbitration, administrative measures, or the main assets or collateral under this Contract are subject to property preservation or other compulsory measures, or the safety and integrity of the main assets or collateral under this Contract are or may be affected or the value is reduced or may be reduced;
(4) The Borrower or its Affiliates provide guarantees to third parties, and as a result, their economic status, financial status or performance are affected. The ability of the Borrower to perform its obligations under this Contract is materially and adversely affected;
14
(5) The Borrower or its Affiliates sign contracts that have a material impact on its operations and financial conditions;
(6) The Borrower repays outstanding debts in advance or repays other due debts in priority, adds any form of guarantee such as mortgage for other existing debts, or makes any arrangement or signs any relevant documents with similar effects;
(7) The Borrower, its Affiliates or Guarantors cease production, close down, dissolve, suspend business for rectification, are revoked or have their business licenses revoked;
(8) The Borrower or its Affiliates, the Borrower or its Affiliates’ major investors, the Borrower or its Affiliates’ legal representatives (persons in charge), directors or major managers disappear, are involved in illegal or irregular activities or violate applicable exchange rules or have abnormal changes;
(9) The Borrower or its Affiliates encounter serious operational difficulties, or their financial conditions deteriorate, or there are any adverse events affecting the Borrower or its Affiliates. Other events that have a negative impact on the business, financial status, debt repayment ability or economic status of the affiliated party;
(10) A related-party transaction occurs, and the transaction amount reaches or exceeds 10% of the most recently audited net assets;
(11) Before paying off all debts under this contract, the borrower becomes or may become a shareholder of the guarantor or a “de facto controller” as defined in the Company Law;
(12) The borrower or its affiliated parties are liable for violating laws, regulations, regulatory provisions, national policies or industry standards, etc.
(13) The Borrower or its Affiliates have a safety or environmental accident;
(14) The Borrower’s Affiliates have a change in the control or controlled relationship with the Borrower;
(15) The Borrower or its Affiliates have a major equity change;
(16) The Borrower’s external auditor’s audit opinion on its financial statements is not a standard unqualified opinion;
(17) The Borrower is or may be investigated, punished or subject to other similar measures by the competent authorities for violating laws, regulations and/or regulatory requirements;
15
(18) The Borrower or its Affiliates or Business Affiliates are included in the sanctions list issued by the United Nations and relevant countries, organizations and institutions, and the list of terrorism, money laundering and anti-sanctions related risks issued by Chinese government departments or competent authorities; or the country or region where the Borrower or its Affiliates or Business Affiliates are located is included in the list of countries and regions sanctioned by the United Nations and relevant countries, organizations and institutions;
(19) Other major adverse events that affect the debt repayment ability of the Borrower or its Affiliates occur. (20) Based on the ESG risks faced by the industry to which the borrower belongs, if the borrower is a Class A or Class B customer, the borrower has or may have any of the following:
① Various permits, approvals and approvals related to ESG risks during the commencement, construction, operation and shutdown process;
② Assessment and inspection of the borrower’s ESG risks by the regulatory agency or its recognized institutions;
③ Supporting construction and operation of environmental facilities;
④ Emission and compliance of pollutants;
⑤ Safety and health of employees;
⑥ Major complaints and protests against the borrower by neighboring communities;
⑦ Major environmental and social claims;
⑧ Other major situations that the lender considers to be related to ESG risks.
▲▲8.7 If the guarantee under this contract changes unfavorably to the lender’s claims, the borrower shall provide other guarantees recognized by the lender in a timely manner upon the lender’s request.
The “changes” referred to in this paragraph include but are not limited to: the guarantor merges, splits, stops production, closes down, dissolves, suspends business for rectification, is revoked, has its business license revoked, applies for or is applied for bankruptcy; the guarantor’s business or financial status has changed significantly; the guarantor is involved in major litigation, arbitration, administrative measures, or major assets are subject to property preservation or other compulsory measures; the safety and integrity of the collateral is or may be affected; the value of the collateral is reduced or may be reduced or compulsory measures such as seizure and other property preservation are taken; the guarantor or its legal representative (person in charge) or main management personnel are involved in illegal or irregular activities or violate applicable exchange rules; if the guarantor is an individual, the guarantor is missing or dead (declared dead); the guarantor has a breach of contract under the guarantee contract; the guarantor has a dispute with the borrower; the guarantor requests to terminate the guarantee contract; the guarantee contract is not effective or invalid or is revoked; the security right is not established or invalid; or other events that affect the security of the lender’s creditor’s rights, etc.
16
▲▲8.8 The borrower promises: from the date of signing this contract to the date before all loan principal, interest and related expenses under this contract are repaid, the borrower’s financial indicators, external agency ratings and business qualifications/licenses will always comply with the contract agreement. If the business qualifications/licenses need to be reviewed annually, they should pass the annual review on time.
8.9 The borrower guarantees that the borrower and the borrower’s employees and agents will not provide, give, request or accept any form of material benefits (including but not limited to cash, physical cards, travel, etc.) or other non-material benefits to the lender or the lender’s employees in any form other than the provisions of this contract; the funds or services provided by the lender will not be used directly or indirectly in any form for activities related to corruption or bribery; if the borrower knows of any violation of this clause, it shall promptly, truthfully, completely and accurately provide clues and relevant information to the lender and cooperate with relevant matters in accordance with the lender’s requirements.
8.10 If the borrower is a Class A or Class B customer based on the ESG risks faced by the industry to which the borrower belongs, the borrower shall assume the following obligations:
(1) Establish and improve the internal ESG risk management system, and specify in detail the responsibilities, obligations and penalties of the relevant responsible persons of the borrower;
(2) Establish and improve the emergency response mechanism and measures for ESG risk emergencies;
(3) Set up a special department and/or designate special personnel to be responsible for ESG risk matters;
(4) Cooperate with the lender or a third party recognized by it in the assessment and inspection of the borrower’s ESG risks;
(5) Give appropriate responses or take other necessary actions when the public or other stakeholders strongly question the borrower’s performance in controlling ESG risks;
(6) Urge the borrower’s key related parties to strengthen management to prevent the ESG risks of related parties from spreading to the borrower;
(7) Perform other obligations that the lender considers relevant to controlling ESG risks.
17
▲▲Article 9 Adjustment of the credit limit, early maturity of the loan and risk repricing
9.1 Any of the following events shall be deemed as the “early maturity event” of this contract:
(1) The borrower fails to repay the loan principal or pay interest as agreed in any “Credit Limit Application Form” under this contract;
(2) The statements and warranties made by the borrower under this contract are untrue;
(3) Any of the matters listed in Article 8.6 that should be notified actually occurs, affecting or may affect the security of the lender’s creditor’s rights or causing the lender’s risk to increase;
(4) Due to changes in laws, regulations and regulatory policies, the lender’s loan issuance in accordance with the provisions of this contract constitutes or may constitute a violation of laws or regulations;
(5) The borrower has a breach of contract or a violation of regulations in the performance of other contracts concluded with the lender or contracts concluded with third parties. The debt may or has been declared to be due in advance;
(6) The borrower makes abnormal use of the loan funds or evades entrusted payment;
(7) The borrower misappropriates the loan funds;
(8) The loan account designated by the borrower is settled or deducted by the competent authority;
(9) According to the ESG risks faced by the borrower’s industry, the borrower belongs to Class A or Class B customers, and the borrower has any of the following events:
① The borrower is punished by the relevant government department for poor ESG risk management;
② The borrower is strongly questioned by the public and/or the media for poor ESG risk management, and it is verified that relevant circumstances do exist;
③ The borrower violates the obligations regarding ESG risk management agreed upon with the lender in other contracts;
18
(10) The borrower violates other provisions of this contract. 9.2 When any “early maturity event” occurs, the Lender has the right to take one, more or all of the following measures:
(1) reduce, suspend or cancel the credit limit under this Contract;
(2) stop issuing or suspend issuing loans that the Borrower has not yet drawn;
(3) stop or suspend payment of loans that the Borrower has drawn but not yet used;
(4) require the Borrower to negotiate with the Lender for additional loan issuance and payment conditions within a specified time limit;
(5) require the Borrower to change the payment method as required by the Lender;
(6) execute risk repricing of the loan in accordance with Article 9.3;
(7) unilaterally declare that all principals of loans issued under the Contract have matured in advance and require the Borrower to immediately repay all principals of matured loans and settle all interest;
(8) lower the Borrower’s loan risk classification in accordance with regulatory requirements;
(9) pursue the Borrower’s legal liability.
9.3 Based on the Borrower’s operating conditions at the time of signing this Contract, the Parties have determined the interest rate agreed upon in this Contract and its adjustment after consultation. The Borrower agrees that, in the event of any “early maturity event”, the Lender has the right to execute the risk repricing of the loan in accordance with the provisions of this Article.
9.3.1 Risk repricing includes two methods: negotiated repricing and direct increase of loan interest rate. The risk repricing method adopted in this Contract shall be agreed upon by both parties in Article 21.
9.3.2 “Negotiated repricing” means that the Lender has the right to require the Borrower to negotiate with the Lender to increase the loan interest rate within a limited time limit, and the two parties shall determine the specific agreement on the “repricing date” and related interest rates in the form of a supplementary agreement.
19
9.3.3 “Directly increase the loan interest rate” means that the Lender has the right to directly increase the loan interest rate in accordance with the provisions of this Article and Article 21.
9.3.3.1 From the “repricing date” notified in writing by the Lender to the Borrower, the increased loan interest rate shall be applied to all loans that the Borrower has not repaid as of the “repricing date”.
9.3.3.2 If the loan currency is RMB, USD, EUR, HKD, JPY or GBP, the increased loan interest rate of each loan shall be determined based on the applicable pricing benchmark value on the “repricing date” and in accordance with the plus (minus) point value agreed in Article 21.2.1. The “repricing date” is T day, and the pricing benchmark value applicable on T day shall be determined in accordance with Article 3.5.1 of this Contract.
9.3.3.3 If the loan currency is other than RMB, USD, EUR, HKD, JPY or GBP, the increased loan interest rate shall be determined in accordance with Article 21.2.2 of the Working Capital Loan Contract.
9.3.4 After the Lender performs risk repricing in accordance with the aforementioned agreement, the new interest rate shall be implemented from the “repricing date”. On this interest rate, the floating adjustment shall still be made in accordance with Article 3 of this Contract. If the parties agree to change the relevant agreement, the changed agreement shall be implemented. If the loan is overdue (including the borrower’s failure to repay on time or the lender declares it to be due early) or misappropriated, the penalty interest rate for overdue and misappropriated loans shall be determined based on the new interest rate (including the interest rate adjusted by floating according to the provisions of this contract), and the interest rate for calculating compound interest shall be adjusted accordingly.
9.3.5 The implementation of “risk repricing” shall not be deemed or interpreted as the lender’s waiver of other rights stipulated by laws and regulations and agreed upon in this contract. The lender has the right to take other creditor protection measures in accordance with laws and regulations and the provisions of this contract, including but not limited to the measures agreed upon in Article 9.2.
▲▲Article 10 Breach of Contract
10.1 If the borrower fails to repay the loan principal and interest in full and on time, or fails to use the loan for the purpose agreed in this contract, the lender shall charge interest at the penalty interest rate for overdue loans or the penalty interest rate for misappropriated loans, and charge compound interest on the unpaid interest. If the penalty interest rate is adjusted in accordance with the contract, the interest rate for calculating compound interest shall also be adjusted accordingly.
10.2 If the borrower fails to repay the loan principal and interest in full and on time, the lender shall bear the collection fees, litigation fees (or arbitration fees), preservation fees, announcement fees, execution fees, attorney fees, travel expenses and other expenses paid by the lender to realize the creditor’s rights.
20
▲▲Article 11 Deduction Agreement
11.1 The borrower authorizes that when there is a loan principal, interest, penalty interest, compound interest or other fees due, the lender has the right to deduct funds from any account opened by the borrower at all branches of Bank of Communications Co., Ltd. for repayment.
11.2 After the deduction, the Lender shall notify the Borrower of the account number involved in the deduction, the contract number, the number of the “Credit Line Application Form”, the deduction amount and the remaining debt amount.
11.3 When the deduction proceeds are insufficient to repay all the Borrower’s debts, the debt amount to be repaid shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of this Contract.
11.4 If the deduction proceeds are inconsistent with the currency of the debt to be repaid, the amount of debt to be repaid shall be converted into the amount of debt repaid according to the exchange rate announced by Bank of Communications Co., Ltd. at the time of deduction. If foreign exchange settlement or foreign exchange conversion procedures are required, the Borrower is obliged to assist the Lender in handling them as required by the Lender, and the exchange rate risk shall be borne by the Borrower.
▲▲ Article 12 Notice
12.1 The contact information (including mailing address, contact number, fax number, etc.) filled in by the Borrower in this Contract is true and valid. If any contact information changes, the Borrower shall immediately send/send the change information in writing to the mailing address filled in by the Lender in this Contract. Such information changes shall take effect after the Lender receives the change notice.
12.2 Unless otherwise expressly agreed in this Contract, the Lender has the right to make any notification to the Borrower in any of the following ways. The Lender has the right to choose the notification method it deems appropriate and is not responsible for any transmission errors, omissions or delays caused by post, fax, telephone or any other communication system. If the Lender chooses multiple notification methods at the same time, the one that reaches the Borrower faster shall prevail. If the Lender issues more than one notice to the Borrower on the same matter and the contents of the notices are different, unless otherwise expressly stated in the notice, the later notification shall prevail.
(1) Announcement: the date on which the Lender publishes the announcement on its website, online banking, telephone banking or business outlets shall be deemed the date of delivery
(2) Delivery by special person: the date on which the Borrower signs for the delivery;
(3) Delivery by post (including express mail, ordinary mail, registered mail) to the Borrower’s most recently valid communication address: the third day (same city)/fifth day (out-of-town) after the date of mailing shall be deemed the date of delivery;
21
(4) Delivery by fax, mobile phone text message or other electronic communication means to the Borrower’s most recently valid fax number, mobile phone number or email address, WeChat account shall be deemed the date of delivery. The aforementioned delivery refers to the relevant information entering the service provider’s server terminal and is not based on the relevant information actually displayed on the client terminal.
12.3 The Borrower agrees that, unless the Lender receives the Borrower’s written notice of change of communication address or the Borrower directly submits a confirmation of delivery address to the court, the Borrower’s communication address filled in this Contract shall be the address for the Court to serve judicial documents and other written documents to the Borrower. The scope of application of the above-mentioned service address includes but is not limited to the first instance of civil litigation, jurisdictional objection and reconsideration, second instance, retrial, remand for retrial and enforcement procedures.
During the dispute resolution process of this contract, the court has the right to serve judicial instruments and other written documents to the borrower through any communication method agreed in Article 12.2. The court has the right to choose the communication method it deems appropriate and is not responsible for transmission errors, omissions or delays caused by post, fax, telephone, telex or any other communication system. If the court chooses multiple communication methods at the same time, the one that reaches the borrower faster shall prevail.
12.4 The provisions of this article are independent dispute resolution clauses in the contract. If this contract is invalid, revoked or terminated, it will not affect the validity of this clause.
▲▲Article 13 Information Disclosure and Confidentiality
13.1 For the Borrower’s undisclosed information and materials obtained and known during the signing and performance of this Contract, the Lender’s use of the relevant information and materials (including but not limited to collection, storage, use, processing, transmission, provision, disclosure, etc.) shall not violate laws, regulations and regulatory requirements, and shall bear confidentiality obligations in accordance with the law and shall not disclose such information and materials to third parties, except in the following circumstances:
(1) Disclosure required by applicable laws and regulations;
(2) Disclosure required by judicial departments or regulatory agencies in accordance with the law;
(3) When the Borrower fails to repay the loan principal and/or interest in full and on time, the Lender needs to disclose to the Lender’s external professional consultants and allow the Lender’s external professional consultants to use it on a confidential basis in order to realize the debt under this Contract;
22
(4) Other actions are reasonably carried out to safeguard the public interest or the Borrower’s legitimate rights and interests;
(5) The Borrower agrees or authorizes the Lender to disclose.
13.2 The Borrower confirms that it has signed the corresponding authorization letter for the Lender to process the Borrower’s credit information as required by the Lender. The Lender shall inquire, use and preserve the Borrower’s credit information within the scope specified in the authorization letter.
13.3 In addition to the circumstances stipulated in Articles 13.1 and 13.2 of this Contract, the Borrower further agrees that Bank of Communications Co., Ltd. may use or disclose the Borrower’s information and materials, including but not limited to the Borrower’s basic information, credit transaction information, bad information and other relevant information and materials, in the following circumstances, and is willing to bear all consequences arising therefrom:
Disclose and allow such information and materials to be used on a confidential basis to business outsourcing institutions, third-party service providers, other financial institutions and other institutions or individuals deemed necessary by the Lender for the following purposes, including but not limited to other branches of Bank of Communications Co., Ltd., or subsidiaries wholly or partially owned by Bank of Communications Co., Ltd.:
① To carry out bank credit business or related to bank credit business, such as promoting the credit business of Bank of Communications Co., Ltd., collecting arrears of borrowers, implementing post-loan/existing period management, transferring bank credit business claims, etc.;
② To provide or may provide new products or services to the Borrower or provide further services for the Lender.
Whether this Article 13.3 is applicable shall be subject to the agreement between the two parties in Article 24.1 of this Contract.
Article 14 Applicable Law and Dispute Resolution
This Contract shall be governed by the laws of the People’s Republic of China (excluding the laws of Hong Kong, Macao and Taiwan for the purpose of this Contract). Any dispute under this Contract shall be brought to the court with jurisdiction over the place where the Lender is located, unless otherwise agreed in this Contract. During the dispute period, the parties shall continue to perform the terms that are not involved in the dispute.
23
Article 15 Contract Composition, Signing Arrangement, Effectiveness and Loan Attributes
▲▲15.1 The “Credit Credit Application” and other relevant documents and materials filled in and signed by the Borrower under this Contract in accordance with the format and requirements provided by the Lender are an integral part of this Contract.
15.2 The “Credit Credit Application” is a supplement to this Contract. Unless otherwise agreed in the “Credit Credit Application”, the rights and obligations and related matters between the Borrower and the Lender shall still be implemented in accordance with the provisions of this Contract.
15.3 This Contract and/or the “Credit Credit Application” agreed in this Contract and other relevant documents and materials that constitute the components of this Contract may be signed in paper form or through corporate electronic banking. If the borrower chooses to sign this contract and/or the “Credit Line Application” and other related documents through the corporate electronic bank, the borrower shall open the corporate electronic bank according to the lender’s requirements, submit an application for opening the corporate electronic bank contract function, sign the relevant documents for opening the corporate electronic bank contract function according to the lender’s requirements, and designate an authorized person who has the right to use the corporate electronic bank contract function on behalf of the borrower.
15.4 This contract shall take effect after being signed by both parties. If this contract is signed in paper form, signing means that the legal representative (person in charge) or authorized representative of the borrower signs (or affixes his/her personal seal) and affixes the official seal, and the legal representative (person in charge) or authorized representative of the lender signs (or affixes his/her personal seal) and affixes the contract seal; if this contract is signed through the corporate electronic bank, signing means that the borrower fills in and confirms the relevant information according to the prompts on the corporate electronic bank interface and uses the digital certificate for electronic signature and then submits it, and the lender completes the review and confirmation of the contract submitted by the borrower and uses the digital certificate for electronic signature.
15.5 If the special seal affixed by the lender is a special seal for offshore credit business contracts (or other special seals with the word “offshore”), the loan under this contract is an offshore business loan.
▲▲15.6 If the borrower suffers losses or the services it receives are hindered, blocked or delayed (including but not limited to the borrower’s inability to log in to the corporate electronic banking or temporarily unable to handle related business after logging in) due to force majeure and/or changes in national policies, IT system failures, communication system failures, power system failures and other reasons beyond the lender’s control, the lender shall not be liable for this, unless otherwise agreed by both parties in the supplementary agreement. The above agreement does not exempt the lender from the liability that should be borne by the lender due to the lender’s fault according to law.
24
Article 16 Specific contents of the credit line
16.1 Credit line currency: RMB; Amount in words: three million yuan only; Can be used in ☑ credit line currency / credit line currency and other currencies accepted by the lender; This credit line belongs to ☐ revolving credit line / one-time credit line (can be used multiple times) ☑ one-time credit line (only used once).
16.2 Credit line purpose: purchase commodities
16.3 The credit period is from June 27, 2024 to June 27, 2025.
Article 17 Interest Rate Agreement
If the loan currency is other than RMB, USD, EUR, HKD, JPY and GBP, the applicable pricing benchmark type, daily interest rate calculation rules and pricing benchmark value determination rules applicable to the corresponding loan are as follows:
Article 18 Account Agreement
18.1 The borrower designates the following account as the loan account, which is not a special loan disbursement account opened by the borrower at the lender. If otherwise agreed in the corresponding “Credit Line Application Form”, the agreement in the “Credit Line Application Form” shall prevail.
Account name: Jiangsu Huhu Electromechanical Technology Co., Ltd.
Account number:
Opening bank: Bank of Communications Wuxi Branch Business Department
18.2 The Borrower designates: __________________
(1) The repayment account is Account name: _________________
Account number: __________________
Opening bank: ____________________
25
(2) The fund recovery account is: ________________
Account name: Jiangsu Huhu Electromechanical Technology Co., Ltd.
Account number:
Opening bank: Bank of Communications Wuxi Branch Business Department
Article 19 Specific provisions on loan issuance, payment and repayment
19.1 The term of each loan drawn under this contract shall not exceed 12 ☐ months and ☐ days, and the maturity date of all loans shall not be later than June 28, 2025.
19.2 The autonomous payment limit under this contract is: ☐ RMB ☐ (foreign currency) __ million yuan or equivalent in other currencies.
19.3 If any of the following conditions are met, the lender shall be entrusted to pay: ______________________
19.4 If the borrower makes the payment on his own, the borrower shall submit a summary report to the lender on the payment of the loan funds within _______ days after the loan is issued.
Article 20 Financial restrictions, external agency ratings and business qualifications/licenses
20.1 The borrower’s external investment limit is RMB _________ million; the external guarantee limit is RMB ______ million; and the increase in debt financing limit is RMB ________ million.
20.2 Contractual agreements on the borrower’s financial indicators:
(1)_
(2)_
(3)_
20.3 Specific agreements on external agency ratings:
(1)_
(2)_
20.4 Specific agreements on the borrower’s business qualifications/licenses:
(1)_
(2)_
26
▲▲Article 21 Specific agreements on risk repricing
21.1 This contract adopts the following risk repricing methods (1) : (1) Negotiated repricing; (2) Directly increase the loan interest rate.
21.2 If the method of “directly increasing loan interest rate” is adopted:
21.2.1 If the loan currency is RMB, USD, EUR, HKD, JPY, GBP, the increased interest rate plus (minus) points value is: 口 No plus or minus points 口 ______ Plus percentage points 口 Minus ______ percentage points. If a certain loan has a separate agreement on this, the increased interest rate plus (minus) points value of the loan shall be based on the record in the applicable quota application form.
21.2.2 If the loan currency is other than RMB, USD, EUR, HKD, JPY and GBP, the increased loan interest rate is:
Article 22 Contact Information
The contact information for the borrower to receive the notice stipulated in Article 12 includes:
Mailing address: Building No. 9, Tian’an Cyber Park,No.228, Linghu Avenue, Xinwu District, Wuxi City, Jiangsu,China 214000
Recipient:
Postal code: 214000
Telephone:___________
Mobile phone number:
Fax:
Email address:
27
Article 23 Number of copies of the contract
This contract is signed in paper form. The original of this contract is in triplicate, and the contracting parties and guarantors (if any) each hold 1_ copies.
Article 24 Other agreed matters
24.1 Both parties agree that this contract ☑ applies to ☐ and does not apply to Article 13.3.
24.2 Based on the ESG risks faced by the borrower’s industry, the borrower population ☐ belongs to ☑not belongs to customers who do not belong to Class A or Class B.
This contract is guaranteed by the guarantee contract numbered B0CYYB-D062(2024)-025 signed between Wuxi Branch of Bank of Communications Co., Ltd. and Wang Yinglai. Both parties agree that the court of jurisdiction for disputes stipulated in this contract shall be changed from “the court with jurisdiction at the place where the lender is located” to “the court with jurisdiction at the place where the debtor or lender is located”. The lender will provide legal and compliant VAT invoices in accordance with laws, regulations and relevant provisions. The specific time and method shall be determined by negotiation between the two parties.
Borrower: Jiangsu Huhu Electromechanical Technology Co., Ltd.
Legal representative (person in charge): Wang Yinglai
Legal address:
Lender: Bank of Communications Co., Ltd. Wuxi Branch (Sub-branch)
Person in charge: Xie Jinhai
Correspondence address:
28
| The Borrower has read through all the terms of the contract, the Lender has made a detailed explanation at the request of the Borrower, the Borrower undoubtedly disputes all the contents when signing this contract, and understands the meaning of the contract terms, especially the terms with ▲▲ marks and bold font, and its legal consequences. |
(This page is the signing page of the Working Capital Loan Contract, and there is no text below)
Borrower : /s/ Jiangsu Huhu Electromechanical Technology Co., LTD
Lender : /s/ Bank of Communications Co., Ltd
Coborrower: /s/ WANG YINGLAI
Signing Date: June 27,2024
29
Exhibit 10.14
RENTAL CONTRACT (office)
Lessor MEGUMI (hereinafter referred to as “Party A”) and the tenant HUHU Technology Co.,Ltd. (hereinafter referred to as “Party B”) have reached an agreement on the following terms:
Title (1) The information of the real estate
| Real Estate | Content | M Building the 3rd Floor | ||
| Address | (Residential area ) 2-20 Kuwamizu 2-chome, Chuo-ku, Kumamoto City, Kumamoto Province | |||
| (Register book) No. 193 Kuwamizu 2-chome, Chuo-ku, Kumamoto City, Kumamoto Province | ||||
Structure |
Reinforced-Concrete Structure 7 Layers / 5 Households | |||
| Type | Office | Construction date | 1990/05 | |
| House area | 93.40 m² | |||
| Attached facilities | There is no content below. | |||
Title (2) Business Content
| The R&D of System Construction industry |
Title (3) Contract Period
| From 2022/07/15 to 2024/07/14 (2 years) | |
| Delivery time of the office | On 2022/07/15 |
Title (4) Rent
| Rent | Monthly 99,000 yen
(tax contain: 9,000 yen) |
Community expense | ||
| Household security | Cash Gift | 198,000 yen | ||
| Water bill | Monthly 2,200 yen
(tax contain: 200 yen) |
Guarantee Contract Fee | 101,200 yen | |
Other condition |
||||
| Key | No | |||
| Pcs | ||||
| Payment time | Pay for the rent of next month before the 27th of this month | |||
| Payment method | Accounts | |||
☑ Bank Accounts Name |
ALPHA PROPERTY CO.,LTD. | |||
Title (5) The Tenant’s Emergency Contact
Emergency |
(Name) Yasuu Naeda |
| (Address) TEL 27-63 Noda 2-chome, Kita-ku, Kumamoto City | |
| (Office)TEL International technical exchange cause | |
| (Smart phone) TEL 080-3998-7897 |
Title (6) Lessor and Agent
| Lessor | Name: MEGUM I |
| Address: 7-24-10 Hinosato, Kasumakata City, Fukuoka |
| Management Company | Aozora Home Co., Ltd. | |
| Address | 2-17-10 Josuizenji, Chuo-ku, Kumamoto City TEL: 096-284-1484 | |
| Certificate No. Of Management Company | ||
(General corporation) National Rental Management Association Member No. |
||
| Manager | Name: Chie Kata
(Real estate operation manager: Registration Number ) | |
※ *If the lessor and property owner are not the same person, please fill in the form below.
| Owner | Name |
| Address |
Title (7) Tenant’s Debt Security
Guarantee Method |
☑ Joint guarantor | Name | Yasuu Naeda |
| Address | 27-63 Noda 2-chome, Kita-ku, Kumamoto City | ||
| Amount | One million yen | ||
☑ Joint guarantee company |
Name | Alpha Co., Inc | |
| Address | 15-15 Terukuni Town, Kagoshima City, Kagoshima Province | ||
| Certificate No. |
Minister of Land, Infrastructure, Transport and Tourism ( ) No. |
Title (8) Renewal matters
| When the contract expires, if Party A or Party B does not make any request, the contract will be automatically renewed under the same conditions. |
2
Title (9) Special clause
| If the Tenant comes into contact with the Fire Service Act, Building Standards Act, Pollution Prevention Ordinance, or other related laws and ordinances, the Tenant shall immediately make improvements. In the event that the tenant does not improve the violation, etc., the tenant may unilaterally terminate this agreement within 30 days from the date of the notice of improvement order, and if the tenant does not move out, the tenant’s property will be refunded. The property shall be able to be put into service, and the property owner shall be able to dispose of the interior, fixtures and fittings with the security deposit deposited by the tenant. | ||
The lessor and the tenant shall maintain strict confidentiality regarding matters learned in connection with this Agreement (including personal information), and shall not disclose any information to others during the term of this Agreement or even after the termination of the Agreement, unless the other party has consented. The tenant shall bear the following expenses.
① The electricity, gas, water, telephone and other costs used by the tenant and their access costs ② Public taxes of the tenant ③ The tenant builds the additional equipment to the property, the equipment installed by the tenant with the consent of the owner, and the relevant maintenance and repair of the construction cost and all costs of the project ④ All the costs required for the maintenance of the property and the replacement of light bulbs ⑤ Waste disposal fee, cleaning fee (related to buildings and parking lots), street membership dues, etc.
The occurrence date of this property is from July 15,2022.
If Party B is willing to use the signboard, it shall set it up at the place designated by Party A and reveal the contents of the signboard in writing in advance, and party B shall bear the expenses with party A’s consent. Even in the case of moving out, party B shall dismantle at the expense and repair the connection with the building.
From the date of signing this Contract to the date of pawn borrowing, if Party B terminates this Contract, Party B shall pay party A a monthly monthly fee equivalent to 4 months. However, it shall not prevent Party A from asking Party B to compensate for the losses.
From the commencement of this Agreement to July 14,2023, if this Agreement is terminated or terminated due to Party B, Party B shall pay Party A an amount equivalent to 4 months’ monthly fee as liquidated damages for early termination. However, it shall not prevent Party A from asking Party B to compensate for the losses.
If the current consumption rate (10%) is amended, the tenant shall correspond to the revised rate.
In the future, if Party A needs to dismantle or rebuild the property, Party A and Party B will negotiate in good faith. | ||
| Title (9) Restoring the house to its original condition | ||
| The contract is over due to the expiry of the period, termination of the contract, etc., the creditor’s contract period is natural wear and tear and intentional negligence, and the lender’s original property is added to the equipment, fabrication, billboard, and maintenance. All items have been moved out Repairs will be carried out and the original condition of the object will be restored. The original condition of the object will be restored on the expiration date of this contract. The owner will restore the object to its original condition. The owner of the goods is responsible for both interior and exterior decoration. | ||
|
Party A /Agent |
Name: Aozora Home Co., Ltd. | Tel: 096-284-1484 | |
| Address: 2-17-10 Josuizenji, Chuo-ku, Kumamoto City TEL: 096-284-1484 | |||
|
Party
B |
Name: HUHU Technology Co.,Ltd | Tel: | |
| Address: 2-20 Kuwamizu 2-chome, Chuo-ku, Kumamoto City, Kumamoto Province | |||
|
Party
C |
Name | ![]() |
Tel: 080-3998-7897 |
| Address | 27-63 Noda 2-chome, Kita-ku, Kumamoto City | ||
| Guarantee limit:yen | |||
3
| house agent | A | |
|
Address: 2-17-10 Josuizenji, Chuo-ku, Kumamoto City TEL: 096-284-1484 Name: Aozora Home Co., Ltd. Legal representative:Kata Tobi
|
||
|
Certificate No.: Governor Kumamoto ( 2) No. 4982 |
||
| Manager |
SAME AS ABOVE |
|
| ||
| ||
|
In principle, the state is a solid seal
This contract is accompanied by written documents provided in Article 37 of the Homestead Building Transaction Act.
4
covenant
(Establishment)
Article 1 The lessor (“A”) and tenant (“B”) reach a lease agreement on the house in the title (1).
(Contract Period)
Article 2
| 1 | The contract term and the delivery date of the property shall be specified in title (3). |
| 2 | Both Party A and Party B can update the contract based on the stipulations in the contract. |
(Rent)
Article 3
1 Party B shall pay the rent to Party A in accordance with title (4).
2 Under any of the following circumstances, both parties may negotiate to modify the rent:
If the freight charges become inappropriate due to a decrease in taxes or other burdens on land or buildings.
When the poverty fee becomes inappropriate due to a rise or fall in the price of land or buildings or other changes in economic circumstances.
If the freight charges are unreasonable compared to the freight charges of buildings of the same type in the vicinity
The rent for less than one month will be calculated as one month’s rent.
(Common Service Fees)
Article 4
| 1 | Party B shall pay the common service fee to Party A in accordance with the title (4) in order to cover the utility costs, water and sewage usage fees, cleaning costs, etc. necessary for the maintenance and management of common areas such as stairs and hallways. |
| 2 | Party A and Party B may revise the common service fee after consultation if the common service fee becomes inappropriate due to a decline in miscellaneous management fees. |
| 3 | Common service fees for periods less than one minute shall be calculated on a daily basis. |
5
(Taxes and Fees)
Article 5
| 1 | Party A shall bear the taxes and public expenses payable by the property. |
| 2 | Party B shall be responsible for the use fee of electricity, waste water, water and other special equipment. |
| 3. | During the term of the contract, Party B shall bear the expenses of the neighborhood committee and other expenses and membership fees incurred by the residence and residence. |
| 4 | Party B shall insure fire insurance (tenant liability insurance) for party B’s household goods during the contract period stipulated in title1 of Article 2, and the expenses shall be borne by Party B. |
(Security Deposit)
Article 6
| 1 | Party B shall deliver to Party A the deposit specified in Title (4) as a security for the obligations arising from this Agreement. |
| 2. | If Party B fails to perform its obligations under this Agreement, Party A may use the security deposit to pay off such obligations. In this case, Party B cannot use the deposit to pay off the debts before the premises are vacated. |
| 3 | If the rent increases, Party B shall compensate the deposit by the difference between the new rent amount and the old rent amount in the months listed in the title (4). |
| 4 | Party A shall use the deposit to pay off all the obligations arising from this contract of Party B until the premises is vacated. If there is any surplus, Party A shall return the surplus amount to Party B immediately after the premises are moved out. |
| 5 | When deducting the debt amount of Party B in accordance with the provisions of the preceding paragraph, Party A must indicate the details of the debt amount while returning the deposit. |
(Ensure that there are no anti-social forces.)
Article 7 Party A and Party B respectively promise the following matters to the other party.
| 1 | The person himself or herself is not a violent group, a company affiliated with a violent group, a corporate racketeer, or a person equivalent to these, or a member thereof, as defined in the Act on Prevention of Unjust Conduct by Violent Group Members. |
| 2 | If Party A or Party B is a corporation, its officers are not anti-social forces. |
| 3 | Do not allow anti-social forces to use your name to establish the contract. |
| 4 | Do not do the following by yourself or through a third party: |
| ① | Use threatening behavior or violence to the other person |
| ② | To obstruct the other party’s business or completely damage the trust of the other party |
Regardless any agreement with Party A, Party B shall not transfer or sublet all or part of the lease of the premises to anti-social forces.
6
(Prohibited Behavior)
Article 8
| 1 | Without the written consent of Party A, Party B shall not transfer or transfer all or part of the leased property to any person. |
| 2 | Party B shall not enlarge, renovate, relocate, alter, or remodel the Property or install any structures within the premises of the Property without obtaining written consent from Party A. |
| 3 | Party B shall not change the business content stated in the Title (2) without obtaining written consent from Party A. |
| 4 | In the case of the preceding three paragraphs, when Party A obtains consent, Party B shall pay a consent fee equivalent to one month’s worth of the pawn fee. |
| 5 | Party B shall not sublease all or part of the Property. |
| 6 | Party B has the right to claim the return of the security deposit or security deposit, and shall not transfer it to a third party or use it as collateral. |
| 7 | When using the Property, Party B shall not engage in any of the following acts or any similar acts that cause trouble to the neighborhood. |
| 8 | When using the property or the common areas of the building, Party B shall not engage in any of the following acts without obtaining the written consent of Party A. |
Placing items in common areas such as stairs and hallways
Display of advertising materials such as signboards and posters in common areas such as the second staircase and hallways
(Party B’s Management Responsibilities)
Article 9 Party B shall be obliged to use the property under the custody of a prudent manager.
| 2 | Party B shall pay special attention to prevent fire in the property. |
| 3 | In addition to complying with the management regulations and use rules, Party A shall also abide by any matters required for the property management notified to Party B by Party A. |
| 4 | At the same time of signing the contract, Party A shall provide Party B with the property key required for the occupancy. Party B must be kept and used with these keys by a prudent administrator. If the key is lost or damaged, Party B shall immediately contact Party A and obtain the new key installed by Party A. However, the cost of replacing the new key shall be borne by Party B. |
| 5 | Without the consent of Party A, Party B shall not install, replace or copy the key. |
7
(Maintenance During The Contract Period)
Article 10
| 1 | Party A must carry out any maintenance required for Party B’s use of the property. In such case, Party B shall bear the expenses for repair due to Party B, and other expenses shall be borne by Party A. |
| 2 | Party A shall notify Party B in advance if it makes repairs according to the provisions of the preceding paragraph. In such case, Party B shall not refuse to repair it unless there is a good reason. |
| 3 | In case of any damage, Party B shall promptly notify Party A and discuss the necessity of repair. If case of causes caused to Party A, Party B shall compensate Party B for the losses. |
| 4 | If party A has been notified in accordance with the provisions of the preceding paragraph that it is necessary but fails to repair without justifiable reasons, Party B may repair by itself. In this case, the fees refer to title1. |
| 5 | Party B may make the repairs listed in title 1 to 7 of this Article without notifying Party A or obtaining the consent of Party A. |
| ① | Replace the bulb, fluorescent lamp, fuse, LED lighting |
| ② | Other repair. |
(Cancellation Of Contract)
Article 11
| 1 | If Party B breaches the following obligations, Party A shall terminate this Agreement. |
| ① | When Party B delays in paying the rent or the public area fees for two months or more; |
| ② | If Party B delays in paying the necessary repair costs; |
| 2 | If Party B violates the following obligations, Party A shall be unable to perform its obligations even if Party A requires it to perform its obligations within a reasonable time limit. If it is difficult to continue to perform this obligation due to a breach of this Agreement, this Agreement may be terminated. |
| ① | When the house is used for purposes other than residence; |
| ② | Violation of the obligations under Article 8 (except items 6 to 8 of title3). |
| ③ | If it is found that the facts stated by Party B or the joint guarantor at the occupancy are material false. |
| ④ | If Party B violates the obligations stipulated in each clause of this Agreement. |
| 3 | If either party has any of the following circumstances, the other party may terminate this Agreement without further notice. |
| ① | When facts contrary to the commitment in Article 7 are discovered. |
| ② | When the person or the officer falls under the category of anti-social forces after the conclusion of the contract. |
| 4 | If Party B breaches the obligations stipulated in Paragraph 2 of Article 7 or acts listed in Items 6 to title8 of Article 8, Party A shall not make any request to terminate this Agreement at any time in the following ways. |
8
(Party B Terminates Contract)
Article 12
| 1 | Party B may cancel this Agreement by submitting a cancellation request to Party A at least six months in advance. |
| 2 | Notwithstanding the provisions of the preceding paragraph, Party B may pay one month’s rent to Party A from the date of filing the cancellation application to one month from the date of filing the application for cancellation. |
(Rent Loss Caused By Partial Losses, Etc.)
Article 13
| 1 | In the event that a part of the Property becomes unusable due to loss or other reasons, and this is not due to reasons attributable to Party B, Party A and Party B will pay shipping charges in proportion to the proportion of the part that can no longer be used. The necessity and extent of depreciation, period, alternative methods to reduce freight charges, and other necessary matters shall be discussed. In this case, when the pawn amount is reduced, the proportion of the majority of the pawn that can no longer be used shall be paid. |
| 2 | In the event that a part of the Property becomes unusable due to loss or other reasons, and the purpose for which Party B rented it cannot be achieved with the remaining portion, Party B may cancel this Agreement. |
(Termination Of Contract)
Article 14 This Agreement shall be terminated if the entire property is destroyed or rendered unusable for any other reason.
(Rent Out)
Article 15
| 1 | Party B must notify Party A at least 10 days before the date of renting out, and move out of the room before the date of termination of this Agreement. |
| 2 | If this agreement is rescinded in accordance with Article 11, Party B must immediately vacate the property. |
| 3 | Upon return, Party B must return the key of the paid property to Party A and give the copy key to Party A. |
| 4 | If Party B delays the lease contract, Party B shall pay Party A the amount equivalent to double the rent from the date of termination or termination of the lease contract and compensate for the loss. |
(Restoration after Renting Out)
Article 16
| 1 | At the time of vacate the house, Party B must restore the property to its original state, but it does not include the wear and tear caused by normal use and the aging of the property over time. However, if it is caused by natural disasters or other reasons not caused by Party B, it is not necessary to be restored to its original state. |
| 2 | Party A and Party B confirmed at the time of this contract that the conditions for restoring the property to its original condition at the time of surrender related to this contract are as stated in the attached table. |
9
(Check In)
Article 17
| 1 | Party A may enter the Property with prior consent from Party B when there is a special need for fire prevention of the Property, preservation of the structure of the Property, or other management of the Property. |
| 2 | Party B may not refuse Party A’s access pursuant to the provisions of the preceding paragraph unless there is a justifiable reason. |
| 3 | After the cancellation request is made, if the person who intends to lease the property or the person who intends to protect the property after the termination of this contract checks the property, Party A and the person checking the property shall , may enter the Property with prior consent from Party B. |
| 4 | Party A may enter the Property without obtaining Party B’s consent in advance if it is necessary to prevent the spread of fire or in other urgent cases. In this case, if Party A enters the premises without Party B’s consent, Party A must notify Party B to that effect. |
(Party A’s Obligation To Notify)
Article 18 Party A shall immediately notify Party B in a public form under any of the following circumstances:
| 1. | Change of rent payment method, etc |
| 2. | Change of Management company listed in Title (5) |
(Party B’s Obligation To Notify)
Article 19 If Party B or the joint guarantor is under any of the following circumstances, Party B or the joint guarantor shall immediately notify Party A in writing.
| 1 | when the person is absent for a month or more or is currently absent. |
| 2 | Add the residents (excluding births) listed in the title (4) |
| 3 | Changes of the guarantor’s address, name, emergency contact information and other detailed information |
| 4 | The death or dissolution of the joint and several guarantors |
| 5 | When the joint guarantor loses the ability or financial resources needed as the joint and several guarantor, such as deciding to start bankruptcy. |
(Delay Compensation)
Article 20 If Party B delays in paying the financial obligations arising from this Agreement, Party B shall suffer the default losses at the rate of 14.6% per year (every 365 days).
10
(Debt Guarantee Of Party B)
Article 21
| 1 | In this agreement, Party B’s debts will be secured by the method described in the title (7). |
| 2 | If “Joint and several guarantor” is checked in header (7), the following provisions shall apply. |
| (I) | The joint guarantor listed in title (7) (hereinafter referred to as “H” in this section) shall jointly and severally bear the obligations of Party B arising from this agreement. The same shall apply even if this Agreement is updated. |
| (II) | If Party C is an individual, the burden of Party C under the preceding item shall be limited to the maximum amount stated in the title (7) and in the name and seal column. |
| (III) | If Party C is an individual, the principal of the services borne by Party C shall be fixed if any of the following applies: |
| ① | When Party A files a claim for compulsory execution or execution of a security interest in respect of Party C’s property for the purpose of paying Party B’s amount of money arising from freight or other fees pursuant to this Agreement. However, this is limited to cases where procedures for compulsory execution or execution of a security interest have begun. |
| ② | When Party C receives a decision to start bankruptcy proceedings Party C: |
| ③ | When Party B or Party C dies |
| (IV) | In the case prescribed in the preceding item, or when Party C loses the ability or financial resources required to act as a guarantor, Party B (or Party B’s inheritance if Party B in the preceding item Party C dies) pursuant to the provisions of Article 19. Person) shall immediately notify Party A to that effect and entrust the guarantee to a new joint guarantor approved by Party A. |
| (V) | In the case referred to in the preceding item, the joint guarantor who newly concludes a joint and several guarantee contract with Party A shall assume the obligations set forth in item (1). |
| (VI) | Upon Party C’s request, Party A shall provide Party C, without delay, with information regarding the amount of all debts of Party B, including the status of payment of pawn fees and common service fees, amount of delinquency, amount of compensation for damages, etc. |
| (VII) | Prior to the conclusion of this agreement, Party B assures Party A that it has provided C with information regarding the following matters: |
| 3. | If “Guarantee provided by Guarantee Service Provider” is checked in title (7), the following provisions shall apply. |
| (I) | The details of the guarantee provided by the mortgage guarantee company mentioned in title |
| (7) | shall be as specified separately, and Party A and Party B must take the necessary procedures to use the guarantee at the same time as this contract. |
11
| (II) | If Party B does not take the procedures set forth in the preceding item, or if the guarantee set forth in the preceding item cannot be used due to other reasons attributable to Party B, this Agreement shall not be established. However, Party B must bear damages equivalent to the freight charges from the beginning of the contract stated in title (3) until the time the property is vacated. |
| (III) | In the case referred to in the main text of the preceding item, if Party A and Party B agree to establish a contract by appointing a separate guarantor, notwithstanding the provisions of the preceding item, party Party A and the joint guarantor shall provide a joint guarantor. Once the contract has been concluded, this contract shall be deemed to have been validly established at the beginning of the contract as stated in the title (3). |
(Exception Clause)
Article 22 Disasters such as earthquakes, fires, wind and flood damage, theft, and other causes not attributable to both Party A and Party B, or accidents recognized as force majeure (including cases under Article 14), or events not attributable to Party A or Party B. Neither Party A nor Party B shall be liable to each other for damages caused to Party A or Party B due to malfunctions of equipment such as electricity, gas, water supply and drainage, etc.
(Agreement)
Article 23 If party A and Party B have any doubts about the matters not covered herein or the interpretation of the terms hereof, party A and Party B shall negotiate for the settlement in good faith in accordance with the provisions of the Civil Code and other laws.
(Consensus Administrative Court)
Article 24 Where a dispute arising from this Agreement needs to be brought, the local (simple) court with the jurisdiction of the property shall be the court of first instance.
(Matters Concerning Updates And Special Provisions)
Article 25 In addition to the provisions of the preceding article, the relevant matters of renewal and special provisions shall be subject to the provisions of title(7) or title(8).
12
Exhibit 10.33
Loan Agreement
| Date 2024.4.26 | |||||
| 〒862-0954 | |||||
| 3F, M Building, 2-2-20, Kuwamizu, Chuo-ku, Kumamoto City | |||||
| Huhu Technology Co., Ltd | |||||
| Details Loan note NO3196113 63802 |
Loan Amount
¥ 57,000,000 (JPY)
| ||||
|
Initially Loan Date
|
Loan Date
|
Final due date
|
Rate (%)
|
Loaning Amount Reductions | |
| 2024.4.26 | 2024.4.26 | 2024.8.30 | 1.875 | ||
|
Principal (JPY)
|
Calculation Period
|
Days
|
Rate
|
Interest(JPY)
| |
|
57,000,000
|
2024.4.26 -2024.8.30
|
127 days
|
1.875%
|
JPY 371,866
| |
| Interest | JPY 371,866 | ||||
| Fee | |||||
| ☆ | |||||
| The Kumamoto Bank, Ltd. | |||||
| Head Office Business Department | |||||
Loan Agreement
The Kumamoto Bank, Ltd.
Borrower: Huhu Technology Co., Ltd
Address: 〒862-0954, 3F, M Building,
2-2-20, Kuwamizu, Chuo-ku,
Kumamoto City
Legal representative: Xiao Yujun
The Borrower will conduct an overdraft transaction with the Bank after approving the following clauses in addition to the provisions of the Bank Transaction Agreement concluded with or submitted to the Kumamoto Bank (hereinafter referred to as the “Bank”).
Loan Limit: JPY360,000,000 yen.
Interest rate: 1.875% per year.
Loan period: From the signing day to 2024/08/30
Article 1. Information of Account
Account No.:
Article 2. Transaction method
1.The funds to be borrowed must be submitted by affixing your name and seal on the bank-prescribed overdraft invoice.
2.Transactions pursuant to this agreement shall be limited to overdraft transactions, and shall not issue or accept checks or bills, or automatically pay utility charges, etc.
Article 3. Transaction Period
If the bank makes a request to the borrower at the end of the deadline not to extend the deadline, the following shall apply.
(1) The borrower shall return the entire amount of the outstanding principal and interest by the deadline.
(2) If there is no principal or interest due by the deadline, the second contract shall be automatically canceled on the day after the deadline.
2
Article 4. Prepayment
1. In addition to the agreed-upon repayment, the lessee may repay any amount at any time.
2.Refunds at any time as set forth in the preceding paragraph shall be made by the borrower applying at a bank counter, not by the automatic payment method described in Article 6.
Article 5. Interest And Liquidated Damages
1. Interest on overdrafts shall be calculated in accordance with the bank’s prescribed method, with an interest rate of 100 yen, and shall be calculated using the automatic payment method set forth in Article 6.
2. The rate of damages for failure to perform duties owed to the bank shall be 14% per year (calculated on a daily basis, 365 days a year).
Article 6. Automatic Payment
1. Scheduled repayments (including interest repayment dates during the grace period) will be made by automatic payment method.
In this case, the amount will be refunded from the borrower’s repayment account without a bankbook, invoice, or check.
However, if the balance in the repayment deposit account is less than the scheduled repayment amount, the bank will not handle a portion of the repayment and the repayment will be delayed.
2. If the deposit of the amount equivalent to each scheduled repayment amount is delayed after each return date, the bank may handle the same procedure as described in the preceding paragraph at any time.
Article 7. Exemption/Cancellation
The bank may write down the maximum amount of the transaction or stop issuing new money at any time when there is a change in the financial situation or for other reasonable reasons.
Article 8. Cancellation
1. If any of the events listed in Article 5, Paragraphs 1 and 2 of the Bank Transaction Agreement occur for the Borrower, or if inheritance has begun, the Bank may cancel this contract at any time.
2.If this contract is canceled due to the commencement of inheritance, the benefit of time will naturally be lost for the entire amount of principal and interest.
3. If the transaction is canceled due to reasons 1 and 2 above, the principal and interest will be paid immediately without any notice or demand from the bank.
3
Exhibit 10.34
Online working capital loan general agreement
Standardized clauses
(2021021 Version / Electronic Channel Edition / Made in August, 2022)
Number: 07800LK24CCIBNC
The names of the lender and the borrower are detailed in the subsidiary terms
In accordance with the relevant national laws, regulations and rules, the parties to the loan and the loan hereby enter into this Agreement through mutual agreement. The online working capital loan referred to as “online current loan” refers to the business in which the lender and the borrower sign a general loan agreement with the borrower. During the term of the agreement, the borrower can apply for borrowing through the lender’s online banking and other electronic channels.
Article 1. Credit matters
1.1 The borrower initiates the loan application in the lender’s online banking and other electronic channels, and the lender approves the issuance of the loan to the borrower after examination according to the borrower’s application.
1.2 The amount, purpose, interest starting date, maturity date, interest rate, interest rate adjustment method of interest rate and repayment method of each online loan under this Agreement shall be subject to the records in the loan IOU issued by the lender on online banking and other electronic channels, and the Borrower has no objection to this. The above loan IOU is an integral part of this Agreement.
1.3 The type of the offline loan is working capital loan. Without the written consent of the lender, the borrower shall not change the purpose of the loan determined in the IOU.
1.4 The commencement date of each online loan under this Agreement shall be within the term of this Agreement.
1.5 During the performance of this Agreement, if a starting interest date and maturity date is a non-bank working day, it shall be postponed to the next working day of the bank.
1.6 Interest rate and the way the interest rate is adjusted.
1.6.1 The RMB loan interest rate shall be added or decreased on the basis of the loan market quoted interest rate (LPR), and the annual interest rate shall be determined and converted according to the following formula: daily interest rate = annual interest
Rate / 360. The specific loan interest rate shall be subject to the record of the loan IOU when each loan is issued. The interest rate and interest rate rules of foreign currency loans shall be subject to the loan IOU record at the time of each loan issuance and the relevant supplementary agreement (if any).
1.6.2 The loan interest shall be calculated on the actual days of the loan from the date when the loan is transferred to the account designated by the borrower.
1.6.3 Prior to the issuance of the loan, if the Loan Market Offered Rate (LPR) is adjusted and applicable to the loan under this Agreement, the new Loan Market Offered Rate (LPR) shall apply and the new loan rate shall be redefined and executed according to the additional or minus basis points stipulated in Article 1.6.1 of this Agreement.
1.6.4 After the issuance of the loan, the loan market quoted rate (LPR) is adjusted and applicable to the loan under this Agreement, the adjustment of the loan interest rate shall be subject to the corresponding loan IOU. The details are as follows:
(1) Adjust on January 1st of the next year: since each loan market quoted rate (LPR) adjustment of the date of the following January 1, according to the adjusted loan market quoted rate (LPR) (such as loan market quoted rate (LPR) in a calendar year after two or more adjustments, to the last adjustment of the loan market quotation rate (LPR)) and the corresponding add and subtract basis points to determine and implement the new loan rate;
(2) Adjusted monthly or quarterly or semi-annual or annually: The monthly or quarterly or semannual or annual adjustment means to determine and implement the new loan rate on the monthly or quarterly or quarterly or annual day (with no corresponding day, the last day of the month or quarterly or the last day of the loan market quoted rate (LPR) (such as the loan market quoted rate (LPR) for the last adjustment during the period agreed in this paragraph; (in this paragraph “month \ quarter \ half a year” as “period”)
(3) Fixed interest rate: continue to implement the original interest rate recorded in the corresponding loan IOU, without interest in sections;
(4) Immediately adjustment: from the day of adjustment of each loan market quotation rate (LPR), the adjusted loan market quotation rate (LPR) and the corresponding plus or minus basis points shall be determined and the new loan interest rate shall be implemented on the day, and the interest will be calculated in sections.
1.6.5 The lender may timely adjust the loan interest rate according to the changes in the external market interest rate and the actual business needs.
1.7 Repayment method
The repayment of principal and interest adopted in this contract shall be subject to the corresponding loan documents. The details are as follows:
(1) Adopt the repayment of the equal amount of principal and interest on schedule
① If the repayment date of each period is the corresponding date of the whole period from the date of loan issuance (if there is no corresponding date, the repayment date is the last day of the final month), from the month of the loan issuance, the loan principal and interest with the same amount of the calculation formula is:
The amount of the principal and interest for each period= the balance of the loan principal amount×the interest rate for each issue×(1+interest rate per installment of the loan) number of repayment periods÷[(1+interest rate per installment of the loan)number of repayment periods-1]
② If the repayment date of each installment is not the corresponding date of the whole period from the date of loan issuance, the calculation formula of the principal and interest of the other periods except the first and last periods is the same as above, and the calculation formula of the principal and interest of the first and final periods is:
First term repayment principal = the balance of the loan principal amount×the interest rate for each issue×(1+interest rate per installment of the loan)number of repayment periods÷[(1+interest rate per installment of the loan)number of repayment periods-1]-the balance of the loan principal amount×interest rate per installment of the loan
Interest of the first period of loan repayment=the balance of the loan principal amount×the actual number of days in the first issue×day rate
The amount of principal and interest in the first loan repayment=the principal of the first loan repayment+interest on the first loan repayment
The principal of the final loan repayment=the balance of the loan principal amount
Interest on the final loan repayment=the balance of the loan principal amount×the actual number of days in the final period×day rate
The amount of principal and interest=the principal of the final loan repayment+interest on the final loan repayment
(2) Adopt the principal repayment method of equal amount on schedule
① If the repayment date of each period is the corresponding date of the whole period from the date of the loan (if there is no corresponding date, the repayment date is the last day of the month), the loan principal will be repaid from the month and the loan interest will decrease with the principal. The calculation formula is:
Loan repayment principal of each installment =the principal of the loan÷total periods of loan repayment
Interest on each loan repayment = (the principal of the loan-accumulated the repaid principal)the interest rate for each issue
The amount of principal and interest for each loan repayment=the principal of each loan repayment+interest on each loan repayment period
2
② If the repayment date of each period is not the corresponding date of the whole period from the date of loan issuance, the calculation formula of the principal and interest of the other periods except the first and last periods is the same as above. The calculation formula of the principal and interest of the first and the last period is as follows:
First term repayment principal =the principal of the loan÷total periods of loan repayment
Interest on the first loan repayment=the balance of the loan principal amount×the actual number of days in the first issue×day rate
The amount of principal and interest of the first loan repayment=the principal of the first loan repayment+interest on the first loan repayment
The principal of the final loan repayment=the balance of the loan principal amount
Interest on the final loan repayment=the balance of the loan principal amount×the actual number of days in the final period×day rate
The amount of principal and interest of the final loan repayment=the principal of the final loan repayment+Interest on the final loan repayment
(3) If the principal is repaid on a monthly or quarterly or semiannually or annual basis and the loan repayment method is installment repayment, the date of interest settlement is the 20th day of the month or or the last month of the quarter or the last month of the year. The interest payment date is the next day of the interest settlement date, and the principal of the loan shall be repaid in installments. The amount of the repayment period, the repayment amount and the repayment date shall be subject to the attachment of the loan IOU;
(4) If the principal is repaid on a monthly or quarterly or semiannually or annual basis and the loan repayment method is to repay the principal and interest, the date of interest settlement is the 20th day of the month or or the last month of the quarter or the last month of the year. The interest payment date is the next day of the interest settlement date, and the principal and interest shall be repaid when the loan is due.
(5)If the repayment method of the loan is to repay the principal and interest at the maturity, the principal and interest will be returned in one sum when the loan expires, and the interest will not be calculated after the principal is returned.
1.8 Drawing conditions
Unless the lender abandons it in whole or in part, the borrower shall meet the following conditions before each withdrawal, otherwise the lender shall have the right to refuse the borrower’s application for withdrawal:
1.8.1 The subject of the Borrower shall continue to be legal and valid and continuously comply with its commitments under this Agreement;
1.8.2 This Agreement is effective and the Security Agreement hereunder is legally established and effective.
1.8.3 The Borrower has fully performed its obligations hereunder without any event of default agreed herein;
1.8.4 The borrower has provided other relevant materials for handling the loan as required by the lender.
1.9 Payment of the loan funds
1.9.1 The payment methods for the Loan Funds hereunder shall include the following two payment methods:
(1) The lender makes the payment by accepting the trustee, that is, the lender shall pay the loan to the account of the borrower for the purpose of the borrower through the borrower’s withdrawal application and the payment entrustment.
(2) The borrower independently pays the loan funds, that is, after the lender issues the loan funds to the borrower’s account according to the borrower’s withdrawal application, the borrower independently pays the loan funds to the borrower’s transaction object conforming to the purpose agreed in the agreement;
The Lender may independently decide on the payment method of the Loan under this Agreement based on the relevant information provided by the Borrower and in combination with the relevant laws and regulations and the Lender’s policies.
1.9.2 The borrower agrees that, in the case of entrusted payment, the lender shall first transfer the loan to the borrower’s account, and then transfer the borrower’s account directly to the account of the borrower’s transaction object.
3
During the stay period of the loan funds on the borrower’s account, the borrower shall not withdraw, and during this period, if the amount is taken by compulsory measures, including but not limited to freezing and withholding, the borrower shall bear the responsibility, which has nothing to do with the lender, and the borrower shall still bear the repayment responsibility.
1.9.3 Regardless of the payment is entrusted by the Lender or independently by the Borrower, once the loan funds are transferred to the Borrower’s account according to the Borrower’s application or entrustment of the borrower, the Borrower shall be deemed to have made the withdrawal under this Agreement and the Lender’s lending obligations have been fulfilled, the Borrower shall repay the loan as agreed in the Loan Agreement.
1. 9.4 f the borrower adopts the entrusted payment method of the lender, the borrower shall, as required by the lender, provide relevant commercial agreements and other supporting materials related to the purpose of the loan, and the lender agrees to perform the loan obligations, otherwise, the lender shall have the right to refuse to make the loan. If the borrower adopts the independent payment method, the borrower shall report the loan funds payment as required by the lender every 3 months after the loan, provide the loan funds use records and data that meet the requirements of the lender, and provide the Lender with corresponding account information, payment vouchers and other information for the Lender to check, otherwise the lender has the right to exercise any one or more rights of the Lender as stipulated in Article 2.3 of this Agreement.
1.9.5 In the case of independent payment, the lender agrees that the borrower can choose to go to the counter of the lender or use the online bank (if applicable) or handle the withdrawal procedures of the loan with the consent of the lender. The borrower agrees to handle the withdrawal of the loan in accordance with the relevant provisions of the lender, and to confirm the loan handled through the counter or online bank or other means agreed by the lender.
1.10 Fund withdrawal account: The borrower shall open an account specially used for fund withdrawal at the lender or any branch of the Bank of Ningbo, and timely provide the lender with the fund inflow and exit of the account. The specific fund withdrawal account is consistent with the repayment account. The lender has the right to recover the loan in advance according to the withdrawal of the borrower’s funds.
1.11 Repayment account: The Borrower shall open a repayment account at the lender or any branch of the Bank of Ningbo and fully deposit the principal and interest in the repayment account at the date of the repayment account with the specific repayment account. If the borrower has outstanding loan principal and interest or other expenses, it shall promptly deposit in the repayment account and authorize the Lender to deduct at any time. If the loan market quoted interest rate (LPR) changes, the borrower shall deposit the principal and interest repayment in full and time, otherwise, all consequences caused thereby, including but not limited to the adverse impact on the credit record of the borrower, shall be borne by the borrower itself and have nothing to do with the lender. If the repayment account has loss reporting, freezing, stop payment or settlement, or the borrower needs to change the repayment account, the borrower shall go through the change procedures of the repayment account at the lender. Before the change procedures take effect, if the original repayment account has been unable to transfer the full amount, the borrower should go to the counter for repayment. If the borrower fails to complete the change procedures of repayment account in time or fails to handle the repayment in the principal and interest and other expenses of the due loan in time, the borrower shall bear the liability for breach of contract.
1.12 The “Period” in this Agreement is the month or an integral multiple of the month, and the corresponding “interest rate per period” is an integer multiple of the annual interest rate / December. “Quarter end month” is March, June, September or December; “Half year end month” means June or December; “Year end month” means December.
1.13 After the lender and the borrower sign this agreement, it is not necessary to sign a working capital loan agreement every time when handling the online loan loan business.
4
Article 2 The Rights and Obligations of the Lender
2.1 The Lender has the right to recover or recover in advance the loan principal, interest, compound interest, penalty interest and other creditor’s rights in accordance with this Agreement and the corresponding loan IOU.
2.2 The lender shall have the right to understand the borrower’s production and business operation, financial activities, material inventory and the use of the loan, etc., the lender can check the use of collateral, management, and monthly and require the borrower to provide true and complete financial statements and other documents, data and information, and shall have the right to according to the relevant provisions through the pedestrian credit system or other institutions and systems, query, print, save, use the borrower’s basic information and credit report.
2.3 During the term of this Agreement, In case of the borrower or any of the following circumstances, The lender shall have the right to determine that all credit granted by the borrower (including but not limited to loan, discount, bank acceptance bill acceptance, international trade financing, bank guarantee, etc.) of the borrower are due in advance, And has the right to take the following measures. (1) The lender may terminate the relevant agreements and agreements signed with the Borrower in advance, Including but not limited to this agreement; (2) the lender may stop making new loans, And declare that all loans hereunder are due early, Collect all the principal and interest and expenses of the loan in advance; (3) the lender may directly deduct the corresponding amount from any account of the borrower for the repayment of the principal and interest and expenses of the loan and notify the borrower; (4) the lender may require additional guarantee measures approved by the lender; (5) the lender may bring a suit in the people’s court, Take asset preservation measures such as sealing up, freezing and withholding; (6) the lender may take other asset preservation measures. At the same time, all the branches of the Bank of Ningbo also enjoy the above rights to the borrower.
(1) The borrower stops production, closes business, is disbanded, is taken over, cancels registration, declares bankruptcy, stops business for rectification, and its business license is revoked or revoked;
(2) The Borrower conceals the important facts related to the conclusion of this Agreement or provides false information or provides false statements or contains false information; or the Borrower provides false statements, vouchers, documents and other materials to the Lender during the term of this Agreement;
(3) The borrower fails to repay the principal and interest of the loan in accordance with this Agreement and the corresponding loan IOU (including the loan is declared to be due in advance, including the case that the loan is repaid after the loan is overdue);
(4) The Borrower fails to use the loan according to the purpose agreed in this Agreement and the corresponding IOU;
(5) The borrower fails to perform the obligations agreed with the lender or the third party or the obligations stipulated by laws and regulations;
(6) The Borrower has disposed of any assets before the repayment of the lender’s debt, which may or has affect its ability to repay the debt to the lender (including but not limited to the gift, transfer, transfer, sale at a low price).
(7) The borrower’s credit status declines, difficulties in business activities, deterioration of financial status or breaking through the constraints of financial indicators set by the lender or agreed by both parties.
(8) The borrower does not pay the loan funds in the agreed way;
(9) Borrowers are involved in economic disputes or litigation or any assets of the Borrower shall be taken measures such as seizure, freezing or withholding;
(10) The borrower is charged, fined or fined for suspected illegal crimes, or the legal representative or the principal person in charge of the borrower is detained, arrested, taken, prosecuted, sentenced or fined or fined on suspicion of illegal crimes;
5
(11) The Borrower fails to perform any of the obligations stipulated in this Agreement and the corresponding loan IOU or violates any terms and commitments of this Agreement and the corresponding loan IOU;
(12) There are circumstances that affect the security of the creditor’s rights under this Agreement, such as the failure of the guarantee agreement under this Agreement, the decline of the guarantor’s guarantee ability, the decrease of the value of the collateral, and the security is sealed up, frozen or withheld, etc;
(13) The guarantor violates the provisions of the security agreement.
(14) The related party or actual controller of the borrower has experienced the events listed in items (1), (5), (7), (9) and (10) of this paragraph and have other changes that are not conducive to the realization of the claims of the lender, and the borrower fails to provide another guarantee approved by the lender as required by the lender; (For the definition of related parties, refer to Accounting Standards for Business Enterprises No.36 —— Disclosure of Related parties and its modified version; see the Company Law of the People’s Republic of China and its modified version.)
(15) In addition to the above events, the Lender will determine whether any other adverse effects of the Borrower in performing its repayment obligations hereunder. The lender has a completely independent judgment of whether the above situation occurs.
2.4 In the process of loan payment, if the lender makes its independent judgment that the borrower has one or more of the following circumstances, the lender shall have the right to adopt (1) change the loan payment method from independent payment to entrusted payment (including partial entrusted payment); (2) stop the issuance and payment of loan funds; and (3) negotiate with the borrower on supplementary loan issuance and payment conditions.
(1) The borrower’s credit status decreases;
(2) The profitability of the borrower’s main business is not strong
(3) The borrower’s use of loan funds is abnormal
2.5 If the borrower fails to repay the principal, interest, compound interest, penalty interest and other debts of the loan due (including those due in advance) as agreed, the lender shall have the right to deduct the corresponding amount from all accounts opened by the borrower in Bank of Ningbo Co., Ltd. and its branches for repayment and notify the borrower. If the lender is required to withdraw all the current deposit, the interest rate. The loss of interest arising from the deduction shall be borne by the borrower by itself. The Borrower hereby irrevocably authorized lender may deduct the said amount at any time.
2.6 Borrower under this agreement default or evade the supervision of the lender or conceal the important facts related to this agreement or provide false information and other illegal behavior, the lender has the right to the collection for the purpose of the relevant information to the collection agency for collection or to the relevant departments or units. The borrower irrevocably authorizes the lender to provide relevant information such as the name and contact information of the borrower to the collection agency for the purpose of collection. The collection agency has the obligation to keep confidential the information of the borrower and shall not use the borrower’s information beyond the purpose of collection. At the same time, the Lender has the right to hold the borrower for breach of contract in accordance with laws, regulations and this Agreement.
2.7 The lender has the right to participate in the borrower’s large financing, asset sale, merger, division, shareholding reform, bankruptcy liquidation and other activities.
2.8 The borrower and the mortgagor (the pledgee) shall, according to the requirements of the lender, complete the legal procedures such as mortgage (pledge) registration, property insurance and so on, and the guarantee and insurance shall remain in force, and the lender has the right to become the first place to claim the insurance money and obtain a copy of the relevant insurance agreement or insurance policy. Otherwise, the Lender has the right to reject the loan under this Agreement.
6
2.9 The lender has the right to require the borrower to do the loan reconciliation work in time.
2.10 Subject to the performance by the Borrower and the guarantor of their obligations under this Agreement and the Security Agreement, the Lender shall grant the loan to the Borrower in accordance with this Agreement and the corresponding ious.The Lender has the right to entrust the Head Office of Bank of Ningbo and its other branches, any paying bank or agent Bank of Bank of Ningbo to extend the loan to the Borrower in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, and the Borrower has no objection to this and warrants that the performance of this Agreement by the Head Office of Bank of Ningbo and its other branches, paying bank or agent Bank shall be deemed to be the performance of the Lender. All payment obligations under this Agreement shall be performed by the Borrower to the Lender and all rights shall be vested in the Lender.If the borrower defaults, the lender shall have the right to claim the creditor’s rights directly against the borrower.
2.11 The guarantor of the Loan hereunder shall have any event that threatens its normal operations or materially adversely affects its ability to secure the corresponding debt hereunder, Including but not limited to suspension of production, closure of business, cancellation of registration, revocation of business license, bankruptcy, difficulties in business activities, deterioration of financial condition, suspected illegal activities of legal representative or main person in charge, litigation activities or major economic disputes, assets being sealed up, frozen or deducted and other asset preservation measures, etc. Or if the value of the collateral, pledge or pledge right used as the loan guarantee hereunder is reduced or the asset preservation measures such as sealing, freezing or deduction are taken, and the Borrower fails to provide additional security as required by the Lender, the Lender shall also have the right to take all the measures set forth in Article 2.3 hereof.
Article 3 Commitment and Authorization of the Borrower
3.1 Provide the lender with true, complete and effective materials;
3.2 Cooperate with the lender in loan payment management, post-loan management and relevant inspection;
3.3 Not to use the loan funds for fixed assets, equity and other investments, and not to use the loan funds for fields and purposes prohibited by the state to produce and operate;Not to evade the lender’s entrusted payment by breaking up the whole into pieces;
3.4 The Borrower undertakes to fully perform all its obligations under this Agreement;
3.5 The Borrower agrees and authorize(irrevocable) the Lender (including any branch of the Lender) to use the financial credit information basic database, credit information service platform of inclusive finance and other credit information service platforms established by national or local governments in accordance with the law when reviewing the Borrower’s application for credit granting and post-delivery risk management of the credit granting business. Or inquire, print, use and save the basic financial information and credit information of the unit through various risk information sharing systems, various risk early warning systems, water and electricity use information base and other legally established credit information databases or credit investigation agencies: Meanwhile, the Borrower agrees and irrevocably authorizes the Lender to provide the Borrower’s basic financial information and credit information to the aforementioned platform, system, information database or institution in accordance with the law for the purpose of meeting regulatory submission requirements.Regardless of whether the business under this Agreement is approved or not, the Borrower agrees that the Lender shall retain the Borrower’s credit report and other materials, and the Lender shall ensure that the aforementioned query information is used to the extent authorized.
Article 4 Rights and Obligations of the borrower
4.1 The right to obtain and use the loan in accordance with this Agreement and the corresponding IOU.
7
4.2 Repay the loan principal, interest, compound interest, penalty interest, legal costs, preservation costs, enforcement costs, attorney’s fees, travel expenses and other reasonable expenses in accordance with this Agreement and the corresponding ious, and the authorized Lender is irrevocably entitled to deduct such expenses in accordance with Article 2.5 hereof.
4.3 The loan shall be used in accordance with the purpose specified in this Agreement without usurping or misappropriating the loan.
4.4 Provide the Lender with true and complete financial statements or other relevant materials and information on a monthly basis, and actively cooperate with the Lender in the inspection of its production and operation, financial status, material inventory and the use of the loan hereunder.
4.5 Before the debt repayment under this Agreement is complete, the Borrower shall take such measures as contracting, leasing, joint-stock transformation, association, merger, merger, division, joint venture, capital reduction, asset transfer, foreign investment, substantial increase in debt financing, application for suspension of business for rectification, application for dissolution, application for bankruptcy or other changes in the creditor’s debt relationship that may cause this Agreement or affect the realization of the Lender’s loan claims Shall notify the lender in writing 30 days prior to the implementation of the above actions, and at the same time fulfill the obligation to pay off the debts or pay off the debts in advance, and obtain the written consent of the lender; otherwise, the above actions shall not be taken.
4.6 The Borrower shall notify the Lender in writing within 3 days after the occurrence of any other event other than the above which threatens its normal operations or has a material adverse impact on the performance of the repayment obligations hereunder, including but not limited to any of the circumstances set forth in Article 2.3 hereof, and implement the repayment measures.
4.7 If the Borrower provides a guarantee for the debts of others or sets a mortgage or pledge guarantee with its main property to a third party before the completion of the debts under this Agreement, which may affect its ability to repay the debts under this Agreement, it shall notify the Lender in writing in advance and obtain the written consent of the Lender.
4.8 The Borrower shall not withdraw or transfer funds, dispose at a low price, gift assets or transfer shares without authorization in order to evade debts to the lender or weaken its own solvency.
4.9 Where the Borrower changes its name, legal representative, legal address, business scope, correspondence address, contact telephone number, etc., it shall, within 5 days after the change, deliver a written notice and relevant documents of change issued by the competent authorities of industry and commerce to the Lender.Otherwise, all liabilities and consequences arising therefrom shall be borne by the Borrower.
4.10 If the guarantor of the loan hereunder stops production, goes out of business, has its registration cancelled, has its business license revoked, is bankrupt and suffers from operating loss, partially or completely loses its guarantee ability corresponding to the debt hereunder, or if the value of the collateral, pledge or pledge right used as the loan guarantee hereunder decreases or there is a dispute over ownership, The Borrower shall provide other security measures approved by the Lender within 10 days after the occurrence of the above circumstances.
4.11 The Borrower shall be obliged to cooperate with the lender in loan reconciliation.
4.12 The Borrower shall, in accordance with the requirements of laws and regulations, bear the expenses of lawyer services, insurance, transportation, registration, storage, appraisal, notarization, depository and guarantee in connection with this Agreement and the guarantee hereunder.
4.13 The Borrower shall immediately sign and deliver the return receipt to the Lender or send the return receipt to the Lender within 3 days after signing for the receipt of the collection letter or collection document delivered to it by the Lender directly or by post.
8
4.14 The borrower shall strengthen environmental and social risk management. If the borrower is involved in major environmental and social risks, it shall submit environmental and social risk report;The Borrower represents and warrants that the internal management documents relating to environmental and social risks are in accordance with the requirements of laws and regulations and are effectively implemented,There are no major litigation cases involving environmental and social risks;The borrower undertakes to accept the lender’s supervision;If the borrower’s statements, warranties or commitments relating to environmental and social risk management have not been seriously fulfilled, or if the Borrower has been penalized by the relevant government authorities or strongly questioned by the public and/or the media for poor environmental and social risk management, The Lender shall have the right to cancel the credit granting commitment already made, suspend the disbursement of the loan until the borrower has taken remedial measures approved by the Lender, withdraw the loan already issued in advance, and exercise the relevant right of pledge in case the loan cannot be repaid.
Article 5 Liability for Breach of Contract
5.1 After the Agreement comes into force, both parties shall perform the obligations and commitments set forth herein, if either party fails to perform or fails to fully perform the obligations or commitments set forth herein.It shall bear the corresponding liability for breach of contract and compensate the other party for the losses caused thereby.
5.2 The Lender shall indemnify the Borrower for any losses caused by the Lender’s breach of contract.The scope of compensation is limited to the direct losses of the borrower, excluding indirect losses and expected losses.
5.3 If the borrower fails to repay the loan principal as agreed upon upon the maturity of the loan (including being declared to be due early), the lender will charge a certain percentage of overdue penalty interest on the overdue loan according to the loan interest rate agreed herein for the actual overdue days from the overdue date. For the specific percentage of overdue penalty interest, please refer to the Annex.
5.4 If the Borrower fails to use the loan for the agreed purpose, the Lender shall have the right to charge a certain percentage of penalty interest for misappropriation of the loan amount used by the Borrower according to the actual default days at the loan interest level agreed herein from the date of the Borrower’s default. For the specific percentage of penalty interest for misappropriation, please refer to the Annex.
5.5 The Lender shall have the right to compound interest on the outstanding interest payable by the Borrower.The outstanding interest payable by the Borrower during the loan term shall be compounded at the interest rate and settlement method agreed herein;If the Borrower fails to use the loan in due time or fails to use the loan for the purpose agreed herein, the unpaid interest payable shall be compounded by the total interest rate and the settlement rate of the loan interest rate and the penalty interest rate agreed herein.
5.6 When the loan interest rate under this Agreement is adjusted, the penalty interest rate will be automatically adjusted based on the adjusted loan interest rate in accordance with the proportion agreed in Articles 5.3 and 5.4 of this Agreement. The penalty interest rate will apply at the same time as the loan interest rate and will be calculated in sections.
5.7 If the Lender intentionally conceals material facts related to the conclusion of this Agreement or provides false information or circumstances to the Borrower, the Lender shall have the right to charge the Borrower liquidated damages equal to 10% of the loan balance issued hereunder.
5.8 The Borrower shall bear the expenses paid by the Lender during the realization of the creditor’s rights, including but not limited to legal costs, arbitration fees, preservation fees, enforcement fees, attorney fees, travel expenses and other expenses for the realization of the creditor’s rights.
5.9 If the Borrower breaches its obligations under this Agreement or the guarantor of the loan hereunder breaches its obligations under the guarantee Agreement, the Borrower shall be liable for breach of contract as mentioned above, and the Lender shall have the right to identify all the credit extended by the Borrower to the Lender, including but not limited to loan, discount, banker’s acceptance, international trade financing, bank’s guarantee, etc. Are due earlier and are entitled to take all actions set forth in Section 2.3 of this Agreement.
5.10 If the creditor’s rights under this Agreement are secured by mortgage, If the relevant mortgage certificate expires, the relevant authority certificate and mortgage registration procedures cannot be completed again according to the requirements of the lender,the Lender shall have the right to declare that all the credit extension of the Borrower are due in advance and require the Borrower to pay the full margin in advance, add additional security and other remedial measures if the relevant mortgage certificate fails to complete the relevant warrant and mortgage registration formalities as required by the Lender before the expiration.
9
Article 6 Effectiveness, alteration, assignment, rescission and termination of the Agreement
6.1 This Agreement shall be established by the Borrower through the electronic channels of Bank of Ningbo Co., LTD. (including but not limited to the online banking, Bank of Ningbo APP, financial system, etc.) by clicking and submitting online, and shall come into force upon the approval of the Lender. If the borrower submits the application for signing the Agreement through the lender’s electronic channel, it shall have the same legal effect as the handwritten signature or seal on the paper application.All transactions completed through the electronic channels of Bank of Ningbo Co., LTD through the borrower’s identity authentication elements (including but not limited to account number, login name, password, digital certificate, USBKey, etc.) or other transaction security measures shall be deemed to be done by the Borrower, and the business instructions generated by the above operations shall be legal and valid certificates for the lender to handle the business. The borrower shall be responsible for the consequences arising therefrom.In the event of loss, theft or damage to such elements as identity authentication, the Borrower shall bear all consequences unless the Borrower has expressly notified the Lender.If the Lender’s electronic channel cannot be used normally due to terminal failure, system failure and other reasons, the Borrower shall immediately notify the Lender or go to the Lender’s business outlets for handling.The borrower shall properly keep the account number, password and other information, and shall not lend or sublease the account to others.The Borrower shall bear all the risks and losses arising from the loan of the Borrower’s account, the sublease of other people’s use or the disclosure of the information.
The Borrower has read the above in detail and understands that an electronic signature is the data contained in electronic form in a message attached to identify the signer and show that the signer approves of its contents.Therefore, in addition to all the risks associated with signing a contract in writing, the application for drawing an electronic banker’s acceptance bill by means of electronic signature is fully understood and recognized as having the following risks:
(1) The account password of the borrower’s online banking and other electronic channels is leaked or its identity may be counterfeited;
(2) Due to the possibility of malicious attacks by hackers on the Internet, the Internet server may break down and other unpredictable factors;
(3) the Borrower’s Internet access equipment and software system do not match the online trading system provided;
(4) If the borrower’s handling personnel do not have certain experience in online transaction, they may be unable to initiate the transaction due to improper operation;
(5) The borrower’s computer system is infected with computer viruses or illegally invaded.
The foregoing risks may result in the loss of the Borrower, and the Borrower is fully aware of and voluntarily assumes such risks.
This Agreement shall be valid for one year from the effective date. If no written objection is raised by both parties ,It will be postponed automatically for one year.and so on.If there are still outstanding working capital loans under the original Agreement, the original Agreement shall remain binding on the parties until the completion of all the businesses under the original Agreement.All business after the effective date of this Agreement shall be handled in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.In the absence of any outstanding business, either Party shall have the right to terminate this Agreement by giving a written notice to the other party five working days in advance. This Agreement shall be terminated as of the date set forth in the written notice. If the date set forth in the written notice is earlier than the date on which the notice reaches the other party, the date on which the notice reaches the other party shall prevail.
6.2 With the consent of the Lender, the Borrower may apply for repayment in advance, and the Lender has the right to charge liquidated damages according to a certain percentage of the amount repaid in advance. Please refer to the subsidiary articles for the liquidated damages.
10
6.3 If the borrower requires the extension of the loan, it shall submit a written application for extension to the lender and the guarantor’s written opinion agreeing to continue the guarantee 7 days before the expiration of the loan term. Upon the Lender’s approval and signing of the extension agreement, the loan hereunder shall be extended only after the extension agreement becomes effective.
6.4 After this Agreement comes into force, neither party shall arbitrarily alter or terminate this Agreement except as agreed herein or as provided by laws and regulations.If this Agreement needs to be changed or terminated, both parties shall reach a written agreement through consultation.The terms of this Agreement shall remain valid until the written agreement is reached.If the agreement is changed, the client’s consent shall be sought through phone calls, SMS messages and other means, and the announcement shall be made through the public account or official website of our bank.
6.5 The Lender may assign its rights under this Agreement to a third party without the consent of the Borrower.The notice of the assignment of rights by the Lender may be given by written notice or by announcement on the Lender’s official website (http://www.nbcb.com.cn), public media and other forms approved by the regulatory authority.The Borrower hereby authorizes the Lender, as its agent, to enter into all necessary agreements and documents with such third parties to complete the transfer.The Borrower hereby acknowledges that the agreement and documents signed by the Lender and the said third party constitute valid legal documents between the Borrower and the third party, confirm the creditor’s and debtor’s relationship between the Borrower and the third party, and are legally binding on both the Borrower and the third party.If the Lender transfers the loan claims under this Agreement to a third party, the Borrower shall, within five working days from the date of the announcement, raise the claim of defense or set-off against the Lender. Failure to object is considered as an endorsement of the assignment of debt.
6.6 The Borrower shall not assign any of its obligations under this Agreement to a third party without the written consent of the Lender.
Article 7 Application of law and dispute settlement
7. 1 The conclusion, validity, interpretation, performance and dispute resolution of this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the People’s Republic of China (excluding the laws of Hong Kong, Macao and Taiwan for the purpose of this Agreement).
7.2 Any dispute arising from the performance of this Agreement shall be settled by the parties through negotiation.If no agreement can be reached through negotiation, please refer to the subsidiary terms for the specific dispute settlement method.
7.3 During the period of negotiation, submission of litigation or arbitration, the Agreement does not involve the provisions of the disputed part and the parties shall still perform it. Neither party shall refuse to perform any of its obligations under this Agreement on the grounds that the dispute settlement procedure is in progress.
Article 8 Other Matters
8.1 The invalidity or cancellation of some provisions of this Agreement shall not affect the validity of other provisions, which shall remain valid.
8.2 Service
(1) The Borrower acknowledges that the following address shall be the address and contact information for the notice sent by the Lender and the debt collection, litigation (arbitration) legal documents involved, and the address and contact information shall be applicable to all stages of litigation and execution.
11
(2) The lender, the Trial court and arbitration agency shall send the notice and legal documents at the following address and contact information. If no one signs for or refuses to receive the mail, the date of return of the notice and legal documents shall be deemed as the date of service. If the mail is rejected at the time of direct service, the deliverer may take photos or video to record the service process, and leave the notice and legal documents in lien, which shall be deemed as service.
(3) The borrower acknowledges that the lender, the hearing court and the arbitration institution may serve the instrument by mobile phone SMS , fax or email or other modern means of communication through the mobile phone number, fax number or email address specified below. The lender, the hearing court and the arbitration institution shall be deemed to have served the instrument as long as they confirm that they have sent the relevant legal instrument at the number and address specified below.The relevant legal documents sent by the lender, the hearing court or the arbitration institution at the following postal address shall be deemed to have been delivered 3 days after the delivery of the mail.
(4) If the borrower provides the wrong contact information or fails to timely inform the changed contact information, resulting in the failure to serve or return the notice or legal document, the date of return of the notice or legal document shall be deemed as the date of service.
(5) The delivery address and contact information of the Borrower are set forth in the subsidiary terms.
8.3 Both parties hereby agree to confirm the legal validity of the telephone recording and faxed copy, and promise that they can be submitted as evidence to the court, the Arbitration Commission and other dispute settlement institutions.A faxed copy shall have the same validity as the original while the original is in transit.The fax number specified by the Borrower in this Agreement shall not be changed at will, and the Borrower shall issue a written explanation of the change to the Lender when the fax number is changed, failing which, the Borrower shall assume all liabilities arising therefrom.The Borrower shall ensure that the fax sent by the Borrower is consistent with the original; otherwise, the Borrower shall bear the corresponding responsibility.
8.4 The headings of the terms of this Agreement are for the convenience of reference only, and no terms of this Agreement shall be construed or understood solely on the basis of the headings.
8.5 Except as agreed herein or as provided by relevant laws and regulations, unless the non-breaching party expressly states in writing, the breaching Party shall violate or fail to perform any agreement or obligation contained herein at any time. No act, omission, delay in taking action or any other measure by the non-breaching Party shall be deemed to be a waiver of any of its rights under this Agreement.
8.6 If any party to this Agreement requests notarization of the agreement, the parties shall jointly apply for notarization to the notary office, and clearly give the agreement the effect of enforcement.The notarization fee shall be borne by the borrower.At the same time, the Borrower agrees that this Agreement shall be enforceable upon notarization. If the Borrower fails to perform its obligations hereunder, the Lender may apply to the people’s court with jurisdiction for enforcement according to law.
8.7 If this Agreement cannot be fully performed due to changes in regulations, rules, policies or emergency measures, the Lender shall not bear any responsibility.
8.8 Matters not covered herein shall be handled in accordance with relevant laws and regulations, the People’s Bank of China, the CBRC and the lender.
12
Article 9 The standard terms, ancillary terms, supplementary agreements, ious, Borrower’s undertakings, testimonies and power of Payment, etc. constitute the entire Agreement, and the components of such Agreement may be executed in paper, electronic or other means approved by the Lender.
Article 10 Tips and Declarations
1. The Borrower agrees that the Lender shall entrust a third party to keep the written documents or electronic information related to this Agreement: The Parties hereto agree and confirm that the written documents or electronic information related to this Agreement provided by the third party entrusted by the Lender shall be the final proof of the matters related to this Agreement.
2. The Lender has drawn the Borrower’s attention to a full and accurate understanding of the terms of this Agreement.The meaning of the terms of this Agreement and the corresponding legal consequences are fully known and understood by the contracting parties.
At the same time, the Borrower specifically declares that it has paid special attention to and accepts the terms, especially the bold terms, relating to its obligations and adverse to it.
The borrower already knows that choosing a floating rate increases interest payments if interest rates rise between the start date and the maturity date, and choosing a fixed rate increases interest payments if interest rates fall between the start date and the maturity date.
(The above is the standard terms of this Agreement, and the following is connected to the subordinate terms of this Agreement)
13
Online working capital loan general agreement subsidiary clause
(2021021 / Electronic Channel Edition / August 2022)
Number: 07800LK24CCIBNC
Lender: Wuxi Branch of Bank of Ningbo Co., Ltd
Borrower: Jiangsu Huhu Electromechanical Technology Co., LTD
Article 1 If the borrower fails to repay the loan principal as agreed, the lender shall receive a penalty interest of fifty percent (in words); if the borrower fails to use the loan for the agreed purpose, the lender shall charge a penalty interest of eighty percent (in words).
Article 2 With the consent of the lender, the borrower may apply for repayment in advance, and the lender shall have the right to charge the corresponding liquidated damages at /% of the amount returned in advance.
Article 3 Place of agreement signing: No.2-2, Zhongnan Road, Liangxi District, Wuxi City
Article 4 The service address and contact information of the borrower:
Mail and express address: A3-1208, No.228 Linghu Avenue, Xinwu District, Wuxi
Addressee (or agent); Wang Yinglai; Position:Legal representative ID number:
Contact number:
Fax receiving number: /
Mobile phone SMS receiving number:
Email address: /
If the address of the Borrower is not provided to the Lender, or the address provided is not detailed enough (if not accurate to the house number), the Borrower agrees that the registered address shall be the address of mail and express delivery. If the borrower does not provide a clear email address, it agrees to use the email address of the mobile phone number operator as the email address to borrow money
The person shall ensure that the email address matched by the mobile phone number operator can be used normally from the date of signing this Contract.
The standard terms of this Agreement and the subsidiary terms of this Agreement constitute a complete agreement.
Signed on: April 28,2024
14
Exhibit 10.35
D—04: Working capital loan contract—applicable to single, and single-item working capital loan business of Class A and Class B
Working Capital Loan Contract
Number: 736375593D24052701
Borrower: Jiangsu Huhu Electromechanical Technology Co., LTD
Unified social credit code:
Legal representative / Person in charge: Wang Yinglai
Address: A3-1208, Tian’an Cyber Park, No. 228, Linghu Avenue, Xinwu District, Wuxi City
Post code: 214000
Account opening financial institution and account number:
Phone: Fax: /
Lender: Bank of China Limited Wuxi Branch
Legal representative/Person in charge: Tao Jiyong
Domicile: No. 258, Zhongshan Road, Wuxi City
Post code: 214000
Phone: Fax: /
The borrower and the lender have negotiated on an equal footing and reached an agreement on the issue of working capital loans from the lender to the borrower, and hereby enter into this contract.
R This contract is a single agreement under the No. 736375593E24052701 R“Credit Line Agreement” and ☐“General Credit Business Agreement” signed by Jiangsu Huhu Electromechanical Technology Co., Ltd. and Bank of China Co., Ltd. Wuxi Branch.
(Remarks: This is an optional clause, if it is not applicable, it needs to be deleted)
Page 1 of 33
D—04: Working capital loan contract—applicable to single, and single-item working capital loan business of Class A and Class B
Article 1 Loan Amount
Borrowing Currency: RMB.
| Loan Amount: | (Upper case) Five million five hundred thousand yuan; |
(Lower case) ¥5,500,000.00.
☐ When the borrower actually withdraws money, if due to exchange rate fluctuations, the borrower’s credit balance that has occurred under the above-mentioned “Credit Line Agreement” is converted to / (currency) at the exchange rate on the actual withdrawal date / has exceeded the credit limit stipulated in the “Credit Line Agreement”, the lender has the right to terminate this contract or reject the borrower’s withdrawal application; If the available credit line is less than the borrower’s loan amount under this contract, the lender has the right to reduce the loan amount under this contract, and determine the loan amount under this contract according to the available credit line.
(Remarks: This clause is an optional clause, which is selected and applied according to the credit line management regulations of each bank. If it is not applicable, it needs to be deleted)
Article 2 Loan Period
Loan period: / month/ / days, counted from the actual withdrawal date; if the withdrawal is made in installments, it is counted from the first actual withdrawal date.
The borrower shall withdraw the funds strictly according to the agreed withdrawal time. If the actual withdrawal date is later than the agreed withdrawal time, the borrower shall still repay the loan according to the repayment time agreed in this contract.
Article 3 Use of The Loan
Use of the loan: buy accessories.
Without the written consent of the lender, the borrower shall not change the purpose of the loan, including but not limited to, the borrower shall not use the loan for investment in fixed assets, equity, etc., and shall not use it in any fields prohibited by laws, regulations, regulatory provisions, and production and business operations by the state It shall not be used for on-lending or the purchase of other financial products for arbitrage, and shall not be used for illegally adding hidden debts of local governments, and other purposes that are prohibited from being invested with bank loans.
Page 2 of 33
D—04: Working capital loan contract—applicable to single, and single-item working capital loan business of Class A and Class B
Article 4 Loan Interest Rate and Interest Calculation and Settlement (Remarks: Please fill in truthfully and delete inapplicable clauses)
The lender expressly indicates to the borrower the annualized interest rate of the loan under this contract through the “Notification Letter of the Annualized Interest Rate of Loan” attached to this contract. The above-mentioned “Notification Letter of Annualized Interest Rate of Loan” is applicable.
1. Loan Interest Rate
The loan interest rate (annualized interest rate, RMB loan is simple interest, foreign currency loan is ☐simple interest/☐single compound interest combination (choose one)) is the following (2):
(1) Fixed rate, annual rate / %. The contract interest rate remains unchanged during the loan period.
☐ The source of the fixed interest rate for RMB loans is: The quoted market interest rate for one-year/ more than 5-year (choose one) loans announced by the National Interbank Funding Center as of the working day before the effective date of this contract ☐ plus/☐ minus (choose one) / base point;
☐ Sources of fixed interest rates for foreign currency loans are:
A. The benchmark interest rate applicable on the effective date of this contract plus / basis points. The benchmark interest rate is the interest rate value displayed on the Bloomberg Financial Telecom terminal page or obtained from the Reuters information system for the / (Term) ☐USD TERM SOFR ☐JPY TIBOR ☐Euro EURIBOR ☐ / contract corresponding to the agreed loan currency under this contract ☐ T- 2 ☐ T-3 working days before the signing of the contract. If the foreign currency benchmark interest rate is negative, the foreign currency benchmark interest rate shall be zero. The working day mentioned in this paragraph refers to the local working day of the corresponding currency pricing benchmark management institution.
Page 3 of 33
D—04: Working capital loan contract—applicable to single, and single-item working capital loan business of Class A and Class B
B. The benchmark interest rate applicable on the effective date(T day, if the effective date of the contract is not a working day, then the nearest working day before it is T day) of this contract plus / basis points. The benchmark interest rate is displayed on the Bloomberg Financial Telecom terminal page corresponding to the agreed loan currency under this contract ☐USD Overnight SOFR ☐British Overnight SONIA ☐Japanese Yen Overnight TONA ☐Euro Overnight E STR ☐ CHF Overnight SARON ☐ / T-5 business days rate value. If the foreign currency benchmark interest rate is negative, the foreign currency benchmark interest rate shall be zero. The working day mentioned in this paragraph refers to the local working day of the corresponding currency pricing benchmark management institution. (Remarks: This paragraph applies to overnight interest rates)
C. The latest / month (foreign currency benchmark interest rate) plus / basis points obtained from the Reuters information system before 9:00 (Beijing time) on the working day before the effective date of this contract. If the foreign currency benchmark interest rate is negative, the foreign currency benchmark interest rate shall be zero. (Remarks: This paragraph applies to term interest rates in foreign currencies other than the US dollar, British pound, Japanese yen, euro, and Swiss franc)
(2) Floating interest rate: With the actual withdrawal date (If the withdrawal is made in installments, it will be the first actual withdrawal day) as the starting date, the price will be re-priced ☐per / day/ þ per 12 month / ☐per / year (choose one) as a cycle. The re-pricing date is the first day of the next floating period, that is, the starting date is on the corresponding day of the re-pricing month, and if there is no corresponding day in the current month, it will be the last day of the month; if the floating period is daily, the re-pricing date is the next The current day of the floating period.
Page 4 of 33
D—04: Working capital loan contract—applicable to single, and single-item working capital loan business of Class A and Class B
For each withdrawal:
þ RMB loan floating rate
A. The interest rate for the first period (From the actual withdrawal date to the date when this floating period expires) is the quoted market interest rate for þ1-year/ ☐ more than 5-year (choose one) loans announced by the National Interbank Funding Center on the working day before the actual withdrawal date ☐ plus/þ minus (choose one) 40 base point;
B. On the re-pricing date, together with other tranches of withdrawals, the latest þ1-year/ ☐ 5-year-plus (choose one) loan market announced by the National Interbank Funding Center on the working day before the re-pricing day Quotation rate ☐ plus/þ minus (choose one) 40 basis points are repriced as the applicable interest rate for this floating period.
☐ Foreign currency borrowing floating rate
A. If the term interest rate is applicable, the interest rate is determined according to the following rules: the interest rate of the first period (from the actual withdrawal date to the expiration date of this floating period) is based on the applicable benchmark interest rate on the actual withdrawal date (T day) plus / basis point interest rate difference, The benchmark interest rate is displayed on the terminal page of Bloomberg Financial Telecom or obtained from the Reuters information system corresponding to the agreed loan currency under this contract / (term) ☐USD TERM SOFR ☐JPY TIBOR ☐Euro EURIBOR ☐/ of ☐T-2☐ T-3 business days rate value. On the re-pricing day (T day), together with other tranches of withdrawals, the amount corresponding to the agreed loan currency under this contract displayed on the Bloomberg Financial Telecom terminal page or obtained from the Reuters information system ______ (Term) ☐ USD TERM SOFR ☐Yen TIBOR ☐Euro EURIBOR ☐ / The rate value of ☐T- 2 ☐ T-3 business days plus _____The spread in basis points determines the applicable interest rate for that floating period. The spread remains unchanged for the duration of the contract. If the foreign currency benchmark interest rate is negative, the foreign currency benchmark interest rate shall be zero. The working day mentioned in this paragraph refers to the local working day of the corresponding currency pricing benchmark management institution.
Page 5 of 33
D—04: Working capital loan contract—applicable to single, and single-item working capital loan business of Class A and Class B
B. If the overnight interest rate is applicable, the interest accrual rate shall be determined according to the following rules: on each interest accrual date (that is, each natural day during the loan period, the same below) corresponding to the agreed loan currency under this contract that shall be applicable SOFR ☐GBP Overnight SONIA ☐JPY Overnight TONA ☐Euro Overnight ESTR☐ CHF Overnight SARON ☐ / plus____base rate point spread. The interest accrual date shall be determined according to the following method: the first interest rate determination date is the actual withdrawal date, and the subsequent interest rate determination date shall be each interest accrual date after the first interest rate determination date. On the interest rate determination date (T day, if the interest rate determination date is not a working day, then the nearest working day before it is T day), the benchmark interest rate that should be applied is the currency corresponding to the agreed loan currency under this contract displayed on the Bloomberg Financial Telecom terminal page ☐USD Overnight SOFR ☐GBP Overnight SONIA ☐JPY Overnight TONA ☐Euro Overnight E STR ☐ CHF Overnight SARON ☐ / T- Rate value for 5 business days. The spread remains unchanged for the duration of the contract. If the foreign currency benchmark interest rate is negative, the foreign currency benchmark interest rate shall be zero. The working day mentioned in this paragraph refers to the local working day of the corresponding currency pricing benchmark management institution.
C. The initial interest rate is the latest / -month / (foreign currency benchmark interest rate) obtained from the Reuters information system before 9:00 (Beijing time) on the working day before the actual withdrawal date plus / basis points. On the re-pricing date, together with other withdrawals in installments, the latest withdrawal rate with the same floating period obtained from the Reuters information system before 9:00 on the previous working day (Beijing time) / (foreign currency benchmark interest rate) plus / basis points are repriced as the applicable interest rate for this floating period. If the foreign currency benchmark interest rate is negative, the foreign currency benchmark interest rate shall be zero. (Remarks: This paragraph applies to term interest rates in foreign currencies other than the US dollar, British pound, Japanese yen, euro, and Swiss franc)
Page 6 of 33
D—04: Working capital loan contract—applicable to single, and single-item working capital loan business of Class A and Class B
2. Interest calculation
(1) Regarding the fixed interest rate in Item 1 (1) of this article, the floating interest rate of RMB loans in Item 1 (2), and items A and C of floating interest rates in foreign currency loans:
The interest is calculated from the actual withdrawal date of the borrower, and is calculated according to the actual withdrawal amount and the number of days of using the loan.
Interest calculation formula: interest = principal × actual number of days × daily interest rate.
The daily interest rate calculation base is 360 days a year, and the conversion formula is: daily interest rate = annual interest rate/360.
(2) For item B of the foreign currency loan floating rate in item 1 (2) of this article:
The interest is calculated from the actual withdrawal date of the borrower, and is calculated according to the actual withdrawal amount and the number of days of using the loan.
☐Simple interest calculation: For the part calculated according to the pricing basis and the part calculated according to the interest rate difference, the interest is calculated in the form of simple interest.
☐Single compound interest combination interest calculation : For the part calculated according to the pricing basis, the interest of this part every working day = (loan principal + total interest of this part owed as of the previous day) × the applicable base day interest rate on that day; On non-working days, interest is still calculated in the form of simple interest. The part calculated according to the spread is calculated as simple interest.
The daily interest rate calculation base is 360 days a year, and the conversion formula is: daily interest rate = annual interest rate/360.
The above working days refer to the local working days of the corresponding currency pricing benchmark management agency.
3. Interest settlement method
The borrower settles interest in the following method (2) :
(1) The interest is settled quarterly, the 20th of the last month of each quarter is the interest settlement date, and the 21st is the interest payment date.
Page 7 of 33
D—04: Working capital loan contract—applicable to single, and single-item working capital loan business of Class A and Class B
(2) The interest is settled on a monthly basis, the 20th of each month is the interest settlement date, and the 21st is the interest payment date.
If the last repayment date of the loan principal is not on the interest payment date, the last repayment date of the loan principal is the interest payment date, and the borrower shall pay off all interest payable.
4. Penalty interest
(1) If the loan is overdue or not used according to the contractual purpose, from the date of overdue or misappropriation, the overdue or misappropriated part shall be charged according to the penalty interest rate stipulated in this paragraph until the principal and interest are paid off.
For loans that are both overdue and embezzled, penalty interest will be charged at a higher penalty interest rate.
(2) For the interest and penalty interest that the borrower cannot pay on time, the interest settlement method stipulated in paragraph 3 of this article shall be used to calculate and collect compound interest at the penalty interest rate stipulated in this paragraph.
(3) Penalty interest rate (remarks: fill in truthfully according to the loan currency and interest rate determination method)
RMB loan penalty interest rate,
☐ Penalty interest rate for fixed rate loans
A. Floating interest rate, the floating period is / month / / Years (Remarks: For fixed-rate loans with a loan term of less than one year (inclusive), the floating period is the original loan period; for fixed-rate loans with a term of more than one year, the floating period is one year). Repriced every float period from the date of expiration or embezzlement. The re-pricing date is the date of overdue or misappropriation on the corresponding day of the re-pricing month. If there is no corresponding day in the current month, the last day of the current month shall be the re-pricing date.
B. The penalty interest rate for overdue loans is / % above the base penalty interest rate determined in Item C of this paragraph, and the penalty interest rate for embezzled loans is / % above the base penalty interest rate level.
Page 8 of 33
D—04: Working capital loan contract—applicable to single, and single-item working capital loan business of Class A and Class B
C. During the first floating period, the base interest rate for penalty interest is the borrowing rate agreed in Clause 1 of this article. After each floating cycle is completed, the penalty interest base interest rate for the next floating cycle is determined by ☐ plus/□ minus (choose one) / basis points to the latest ☐ 1-year/☐ 5-year and above (choose one) loan market quotation rate announced by the National Interbank Funding Center on the working day before the re-pricing date.
R Penalty interest rate for floating rate loans
A. From the date of overdue or misappropriation, it will float according to the floating period stipulated in paragraph 1 of this article .. The penalty interest re-pricing date is the corresponding date of the re-pricing month when the date of overdue or misappropriation falls. If there is no corresponding day in the current month, the last day of the month is the penalty interest re-pricing date.
B. The penalty interest rate for overdue loans is an additional 40 % on the base penalty interest rate determined in item C of this subsection, and the penalty interest rate for embezzled loans is an additional 70 % on the base penalty interest rate level determined in item C of this subsection.
C. The base rate of penalty interest in the first floating cycle is the overdue or misappropriated loan interest rate actually implemented in the current period, and the base rate of penalty interest in the next floating cycle after each floating cycle is re-priced on the re-pricing date in accordance with the method stipulated in paragraph 1 of this article.
Foreign currency loan penalty interest rate,
☐ Penalty interest rate for fixed rate loans
for overdue loans shall be the loan interest rate determined in Item 1 (1) of this article plus / base point, the misappropriation of loan penalty interest rate is the level of loan interest rate determined in item 1 (1) of this article plus / base point.
Page 9 of 33
D—04: Working capital loan contract—applicable to single, and single-item working capital loan business of Class A and Class B
☐ Penalty interest rate for floating rate loans
A. The floating period and re-pricing date of the penalty interest are determined according to item (2) of paragraph 1 of this article. The base interest rate of the penalty interest in the first floating period is the overdue or misappropriated loan interest rate actually implemented in the current period, and the next floating period after each full floating period The periodic penalty interest base rate is re-priced on the re-pricing date in accordance with the method agreed in item 1 (2) of this article.
B. The penalty interest rate for overdue loans is the base penalty interest rate determined in item A of this paragraph plus the / base point, the misappropriation of loan penalty interest rate is the base penalty interest rate level determined in item A of this subsection plus / base point.
☐ Penalty interest rate for floating rate loans (remarks: this paragraph applies to loans with single compound interest combination interest, if not applicable, it can be deleted)
A. From the date of overdue or misappropriation, the base penalty interest rate will fluctuate according to the interest settlement cycle, and the base penalty interest rate for each interest settlement cycle will be the actual execution rate of the previous interest settlement cycle.
B. The penalty interest rate for overdue loans is the base penalty interest rate determined in item A of this paragraph plus the / basis point, the misappropriation of loan penalty interest rate is the base penalty interest rate level determined in item A of this subsection plus / basis point.
5. Others
(1) The “loan interest rate” and “penalty interest rate” under this contract are all tax-included interest rates, that is, the interest charged by the lender to the borrower includes the value-added tax payable in accordance with national laws and regulations.
(2) If there is a major change in the pricing basis of the floating interest rate under this contract, it shall be handled in accordance with the then effective market rules. If the Lender requires the Borrower to sign a supplementary contract on relevant matters at that time, the Borrower shall cooperate.
(3) The term “ pricing benchmark ” in this article has the same meaning as the term “ benchmark interest rate ”.
Page 10 of 33
D—04: Working capital loan contract—applicable to single, and single-item working capital loan business of Class A and Class B
“TERM SOFR” under this contract refers to the TERM SOFR announced and managed by the Chicago Mercantile Exchange (or the successor manager) as the manager, and “ TIBOR ” refers to the TERM SOFR managed by the Japan Bankers Association (or the successor manager) “EURIBOR” refers to the EURIBOR published and managed by the European Money Market Institute (or the successor manager) as the manager, “ Overnight SOFR” means the EURIBOR managed by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York (or the successor manager) “Overnight SONIA” refers to the overnight SONIA published and administered by the Bank of England (or the successor administrator) as the administrator, “ Overnight TONA” refers to the overnight SOFR issued and administered by the Bank of Japan (or the successor administrator) Overnight TONA published and managed, “Overnight ESTR” means the overnight ESTR published and managed by the ECB (or successor administrator) and “ Overnight SARON ” means the overnight ESTR managed by the SIX Swiss Exchange (or successor administrator) Published and administered overnight SARON.
Article 5 Withdrawal Conditions
The borrower must meet the following conditions for withdrawal:
1. This contract and its appendices have come into effect;
2. The borrower has provided guarantee as required by the lender, the guarantee contract has come into force and the statutory approval, registration or filing procedures have been completed;
3. The Borrower has reserved the Borrower’s documents, receipts, seals, names of personnel, and signature samples related to the conclusion and performance of this contract with the Lender, and has filled in relevant vouchers;
4. The borrower has opened an account necessary for the performance of this contract according to the requirements of the lender;
5. Five bank working days before the withdrawal, submit a written application for withdrawal and the relevant documents proving the purpose of the loan to the lender, and go through the relevant withdrawal procedures;
6.R The borrower has submitted to the lender the resolution and letter of authorization of the board of directors or other competent departments agreeing to sign and perform the contract; Whether the signing of this contract has been approved and authorized.)
Page 11 of 33
D—04: Working capital loan contract—applicable to single, and single-item working capital loan business of Class A and Class B
7. Legal regulations and other withdrawal conditions agreed by both parties / .
If the above withdrawal conditions are not met, the lender has the right to reject the borrower’s withdrawal application, unless the lender agrees to grant the loan.
Article 6 Withdrawal Time And Method
1. The borrower shall comply with the following paragraph (2) Time and method of withdrawal:
(1) One-time withdrawal on / (date)
(2) Withdraw the loan within 1 months from May 29, 2024 (date).
(3) Withdrawal in installments according to the following schedule:
| withdrawal time | withdrawal amount |
| / | / |
| / | / |
| / | / |
2. The lender has the right to reject the borrower’s withdrawal application for the unused portion beyond the above-mentioned period.
3. Loan commitment service (if the borrower is a small and micro enterprise, this paragraph needs to be deleted; if the borrower is not a small and micro enterprise, one of the three options should be reserved according to the actual situation, and the other options must be deleted)
Page 12 of 33
D—04: Working capital loan contract—applicable to single, and single-item working capital loan business of Class A and Class B
The lender provides commitment services to the borrower during the promised service period (from the effective date of this loan contract to the withdrawal date stipulated in this contract) that the borrower can draw but has not drawn up in the current period (hereinafter referred to as “undrawn loans”). After negotiation between the borrower and the lender, the agreement is as follows:
☐ The borrower pays the commitment fee for the above commitment service. The specific charging standards and collection methods, etc. will be signed separately within the promised service period.
☐ The lender waives the commitment fee for the above-mentioned commitment service according to the principle of “fee reduction and profit sharing”, and the estimated amount of waiver is RMB / yuan.
☐ Others: / (Remarks: Fill in according to the actual agreement)
Article 7 Payment of Borrowed Funds
1. Loan Disbursement Account
The Borrower shall open the following account with the Lender as the loan disbursement account, and the disbursement and payment of the loan shall be handled through this account. ☐ This account is a special account, which can only be used for the issuance and payment of loan funds, and cannot be used for other payments. (Remarks: This sentence is an optional expression, if it is not applicable, it needs to be deleted)
Account Name: Jiangsu Huhu Electromechanical Technology Co., Ltd.
Account number:
2. Payment method of loan funds
(1) The payment method of loan funds shall be implemented in accordance with laws, regulations, regulatory requirements and the agreement of this contract. The payment method of loan funds for a single withdrawal shall be confirmed in the withdrawal application. The lender believes that the payment method selected in the withdrawal application If the payment method of loan funds does not meet the requirements, it has the right to change the payment method or stop the issuance and payment of loan funds.
Page 13 of 33
D—04: Working capital loan contract—applicable to single, and single-item working capital loan business of Class A and Class B
(2) The lender entrusts the payment, that is, the lender pays the loan funds to the counterparty of the borrower who meets the purpose stipulated in this contract according to the borrower’s withdrawal application and payment entrustment. According to the relevant regulations of the China Banking Regulatory Commission and the internal management regulations of the lender, the payment of loan funds that meets one of the following conditions shall adopt the entrusted payment method of the lender:
A. The lender has newly established a credit business relationship with the borrower, and the credit rating of the borrower does not meet the internal requirements of the lender;
B. When applying for withdrawal, the payment object is clear (with a clear account and account name) and the single amount exceeds 10,000,000.00 Yuan (not included, foreign currency is based on the actual withdrawal date / exchange rate conversion);
C. Other circumstances stipulated by the lender or agreed with the borrower: / .
(3) Borrower’s own payment, that is, after the lender distributes the loan funds to the borrower’s account according to the borrower’s withdrawal application, the borrower will independently pay to the borrower’s counterparty who meets the purpose stipulated in the contract. Except for the circumstances stipulated in the preceding paragraph that the entrusted payment method of the lender shall be adopted, the payment method of other loan funds shall be the borrower’s own payment.
(4) Change of payment method. After submitting the withdrawal application, if the borrower’s external payment, credit rating and other conditions change, and the self-paying loan funds meet the conditions stipulated in item (2) of paragraph 2 of this article, the payment method of the loan funds shall be changed. If the payment method is changed or the external payment amount, payment object, and loan purpose are changed under the entrusted payment method, the borrower shall provide the lender with a written description of the change application, and resubmit the withdrawal application and relevant transaction materials proving the use of funds.
Page 14 of 33
D—04: Working capital loan contract—applicable to single, and single-item working capital loan business of Class A and Class B
3. Specific requirements for entrusted payment of loan funds
(1) Payment entrustment. If the conditions for the entrusted payment of the lender are met, the borrower shall have a clear payment entrustment in the withdrawal application, that is, authorize and entrust the lender to pay the loan funds directly to the designated borrower’s account after transferring the loan funds to the designated borrower’s account. The counterparty account designated by the borrower for the purpose specified in the contract, and necessary payment information such as the name of the receiving counterparty, counterparty account, payment amount, etc. shall be provided.
(2) Provision of transaction information. If the conditions for entrusted payment by the lender are met, the borrower shall provide the lender with its lending account, counterparty account information, and proof materials proving that the withdrawal meets the purpose stipulated in the loan contract each time it withdraws funds. The borrower shall guarantee that all the materials provided to the lender are true, complete and valid. If the relevant transaction information provided by the borrower is untrue, inaccurate or incomplete, resulting in the failure of the lender to complete the entrusted payment obligation in time, the lender shall not bear any responsibility. The repayment obligations of the borrower under this contract will not be affected.
(3) The performance of the lender’s entrusted payment obligation
A. In the case of entrusted payment by the lender, after the borrower submits the payment entrustment and related transaction materials, etc., the lender will pay the loan funds to the borrower’s counterparty through the borrower’s account after reviewing and agreeing.
B. If the lender finds after review that the usage certification materials and other relevant transaction materials provided by the borrower do not comply with the contract or have other defects, it has the right to require the borrower to supplement, replace, explain or resubmit the relevant materials. The lender has the right to refuse the issuance and payment of relevant funds before the qualified relevant transaction materials are obtained.
Page 15 of 33
D—04: Working capital loan contract—applicable to single, and single-item working capital loan business of Class A and Class B
C. In case of a refund from the opening bank of the counterparty’s account, which causes the lender to fail to pay the loan funds to its counterparty in time according to the borrower’s payment entrustment, the lender shall not bear any responsibility. Payment obligations remain unaffected. The Borrower hereby authorizes the Lender to freeze the funds returned by the counterparty account opening bank. In this case, the borrower shall resubmit relevant transaction materials such as payment entrustment and purpose certification materials.
(4) The borrower shall not evade the entrusted payment of the lender by dividing the whole into parts.
4. After the loan funds are disbursed, the borrower shall provide the use records and materials of the loan funds in a timely manner according to the requirements of the lender. The aforementioned materials to be provided include but are not limited to copies of payment vouchers.
5. In any of the following circumstances, the lender has the right to re-determine the loan issuance and payment conditions or stop the loan fund issuance and payment:
(1) The borrower violates the agreement of this contract and evades the lender’s entrusted payment by breaking up the whole into parts;
(2) The credit status of the borrower declines or the profitability of the main business is not strong;
(3) Abnormal use of loan funds;
(4) The borrower fails to provide the loan fund use records and materials in a timely manner as required by the lender;
(5) The borrower pays the loan funds in violation of this agreement.
Article 8 Repayment
1. The borrower designates the following account as the fund return account, and the borrower’s fund return should enter this account. The borrower shall promptly provide information about the funds in and out of the account. The lender has the right to require the borrower to explain the inflow and outflow of large and abnormal funds in the fund return account and supervise the account.
Page 16 of 33
D—04: Working capital loan contract—applicable to single, and single-item working capital loan business of Class A and Class B
Account Name: Jiangsu Huhu Electromechanical Technology Co., Ltd.
Account number:
2. Unless otherwise agreed by both parties, the borrower shall repay the loan under this contract according to the repayment plan in item (2) below:
(1) All loans under this contract shall be returned on the expiry date of the loan period.
(2) Repay the loan under this contract according to the following repayment plan:
| Repayment Time | Repayment Amount |
| May 20, 2025 | 5,500,000.00 |
(3) Other repayment plans: / .
If the borrower needs to change the above repayment plan, he must submit a written application to the lender Ten bank working days before the corresponding loan expires, and the change of the repayment plan must be confirmed by both parties in writing.
3. Unless otherwise agreed by the two parties, in the event that the borrower defaults on the loan principal and interest and the cost of realizing the creditor’s rights at the same time, the lender has the right to decide the order of repaying the principal or repaying the interest and the cost of realizing the creditor’s rights; If there are multiple due loans or overdue loans under this contract, the lender has the right to determine the repayment order of a certain loan from the borrower; there are multiple expired loan contracts between the borrower and the lender Yes, the lender has the right to determine the order of the contracts that the borrower will perform for each repayment.
4. Unless otherwise agreed by both parties, the borrower may repay the loan in advance, but shall notify the lender in writing Ten bank working days in advance. The amount of prepayment is first used to repay the last due loan, and repayment is in reverse order.
For loans that apply simple compound interest combination interest calculation, if early repayment or partial early repayment is involved, the interest corresponding to the principal of the early repayment should be settled in one go.
Page 17 of 33
D—04: Working capital loan contract—applicable to single, and single-item working capital loan business of Class A and Class B
☐ The lender has the right to charge the early repayment liquidated damages for the early repayment part according to the standard of / . (Remarks: This is an optional clause, if it is not applicable or the borrower is a small and micro enterprise, it needs to be deleted)
5. The borrower repays the loan according to the following (1) method.
(1) The borrower deposits sufficient funds in the following repayment account for repayment no later than five bank working days before the due date of each principal and interest, and the lender has the right to actively deduct from this account on the due date of each principal and interest Receive payment.
Repayment account name: Jiangsu Huhu Electromechanical Technology Co., Ltd.
Account:
(2) Other repayment methods agreed by both parties: / .
Article 9 Guarantee (Remarks: Fill in according to the facts, and the inapplicable clauses need to be deleted)
1. The guarantee method for the debt under this contract is:
☐ No Warranty.
þ This contract belongs to the main contract under the No. Z66X2024054 þ“Maximum Amount Guarantee Contract”/ ☐ “Maximum Amount Mortgage Contract”/ ☐“Maximum Amount Pledge Contract” signed by the guarantor Wang Yinglai, Xiao Yujun and the lender, and it provides the maximum amount guarantee.
2. If the borrower or guarantor encounters an event that the lender believes may affect its ability to perform the contract, or the guarantee contract becomes invalid, revoked or terminated, or the borrower or guarantor’s financial situation deteriorates or is involved in a major lawsuit or arbitration case, or the account of the borrower or the guarantor is seized, or its ability to perform the contract may be affected due to other reasons, or the guarantor breaches the contract under the guarantee contract or other contracts with the lender, or the collateral depreciates, is damaged, lost, If the guarantee value is weakened or lost due to seizure, the lender has the right to request, and the borrower is obliged to provide new guarantees, replace guarantors, etc. to guarantee the debts under this contract.
Page 18 of 33
D—04: Working capital loan contract—applicable to single, and single-item working capital loan business of Class A and Class B
Article 10 Invoice Issuance
1. The borrower can apply to the lender for issuing a value-added tax invoice (☐special value-added tax invoice/ þcommon value-added tax invoice) after the lender confirms receipt of the payment. The borrower issues a VAT invoice.
2. The borrower may apply for the issuance of a value-added tax invoice at the corresponding business handling agency or other agency designated by the lender.
3. The borrower needs to confirm that the payer, the contract signer and the purchaser listed in the value-added tax invoice are the same taxpayer. If they are not consistent, resulting in the borrower being unable to enter the account or be unable to deduct input tax according to law, the relevant losses shall be borne by the borrower.
4. If the borrower loses the invoice after obtaining it, the lender does not need to reissue the value-added tax invoice to the borrower.
5. If the lender provides a discount to the borrower after negotiation, the value-added tax invoice will be issued based on the discounted price.
6. If the lender provides free services to the borrower, the lender will not provide value-added tax invoices.
7. The lender issues a value-added tax invoice to the borrower, and the borrower should check the invoice information in a timely manner. If the invoice information is incorrect, the borrower shall promptly apply to the lender for reissuing the value-added tax invoice.
Article 11 Declaration and Commitment
1. The borrower declares as follows:
(1) The Borrower is legally registered and legally existing, and has the full capacity for civil rights and conduct required to sign and perform this contract;
(2) The signing and performance of this contract is based on the Borrower’s true intention, has obtained legal and valid authorization in accordance with the requirements of its articles of association or other internal management documents, and will not violate any agreement or contract binding on the Borrower and other legal documents; the Borrower has obtained or will obtain all relevant approvals, licenses, filings or registrations required to sign and perform this contract;
Page 19 of 33
D—04: Working capital loan contract—applicable to single, and single-item working capital loan business of Class A and Class B
(3) All documents, financial statements, certificates and other materials provided by the Borrower to the Lender under this contract are true, complete, accurate and valid;
(4) The transaction background of the borrower’s application to the lender to describe the business is true and legal, and does not involve illegal purposes such as money laundering, terrorist financing, proliferation financing of weapons of mass destruction, tax evasion, fraud, etc., and does not violate the United Nations, China and other applicable laws and regulations. sanction provisions;
(5) The borrower has not concealed from the lender the events that may affect its and the guarantor’s financial status and ability to perform;
(6) Borrowers and loan projects meet the national environmental protection standards, and are not enterprises and projects with prominent energy consumption and pollution problems announced and recognized by relevant state departments and weak rectification efforts, and there is no risk of energy consumption and pollution;
(7) The purpose of the loan and the source of repayment are true and legal;
(8) Other matters stated by the borrower: / .
2. The borrower undertakes as follows:
(1) Submit its financial statements (including but not limited to annual reports, quarterly reports, and monthly reports) and other relevant materials to the lender on a regular or timely basis as required by the lender; the borrower ensures that it continues to meet the requirements of the following financial indicators: maintain profitability;
(2) If the borrower has or will sign a counter-guarantee agreement or similar agreement with the guarantor of this contract on its guarantee obligations, such agreement will not prejudice any rights of the lender under this contract;
(3) Accept the lender’s credit inspection and supervision, and provide sufficient assistance and cooperation; if the borrower pays independently, it shall periodically summarize and report the payment and use of loan funds according to the lender’s requirements. The specific summary report time is: 15th of each month;
Page 20 of 33
D—04: Working capital loan contract—applicable to single, and single-item working capital loan business of Class A and Class B
(4) If the borrower undergoes merger, division, capital reduction, equity transfer, foreign investment, substantial increase in debt financing, transfer of major assets and creditor’s rights, and other matters that may have an adverse impact on the borrower’s solvency, it must Obtain the prior written consent of the lender;
In case of any of the following circumstances, the borrower shall promptly notify the lender:
| A. | Changes in the articles of association, business scope, registered capital, and legal representative of the borrower or guarantor; |
| B. | Carry out any form of joint venture, joint venture with foreign businessmen, cooperation, contracted operation, reorganization, restructuring, planned listing and other changes in business methods; |
| C. | Involved in major litigation or arbitration cases, or property or collateral is seized, seized or supervised, or a new guarantee is placed on the collateral; |
| D. | Going out of business, dissolution, liquidation, suspension of business for rectification, cancellation, cancellation of business license, (being) filed for bankruptcy, etc.; |
| E. | Shareholders, directors and current senior executives involved in major cases or economic disputes; |
| F. | The Borrower has default events under other contracts; |
| G. | Business difficulties and financial conditions deteriorate; |
(5) The order of repayment of the debts of the lender by the borrower is prior to the borrowing by the borrower’s shareholders, and no less than the similar debts of other creditors;
þ Moreover, from the effective date of this contract to the completion of the loan principal and interest and related expenses under this contract, the borrower shall not return the loan to the borrower’s shareholders; (Remarks: This sentence is an optional expression, and those that are not applicable need to be deleted)
Page 21 of 33
D—04: Working capital loan contract—applicable to single, and single-item working capital loan business of Class A and Class B
(6) þ When the net profit after tax in the relevant fiscal year is zero or negative, or the profit after tax is not enough to make up for the accumulated losses in previous fiscal years, or the profit before tax has not been used to pay off the borrower’s repayment in this fiscal year When the principal, interest and expenses or pre-tax profits are not enough to pay off the principal, interest and expenses of the next installment, the borrower will not distribute dividends or bonuses to shareholders in any form;
☐ From the effective date of this contract to the payment of the loan principal and interest and related expenses under this contract, the borrower shall not distribute dividends or bonuses to shareholders in any form;
☐ From the entry into force of this contract to the completion of the loan principal and interest and related expenses under this contract, the dividends and bonuses distributed by the borrower to shareholders shall not exceed / % of the borrower’s after-tax profit;
☐ When the after-tax net profit of the relevant accounting year is zero or negative, or the after-tax profit is not enough to make up for the accumulated losses of previous accounting years, or the pre-tax profit has not been used to pay off the principal that should be repaid by the borrower in this accounting year, interest and expenses or pre-tax profits are not enough to pay off the principal, interest and expenses of the next installment, the borrower will not distribute dividends or bonuses to shareholders in any form. And when dividends and bonuses can be distributed to shareholders according to the provisions of this paragraph, the dividends and bonuses distributed by the borrower to shareholders shall not exceed / %;
(Remarks: Choose one according to actual business needs, and the inapplicable clauses need to be deleted)
(7) The borrower does not dispose of its own assets in a way that reduces its solvency. And promise that the total amount of its external guarantees shall not exceed its own net assets 1.5 times, and the total amount of external guarantees and the amount of individual guarantees do not exceed the limit stipulated in the company’s articles of association;
Page 22 of 33
D—04: Working capital loan contract—applicable to single, and single-item working capital loan business of Class A and Class B
(8) The borrower shall not transfer the loan funds under this contract to the account of the same name and the account of the related party except for the purpose agreed in this contract or with the consent of the lender.
For the transfer of the account of the same name of the borrower or the transfer of the account of a related party, the borrower shall provide corresponding supporting materials;
(9) þ For the loan under this contract, the guarantee conditions, loan interest rate pricing, debt repayment sequence and other loan conditions provided by the borrower to the lender shall not be lower than the conditions given to any other financial institutions now or in the future; (this is an option sex clause)
(10) ☐ Registration of foreign exchange loans, approval of repayment of principal and interest and other procedures at the Administration of Foreign Exchange in a timely manner; (this is an optional clause)
(11) The lender has the right to withdraw the loan in advance according to the borrower’s withdrawal of funds;
(12) þ The borrower shall submit its environmental (climate), social and governance risk report to the lender. The Borrower represents and warrants enhanced environmental (climate), social and governance risk management and undertakes to accept Lender supervision. The borrower’s violation of the aforementioned agreement constitutes or is deemed to be a breach of contract under this contract, and the lender may take breach of contract relief measures in accordance with this contract; (Note: This is an optional clause, according to the “Green Credit Guidelines” “Guidelines for Green Finance in the Banking and Insurance Industry”, if the borrower is a customer involved in major environmental (climate), social and governance risks, this item should be selected, and if it is not applicable, it should be deleted)
(13) Cooperate with the lender in conducting due diligence, cooperate in providing and updating the information of the institution and its beneficial owners, and provide background information about the transaction;
Page 23 of 33
D—04: Working capital loan contract—applicable to single, and single-item working capital loan business of Class A and Class B
(14) Other items promised by the borrower: / .
Article 12 Disclosure Of Related Party Transactions Within The Borrower’s Group
Both parties agree to apply the following clause 1 :
1. The borrower is not a group customer determined by the lender in accordance with the “Guidelines for Risk Management of Commercial Bank Group Customer Credit Business Risk Management” (“Guidelines” for short).
2. The borrower is a group customer determined by the lender in accordance with the “Guidelines for the Risk Management of Commercial Bank Group Customer Credit Business Risk Management” (“Guidelines” for short). The borrower shall promptly report to the lender the related transactions of more than 10% of the net assets, including the related relationship of the parties to the transaction, the transaction items and nature of the transaction, the amount of the transaction or the corresponding proportion, and the pricing policy (including no amount or only symbolic amount of transactions).
If the borrower falls under any of the following circumstances, the lender has the right to unilaterally decide to stop paying the unused loan of the borrower, and to recover part or all of the loan principal and interest in advance: using false contracts with related parties, receivables with no actual trade background Bills, accounts receivable and other claims are discounted or pledged to the bank to obtain bank funds or credit; major mergers, acquisitions and reorganizations occur, and the lender believes that the loan security may be affected; intentional evasion of bank claims through related transactions; Other circumstances stipulated in Article 18 of the Guidelines.
Page 24 of 33
D—04: Working capital loan contract—applicable to single, and single-item working capital loan business of Class A and Class B
Article 13 Events Of Breach Of Contract And Handling
One of the following events constitutes or is deemed to be an event of default by the Borrower under this contract:
1. The Borrower fails to perform its payment and repayment obligations to the Lender as stipulated in this Contract;
2. The borrower fails to use the loan funds in the manner stipulated in this contract or fails to use the obtained funds for the purpose stipulated in this contract; or the borrower uses the loan funds for on-lending or purchases other financial products for arbitrage; or the borrower violates the regulations New local government hidden debt;
3. The statement made by the borrower in this contract is untrue, or violates its commitments in this contract;
4. In the event of the occurrence of the circumstances stipulated in item (4) of paragraph 2 of Article 11 of this contract, the lender believes that it may affect the financial status and performance ability of the borrower or the guarantor, and the borrower does not provide new guarantees in accordance with the provisions of this contract,or replace the guarantor;
5. The borrower’s credit status declines, or the borrower’s financial indicators such as profitability, repayment ability, operating ability and cash flow deteriorate, breaking through the indicator constraints stipulated in this contract or other financial agreements;
6. ☐ The borrower defaults on other contracts with the lender or other institutions of Bank of China Limited;
R The borrower defaults on other contracts with the lender or other institutions of Bank of China Limited; the borrower defaults on credit contracts with other financial institutions;
(Remarks: Choose one according to actual business needs, and the inapplicable clauses need to be deleted)
7. The guarantor violates the stipulations in the guarantee contract, or breaches the contract under other contracts with the lender or other institutions of Bank of China Limited;
8. The Borrower terminates its business or undergoes an event of dissolution, revocation or bankruptcy;
9. The borrower is involved or may be involved in major economic disputes, lawsuits, arbitrations, or its assets are sealed up, seized or enforced, or is investigated and dealt with by judicial authorities, taxation, industry and commerce and other administrative authorities according to law, or has been or It may affect the performance of its obligations under this contract;
Page 25 of 33
D—04: Working capital loan contract—applicable to single, and single-item working capital loan business of Class A and Class B
10. Abnormal changes, disappearances, or investigations by judicial authorities or restrictions on personal freedom of the borrower’s main investors and key management personnel, which have or may affect their performance of obligations under this contract;
11. When the lender reviews the borrower’s financial status and ability to perform the contract every year (that is, every year since the effective date of this contract), it finds that there are circumstances that may affect the financial status and ability to perform the contract of the borrower or the guarantor;
12. There are large and abnormal fund inflows and outflows in the designated fund return account and the borrower cannot provide explanatory materials approved by the lender;
13. þ The construction of energy-saving projects is seriously lagging behind, the energy-saving technology and equipment have serious defects, the main facilities or equipment stop and reduce production, resulting in a sharp drop in energy consumption load, the actual energy saving is significantly lower than the predicted amount, and the energy-saving benefits cannot be returned to the designated account in time. Private high-interest loans, external guarantees or new debts without the consent of the lender, the main financial indicators have seriously deteriorated; (Remarks: This is an optional clause, which should be selected when carrying out energy efficiency credit business in accordance with the “Energy Efficiency Credit Guidelines”, Delete if not applicable)
14. The borrower refuses to cooperate with the lender in conducting due diligence, the borrower or its transaction/counterparties are involved in money laundering, terrorist financing, proliferation of nuclear weapons, violation of applicable sanctions, other violations of laws and regulations, or the borrower or guarantor is listed United Nations, China and other applicable sanctions list or scope of sanctions;
15. The borrower violates other stipulations in this contract about the rights and obligations of the parties.
Page 26 of 33
D—04: Working capital loan contract—applicable to single, and single-item working capital loan business of Class A and Class B
In the event of a breach of contract specified in the preceding paragraph, the lender has the right to take the following measures separately or simultaneously depending on the specific circumstances:
1. Require the borrower and guarantor to correct their breach of contract within a time limit;
2. Reducing, suspending or canceling or terminating the credit line to the borrower in whole or in part;
3. Suspend or terminate all or part of the Borrower’s business applications for withdrawal under this contract or other contracts between the Borrower and the Lender; for loans that have not been disbursed or trade financing that has not been processed, all or part of the suspension or cancellation, termination of issuance, payment and processing;
4. Announce that all or part of the outstanding loan/trade financing principal and interest and other payables under this contract and other contracts between the borrower and the lender are due immediately;
5. Termination or rescission of this contract, complete or partial termination or rescission of other contracts between the borrower and the lender;
6. Require the borrower to compensate the lender for the losses caused by its breach of contract, including but not limited to the loss of litigation costs, legal fees, notarization fees, execution fees and other related expenses caused by the realization of the creditor’s rights;
7. Deduct and transfer the money in the accounts opened by the borrower with the lender and other institutions of Bank of China Limited to pay off all or part of the borrower’s debts to the lender under this contract. Undue monies in the account are deemed due early. If the account currency is different from the lender’s business denomination currency, it shall be converted at the lender’s applicable exchange rate at the time of deduction;
8. Exercising the security interest;
9. Require the guarantor to bear the guarantee responsibility;
10. Other measures deemed necessary and possible by the lender.
Page 27 of 33
D—04: Working capital loan contract—applicable to single, and single-item working capital loan business of Class A and Class B
Article 14 Rights Reserved
If one party fails to exercise part or all of the rights under this contract, or fails to require the other party to perform or assume part or all of the obligations and responsibilities, it does not constitute the party’s waiver of the rights or immunity from the obligations and responsibilities.
Any tolerance, extension or postponement of the exercise of rights under this contract by one party to the other party shall not affect any rights it enjoys under this contract and laws and regulations, nor shall it be deemed as a waiver of such rights.
Article 15 Change, Modification And Termination
This contract can be changed or modified in written form upon mutual agreement of both parties, and any change or modification constitutes an integral part of this contract.
Unless otherwise stipulated by laws and regulations or otherwise agreed by the parties, this contract shall not be terminated until the rights and obligations under it are fully performed.
Unless otherwise stipulated by laws and regulations or otherwise agreed by the parties, the invalidity of any provision of this contract shall not affect the legal effect of other provisions.
Article 16 Applicable Law, Dispute Resolution
This contract shall be governed by the laws of the People’s Republic of China.
Page 28 of 33
D—04: Working capital loan contract—applicable to single, and single-item working capital loan business of Class A and Class B
After this contract takes effect, both parties can negotiate and resolve all disputes arising from the conclusion and performance of this contract or related to this contract. If the negotiation fails, either party may adopt the following 2nd way to solve it:
1. Arbitration. Submit
☐ China International Economic and Trade Arbitration Commission
☐ Beijing Arbitration Commission (Beijing International Arbitration Center)
☐ / Arbitration Committee
The arbitration shall be conducted in / (place of arbitration) according to the arbitration rules of the Association in effect when the application for arbitration is submitted. The arbitration award is final and binding on all parties.
2. Litigation. The parties may negotiate and choose a Chinese court to resolve the issue through litigation.
R Sue in the people’s court of the domicile of the lender or other institution of Bank of China Limited that exercises rights and obligations in accordance with this contract or individual agreement.
☐ Proceed to the International Commercial Court of the Supreme People’s Court (international commercial disputes with an amount over RMB 300 million) in accordance with the law.
☐ Prosecute to the people’s court with jurisdiction according to law.
During the dispute resolution period, if the dispute does not affect the performance of other clauses of this contract, the other clauses shall continue to be performed.
Article 17 Appendix
The following appendices and other appendices mutually confirmed by both parties constitute an integral part of this contract and have the same legal effect as this contract.
1. Withdrawal Application (format);
2. “Letter of Notification of Annualized Loan Interest Rate” (Format);
3. ....
Article 18 Other Agreements
1. Without the written consent of the lender, the borrower shall not transfer any rights and obligations under this contract to a third party.
Page 29 of 33
D—04: Working capital loan contract—applicable to single, and single-item working capital loan business of Class A and Class B
2. If the lender needs to entrust other institutions of Bank of China Limited to perform the rights and obligations under this contract due to business needs, or transfer the loan business under this contract to other institutions of Bank of China Limited to undertake and manage it, the borrower shall This signifies approval. Other institutions of Bank of China Limited authorized by the lender, or other institutions of Bank of China Limited that undertake the loan business under this contract have the right to exercise all the rights under this contract, and have the right to resolve disputes under this contract in the name of the institution File a lawsuit to the court, submit to an arbitration institution for award or apply for enforcement.
3. Without affecting other stipulations in this contract, this contract is legally binding on both parties and their respective legally created successors and assignees.
4. Unless otherwise agreed, both parties designate the domicile specified in this contract as the correspondence and contact address, and the effective delivery address confirmed by both parties. The scope of application of the service address includes the delivery of various notices, contracts and other documents during the performance of the contract between the two parties, as well as the delivery of relevant documents and legal documents when disputes arise about this contract, and also includes the first instance, second instance, and retrial after the dispute enters arbitration and civil proceedings. and execute the program.
If there is any change in the above address, the changing party will notify the other party of the changed address in writing 10 working days in advance. In arbitration and civil proceedings, when the address of any party changes, it shall perform the obligation of serving the address change notice to the arbitration institution and the court. If a party fails to perform the notification obligation in the aforementioned manner, the delivery address confirmed in this contract shall still be deemed as a valid delivery address.
If the delivery address provided or confirmed by one party is inaccurate, the other party and the court are not notified in a timely manner after the change of the delivery address, and the designated recipient refuses to sign for receipt, etc., the date of return of the document shall be deemed as the date of delivery; if the document is delivered directly, the date when the sender records the situation on the delivery acknowledgment on the spot shall be deemed as the date of delivery.
Page 30 of 33
D—04: Working capital loan contract—applicable to single, and single-item working capital loan business of Class A and Class B
5. The transactions under this contract are based on their own independent interests. If, according to relevant laws, regulations and regulatory requirements, other parties to the transaction constitute related parties or related persons of the lender, neither party seeks to use such related relationship to affect the fairness of the transaction.
6. The title and business name in this contract are only used for convenience of reference, and shall not be used to explain the content of the terms and the rights and obligations of the parties.
7. The lender has the right to provide information related to this contract and other relevant information of the borrower to the financial credit information basic database and other legally established credit information databases in accordance with relevant laws, regulations and regulatory requirements, for institutions with appropriate qualifications or Personal inquiry and use according to law. The Lender also has the right to inquire about the relevant information of the Borrower through the basic financial credit information database and other legally established credit information databases for the purpose of concluding and performing this contract.
8. If the date of withdrawal or repayment falls on a legal holiday, it will be postponed to the first working day after the holiday.
9. If the lender is unable to perform this contract or perform in accordance with the provisions of this contract due to changes in laws, regulations, regulatory regulations or requirements of regulatory authorities, the lender has the right to terminate or perform this contract in accordance with changes in laws, regulations, regulatory regulations or requirements of regulatory authorities. If the contract is terminated or changed due to such reasons and the lender is unable to perform or perform in accordance with the contract, the lender shall be exempted from liability.
10. The borrower can consult and complain about this contract and the business and charges under this contract through the contact number of the lender listed in this contract.
Page 31 of 33
D—04: Working capital loan contract—applicable to single, and single-item working capital loan business of Class A and Class B
☐ 11. The Borrower and the Lender agree to go through the notarization of compulsory execution through negotiation. Within / working days after the signing of this contract, the Borrower and the Lender shall go to the notary office to go through the notarization of compulsory execution. Compulsory notarization fees shall be borne by the borrower / , and the lender shall bear / . If the borrower is a small or micro enterprise, the mandatory notarization fee shall be borne by the lender.
If the borrower fails to perform or improperly perform the repayment obligations stipulated in this contract after the notarization with compulsory execution effect is conducted in accordance with this contract, the lender may apply to the notary institution for an execution certificate and apply to the people’s court with jurisdiction for compulsory execution. People are willing to accept enforcement.
(Remarks: This is an optional clause, if it is not applicable, it needs to be deleted)
Article 19 The Contract Takes Effect
This contract becomes effective on the day when it is signed by the legal representatives (persons in charge) of both parties or their authorized signatories and affixed with the official seal.
This contract is in two copies, each party holds one copy, which has the same legal effect.
Date: May 29, 2024
Borrower : Jiangsu Huhu Electromechanical Technology Co., LTD
Authorized signatory: /s/ Jiangsu Huhu Electromechanical Technology Co., LTD
Lender : Bank of China Limited Wuxi Branch
Authorized signatory: /s/ Bank of China Limited Wuxi Branch
Page 32 of 33
D—04: Working capital loan contract—applicable to single, and single-item working capital loan business of Class A and Class B
Appendix Notice Letter Of Loan Annualized Interest Rate
Number:
To : / (Borrower)
1. Our bank and your company have signed the “Liquid Capital Loan Contract” numbered / . Under the aforementioned contract, our bank, as the lender, will provide your company with an annualized interest rate of / . The annualized interest rate (☐ Simple interest / ☐ Simple compound interest combination (choose one)) includes :
(1) Loan interest calculated according to the loan interest rate agreed in Article 4, Paragraph 1 of the aforementioned contract;
(2) All kinds of expenses directly related to the loan stipulated in Article / of the aforementioned contract; (delete if not applicable)
(3) Various expenses directly related to the loan as agreed in the / numbered / signed by your company and our bank separately. (Delete if not applicable)
2. As an annex to the aforementioned contract, this notification letter constitutes an integral part of it and has the same legal effect as the aforementioned contract. Matters not stipulated in the aforementioned contract shall apply to the provisions of the aforementioned contract.
lender: /
Authorized signatory: /
(date)
Page 33 of 33
Exhibit 10.36
Loan Agreement
| Date 2024.6.6 | |||||
| 〒862-0954 | |||||
| 3F, M Building, 2-2-20, Kuwamizu, Chuo-ku, Kumamoto City | |||||
| Huhu Technology Co., Ltd | |||||
| Details Loan note NO3196113 64178 | Loan Amount
¥ 77,000,000 (JPY) | ||||
Initially Loan Date |
Loan Date |
Final due date |
Rate (%) |
Loaning Amount Reductions | |
| 2024.6.6 | 2024.6.6 | 2024.8.30 | 1.875 | ||
| Principal (JPY) | Calculation Period | Days | Rate | Interest (JPY) | |
77,000,000 |
2024.6.6-2024.8.30 |
86 days |
1.875% |
JPY340,171 | |
| Interest | JPY340,171 | ||||
| Fee | |||||
| ☆ | |||||
| The Kumamoto Bank, Ltd. | |||||
| Head Office Business Department | |||||
Loan Agreement
The Kumamoto Bank, Ltd.
Borrower: Huhu Technology Co., Ltd
Address: 〒862-0954, 3F, M Building,
2-2-20, Kuwamizu, Chuo-ku, Kumamoto City
Legal representative: Xiao Yujun
The Borrower will conduct an overdraft transaction with the Bank after approving the following clauses in addition to the provisions of the Bank Transaction Agreement concluded with or submitted to the Kumamoto Bank (hereinafter referred to as the “Bank”).
Loan Limit: JPY360,000,000 yen.
Interest rate: 1.875% per year.
Loan period: From the signing day to 2024/08/30
Article 1. Information of Account
Account No.:
Article 2. Transaction method
1.The funds to be borrowed must be submitted by affixing your name and seal on the bank-prescribed overdraft invoice.
2.Transactions pursuant to this agreement shall be limited to overdraft transactions, and shall not issue or accept checks or bills, or automatically pay utility charges, etc.
Article 3. Transaction Period
If the bank makes a request to the borrower at the end of the deadline not to extend the deadline, the following shall apply.
(1) The borrower shall return the entire amount of the outstanding principal and interest by the deadline.
(2) If there is no principal or interest due by the deadline, the second contract shall be automatically canceled on the day after the deadline.
Article 4. Prepayment
1. In addition to the agreed-upon repayment, the lessee may repay any amount at any time.
2.Refunds at any time as set forth in the preceding paragraph shall be made by the borrower applying at a bank counter, not by the automatic payment method described in Article 6.
Article 5. Interest And Liquidated Damages
1. Interest on overdrafts shall be calculated in accordance with the bank’s prescribed method, with an interest rate of 100 yen, and shall be calculated using the automatic payment method set forth in Article 6.
2. The rate of damages for failure to perform duties owed to the bank shall be 14% per year (calculated on a daily basis, 365 days a year).
2
Article 6. Automatic Payment
1. Scheduled repayments (including interest repayment dates during the grace period) will be made by automatic payment method.
In this case, the amount will be refunded from the borrower’s repayment account without a bankbook, invoice, or check.
However, if the balance in the repayment deposit account is less than the scheduled repayment amount, the bank will not handle a portion of the repayment and the repayment will be delayed.
2. If the deposit of the amount equivalent to each scheduled repayment amount is delayed after each return date, the bank may handle the same procedure as described in the preceding paragraph at any time.
Article 7. Exemption/Cancellation
The bank may write down the maximum amount of the transaction or stop issuing new money at any time when there is a change in the financial situation or for other reasonable reasons.
Article 8. Cancellation
1. If any of the events listed in Article 5, Paragraphs 1 and 2 of the Bank Transaction Agreement occur for the Borrower, or if inheritance has begun, the Bank may cancel this contract at any time.
2.If this contract is canceled due to the commencement of inheritance, the benefit of time will naturally be lost for the entire amount of principal and interest.
3. If the transaction is canceled due to reasons 1 and 2 above, the principal and interest will be paid immediately without any notice or demand from the bank.
3
Exhibit 10.37
Working Capital Loan Contract
| Number: Z2406LN15618892 |
Working Capital Loan Contract
(Applicable to inclusive e-loan Credit Loan Business)
Bank of Communications Co., Ltd.
Working Capital Loan Contract
| Number: Z2406LN15618892 |
Working Capital Loan Contract
(Applicable to inclusive e-loan Credit Loan Business)
Important Tips Please read the full text of this contract carefully, especially the clauses marked with ▲▲. If you have any questions, please ask the lender for explanation in time. |
In view of the fact that the borrower and the co-borrower apply to the lender for the working capital loan quota of inclusive e-loan Credit Loan Business, in order to clarify the rights and obligations of the three parties, the borrower and the co-borrower and the lender have reached an agreement and hereby enter into this contract.
Article 1 Definition
The “Puhui e-loan credit loan” business refers to the small and micro enterprise credit business that the lender issues to the borrower for the borrower’s daily turnover, using the tax data reported and recorded by the borrower at the tax authorities as the main basis for credit calculation, and using data analysis technology to analyze and evaluate.
“Joint borrower” refers to a natural person who bears joint repayment responsibility with the borrower under this contract.
“Credit amount” refers to the maximum amount of the loan balance(under the revolving credit amount) that the lender may issue to the borrower in accordance with the provisions of this contract.
Working Capital Loan Contract
“Revolving credit amount” means that the borrower may apply for the use of the credit amount multiple times in accordance with the provisions of this contract to obtain a loan, but the loan balance cannot exceed the agreed credit amount.
“Loan balance” refers to the sum of the principal amount of the loan obtained by the borrower under this contract and not yet repaid.
“Credit balance” refers to the amount after deducting the loan balance from the credit amount.
“Credit period” refers to the period during which the lender issues a loan to the borrower based on the borrower’s application and the provisions of this contract, which belongs to the period of occurrence of the loan rather than the loan period.
“Loan term” refers to the term of each loan determined by the three parties in the corresponding “Bank of Communications Loan Quota Application” (hereinafter referred to as “Quota Application”).
“Loan Market Reference Rate (LPR)ℽ refers to the loan market reference rate applicable to RMB loans issued by the National Interbank Funding Center on the 20th of each month (postponed if it falls on a holiday).
“Online self-service withdrawal of corporate electronic banking” refers to the function of loan issuance under the corresponding withdrawal application after the relevant credit limit application materials and relevant credit limit conditions submitted by the borrower are reviewed and approved by the lender, and the “Credit Limit Application Form” signed by the borrower through the corporate electronic banking is reviewed and approved by the lender, hereinafter referred to as “online self-service withdrawal”.
“Bank receipt” refers to the valid voucher provided to the borrower as the basis for account processing after the lender issues the loan.
“Bank working day” and “working day” refer to the business day of the bank’s public business in the lender’s location, excluding statutory holidays and rest days ((Except for those open due to holiday adjustments). If the loan date, repayment date, interest payment date and maturity date are non-bank working days, they shall be postponed to the next banking working day accordingly.
2
Working Capital Loan Contract
“Related persons” refers to the borrower, the authorized person, agent, legal representative, person in charge, controlling shareholder or actual controller, beneficial owner and other direct or indirect related persons of the co-borrower.
“Business related parties” refers to the parties to the transaction under the basic transaction contract and other related entities related to the transaction other than the parties to the transaction, as well as the authorized persons, agents, legal representatives, persons in charge, controlling shareholders or actual controllers, beneficial owners and other parties of such parties to the transaction and related entities.
Terms such as related party, related party transaction and major investor have the same meaning as the same terms in “Enterprise Accounting Standard No. 36 - Related Party Disclosure” (Accounting [2006] No. 3) promulgated by the Ministry of Finance and subsequent revisions to the standard.
“ESG Risk: Environmental”, Social, and Governance Risks.
Article 2 Use of quota
▲ ▲2.1 When the borrower applies for the use of the credit line, he/she shall fill in the “Credit Line Application Form” and the credit line can only be used after the lender’s review and approval. If the borrower uses the online self-service withdrawal function, the “Credit Line Application Form” shall be signed through the corporate electronic bank in accordance with Article 15 of this Contract.
▲ ▲2.2 Each use of the credit line is subject to the following conditions:
(1) The loan balance does not exceed the credit line;
(2) The loan amount applied for does not exceed the credit line balance;
(3) The application date and the loan date are within the credit period;
(4) The loan term and the loan maturity date are in accordance with the provisions of this Contract;
(5) The guarantee contract (if any) under this Contract has come into effect and remains valid. If the guarantee contract is a mortgage contract and/or pledge contract, the security interest has been established and remains valid;
(6) The borrower has completed the government permits, approvals, registrations and other formalities required by law and required by the lender when applying for the loan, and such permits, approvals and registrations have been completed. or the registration remains valid;
3
Working Capital Loan Contract
(7) After the entry into force of this Contract, the Borrower’s operating and financial conditions have not undergone any major adverse changes, and the credit of the co-borrowers has not deteriorated or experienced any major changes or other events that have or may have a major adverse impact on the repayment ability;
(8) The Borrower’s application complies with the requirements of the Lender’s relevant rules and regulations;
(9) The Borrower and the co-borrowers have not violated the provisions of this Contract;
(10) The payment method of the loan complies with the provisions of this Contract. If the Lender is entrusted to pay, the Lender agrees to pay;
▲ ▲2.3 If the Lender agrees to issue the loan, the final loan information shall be based on the bank receipt. The “Credit Line Application Form” shall serve as the “Loan Certificate”.
▲ ▲2.4 If the currency of the “Credit Line Application Form” is inconsistent with the currency of the credit line, it shall be converted at the exchange rate announced by Bank of Communications Co., Ltd. at the beginning of each day for the purpose of determining the credit line balance. If there is no directly applicable exchange rate, it shall be converted at the exchange rate determined by Bank of Communications Co., Ltd. in a reasonable manner.
▲ ▲2.5 After the borrower becomes a shareholder of the guarantor or a “de facto controller” as defined in the Company Law, the lender has the right to suspend or cancel the unused loan amount of the borrower before the guarantor provides the lender with a resolution of its shareholders’ meeting (general meeting of shareholders) on agreeing to provide a guarantee for the borrower.
Article 3 Interest rate and interest calculation
3.1 Basic rules for determining interest rates
3.1.1 The annual interest rate (simple interest) of the loan under this contract shall be agreed upon in the “Credit Line Application Form” after negotiation between the three parties each time the credit line is used. If the annual interest rate value is determined based on the pricing benchmark, the annual interest rate value shall be calculated based on the pricing benchmark agreed in the “Credit Line Application Form” plus (minus) points (1 basis point is 0.01 percent,1 percentage point is 100 basis points).
4
Working Capital Loan Contract
If the three parties agree to apply a fixed interest rate in the “Credit Line Application Form”, and the fixed interest rate value column records a specific value, the specific interest rate of each loan shall be based on the value recorded in the fixed interest rate value column in the “Credit Line Application Form”, and such specific value shall be determined based on the specific value of the Loan Market Reference Rate (LPR) applicable on the applicable date of the pricing benchmark agreed in the “Credit Line Application Form” (hereinafter referred to as: “LPR Value”), and the plus (minus) point value agreed in the “Credit Line Application Form”. If the fixed interest rate value column does not record a specific value, the specific interest rate of each loan shall be determined based on the LPR value applicable on the applicable date of the pricing benchmark agreed in the “Credit Line Application Form” and the plus (minus) point value agreed in the “Credit Line Application Form”.
If the three parties agree in the “Credit Line Application Form” to apply a floating interest rate, the specific interest rate of each loan shall be determined based on the LPR value applicable to the “Pricing Benchmark Applicable Date” agreed in the “Credit Line Application Form”, according to the plus (minus) point value, interest rate floating rules, interest rate floating cycle, interest rate floating cycle unit and specific date floating start date (if necessary) agreed in the “Credit Line Application Form”.
3.1.3 Daily interest rate = monthly interest rate/30, monthly interest rate = annual interest rate/12.
▲ ▲ 3.2 Loan interest rate
The loan interest rate of each loan at the time of loan disbursement shall be determined based on the LPR value applicable to the “Pricing Benchmark Applicable Date” agreed in the corresponding “Credit Line Application Form” and according to the plus (minus) point value agreed in the “Credit Line Application Form”. Taking the “Pricing Benchmark Applicable Date” as day T, the LPR value applicable to day T is the value of the loan market quotation rate (LPR) most recently published before day T.
3.3 Adjustment of interest rate
3.3.1 If the “Credit Line Application Form” records a fixed interest rate, the interest rate recorded in the loan shall be applied during the loan period.
▲ ▲ 3.3.2 If the “Credit Line Application Form” records a floating interest rate, the loan interest rate adjustment date shall be determined according to the interest rate floating rules, interest rate floating cycle, interest rate floating cycle unit and specific date floating start date (if necessary) agreed in the “Credit Line Application Form” and the relevant provisions of this contract, and the adjusted interest rate shall apply from the loan interest rate adjustment date.
5
Working Capital Loan Contract
3.3.2.1 During the loan period, the loan interest rate adjustment cycle shall be calculated from the “loan account date” or “specific date floating start date” according to the “interest rate floating rules” selected for “floating according to the loan account date” or “floating according to the specific start date”. Fill in the number of interest rate floating cycles in the interest rate floating cycle blank, and the interest rate floating cycle unit can be selected as daily or monthly. If the number of interest rate floating cycles is filled in with “1” and the floating cycle unit is selected as “Daily”, then starting from the “loan entry date” or “specific date floating start date”, every day is the loan interest rate adjustment day; if the number of interest rate floating cycles is filled in with “3” and the floating cycle unit is selected as “Daily”, then starting from the “loan entry date” or “specific date floating start date”, every 3 days will be the loan interest rate adjustment day; if the number of interest rate floating cycles is filled in with “1” and the floating cycle unit is selected as “Monthly”, then starting from the “loan entry date” or “specific date floating start date”, every 1 month will be the loan interest rate adjustment day; if the number of interest rate floating cycles is filled in with “3” and the floating cycle unit is selected as “Monthly”, then starting from the “loan entry date” or “specific date floating start date”, every 3 months will be the loan interest rate adjustment day, and so on
3.3.2.2 The loan interest rate on the loan interest rate adjustment date is determined based on the LPR value applicable on the loan interest rate adjustment date. Unless otherwise agreed in this contract or the three parties reach an agreement to adjust the interest rate plus (minus) point value, the interest rate plus (minus) point value shall still be implemented according to the interest rate plus (minus) point value agreed in the “Credit Line Application Form” corresponding to the loan. The “loan interest rate adjustment date” is T day, and the LPR value applicable on T day is the value of the loan market benchmark rate (LPR) most recently published before T day.
▲ ▲ 3.3.3 If the loan market benchmark rate (LPR) is cancelled or the corresponding issuing agency stops issuing it according to regulatory requirements, the three parties shall negotiate and adjust the loan interest rate separately, but the adjusted interest rate shall not be lower than the applicable interest rate at that time; if the three parties have not reached an agreement on the adjusted interest rate for more than 1 month since the loan market benchmark rate (LPR) was cancelled or stopped issuing, the lender has the right to declare the loan to be due early.
6
Working Capital Loan Contract
▲ ▲ 3.3.4 The three parties may adjust the value of the plus (minus) points of the corresponding loan interest rate after consensus on each loan interest rate adjustment date.
3.4 The penalty interest rate for overdue loans shall be increased by 50% according to the interest rate agreed in this contract, and the penalty interest rate for misappropriated loans shall be increased by 100% according to the interest rate agreed in this contract. If the loan market quotation rate (LPR) of floating interest rate loans is adjusted, the lender has the right to adjust the penalty interest rate applicable to each loan accordingly, and the new penalty interest rate shall apply from the date of loan interest rate adjustment agreed in the corresponding “Application for Credit Limit Use”.
3.5 Calculation of interest
3.5.1 Normal interest = interest rate agreed in this contract × loan amount × number of days occupied.
The number of days occupied is calculated from the loan date (inclusive) to the due date (exclusive). If the due date is a non-working day, it shall be postponed. The postponement period shall be included in the number of days occupied, and interest shall still be calculated according to the agreement of this contract.
3.5.2 The penalty interest for overdue loans and misappropriated loans shall be calculated based on the amount of overdue or misappropriated loans and the actual number of days (from the date of overdue or misappropriation (inclusive) to the date of repayment of principal and interest (excluding)).
3.5.3 If the calculated interest/penalty interest has more decimal places, the lender will round it to two decimal places.
▲ ▲ 3.6 If the borrower repays the loan in advance or the lender recovers the loan in advance according to the agreement of this contract,the corresponding interest rate level will not be adjusted and will still be implemented according to the interest rate agreed in this contract.
Article 4 Payment of Loans
4.1 The loan account designated by the borrower shall be subject to the agreement in the “Credit Line Application Form”. If the loan account designated by the borrower is a special loan issuance account opened at the lender, the issuance and payment of the loan shall be handled through this account. This account is only used for the issuance of loan funds and external payments. It only sells “Settlement Business Application Form” vouchers. It cannot handle checks, bills of exchange, bank acceptance bills and other businesses, and cannot be used for other settlements. When the borrower pays for the transfer of loan funds on his own, it must be handled at the account opening counter. The deposit interest of this account is credited to the borrower’s repayment account.
7
Working Capital Loan Contract
4.2 When the borrower draws the loan in accordance with the provisions of this contract, the payment method shall be specified (payment by the lender on behalf of the borrower or payment by the borrower on his own initiative). Only one payment method can be used for each withdrawal.
4.3 Payment by the lender on behalf of the lender means that the lender, in accordance with the borrower’s entrusted payment letter, directly pays the loan funds through the borrower’s account to the borrower’s counterparty for the purpose agreed in this contract after issuing the loan in accordance with the provisions of this contract.
If the amount of a single payment exceeds the autonomous payment limit or meets one of the conditions stipulated in Article 17.3, the loan entrusted payment method shall be adopted.
If the borrower is entrusted to pay, the borrower shall submit to the lender an application for the use of the credit limit, the corresponding entrusted payment letter and other information required by the lender (including but not limited to business contracts, invoices, receipts and other transaction information), specifying the amount of the loan to be drawn and the object and amount of payment. The amount of the loan to be drawn shall be equal to the total amount to be paid.
▲ ▲If the payment to be made by the borrower does not comply with the provisions of this contract or the corresponding business contract or has other defects, the lender has the right to refuse payment and return the entrusted payment letter submitted by the borrower.
▲ ▲If the lender agrees to pay, if the payment cannot be made or a payment refund occurs due to incorrect information provided by the borrower, the borrower must resubmit relevant documents and materials containing correct information within the time limit specified by the lender. The lender shall not be responsible for any delay or failure in payment.
4.4 Borrower’s autonomous payment means that after the lender releases the loan funds to the borrower’s account in accordance with the provisions of this contract, the borrower shall autonomously pay to the borrower’s counterparty for the purpose agreed in this contract.
If the borrower adopts autonomous payment, the borrower shall submit to the lender an application for the use of the quota, a statement of the use of funds and other materials required by the lender. The borrower shall report the payment of loan funds to the lender on time. The lender has the right to verify whether the loan payment is in accordance with the agreed purpose through account analysis, voucher inspection, on-site investigation, etc. The borrower and co-borrower must cooperate with the lender’s verification.
8
Working Capital Loan Contract
Article 5 Repayment of the loan
5.1 The borrower’s repayment account shall be based on the agreement in the “Credit Line Application Form”. If multiple repayment accounts are agreed, the lender may use the funds in any account for loan repayment. The borrower and co-borrower shall repay the loan according to the repayment date and amount recorded in the corresponding “Credit Line Application Form”.
▲ ▲ 5.2 The repayment arrangements for principal and interest agreed by the borrower, co-borrower and lender in the “Credit Line Application Form” are the true intentions reached by the three parties on a voluntary basis after consultation. Under the repayment arrangement selected by the three parties, whether the principal is repaid before the interest does not affect the repayment responsibility of the borrower and co-borrower for the interest payable, and the borrower and co-borrower shall not raise any defense against the repayment of the interest payable. Under any repayment arrangement, the borrower and co-borrowers shall be responsible for the repayment of all principal and interest payable.
▲ ▲ 5.3 When the repayments made by the borrower and co-borrowers (including the repayments made by the borrower and co-borrowers on their own initiative and the deductions made by the lender in accordance with the provisions of this contract) cannot fully repay all debts:
(1) The repayments shall first be used to repay the overdue unpaid expenses. If the principal and interest are overdue for less than 90 days, the balance after the compensation fee shall be used to offset the overdue interest or penalty interest, compound interest, and then to offset the overdue principal; if the principal or interest is overdue for more than 90 days, the balance after the compensation fee shall be used to offset the overdue principal first, and then to offset the overdue interest or penalty interest, compound interest;
(2) If the borrower has multiple debts (including the borrower’s debts to the lender under other contracts), the lender has the right to decide the order of repayment of the borrower’s various debts, as long as such repayment order does not violate the mandatory provisions of the laws, regulations, rules and regulations and relevant regulatory requirements applicable to the lender. The lender shall notify the borrower of the results of the debt repayment. Unless the three parties have otherwise agreed on this matter.
9
Working Capital Loan Contract
Article 6 Statements and Warranties of the Borrower and Co-borrowers
6.1 The Borrower is established and legally exists. The Borrower and Co-borrowers have all necessary rights and capabilities, and can perform the obligations of this Contract in their own name and bear civil liability.
6.2 The signing and performance of this Contract is the true intention of the Borrower and Co-borrowers, and has been approved and authorized by all necessary parties, and there is no legal defect.
6.3 The Borrower and Co-borrowers are legal and compliant in production and operation, have sustainable operating capacity, have legal sources of repayment, are not involved in major ESG risks, and have no major bad credit records. The senior management of the Borrower has no bad records.
6.4 All documents, reports, materials and information provided by the Borrower and Co-borrowers to the Lender in the process of signing and performing this Contract are true, accurate, complete and valid, and no information that may affect their financial status and repayment ability is concealed from the Lender. The Borrower’s financial status has not changed significantly since the latest financial statement reporting date.
▲ ▲6.5 The borrower and co-borrower and their related persons and business-related parties are not on the sanctions list issued by the United Nations and relevant countries, organizations and institutions, and are not on the list of enterprises or individuals on the risk list of terrorism and money laundering issued by Chinese government departments or competent authorities; they are not located in countries and regions sanctioned by the United Nations and relevant countries, organizations and institutions.
▲ ▲6.6 The borrower and co-borrower guarantee to abide by the national anti-money laundering laws, regulations and relevant policy requirements, and will not assist others in money laundering, terrorist financing, tax evasion, evasion of bank debts, cash withdrawal, telecommunications fraud, illegal fundraising and other illegal activities, and actively cooperate with the lender to carry out various anti-money laundering work such as customer identity identification, transaction record preservation, customer identity and transaction background due diligence, large and suspicious transaction reports, and provide relevant certification materials as required by the lender.
10
Working Capital Loan Contract
6.7 If the borrower is a Class A or Class B customer based on the ESG risks faced by the industry to which the borrower belongs, the borrower promises that:
(1) the borrower’s internal management documents related to ESG risks comply with the requirements of laws and regulations and are effectively implemented;
(2) the borrower does not have any major litigation cases involving ESG risks;
(3) all the borrower’s behaviors and performance related to ESG risks are in compliance.
Article 7 Rights and Obligations of the Lender
7.1 The Lender has the right to recover the loan principal and interest (including compound interest, penalty interest for overdue and misappropriated loans, etc.) in accordance with the provisions of this Contract, collect fees payable by the Borrower and co-borrowers, and has the right to decide in advance to recover the loan based on the borrower’s capital recovery situation, and exercise other rights stipulated by law or this Contract.
▲▲7.2 During the performance of this Contract, the Lender will only conduct a formal review of the information provided by the Borrower and co-borrowers. The Lender shall not be liable if the Lender fails to complete the entrusted payment in time due to the untrue, inaccurate or incomplete materials provided by the Borrower and the Co-borrower or the Borrower violates the provisions of this Contract to make payment.
▲ ▲7.3 The Lender shall issue the loan and make payment in accordance with the provisions of this Contract. The Lender shall not be liable if the Lender fails to issue the loan or make payment on time due to any of the following reasons, but shall notify the Borrower in time: the borrower’s designated lending account is frozen, the payment object account is frozen, force majeure, communication or network failure, lender system failure, etc. Unless otherwise agreed in this Contract.
▲ ▲7.4 According to the regulatory requirements that the Lender needs to follow, the Lender will conduct a dynamic assessment of the Borrower’s risk level related to money laundering, terrorist financing, tax evasion, etc., and has the right to take one or all of the measures stipulated in Article 9.2 when it believes that the Borrower and its related businesses are suspected of money laundering, terrorist financing, and tax evasion.
11
Working Capital Loan Contract
Article 8 Obligations of the Borrower and Co-borrowers
8.1 The Borrower and Co-borrowers shall repay the principal of the loan under this Contract and pay the interest according to the time, amount, currency and interest rate recorded in this Contract and the corresponding Credit Line Application Form”.
The funds recovery account designated by the Borrower is used to collect the corresponding sales revenue or planned repayment funds. If the corresponding sales revenue is settled in non-cash form, the Borrower shall ensure that the funds are transferred to the funds recovery account in a timely manner after receiving the funds. The Borrower shall provide the funds in and out of the funds recovery account as required by the Lender.
8.2 The Borrower shall use the loan in accordance with the purposes specified in this Contract and the corresponding “Credit Line Application Form”. The loan shall not be used for other purposes, and the loan shall not be re-lent, used for fixed asset investment, equity investment, purchase of other financial products, and fields and purposes prohibited by the State for production and operation.
The borrower shall use the loan funds in the agreed manner and shall not circumvent the lender’s entrusted payment by breaking the whole into small parts; if the borrower pays independently, the borrower shall use the loan within a reasonable time according to the requirements of the lender’s regulatory authority, and the payment of loan funds shall comply with the provisions of this contract.
▲ ▲8.3 The borrower and the co-borrower shall bear the settlement fees (if any) for the payment of loan funds (including the lender’s entrusted payment and the borrower’s independent payment). The specific charges shall be implemented in accordance with the laws, regulations, rules, regulatory provisions and the “List of Bank of Communications Service Fees” published by the lender and effective at that time.
If the lending account is not a special loan disbursement account, when the loan funds are paid (including entrusted payment by the lender and independent payment by the borrower), if the receiving account is an account of another bank in another place, the funds payment shall be handled through the payment system of the People’s Bank of China.
▲ ▲ 8.4 The borrower and the co-borrower shall cooperate with the lender in loan payment management and supervision and inspection of loan use and borrower operation, and promptly provide the lender with financial statements, loan fund use records and materials, related party and related party transaction information, ESG risk reports, other materials and information required by the lender for post-loan risk management needs, and ensure that the documents, materials and information provided are true, complete and accurate.
12
Working Capital Loan Contract
▲ ▲ 8.5 In any of the following matters, the borrower or the co-borrower shall notify the Lender at least 30 days in advance,moreover, no action shall be taken until the repayment of all the principal and interest of the Loan under this Contract or the provision of repayment schemes and guarantees approved by the Lender:
(1) Disposal of all or most of the assets or important assets, by sale, gift, lease, loan, transfer, mortgage, pledge or other means;
(2) Management system or property right organization form produces major change,including but not limited to the implementation of contracting, leasing, joint venture, company system transformation, joint-stock cooperative system transformation, enterprise sale, merger (merger), joint venture (cooperation), division, establishment of subsidiaries, equity transfer, property right transfer, capital reduction, etc.
(3) External investment or increasing debt financing exceeds the agreed limit.
▲ ▲ 8.6 The Borrower shall notify the Lender in writing within 7 days from the date of occurrence or possibility of the following matters and cooperate with the submission of relevant certificates in accordance with laws and regulations, regulatory provisions and requirements of the Lender:
(1) The Borrower or its affiliated parties amend the articles of association,change the name of the enterprise、legal representative (responsible person)、dwelling place、postal address or sphere of business or other business registration items,or make decisions that have a significant impact on finance and personnel;
(2) The Borrower, its affiliates or guarantors intend to file for bankruptcy or may or may have been filed for bankruptcy by creditors;
(3) The Borrower or its affiliated parties are involved in major litigation, arbitration, administrative measures. Major assets or the security under the Contract are taken for property preservation or other compulsory measures,or,the safety and integrity of the main assets or the collateral under this Contract is or may be affected or reduced in value;
13
Working Capital Loan Contract
(4) The Borrower or its affiliates provide security for a third party and thereby have a material adverse impact on its economic condition, financial position or ability to perform its obligations hereunder;
(5) The borrower or its affiliated party signs a contract with a material impact on its operation and financial position;
(6) The borrower shall pay off the outstanding debts in advance or first pay off other debts due、make any similar arrangement or sign any form of new mortgage or pledge of other existing debts;
(7) The borrower, its affiliated party or the guarantor shall stop production, close business, dissolve, suspend business for rectification, be revoked or its business license is revoked;
(8) The Borrower or its affiliates, the principal investor of the Borrower or its affiliated parties, the legal representative (responsible person), directors or principal managers of the Borrower or its affiliates may be missing, involving violations or violations of the applicable exchange rules or have abnormal changes;
(9) The borrower or its affiliated parties have experienced serious difficulties in their operation,or the financial situation of the borrower or its affiliates has deteriorated,Or other events that have a negative impact on the operation, financial position or solvency or economic situation of the Borrower or its related parties;
(10) A related party transaction occurs, and the transaction amount reaches or exceeds 10% of the recently audited net assets;
(11) The Borrower becomes or may become a guarantor shareholder or an “actual controller” as defined in the Companies Act before paying off all debts under this Contract;
(12) The borrower or its affiliated party causes the liability accident or is exposed by the media for the violation of laws and regulations, regulatory regulations, national policies or industry standards, etc;
(13) Safety or environmental accidents have occurred to the borrower or its affiliated parties;
(14) The control or the controlled relationship between the related party of the borrower and the borrower changes;
(15) Major equity change of the borrower or its related party;
14
Working Capital Loan Contract
(16) The audit opinion of the borrower’s external auditor on its financial statements is not a standard unqualified opinion;
(17) The Borrower is or may be investigated, punished or taken by competent authorities for violation of laws, regulations and / or regulatory requirements;
(18) The Borrower or its related persons and business related parties are included in the sanction list issued by the United Nations and relevant countries, organizations and agencies,and the list of risks related to terrorism and money laundering issued by Chinese government departments or competent authorities;Or the borrower or its relevant persons or the business relevant parties are included in the list of countries and regions imposed by the United Nations and relevant countries, organizations and agencies;
(19) Other material adverse events that affect the solvency of the Borrower or its affiliated parties occur;
(20) Depending on the ESG risk of the borrower’s industry, as A Class A or Class B customer, the borrower occurs or may occur from any of the following:
① All kinds of permission, approval and approval situation related to ESG risk in the process of commencement, construction, operation and shutdown;
② Assessment and inspection of the ESG risk by the regulatory authority or its approved agency;
③ Supporting construction and operation of environmental facilities;
④ Discharge and standards of pollutants;
⑤ Safety and health conditions of the employees;
⑥ Major complaints and protests from neighboring communities against borrowers;
⑦ Major environmental and social claims;
⑧ Other material circumstances that lenders consider related to ESG risk.
▲ ▲ 8.7 The guarantee under this contract is not conducive to the creditor’s rights of the lender in case of any change, the Borrower shall promptly provide other guarantees approved by the lender as required by the Lender.
“Changes” mentioned in this paragraph include but are not limited to: The guarantor merges, divides, stops production, closes, dissolved, suspended business for rectification, was revoked, revoked business license, applied for or filed for bankruptcy; There is a significant change in the operating or financial position of the guarantor; The guarantor is involved in major litigation, arbitration, administrative measures, or the main assets are taken for property preservation or other compulsory measures; The safe and sound condition of the collateral is affected or may be affected;The value of the security is reduced or may be reduced or compulsory measures such as property preservation such as seizure;The guarantor or its legal representative (responsible person) or the main management personnel is involved in the violation or violation of the applicable exchange rules; If the guarantor is an individual, the guarantor is missing or dead (declared dead); The guarantor violates the contract under the security contract; A dispute arises between the guarantor and the borrower; The guarantor requests the termination of the security contract; The guarantee contract is not effective or invalid or revoked; The security real right is not established or is invalid; Or other events affecting the security of the lender’s creditor’s rights.
15
Working Capital Loan Contract
▲ ▲8.8 Borrower promises:From the date of signing this Contract to the completion of all loan principal, principal and interest and related expenses under this Contract, the borrower’s financial indicators, external rating and production and operation qualification / license shall always be in accordance with the contract. If the production and operation qualification / license requires annual examination, it shall pass the annual examination on time.
8.9 Borrower and Co-Borrower guarantee that Borrower, Co-Borrower and Borrower’s employees and Agents do not make any request to Lender or its employees in any form Provide, give, claim or accept any form of material benefits (including but not limited to cash, physical cards, travel, etc.) other than those agreed herein; The funds or services provided by the lender are not used in any form, either directly or indirectly, for activities related to corruption or bribery; If the Borrower and the co-borrower are aware of any violation of this Treaty, they shall timely, truthfully, completely and accurately provide the clues and relevant information to the Lender, and cooperate with the relevant matters according to the requirements of the Lender.
8.10 The co-borrower and the borrower bear the same repayment responsibility. Once the lender makes the loan as agreed herein, the lender may claim all the claims to the borrower or either party of the co-borrower.Neither the borrower or the joint borrower shall refuse to perform the repayment obligation to the lender with any internal agreement or any other objection to the debt undertaking.The borrower shall not refuse to perform the repayment obligation on the grounds that the loan is used or misappropriated by the joint borrower, and the joint borrower shall not refuse to perform the repayment obligation on the grounds that the loan is used or misappropriated by the borrower.
8.11 The Joint Borrower shall notify the Lender in writing within 7 days from the occurrence of the following:
(1) Litigation, arbitration, administrative measures, property preservation measures, enforcement measures or other major adverse events that have or may have significant adverse effects on the repayment ability of the joint borrower shall occur;
16
Working Capital Loan Contract
(2) Significant changes in the work and income of the co-borrower or his / her family members;
(3) The name, residence, contact information, business scope and mode of the joint borrower shall be changed;
(4) Firm name and other investors’ residence, investment amount, investment mode of investment, etc make changes;
(5) The joint borrower sells, rents, transfers or otherwise dispose of all or most of the trade assets;
(6) The transaction of the loan orientation has negative changes or the transaction progress is abnormal;
(7) Other circumstances in which the loss or possible loss of the ability to repay occurs.
8.12 Depending on the ESG risk of the borrower’s industry, under a Class A or Class B customer, the borrower shall undertake the following obligations:
(1) Establish and improve the internal ESG risk management system, and stipulate the responsibilities, obligations and punishment measures of the relevant responsible personnel of the borrower in detail;
(2) Establish and improve the ESG risk emergency response mechanism and measures;
(3) Set up special departments and / or designate special personnel to be responsible for ESG risk matters;
(4) Cooperate with the Lender or its approved third party in the assessment and inspection of the borrower’s ESG risk;
(5) To respond appropriately or take other necessary actions when the public or other stakeholders strongly challenge the borrower’s performance to control the ESG risk;
(6) Urge the borrower to strengthen management to prevent the ESG risk of the related party to the borrower;
(7) Perform other obligations that the Lender considers to be relevant to controlling ESG risks.
17
Working Capital Loan Contract
▲▲Article 9 Adjustment of quotas, early maturity of loans, and risk repricing
9.1 Any of the following events shall be considered as “early expiration events” of the Contract:
(1) The borrower and the co-borrower fail to repay the loan principal or pay the interest as agreed in the Application for Limit Use herein;
(2) The representations and warranties made by the borrower and the co-borrower under this Contract are not true;
(3) Any item listed in Article 8.6 and Article 8.11 actually occurs, which affects or may affect the security of the Lender’s claims or causes to increase the risk of the Lender;
(4) The loans made by the Lender as agreed herein constitute or may constitute illegal or illegal due to changes in laws, regulations and regulatory policies;
(5) In the performance of other contracts concluded with the Lender or the default or debt may or have been declared to be due in advance with a third party;
(6) The borrower and the co-borrower violate any other provisions of this Contract.
(7) Depending on the ESG risk of the borrower, the borrower of a Class A or B customer has any of the following events:
① The borrower is punished by the relevant government departments for poor ESG risk management;
② Borrowers are strongly questioned by the public and / or the media due to poor ESG risk management. It is verified that the relevant situation does exist;
③ The Borrower breaches its obligations with the Lender in relation to the ESG risk management as agreed in other contracts.
9.2 When any “early maturity event” occurs, the lender has the right to take one, many or all of the following measures:
(1) Reduce, suspend or cancel the amount under this contract;
(2) Stop issuing loans that the borrower has not;
(3) Payment of the loans that have been used but are not yet used by the borrower shall be stopped;
18
Working Capital Loan Contract
(4) The borrower is required to negotiate with the lender on the supplementary loan issuance and payment conditions within a limited time;
(5) The borrower is required to change the payment method as required by the lender;
(6) The risk repricing of the execution of the loan shall be stipulated in accordance with Article 9.3;
(7) Unilaterally declare that the principal of the loan issued under the contract is due in advance and require the borrower and the co-borrower to immediately repay all the principal and settle the interest.
9.3 According to the production and operation of the borrower at the time of signing this Contract, the three parties determine the agreed interest rate and its adjustment after consensus through negotiation.The Borrower and the Co-Borrower agree that in the event of the Lender shall have the right to execute the risk repricing of the Loan as defined in this Agreement.
9.3.1 Risk repricing includes negotiating repricing and directly raising the loan interest rate. The risk repricing method adopted in this contract is agreed upon by the three parties in Article 18.
9.3.2 “Negotiated repricing” means that the lender has the right to require the borrower and the co-borrower to negotiate with the lender to raise the loan interest rate within a limited time limit, and the three parties shall determine the “repricing date” and the specific agreement of the relevant interest rates in the form of a supplementary agreement.
9.3.3 Direct increase in the loan interest rate” means that the Lender has the right to directly increase the loan interest rate in accordance with this Article and Article 18.
9.3.3.1 From the “repricing date” on which the lender in writing notifies the Borrower and the co-borrower, the increased loan interest rate shall be applied to the borrower and the co-borrower for all outstanding loans as of the “repricing Date”.
9.3.3.2 If the loan currency is RMB, the loan interest rate of each loan shall be determined according to the plus (minus) point value specified in Article 18.2 on the basis of the LPR value applicable to the “Repricing Date. 2”. The “repricing day” is taken as the T day, and the applicable LPR value on the T day is the loan market quoted interest rate (LPR) value most recently released by the T day.
9.3.4 After the lender implements the risk repricing according to the aforementioned agreement, the new interest rate shall be implemented starting from the “repricing date”.On the basis of this interest rate, the fluctuation shall be adjusted in accordance with Article 3 hereof. If the three parties agree to change the relevant agreement through consultation, the agreement after the change shall be implemented. If the loan is overdue (including the borrower and the co-borrower fail to repay on time or the lender announces the early maturity) or misappropriated, the overdue and misappropriated penalty interest rate shall be determined on the basis of the new interest rate (including the floating adjusted interest rate agreed herein), and the interest rate calculated compound interest shall be adjusted accordingly.
19
Working Capital Loan Contract
9.3.5 The execution of “risk repricing” shall not be deemed or construed as a waiver of other rights stipulated by laws and regulations and agreed herein.The Lender shall have the right to take other protective measures for creditor’s rights, including, but not limited to, any according to the measures specified in Article 9.2 .
▲▲Article 10 Breach of faith
10.1 If the borrower or the co-borrower fails to repay the loan principal or pay the interest in full on time or fails to use the loan for the purposes specified in this contract and the Application for Using the Limit, the lender shall collect the penalty interest rate on the overdue loan or the penalty interest rate of the misappropriated loan and recoup the unpaid interest payable. If the penalty interest rate is adjusted according to the contract, the interest rate calculated as compound interest will also be adjusted accordingly.
10.2 If the borrower or the co-borrower fails to repay the loan principal and pay the interest in full and on time, it shall jointly bear the collection paid by the lender for the realization of the creditor’s rights Fees, legal costs (or arbitration fee), preservation fee, announcement fee, execution fee, attorney fee, travel expenses and other expenses.
▲▲Article 11 The deduction agreement
11.1 uthorized by the Borrower and the co-borrower for the loan principal, interest, penalty interest, compound interest or other expenses due and payable, the lender has the right to deduct the funds from any account opened by the borrower or the co-borrower in all branches of Bank of Communications Co., Ltd. for repayment.
11.2 After the deduction, the lender shall notify the borrower of the account number involved, the contract number, the serial number of the Application form for the Use of the Limit, the amount deducted and the remaining debt amount.
11.3 If the deducted proceeds are insufficient to pay off all the debts of the borrower, the debts to be repaid shall be determined in accordance with this contract.
11.4 In the inconsistency of the deduction and the currency of the debt to be repaid, the amount shall be converted into the amount of the debt at the exchange rate published by Bank of Communications Limited at the time of deduction.If it is necessary to go through the procedures of foreign exchange settlement, sale or foreign exchange, the borrower and the co-borrower shall be obliged to assist the lender in handling the procedures as required by the lender, and the exchange rate risk shall be borne by the borrower and the co-borrower.
20
Working Capital Loan Contract
▲▲Article 12 Notify
12.1 The contact information (including mailing address, contact telephone number, fax number, etc.) provided by the borrower and the co-borrower in this contract are all true and valid. In case of any change of contact information, the borrower or the co-borrower shall immediately mail or serve the change information in writing to the mailing address of the Lender to fill in this Contract. Such change in information shall take effect after the Lender receives a notice of the change.
12.2 Unless otherwise expressly agreed herein, with any notice from the Lender to the Borrower or the Co-Borrower, the Lender has the right to proceed in any of the following means. The Lender has the right to choose the form of notification it thinks fit and shall not be liable for error, omissions or delay in mail, fax, telephone or any other communications system. If the lender chooses a variety of notification methods at the same time, the faster arrival of the borrower or the co-borrower shall prevail. In the same event, the lender issues more than one notice to the borrower or the joint borrower, unless otherwise specified in the notice, only after the time of the notice is given.
(1) Announcement, the date on which the lender issues the announcement on its website, online banking, telephone banking or business branch shall be regarded as the date of service;
(2) The earlier date of delivery by the borrower or the co-borrower shall be deemed as the date of delivery;
(3) Mail (including express mail, express mail, express mail, registered mail) is delivered at the latest valid mailing address provided by the borrower or the co-borrower, which shall be deemed on the third day (in the same city) / the fifth day (in other places) as the date of delivery;
(4) If a fax, mobile phone SMS or other electronic communication method is delivered to the fax number, mobile phone number or email address or wechat signal recently effectively provided by the borrower or the co-borrower, the date of delivery shall be deemed as the date of delivery. The aforementioned service means that the relevant information enters the server terminal of the service provider without the actual display of the relevant information on the customer terminal.
12.3 The Borrower and the co-borrower agree that unless the Lender receives a written notice from the Borrower and the co-Borrower regarding the change of mailing address or the Borrower and the co-borrower directly submit the confirmation of service address to the court, the Borrower and the co-borrower shall fill in this Contract at the court to the Borrower and the common The address at which the borrower serves the judicial documents and other written documents.The scope of application of the above service address includes but is not limited to the first instance of civil litigation, objection to jurisdiction, reconsideration, second instance, retrial, retrial and execution procedures, etc.
In the course of dispute settlement of this Contract, the court shall have the right to serve judicial documents and other written documents to the Borrower and the co-borrower through any means of communication as stipulated in Article 12.2. The court shall have the power to choose the mode of communication that it thinks fit and shall not be liable for any error, omission or delay in mail, fax, telephone, telex or any other communication system. If the court chooses multiple modes of communication at the same time, the faster arrival of the borrower or the co-borrower shall prevail.
12.4 This Treaty is a separate dispute resolution clause in the contract The invalidity, cancellation or termination of the contract shall not affect the validity of this clause.
21
Working Capital Loan Contract
▲▲Article 13 Information disclosure and confidentiality
13.1 For access and knowledge of the contract signing and performance of the borrower and of the borrower undisclosed information and information, the lender of relevant information, and the use of data (including but not limited to collection, storage, use, processing, transmission, lose, provide, open, etc.) shall not be in violation of laws and regulations and regulatory requirements, and shall comply with the law confidentiality responsibility, do not disclose the information and information to a third party, except the following circumstances:
(1) Disclosure is required by applicable laws and regulations;
(2) The judicial department or regulatory authorities require disclosure according to law;
(3) If the Borrower and the co-borrower fail to repay the loan principal and / or pay the interest in full and on time, the Lender needs to disclose to the external professional consultant of the Lender for the purpose of realizing the claims under this Contract;
(4) In order to safeguard the public interests or the legitimate rights and interests of the borrower and the co-borrower;
(5) When the borrower or the co-borrower agrees or authorizes the lender to make the disclosure.
13.2 The Borrower and the co-borrower confirm that they have signed the Power of Attorney for Credit Information Inquiry and Supply. The lender shall inquire, use and keep the credit information of the borrower and the co-borrower within the scope specified in the authorization letter.
13.3 In the article 13.1 and 13.2 of this contract, the borrower and the joint borrower further agree to bank of communications co., LTD in the following circumstances can use or disclose the information and information of the borrower and the joint borrower, including but not limited to the basic information of the borrower and the common borrower, credit transaction information, bad information, other relevant information and information and the borrower related personnel (including the legal representative, actual controller, financial personnel, etc.) contact information, etc., willing to bear all the consequences:
Allow business outsourcing agencies, third-party service providers, other financial institutions and other institutions or individuals deemed necessary, including but not limited to other branches of bank of communications co., LTD., or bank of communications co., fully or wholly owned subsidiary disclosure to use the information and information on the basis of confidentiality, for the following purposes:①Carry out bank credit business or business related to bank credit business, such as promoting the credit business of Bank of Communications Co., Ltd., collecting the arrears of borrowers and co-borrowers, implement post-loan inspection, transfer the creditor’s rights of bank credit business, etc.;②To provide or may provide new products or services or further services to the Lender to the Borrower and co-Borrower.
22
Working Capital Loan Contract
Whether this Article 13.3 shall apply is subject to the three parties in Article 20.2 hereof.
▲▲Article 14 Application of law and dispute resolution
This Contract is governed by the laws of the People’s Republic of China(Not applicable to the laws in Hong Kong, Macao and Taiwan) 。Any dispute under this contract shall be brought to the court with jurisdiction where the lender is located, except as otherwise agreed herein.During the dispute period, the parties shall continue to perform the provisions without the dispute.
▲▲Article 15 Effectiveness of the Contract, Loan Attributes and Contract Composition
15.1 This Contract shall become effective after being signed by the Borrower, the Co-borrower and the Lender. Signing means that the Borrower designates an authorized person to represent the Borrower and at the same time as the Co-borrower himself to fill in and confirm the relevant information according to the prompts of the corporate electronic banking interface and use the electronic signatures of the Borrower and the Co-borrower to sign and submit successfully. The Lender completes the review and confirmation of the contract submitted by the Borrower and the Co-borrower and signs with the electronic signature. The electronic seals of the Borrower, the Co-borrower and the Lender are loaded in the contract signing column.
15.2 The Borrower and the Co-borrower make the following commitments on matters related to signing this Contract through the corporate electronic banking:
(1) The Borrower shall open the corporate electronic banking of Bank of Communications according to the requirements of the Lender, and submit an application for opening the corporate electronic banking contract signing function and the “Authorization for Application for Opening Signing Authority” signed by the enterprise and designate the Co-borrower as the authorized person of the corporate electronic banking signing authority (hereinafter referred to as the “Authorized Person”).
(2) The authorized person shall log in to the corporate electronic banking using the corporate electronic banking customer number and user number specified in Article 20.1 of this Contract in accordance with the “Authorization Letter for Application for Signing Authority”, and fill in the relevant information as required by the lender, confirm the relevant information to complete the signing of this contract, and generate the borrower’s electronic signature in this contract.
(3) The co-borrower shall submit the “Puhui e-loan Co-borrower Online Signing Authorization Letter” signed by himself, log in to the corporate electronic banking using the corporate corporate electronic banking customer number and user number specified in Article 20.1 of this Contract, and fill in the relevant information as required by the lender, confirm the relevant information to complete the signing of this contract, and generate the co-borrower’s electronic signature in this contract;
23
Working Capital Loan Contract
(4) The lender shall complete the review and confirmation of the contract submitted by the borrower and the co-borrower and sign it using the electronic signature.
(5) The Borrower and the Co-borrower are aware of and agree to sign this Contract and the “Application for the Use of Credit Limit” and “Power of Attorney for Payment” under this Loan Contract in the aforementioned electronic signature method. The corresponding electronic signature is the true intention of the Borrower and the Co-borrower to know the content of this Contract and agree to sign this Contract. The Borrower and the Co-borrower shall bear all legal consequences arising therefrom and compensate the Lender for all losses suffered thereby.
(6) The Borrower and the Co-borrower are aware that the Lender will send the Borrower’s company name, certificate type, certificate number and the Co-borrower’s name, identity document type, and identity document number to a third-party institution with legal electronic signature certification service qualifications for the purpose of producing a digital certificate to generate a legal and valid electronic signature. The aforementioned digital certificate is limited to this signing, but the third-party institution will store the aforementioned information about the Borrower and the Co-borrower sent by the Lender for subsequent identity verification.
(7) If the Borrower suffers losses or the services it receives are hindered, blocked or delayed (including but not limited to the Borrower being unable to log into the corporate e-banking or temporarily unable to handle related business after logging in) due to force majeure and/or changes in national policies, IT system failure, communication system failure, power system failure and other reasons beyond the control of the Lender, the Lender shall not be liable for this, unless otherwise agreed by the three parties in the Supplementary Agreement. The aforementioned agreement does not exempt the liability caused by the Lender’s fault.
15.3 The “Credit Application” signed when using the credit under this Contract and other relevant documents and materials are an integral part of this Contract.
15.4 The “Credit Application” is a supplement to this Contract. Unless otherwise agreed in the “Credit Application”, the rights and obligations and related matters between the Borrower and the Co-borrower and the Lender shall still be implemented in accordance with the provisions of this Contract.
Article 16 Specific contents of the quota
16.1 The currency of the quota: Renminbi ; The amount in capital:Seven million yuan only; The quota can only be used for RMB loans, which is a revolving quota.
16.2 The credit term is from June 27,2024 to June 26,2026.
24
Working Capital Loan Contract
Article 17 Specific agreements on the issuance, payment and repayment of loans
17.1 The term of each loan used under this contract is not longer than 12 ☑months/☐days, And the maturity date of the entire loan is no later than June 26,2026.
17.2 The independent payment limit under this contract is RMB 100.00 million.
17.3 If one of the following conditions is met, the entrusted payment method of the lender shall be adopted:
/
/
17.4 If the borrower makes the payment independently, the borrower shall report the payment of the loan funds to the lender within 15 days after the payment of the loan.
Article 18 Specific provisions on risk repricing
18.1 This contract adopts the following (1) risk repricing method: (1) negotiate repricing; (2) directly raise the loan interest rate.
18.2 If the method of “directly increasing the loan interest rate” is adopted: the value of the interest rate plus (minus) points after the increase is: ☐ No addition or subtraction ☐ Add percentage points ☐ Minus percentage points.If a loan is otherwise agreed, the interest rate plus (minus) point value after the loan increase shall be subject to the records in the applicable application form for quota use.
Article 19 Contact information
The contact information of the Borrower and the co-borrower to receive the notice agreed in Article 12 shall include:
Postal address: Building No. 9, Tian’an Cyber Park,No.228, Linghu Avenue, Xinwu District, Wuxi City, Jiangsu,China 214000
Addressee: Song Xiaomin
Postalcode: 214000
Telephone: _____________________________
Mobile phone number:____________________
Portraiture: _____________________________
E-mail address:__________________________
Article 20 Other agreed matters
20.1 The customer number of enterprise e-banking stipulated in Article 15.2 of this Contract is, and the user number is .
20.2 The three parties agree that Article 13.3 shall ☐ apply or ☐ not apply to this Contract.
20.3 The “Credit Line Balance” clause in Article 1 is amended to: (displayed by the system based on the borrower’s actual business situation).
25
Working Capital Loan Contract
The “Credit Line Balance” under this contract refers to the amount after deducting the following amount from the credit line.
þ Loan balance under this Contract.
☐ The loan balance under this contract and the loan balance under the “Working Capital Loan Contract” numbered signed by the three parties in , or the loan balance under the “Tax Financing Personal Business Loan Contract” numbered signed by B and Bank of Communications in .
20.4 After the entry into force of this Contract, the unused amount under the Working Capital Loan Contract (No. ) or the Tax Financing Personal Business Loan Contract (No. ) specified in Article 20.3 and the amount restored after the repayment of the withdrawn loan shall become invalid.
20.5 Depending on the ESG risk facing the borrower's industry, the borrower □belongs to does not belongs to ☑ Class A or Class B customer
|
26
Working Capital Loan Contract
Borrower: Jiangsu Huhu Electromechanical Technology Co., LTD
Legal representative (responsible person): WANG YINGLAI
Legal address:
Coborrower:WANG YINGLAI
Certificate name:_____________________________________________
ID Number:_________________________________________________
Postal address:______________________________________________
Lender: Wuxi Branch of Bank of Communications Co., Ltd
Responsible person: Xie Jinhai
Postal address:_________________________________
27
Working Capital Loan Contract
| The Borrower and the co-borrower have read through all the terms of the contract, the Lender has borrowed, the borrower and the co-borrower, the borrower and the co-borrower will undoubtedly ask and dispute all the contents when signing this contract, and understand the meaning of the contract terms, especially the terms marked with ▲ ▲ and its legal consequences. |
(This page is the signing page of the Working Capital Loan Contract. There is no text below.)
Borrower: /s/ Jiangsu Huhu Electromechanical Technology Co., LTD
Lender: /s/ Bank of Communications Co., Ltd
Coborrower: /s/ WANG YINGLAI
Signing Date: June 27,2024
28
Exhibit 23.1

|
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
We hereby consent to the inclusion in this Registration Statement of HUHUTECH International Group Inc. on Amendment No. 5 to the Form F-1 of our report dated June 3, 2024, except for Notes 12 and 14, as to which the date is August 15, 2024, with respect to our audit of the consolidated financial statements of HUHUTECH International Group Inc. as of and for the two years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022.
We also consent to the reference to our Firm under the heading “Experts” in the Registration Statement.
/s/ Wei, Wei & Co., LLP
Flushing, New York August 28, 2024 |
Exhibit 99.1
| 5F, Building 36, Xutian Tec-Park, Binhu District, Wuxi, Jiangsu, P.R.China. | |
| Tel: +86 (0510) 8355 3777 | Fax: +86 (0510) 8355 3777 |
To:
HUHUTECH International Group Inc.
3-1208 Tiananzhihui Compound,
228 Linghu Road,
Xinwu District, Wuxi City, Jiangsu Province, People’ s Republic of China
Date: August 28, 2024
Re: Legal Opinion Regarding Certain PRC Law Matter
Dear Sirs or Madams,
We are qualified lawyers of the People’s Republic of China (the “PRC” or “China”, and for the purpose of this Opinion only, the PRC shall not include the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region, the Macau Special Administrative Region and Taiwan, and are qualified to issue this Legal Opinion on the laws and regulations of the PRC effective as of the date hereof (the “Opinion”).
We are acting as PRC legal counsel for HUHUTECH International Group Inc. (the “Company”), solely in connection with (i) the Company’s registration statement on Form F-1, including all documents or supplements thereto (the “Registration Statement”), filed by the Company with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended, relating to the initial public offering (the “Offering”) by the Company of a certain number of the Company’s ordinary shares, and (ii) the Company’s proposed listing of its ordinary shares on the Nasdaq Capital Market.
A. Documents and Assumptions
In rendering this Opinion, we have examined the originals or copies of the documents as we have considered necessary or advisable purpose of rendering this Opinion. Where certain facts were not independently established by us, we have relied upon certificates or statements issued or made by relevant government authorities in the PRC and appropriate representatives of the Company (the “Documents”). In giving this Opinion, we have made the following assumptions:
(a) that any document submitted to us remains in full force and effect up to the date of this Opinion and has not been amended, varied, canceled or superseded by any other document after they were submitted to us for the purpose of this Opinion;
1
(b) that all documents submitted to us as originals are authentic and that all documents submitted to us as copies conform to their originals;
(c) that all documents submitted to us have been duly and validly authorized, executed and delivered by all of the parties thereto other than the Company and such parties to the documents have full legal right, power and authority to enter into, and have duly executed and delivered such documents;
(d) that the signatures, seals and chops on the documents submitted to us are genuine;
(e) that all the relevant information and materials have been provided to us by the Company to the extent true, accurate, complete and not misleading, and that the Company has not withheld anything that, if disclosed to us, would reasonably cause us to alter this Opinion in whole or in part;
(f) that any consents, licenses, certificates, filings, permits, approvals, waivers, exemptions, authorizations and other official statement or documentation were obtained from competent PRC Authorities by lawful means; and
(g) that all documents submitted to us are legal, valid, binding and enforceable under all such laws as govern or relate to them, other than PRC laws.
B. Definition
In addition to the terms defined in the context of this Opinion, the following capitalized terms used in this Opinion shall have the meanings ascribed to them as follows.
| “Company” | refers to HUHUTECH International Group Inc. |
| “HUHU China” | refers to Jiangsu Huhu Electromechanical Technology Co., Ltd., a PRC company. |
| “WFOE” | refers to Wuxi Xinwu District Jianmeng Electromechanical Technology Co., Limited, a PRC company which is wholly-owned by HUHU HK. |
| “HUHU HK” | refers to HUHUTECH (HK) Limited, a Hong Kong company which is wholly-owned by HUHUTECH. |
| “HUHU Japan” | refers to HUHU Technology Co., Ltd., a Japanese limited company which is wholly-owned by HUHUTECH. |
| “Governmental Agency” |
refers to any competent governmental authorities, courts, arbitration commissions, or any legal body exercising or entitled to exercise any administrative, judicial, legislative, police, regulatory or tax authority or power of the similar nature in the PRC. |
| “Governmental Authorization” | refers to any approval, consent, authorization, filing, registration, exemption, certificates, permission, waiver, endorsement, annual inspection, qualification or license required by the applicable PRC Laws to be obtained from or with any Government Agency. |
|
“M&A Rules” |
refers to the Regulations on Mergers and Acquisitions of Domestic Enterprises by Foreign Investors jointly promulgated by the Ministry of Commerce, the State Assets Supervision and Administration Commission of the State Council, the State Administration of Taxation, the State Administration of Industry and Commerce, China Securities Regulatory Commission (the “CSRC”) and the State Administration of Foreign Exchange of the PRC on August 8, 2006 and amended on June 22, 2009. |
| “PRC Laws” | Refer to all applicable national, provincial and local laws, regulations, rules, notices, orders, decrees and supreme court judicial interpretations in the PRC currently in effect and publicly available on the date of this Opinion. |
| “PRC Group Companies” | refer to Wuxi Xinwu District Jianmeng Electromechanical Technology Co., Limited and Jiangsu Huhu Electromechanical Technology Co., Ltd. |
| “Prospectus” | refers to the prospectus, including all amendments or supplement thereto, that form parts of the Registration Statement. |
| “Registration Statement” | refers to the registration statement on Form F-1, File No. 333-270958, including all amendments or supplements thereto, under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended, filed with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) relating to the offering by the Company. |
2
C. Opinion
Based on the foregoing and subject to the disclosures contained in the Registration Statement and the qualifications set out below, we are of the opinion that, as of the date hereof, so far as PRC Laws are concerned:
(a) Corporate Structure
Each of the PRC Group Companies has been duly incorporated and is validly existing under applicable PRC laws. The descriptions of the corporate structure of the PRC Group Companies as set forth in the Registration Statement under the captions “Prospectus Summary-Corporate Structure,” “Management Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Result of Operations-Our Organization,” and “Business-Corporate Structure” are true and accurate in all material respects, and correctly set forth therein, and nothing has been omitted from such description which would make it misleading in any material respect.
(b) M&A Rules
The M&A Rules, among other things, purport to require an offshore special purpose vehicle controlled directly or indirectly by PRC companies or individuals and formed for purposes of overseas listing through acquisition of PRC domestic interests held by such PRC companies or individuals to obtain the approval of the CSRC prior to the listing and trading of such special purpose vehicle’s securities on an overseas stock exchange. On September 21, 2006, the CSRC published on its official website procedures regarding its approval of overseas listings by special purpose vehicles. However, the CSRC has not issued any definitive rules or interpretations concerning whether offerings such as the Offering are subject to the CSRC approval procedures under the M&A Rules. Based on our understanding of the PRC Laws (including the M&A Rules), a prior approval from the CSRC is not required for the Offering because (i) Except as disclosed in the Prospectus, the CSRC currently has not issued any effective definitive rule or interpretation concerning whether offerings under the prospectus are subject to the M&A Rules; and (ii) we established HUHU China by means of direct investment rather than by merger with or acquisition of PRC domestic companies.
However, uncertainties still exist as to how the M&A Rules will be interpreted or implemented and our opinion stated above is subject to any new laws, rules and regulations or detailed implementations and interpretations in any form relating to the M&A Rules.
3
(c) Trial Measures
On February 17, 2023, the CSRC issued the Trial Administrative Measures of Overseas Securities Offering and Listing by Domestic Enterprises, or the Trial Measures, which became effective on March 31, 2023. Under the Trial Measures, domestic companies conducting overseas securities offering and listing activities, either in direct or indirect form, shall complete filing procedures with the CSRC pursuant to the requirements of the Trial Measures.
Since the Trial Measures have come into effect, under the currently effective PRC laws and regulations, the Company is required to make filings with the CSRC and should complete the filing before its listing on the Nasdaq. On April 22, 2024, the Company received approval from the CSRC under the Trial Measures. Except for the completion of filing, no relevant PRC laws or regulations in effect require that the Company obtains permission from any PRC authorities to issue securities to foreign investors, and the Company has not received any inquiry, notice, warning, sanction, or any regulatory objection to this offering from the CSRC, the Cyberspace Administration of China, or any other PRC authorities that have jurisdiction over its operations.
(d) Taxation
The statements set forth in the Registration Statement under the heading “Taxation – People’s Republic of China Taxation,” to the extent that the discussion states definitive legal conclusions under PRC tax laws and regulations, subject to the qualifications therein, constitute our opinion on such matters.
(e) Foreign Exchange Registration
Pursuant to regulations on foreign exchange control, prior to making any contribution in a special purpose vehicle by a Chinese resident using its legitimate assets or interests in China or overseas, the Chinese resident shall apply to the local branches of the State Administration of Foreign Exchange for completion of foreign exchange registration formalities for overseas investment. As of the date of this Opinion, all of the Company’s shareholders, who are Chinese residents, have completed Circular 37 Registration with the qualified banks as required by the regulations.
4
(f) Legal Proceedings
As of the date of this prospectus, the Company is not involved in any legal or administrative litigation that may have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, balance sheet, operating performance, and cash flow.
(g) Enforceability of Civil Procedures
The recognition and enforcement of foreign judgments are primarily provided for under the PRC Civil Procedures Law. PRC courts may recognize and enforce foreign judgments in accordance with the requirements of the PRC Civil Procedures Law based either on treaties between the PRC and the country where the judgment is made or on the principle of reciprocity between jurisdictions. The PRC does not have any treaties or other forms of reciprocity with the United States or the Cayman Islands that provide for the reciprocal recognition and enforcement of foreign judgments as of the date hereof. In addition, according to the PRC Civil Procedures Law, courts in the PRC will not enforce a foreign judgment against a company or its directors and officers if they decide that the judgment violates the basic principles of the PRC laws or national sovereignty, security, or public interest. As a result, it is uncertain whether and on what basis a PRC court would enforce a judgment rendered by a court in the United States or the Cayman Islands.
(h) Statements in the Prospectus
The statements in the Registration Statement on the cover page and under the captions “Prospectus Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “Use of Proceeds,” “Dividend Policy,” “Business,” “Regulations,” “Management Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Result of Operations,” “Related Party Transactions,” “Taxation,” “Enforceability of Civil Liabilities,” and “Legal Matters,” in each case insofar as such statements describe or summarize PRC legal or regulatory matters, are true and accurate in all material aspects, and are fairly disclosed and correctly set forth therein, and nothing has been omitted from such statements which would make the same misleading in any material aspects.
5
D. Qualifications
Our opinions expressed above are subject to the following qualifications:
(a) Our opinions are limited to PRC Laws of general application on the date hereof. We have made no investigation of, and do not express or imply any views on, the laws of any jurisdiction other than the PRC.
(b) PRC Laws referred to herein are laws and regulations publicly available and currently in force on the date hereof and there is no guarantee that any of such laws and regulations, or the interpretation or enforcement thereof, will not be changed, amended, or revoked in the future with or without retrospective effect.
(c) Our opinions are subject to the effects of (i) certain legal or statutory principles affecting the enforceability of contractual rights generally under the concepts of public interests, social ethics, national security, good faith, fair dealing, and applicable statutes of limitation; (ii) any circumstance in connection with the formulation, execution or performance of any legal documents that would be deemed materially mistaken, clearly unconscionable, fraudulent, coercionary or concealing illegal intentions with a lawful form; (iii) judicial discretion with respect to the availability of specific performance, injunctive relief, remedies or defenses, or the calculation of damages; and (iv) the discretion of any competent PRC legislative, administrative or judicial bodies in exercising their authority in the PRC.
(d) This opinion is issued based on our understanding of PRC Laws. For matters not explicitly provided under PRC Laws, the interpretation, implementation, and application of the specific requirements under PRC Laws, as well as their application to and effect on the legality, binding effect, and enforceability of certain contracts, are subject to the final discretion of competent PRC legislative, administrative and judicial authorities, and there can be no assurance that the Government Agencies will ultimately take a view that is consistent with our opinion stated above.
6
(e) The term “enforceable” or “enforceability” as used in this opinion means that the obligations assumed by the relevant obligors under the relevant Documents are of a type which the courts of the PRC may enforce. It does not mean that those obligations will necessarily be enforced in all circumstances in accordance with their respective terms and/or additional terms that may be imposed by the courts. We may rely, as to matters of fact (but not as to legal conclusions), to the extent we deem proper, on certificates and confirmations of responsible officers of the Company, the PRC Companies, and Governmental Agencies.
(f) This opinion is intended to be used in the context which is specifically referred to herein; each paragraph shall be construed as a whole, and no part shall be extracted and referred to independently. This opinion is strictly limited to the matters stated herein and no opinion is implied or may be inferred beyond the matters expressly stated herein. The opinions expressed herein are rendered only as of the date hereof, and we assume no responsibility to advise you of facts, circumstances, events, or developments that hereafter may be brought to our attention and that may alter, affect or modify the opinion expressed herein.
This opinion is given in our capacity as the PRC legal counsel for the Company for the benefit of the addressee hereof for the purpose of the Registration Statement in connection with this Offering.
We hereby consent to the use of this opinion in, and the filing hereof as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, and to the reference to our name in such Registration Statement. In giving such consent, we do not thereby admit that we are in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the rules and regulations of the SEC thereunder.
| Yours faithfully, | |
| /s/ Jiangsu Junjin Law Firm | |
| Jiangsu Junjin Law Firm |
7